Skip to main content

Full text of "Your national parks"

See other formats


BANCROFT 
LIBRARY 

<• 

THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 


(Knos  31. 


YOUR  NATIONAL  PARKS.  Illustrated. 
THE  STORY  OF  SCOTCH.  Illustrated. 
THE  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  WONDERLAND. 

Illustrated. 
THE   STORY  OF  A  THOUSAND-YEAR  PINE. 

Illustrated. 

IN  BEAVER  WORLD.     Illustrated. 
THE  SPELL  OF  THE  ROCKIES.     Illustrated. 
WILD  LIFE  ON  THE  ROCKIES.     Illustrated. 

HOUGHTON  MIFFLIN  COMPANY 

BOSTON  AND  NEW  YORK 


YOUR   NATIONAL   PARKS 


JOHN  COLTER,  THE  DISCOVERER  OF   YELLOWSTONE   PARK 


a  ®w&f  to  ttje  Rational  parks 

YOUR 
NATIONAL  PARKS 

BY 

ENDS  A.  MILLS 

WITH  DETAILED  INFORMATION 

FOR  TOURISTS 

BY 

LAURENCE  F.  SCHMECKEBIER 
And  with  Illustrations  and  Maps 


BOSTON  AND  NEW  YORK 

HOUGHTON  MIFFLIN  COMPANY 

€be  fttoersibe  press  Cambridge 
1917 


COPYRIGHT,   1917,    BY  ENOS  A.   MILLS 
ALL   RIGHTS   RESERVED 

Published  June  79/7 


TO 
GEORGE  W.  PERKINS 

AND 

WILLIAM  A.  WELCH 

WHOSE    STATESMANSHIP,   ENERGY,   IDEALS,  AND    COURAGE 

ARE    MAKING    THE    PALISADES    INTER-STATE    PARK 

"THE    GREATEST    PARK    IN    THE    WORLD" 


PREFACE 

ST.  Louis  had  a  memorable  "flag  day" 
a  little  more  than  a  century  ago.  Within 
twenty-four  hours  the  yellow  and  red  flag 
of  Spain  was  run  down  and  the  tricolor  run 
up;  this  hauled  down  and  the  Stars  and 
Stripes  run  up.  The  Louisiana  Territory 
thus  became  a  part  of  the  United  States. 
In  a  flash,  the  western  boundary  of  this 
country  was  changed  from  the  Mississippi 
River  to  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

Scarcely  were  the  Stars  and  Stripes  fly- 
ing, before  Lewis  and  Clark  were  on  their 
way  to  explore  the  vast  and  mysterious 
Louisiana  Territory  —  the  West.  Theirs 
was  one  of  the  most  comprehensive  and 
successful  exploring  expeditions  on  record 
—  one  of  the  greatest  of  outdoor  expedi- 
tions. There  were  adventures  and  hard- 
ships, but  after  two  years  the  party  re- 
turned to  civilization  with  the  loss  of  only 
vii 


preface 

one  man.  The  resources  of  the  great  West 
were  definitely  placed  before  the  world. 

This  expedition  revealed  the  extraordi- 
nary resourcefulness  of  Lewis  and  Clark  and 
brought  out  also  two  other  characters  who 
are  worthy  of  a  place  in  American  litera- 
ture and  whose  achievements  might  well  be 
a  source  of  inspiration  in  American  life. 
These  are  John  Colter,  who  afterwards  dis- 
covered the  Yellowstone,  and  Sacagawea, 
the  "  bird  woman."  Sacagawea  was  the  one 
woman  of  the  Lewis  and  Clark  expedition. 
She  rendered  remarkable  service,  and  her 
name  will  be  forever  associated  with  explo- 
ration, with  woodcraft,  and  with  the 
National-Park  wildernesses. 

Just  before  the  returning  Lewis  and 
Clark  expedition  reached  St.  Louis,  it  met 
trappers  starting  up  the  river  —  going  into 
the  great  West.  This  was  the  real  begin- 
ning of  the  trapping  industry,  which  for 
nearly  two  generations  was  the  dominating 
influence  of  the  West. 

The  West  was  thoroughly  explored  by 
viii 


^trefate 

the  trappers.  In  a  number  of  States  they 
formed  the  first  permanent  settlement. 
The  trappers  harvested  the  furs  of  lakes 
and  streams  throughout  the  mountains 
and  built  up  the  "Commerce  of  the  Prai- 
ries. "  We  are  indebted  to  them  for  the 
Oregon  and  Santa  Fe  trails.  All  history 
shows  no  more  picturesque  or  resourceful 
character  than  the  trapper.  Among  them 
were  such  great  men  as  John  Colter,  James 
Bridger,  and  Kit  Carson. 

The  trapper  was  followed  by  the  pros- 
pector. The  trapper  did  not  search  for 
gold.  The  prospector  did  not  look  for  furs 
or  fertile  lands.  In  a  different  way  the 
prospector  exploited  the  same  territory  as 
the  trapper  and  thus  placed  the  resources 
and  the  romance  of  the  West  before  the 
public. 

Closely  following  the  trapper  and  pros- 
pector was  that  rugged  and  aggressive 
character,  the  cowboy.  He  had  a  definite 
part  in  the  forward  movement  of  the  fron- 
tier. The  cowboy  cared  nothing  for  furs,  or 
ix 


preface 

gold,  or  fertile  lands.  He  was  interested  in 
the  rich  grasses  for  his  cattle.  He,  too,  had 
his  short  day.  These  characters  —  the  cow- 
boy, the  prospector,  and  the  trapper  — 
tarried  for  a  brief  moment  on  the  frontier 
when  the  farmer,  the  first  lasting  settler, 
arrived.  All  these  armed  and  vigorous  peo- 
ple, the  wearers  of  buckskin,  were  people 
of  individuality  and  power.  They  made 
great  changes  throughout  the  West,  and 
hastened  its  final  development. 

Pioneer  men  and  women  are  among  the 
great  and  influential  figures  in  history. 
They  were  human,  they  were  honorable, 
and  we  do  honor  them.  They  did  not  want 
or  need  sympathy.  They  were  getting 
much,  perhaps  the  most,  from  life;  they 
were  happy.  We  think  of  theirs  as  being  a 
life  of  sacrifice,  but  it  really  was  a  life  of 
selection.  They  were  away  from  the  crowd 
—  from  the  enemies  of  sincerity  and  indi- 
viduality. Of  all  people  they  were  most 
nearly  free.  But  the  pioneers  are  gone. 

The  frontier  no  longer  exists,  and  the 


preface 

days  of  the  wilderness  are  gone  forever. 
Yet,  in  our  magnificent  National  Parks  we 
still  have  a  bit  of  the  primeval  world  and 
the  spirit  of  the  vigorous  frontier.  In  these 
wild  parks  we  may  rebuild  the  past,  and 
in  them  the  trapper,  the  prospector,  the 
cowboy,  and  the  pioneer  may  act  once 
mor,e  their  part  in  the  scenes  that  knew 
them. 

These  wilderness  empires  of  our  National 
Parks  have  been  snatched  from  leveling 
forces  of  development.  They  are  likely  to 
prove  the  richest,  noblest  heritage  of  the 
nation.  Here  the  world  is  at  play,  here  are 
scenes  ever  new  and  that  will  greatly  help 
to  keep  the  nation  young. 

In  the  words  of  John  Dickinson  Sherman : 
"It  is  as  if  Nature  in  these  places  had 
in  self-defense  devoted  all  her  energies  to 
scenery,  proclaiming  to  the  nation,  'Here 
I  will  make  playgrounds  for  the  people. 
Here  is  nothing  for  commerce  or  industry. 
Here  is  natural  beauty  at  its  wildest  and 
best.  Elsewhere  man  must  live  by  the 
xi 


preface 

sweat  of  his  brow.  Here  let  him  rest  and 
play.  Here  I  will  rule  supreme  for  all 
time/" 

There  are  seventeen  National  Parks. 
New  ones  will  early  be  made  and  there  are 
at  least  twenty  other  scenic  regions  which 
should  at  once  be  added.  No  nation  has 
ever  fallen  for  having  too  much  scenery. 
Scenery  is,  indeed,  one  of  our  most  valuable 
resources,  and  these  Parks  will  enable  us  to 
build  up  a  scenic  industry  of  magnitude. 
Already  they  are  being  developed  with 
roads  and  trails,  and  before  long  there 
will  be  in  all  of  them  hotels  and  camps 
for  visitors  of  every  taste,  together  with 
special  camps  and  provision  for  school- 
children. 

I  have  tried  to  describe  a  few  of  the  won- 
ders of  the  Parks  and  to  suggest  the  larger, 
fuller  use  of  them.  Through  most  of  the 
Parks  described  I  have  had  happy  excur- 
sions afoot,  alone  and  unarmed.  Not  only 
do  the  Parks  contain  some  of  the  world's 
sublimest  and  most  beautiful  scenes,  but 
xii 


preface 

each  Park  is  a  wild-life  reservation,  a  place 
where  guns  are  forbidden.  Thus  protected, 
these  wildernesses  will  remain  forever  wild, 
forever  mysterious  and  primeval,  holding 
for  the  visitor  the  spell  of  the  outdoors, 
exciting  the  spirit  of  exploration.  Within 
them  will  survive  that  poetic  million-year- 
old  highway,  the  trail.  Among  their  path- 
less scenes  wild  life  will  be  perpetuated. 
Chains  of  mountain-peaks  will  ever  stand 
—  "the  silent  caravan  that  never  passes 
by,  the  caravan  whose  camel  backs  are 
laden  with  the  sky"  —  with  purple  forests, 
mountain-high  waterfalls,  vast  and  broken 
canons,  wind-swept  plateaus,  splendid  lakes, 
and  peaks  and  glaciers  often  touched  with 
cloud  and  sunshine. 

Our  National  Parks  will  continue  for 
generations  to  come  to  be  the  No  Man's 
Land,  the  Undiscovered  Country,  the  Mys- 
terious Old  West,  the  Land  of  Romance 
and  Adventure.  My  great  hope  and  belief 
is  that  they  will  become  a  marked  factor 
in  public  education.  Surely,  these  wonder- 
xiii 


preface 

lands  mean  much  for  the  general  welfare, 
and  will  help  to  develop  greater  men  and 
women  —  to  arouse  enthusiasm  for  our 
native  land,  and  for  nature  everywhere. 

E.  A.  M. 


CONTENTS 

I.  THE  YELLOWSTONE  NATIONAL  PARK  ...     3 

1.  A  CAMP-FIRE  THAT  MADE  HISTORY       .      .  3 

2.  THE  DISCOVERY  OF  THE  YELLOWSTONE      .  10 

3.  THE  GEYSERS,  LAKES,  AND  STREAMS    .      .  28 

4.  AGES  OF  FIRE  AND  ICE 38 

5.  THE  PETRIFIED  FORESTS 45 

6.  AREA;  TREES,  FLOWERS,  AND  ANIMALS       .  51 

7.  ENTRANCES       . 53 

8.  ADMINISTRATIVE  HISTORY 54 

9.  LOST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS 58 

II.  THE  YOSEMITE  NATIONAL  PARK   ....  65 

1.  ICE-KING  TOPOGRAPHY       .      .      .      .      .  70 

2.  TREES  AND  FORESTS 76 

3.  PLANT  LIFE 79 

4.  THE  REALM  OF  FALLING  WATER    ...  83 

5.  SEEING  YOSEMITE 88 

6.  HISTORY  OF  YOSEMITE 93 

III.  THE  SEQUOIA  AND  THE  GENERAL  GRANT  NA- 

TIONAL PARKS 99 

THE  BIG  TREES 104 

IV.  MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK       .      .     .116 

1.  THE  SPLENDID  WILD-FLOWER  GARDEN.      .  122 

2.  GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER  .      .      .      .130 
V.  CRATER  LAKE  NATIONAL  PARK      .     .     .     .137 

VI.  GLACIER  NATIONAL  PARK        148 

HISTORY  OF  GLACIER  NATIONAL  PARK      .      .157 
xv 


Content^ 

VII.  MESA  VERDE  NATIONAL  PARK   .      .     .     .161 
VIII.  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  NATIONAL  PARK  .    .     .175 

IX.  THE  GRAND  CANON 190 

X.  LASSEN  VOLCANIC  NATIONAL  PARK  .     .     .211 

XI.  HAWAII  NATIONAL  PARK 221 

XII.  THREE  NATIONAL  MONUMENTS 

1.  THE  OLYMPIC  NATIONAL  MONUMENTS     .  230 

2.  THE   NATURAL   BRIDGES   AND    RAINBOW 

BRIDGE  NATIONAL  MONUMENTS     .       .  236 

3.  MUKUNTUWEAP   NATIONAL   MONUMENT      .   239 

XIII.  OTHER  NATIONAL  PARKS 242 

1.  WIND  CAVE  NATIONAL  PARK       .      .      .  242 

2.  SULLY'S  HILL  PARK 244 

3.  CASA  GRANDE  RUIN  RESERVATION    .      .  245 

4.  HOT  SPRINGS  RESERVATION   .      .      .      .  246 

5.  PLATT  NATIONAL  PARK    .      .      *      .      .  248 

6.  MOUNT  MCKINLEY  NATIONAL  PARK        .  248 

XIV.  CANADIAN  NATIONAL  PARKS      .     .     .     .251 

1.  JASPER  PARK 252 

2.  ROCKY  MOUNTAINS  PARK      ....  254 

3.  YOHO  PARK 256 

4.  WATERTON  LAKES  PARK  .      .      .      .      .  258 

5.  REVELSTOKE  PARK 260 

6.  THE  ANIMAL  PARKS  ......  260 

7.  ST.  LAWRENCE  ISLANDS  PARK      .      .      .  261 

8.  FORT  HOWE  PARK 262 

XV.  PARK-DEVELOPMENT  AND  NEW  PARKS  .  264 

XVI.  THE  SPIRIT  OF  THE  FOREST    ;     .     .  .  282 

XVII.  WILD  LIFE  IN  NATIONAL  PARKS     .    .  .296 
xvi 


Content^ 

XVIII.  IN  ALL  WEATHERS  .      .     ...     .     .317 

XIX.  THE  SCENERY  IN  THE  SKY       I     .      .      .  340 

1.  TIMBER-LINE     .      .      .   :.      .      .      .340 

2.  ABOVE  THE  TIMBER-LINE    ....  345 

3.  THE  WORK  OF  THE  ICE  KING  .       .      .351 

4.  HIGH  PEAKS 356 

XX.  JOHN  MUIR *     .  360 

XXI.  NATIONAL  PARKS   THE   SCHOOL  OF  NA- 
TURE   366 

XXII.  WHY  WE  NEED  NATIONAL  PARKS       .      .  378 
XXIII.  THE  TRAIL  .    .     .      .     .     .     .     .     .388 

APPENDIX 

A.  ACT  OF  DEDICATION    OF   THE  YELLOWSTONE 

NATIONAL  PARK 397 

B.  THE  NATIONAL  PARKS  AT  A  GLANCE        .      .  400 

C.  PROPOSED  NATIONAL  PARKS 403 

D.  NATIONAL  MONUMENTS 405 

E.  DOMINION  NATIONAL  PARKS  OF  CANADA  .      .412 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 415 

GUIDE  TO  THE  NATIONAL  PARKS 
INTRODUCTION     .      .   '.     v-r>.      .      .      .      .425 

YELLOWSTONE  NATIONAL  PARK 433 

YOSEMITE  NATIONAL  PARK 444 

SEQUOIA  NATIONAL  PARK 455 

GENERAL  GRANT  NATIONAL  PARK    ....  459 
MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK     ....  460 

CRATER  LAKE  NATIONAL  PARK 470 

GLACIER  NATIONAL  PARK 475 

MESA  VERDE  NATIONAL  PARK 488 

xvii 


Content^ 

ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  NATIONAL  PARK  .      .      .      .491 

THE  GRAND  CANON 495 

LASSEN  VOLCANIC  NATIONAL  PARK  .      .      .      .500 

HAWAII  NATIONAL  PARK 502 

MOUNT  MCKINLEY  NATIONAL  PARK       .     .     .505 

HOT  SPRINGS  OF  ARKANSAS 506 

MINOR  NATIONAL  PARKS 

CASA  GRANDE  RUIN 508 

WIND  CAVE  NATIONAL  PARK 508 

PLATT  NATIONAL  PARK 509 

SULLY'S  HILL  PARK 509 

NATIONAL  MONUMENTS    .     .     .1     .     .     .510 

CANADIAN  PARKS 

ROCKY  MOUNTAINS  PARK 515 

YOHO  PARK  .  .  .  t  f,  »  ?  ,.  •  •  .516 
GLACIER  PARK  .  ,,...,.,./  ,^  (.if.  .  .517 
JASPER  PARK  ./,«.,,  r  ,  .  .  .518 

REVELSTOKE  PARK 518 

WATERTON  LAKES  PARK 519 

BUFFALO  PARK  .  ,'.•...  '  ;  .  .  519 
ELK  ISLAND  PARK  .  ;< -Y&  /  ^KT'V'T  .  .  520 

ST.  LAWRENCE  ISLANDS  PARK 520 

FORT  HOWE  PARK 520 

INDEX       ..      ..    ,     ,   ^  >  ;   ...  .521 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

JOHN  COLTER,  THE  DISCOVERER  OF  YELLOWSTONE 
PARK Frontispiece 

From  a  drawing  by  E.  S.  Paxson 

MAP  SHOWING  LOCATION  OF  THE  NATIONAL  PARKS 
AND  NATIONAL  MONUMENTS     .*     •  j    *  ,  .      .      i 

MAMMOTH  HOT  SPRINGS,  YELLOWSTONE  NATIONAL 
PARK ^     .      .   l\  ""•''.    30 

From  a  photograph  by  George  R.  King 

OLD  FAITHFUL  GEYSER,  YELLOWSTONE  NATIONAL 
PARK ,     ,.     .    34 

From  a  photograph  by  Haynes,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 

GRAND   CANON   FROM    ARTIST    POINT,    YELLOW- 
STONE NATIONAL  PARK    ...      .      .      .      .42 

From  a  copyright  photograph  by  Haynes,  St.  Paul 

PETRIFIED    FORESTS    IN    AMETHYST    MOUNTAIN, 
YELLOWSTONE  NATIONAL  PARK        '.  '    .      .      .    46 

Adapted  from  an  illustration  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey 

BIRD'S-EYE  VIEW  OF  YOSEMITE  VALLEY   ...    66 
HALF  DOME,  YOSEMITE     .    ;.      •"."•''    .      .      .    70 

From  a  photograph  by  George  R.  King 

UPPER  AND  LOWER  YOSEMITE  FALLS        .      .      .84 

From  a  photograph  by  the  Pillsbury  Picture  Company 

LAKE  TENAYA,  YOSEMITE  NATIONAL  PARK       .      .  88 

From  a  photograph  by  the  Desmond  Company 

THE  FOUR  BROTHERS,   SEQUOIA  NATIONAL  PARK  104 

From  a  photograph  by  Lindley  Eddy,  Ranger,  Col. 

xix 


STAGE  ROAD,  MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK    .118 

From  a  photograph  by  Curtis  &*  Miller,  Seattle,  Wash. 

MOUNT  RAINIER  FROM  PARADISE  VALLEY  .     .      .  124 

From  a  photograph  by  Curtis  &•  Miller 

CRATER  LAKE  AND  WIZARD  ISLAND    ....  138 

From  a  photograph  by  the  Riser  Studio 

PHANTOM  SHIP,  CRATER  LAKE      .....  144 

By  permission  of  the  National  Park  Service 

MCDERMOTT  FALLS  AND  GRINNELL  MOUNTAIN, 
GLACIER  NATIONAL  PARK 150 

From  a  photograph  by  Haynes,  St.  Paul 

SPRUCE  TREE  HOUSE,  MESA  VERDE  NATIONAL  PARK  166 

From  a  photograph  by  Arthur  Chapman 

ESTES  PARK  AND  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  NATIONAL 
PARK  .  .  .  I*'"'"'  .  .  ;  V  .  .  .  176 

From  a  photograph  by  Enos  A.  Mills. 

LOCH  VALE,  ROCKY   MOUNTAIN  NATIONAL   PARK  180 

From  a  photograph  by  W.  T.  Parke,  Estes  Park,  Colo. 

FERN  LAKE,  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN   NATIONAL   PARK  188 

From  a  photograph  by  H.  T.  Cowling 

LOOKING  WEST  FROM  NORTH  SIDE  OF  GRAND 
CANON,  SHOWING  POINT  SUBLIME  AND  Isis 
TEMPLE 192 

By  permission  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior 

LASSEN  PEAK  IN  ERUPTION     .     *<;  ..=.»,    .      .  214 

From  a  copyright  photograph  by  B.  F.  Loomis 

MOUNT  ST.  HELENS  FROM  THE  TIMBER-LINE  TRAIL 
ON  MOUNT  RAINIER  .  .  .  .  „•  r  .  .  234 

From  a  photograph  by  A.  H.  Barnes 
XX 


RAINBOW  NATURAL  BRIDGE,  RAINBOW  NATIONAL 
MONUMENT        .      .      .      ....      .      .  238 

From  a  photograph  by  the  Geological  Survey 

ILLECILLEWAET  VALLEY,  WITH  MOUNT  SIR  DON- 
ALD IN  THE  DISTANCE,  GLACIER  PARK,  CANADA  252 

From  a  photograph  taken  for  the  Commissioner  of  Dominion  Parks 

TETON  MOUNTAIN  REGION:  PROPOSED  ADDITION 
TO  YELLOWSTONE  PARK       .      .      ,      ,      .      .  266 

From  a  photograph  by  J.  E.  Stimson 

MOUNT  BAKER  FROM  THE  WEST 270 

From  a  copyright  photograph  by  W.  H.  Wilcox,  Port  Townsend, 
Wash. 

MOUNT  ST.  ELIAS  FROM  EAST   SIDE  OF  AGASSIZ 
GLACIER,  ALASKA 274 

From  a  photograph  by  J.  C.  Russell 

ON  THE  ROAD  TO  SHERMAN  TREE,  GIANT  FOREST, 
SEQUOIA  NATIONAL  PARK 282 

From  a  photograph  by  George  F.  Belden 

ELK  IN  JACKSON  HOLE 296 

From  a  photograph  by  S.  N.  Leek 

BLACK  BEAR  CUBS,  SEQUOIA  NATIONAL  PARK  .      .  304 

From  a  photograph  by  Lindley  Eddy 

LONG'S  PEAK,  FROM  CHASM  LAKE,  ROCKY  MOUN- 
TAIN NATIONAL  PARK 320 

From  a  photograph  by  Enos  A.  Mills 

ABOVE    THE    TlMBER-LlNE    IN    THE    ROCKY  MOUN- 
TAIN NATIONAL  PARK,  SHOWING  LONG'S  PEAK  .  346 

From  a  photograph  by  H.  T.  Cowling 

JOHN  MUIR  IN  MUIR  WOODS 360 

From  a  photograph  by  Herbert  W.  Gleason 

TRAIL  NEAR  TIMBER-LINE,  INDIAN  HENRY'S  PARK, 
MOUNT  RAINIER 388 

From  a  photograph  by  Curtis  &•  Miller 

xxi 


MAP  OF  YELLOWSTONE  NATIONAL  PARK  .  .  .  436 
MAP  OF  YOSEMITE  NATIONAL  PARK  .  .  .  .446 
MAP  OF  GLACIER  NATIONAL  PARK  ....  476 
MAP  OF  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  NATIONAL  PARK  .  .  492 

The  maps  and  bird's-eye  view  are  used  by  permission  of  the  Na- 
tional Park  Service,  Department  of  the  Interior. 


MAP  SHOWING  LOCATION  OF   NATIONAL   1 


V/A^ 
6  Chad'™ 


2>^    „••"  Geneseo     ^d^T^xC    •  ".r 

,-,-^^25^ 

W.chii^ 


By  permission  of  the  National  Park  Service,  Department  of  the  Interior 


YOUR  NATIONAL  PARKS 


YOUR 
NATIONAL  PARKS 

i 

THE  YELLOWSTONE  NATIONAL  PARK 

I.  A  CAMP-FIRE  THAT  MADE  HISTORY 

ON  September  19,  1870,  a  number  of 
men  were  chatting  around  a  camp-fire  in 
the  wilds  of  northwestern  Wyoming.  They 
had  been  exploring  the  Yellowstone  won- 
derland. They  had  seen  the  geysers,  — 
little  hot-water  volcanoes,  —  the  pools  of 
boiling  colored  mud,  the  great  petrified 
forest,  and  the  golden  canon  of  the  Yel- 
lowstone, into  whose  colored  depths  the 
snowy  river  leaps.  The  exploration  was 
over,  and  the  men  were  about  to  start  for 
their  homes. 

A  group  were  discussing  how  they  might 
secure  the  ownership  of  this  scenic  empire. 
A  monopoly  of  this  wonderland  would 
3 


gout  Rational  §parfc0 

mean  a  fortune.  The  discussion  was  inter- 
rupted. Cornelius  Hedges  arose  before  the 
camp-fire.  He  said  that  private  ownership 
ought  never  to  be  considered.  This  region, 
he  thought,  should  be  set  aside  by  the  Gov- 
ernment and  forever  held  for  the  unre- 
stricted use  of  the  people.  The  magnificent 
National-Park  idea  was  thus  born  by  a 
camp-fire  in  the  wilds.  The  views  of  this 
statesman  prevailed,  and  it  was  agreed 
that  the  park  project  be  launched  at  once 
and  vigorously  pushed.  And  this  was  done. 
A  few  enterprising,  aggressive  men  cham- 
pioned the  measure  so  earnestly  that  the 
Park  became  a  reality  in  less  than  two 
years  after  the  idea  originated. 

This  celebrated  camp  was  near  the  junc- 
tion of  the  Gibbon  and  Firehole  Rivers, 
at  the  foot  of  what  now  is  National  Park 
Mountain.  In  1891  I  made  a  reverent  pil- 
grimage to  this  historic  spot.  I  am  grateful 
to  every  one  who  helped  establish  the  Yel- 
lowstone Park.  I  am  glad  that  the  idea  of 
a  National  Park  was  a  camp-fire  thought. 

4 


3?eHoto0tonc  Rational  $arft 

The  Helena  (Montana)  "  Herald "  of 
November  9,  1870,  had  an  article  by  Cor- 
nelius Hedges,  containing  what  is  probably 
the  first  published  reference  to  the  park 
project.  Honor  must  be  given  to  David  E. 
Folsom  and  a  number  of  other  individuals 
for  publicly  suggesting,  independently,  a 
similar  idea.  These  suggestions,  however, 
were  barren  of  results. 

In  the  course  of  that  autumn  a  bold  park 
campaign  was  begun  by  Nathaniel  P.  Lang- 
ford,  Cornelius  Hedges,  and  William  H. 
Claggett,  who  had  just  been  elected  Dele- 
gate to  Congress  from  Montana.  Langford 
lectured  in  behalf  of  the  project  before  in- 
terested audiences  in  Minneapolis,  Wash- 
ington, New  York,  and  elsewhere;  and  he 
and  Walter  Trumbull  published  magazine 
articles  on  the  subject.  Copies  of  Lang- 
ford's  article  in  "Scribner's  Magazine" 
were  placed  in  the  hands  of  every  Member 
of  Congress. 

Dr.  Ferdinand  V.  Hayden,  of  the  United 
States  Geological  Survey  of  the  Territories, 

5 


Hour  Rational  $arftg 

became  interested  in  the  cause,  and  ren- 
dered invaluable  service.  During  the  sum- 
mer of  1871  he  explored  the  Yellowstone 
region  and  took  scores  of  photographs.  In 
cooperation  with  others,  he  drew  the  bill 
for  Congressional  enactment,  and  marked 
the  boundary  lines  of  the  Park.  This  bill 
was  introduced  in  the  House  by  William 
H.  Claggett,  December  18,  1871.  Senator 
Pomeroy,  of  Kansas,  immediately  intro- 
duced the  identical  measure  in  the  Senate. 
Claggett,  Hayden,  Langford,  and  others 
made  a  thorough  canvass.  Each  Member 
of  Congress  was  personally  interviewed. 
The  enthusiasm,  intelligence,  and  sincerity 
of  these  advocates  produced  winning  re- 
sults. The  question  came  to  a  successful 
vote  in  the  Senate,  January  30, 1872.  Sena- 
tor Cole,  of  California,  opposed. 

In  the  House,  the  Committee  on  Public 
Lands  reported  the  bill  favorably.  Henry 
L.  Dawes,  of  Massachusetts,  championed 
the  measure.  It  reached  a  vote,  February 
27,  1872,  with  the  following  result:  yeas, 

6 


lellotostonc  Rational  JDarh 

115;  nays,  65;  not  voting,  60.  The  bill  was 
signed  by  President  Grant,  March  I,  1872. 

It  is  a  remarkable  fact  that  Congress 
should  have  thus  created  the  Yellowstone 
National  Park.  Through  the  ages  the  priv- 
ileged classes  have  had  almost  exclusive 
enjoyment  of  scenic  empires.  The  campaign 
which  brought  about  the  creation  of  this 
Park  was  brief,  intense,  and  unique.  It 
was  a  genuine  and  epoch-marking  achieve- 
ment. 

The  National-Park  idea  has  gone  round 
the  world.  All  leading  nations  now  have 
national  parks  and  are  planning  more. 
Time  is  likely  to  stamp  our  original  legisla- 
tion as  one  of  the  important  acts  of  states- 
manship. A  few  public-spirited  men  of 
vision  began  a  revolution  and  triumphed. 
The  anniversary  of  this  event  may  some 
day  be  observed  with  world -wide  celebra- 
tion. People  progress  in  the  improvement 
of  their  playgrounds  no  less  than  in  the 
ordering  of  their  workshops. 

Concerning  this  National-Park  legisla- 
7 


gout  jjJationai  $arlt£ 

tion,  General  Hiram  M.  Chittenden,  au- 
thor of  "The  Yellowstone  National  Park," 
makes  the  following  comment:  — 

Perhaps  no  act  of  our  National  Congress  has 
received  such  general  approbation  at  home  or 
such  profuse  commendation  from  foreigners 
as  that  creating  the  Yellowstone  National 
Park.  The  lapse  of  time  only  serves  to  confirm 
and  extend  its  importance,  and  to  give  addi- 
tional force  to  the  sentiment  so  well  expressed 
by  the  Earl  of  Dunraven  when  he  visited  the 
Park  in  1874:  "All  honor  then  to  the  United 
States  for  having  bequeathed  as  a  free  gift  to 
man  the  beauties  and  curiosities  of  '  Wonder- 
land/ It  was  an  act  worthy  of  a  great  nation, 
and  she  will  have  her  reward  in  the  praise  of 
the  present  army  of  tourists,  no  less  than  in 
the  thanks  of  the  generations  of  them  yet  to 


come." 


It  was  a  notable  act,  not  only  on  account  of 
the  transcendent  importance  of  the  territory 
it  was  designed  to  protect,  but  because  it  was 
a  marked  innovation  in  the  traditional  policy 
of  government.  From  time  immemorial  priv- 
ileged classes  have  been  protected  by  law  in 
the  withdrawal,  for  the  exclusive  enjoyment, 
of  immense  tracts  for  forests,  parks,  and  game 
preserves.  But  never  before  was  a  region  of 
such  vast  extent  as  the  Yellowstone  Park  set 
8 


SeHotogtone  Rational  $arft 

apart  for  the  use  of  all  the  people  without  dis- 
tinction of  rank  or  wealth. 

It  has  been  well  said  that  "history  is 
geography  set  in  motion/1  And  "Geog- 
raphy," says  Kant,  "lies  at  the  basis  of 
history."  The  peculiar  geographic  environ- 
ment of  the  Yellowstone  tract  had  a  defi- 
nite and  striking  influence  on  the  early  his- 
tory of  the  region.  It  attracted  few  visitors 
and  no  settlers.  To  the  pioneer  and  the 
Indian  it  offered  few  necessities,  and  these 
were  almost  inaccessible  owing  to  climatic 
discomforts  and  difficulties  of  communica- 
tion. Even  to-day,  for  commercial  use,  the 
Yellowstone  country  would  support  only  a 
sparse  population. 

But  what  formerly  repelled  now  attracts. 
Time  has  brought  changes.  Congested 
population,  the  necessity  for  outdoor  life, 
the  destruction  of  most  of  the  wild  outing- 
places  —  these  conditions  have  given  to 
this  and  to  other  scenic  mountain  places  a 
high  economic  value;  likewise  what  may  be 
called  a  nobler  or  higher  value.  Reserved 
9 


Sour  Rational  §Darft£ 

and  used  as  a  recreation  park  by  the  public, 
it  has  become  an  economic  asset  of  enor- 
mous importance.  And  through  park  use 
it  conveys  benefits  to  thousands. 

Yesterday  the  Yellowstone  environing 
factor  arrested,  deflected,  and  retarded  the 
movement  and  the  development  of  society. 
To-day  it  attracts,  arouses,  energizes,  and 
ennobles  a  multitude. 

2.   THE  DISCOVERY  OF  THE  YELLOWSTONE 

In  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  —  the 
first  national  park  in  the  world  —  are  so 
many  natural  wonders,  of  such  unusual 
character,  that  not  until  the  tract  was  dis- 
covered the  sixth  time  were  the  American 
people  convinced  of  its  existence.  Sixty- 
three  years  elapsed  from  the  time  of  its 
first  discovery  to  that  of  its  recognition  as 
an  actuality. 

The  first  two  discoveries  —  they  were 

made  by  trappers  a  generation  apart  — 

were  laughed  at  and  soon  forgotten.  The 

third,  by  prospectors,  led  to  a  successful 

10 


II 

•}I  JO  S3JIUI  AV3J  B 

psssBdsj  PUB  psssBd  Asip 

JO 

tp  JO  .13} 
DBJBlp  3l{^  2UTUJ3DUOD  SUBTpUJ  p3UOT^S3nb 


AV3JA 

JO  ^UTOd   A\J3A3   UIOJJ     *3|qB5fJBUJ3J   SI   Sll$ 
3UJ  OX    *}}  3UIUJ3DUOD  SUOppSJ3dnS  JO  U3A3 

PUB  ^spusSsj  ^q^Xiu  jo  q^JBSp  3;njosqB  UB 
si  3J3q^  IsuBipuj  3ij;  uo  uoisssaduii  ou  jo 
ll  P^npojd  3ABij  o^  jBsddB  sjspuoAV  s;i 


jo   puBq,,   sip   4/ppo^   aip   jo 

BM  II  IU31J1  OX  '1S3AV  O^  }SB3  UIOJJ 
3UO  OS|B  'II  SSOJDB  |IBJ1  l|;nOS-pUB-l[lJOU  B 
pBq  X31JX  *;OBJ1  2fJB  J  !U3S3jd  31{1  JO  M3U5J 
UOI§3J  3U01SAVOJp^  31J1  JO  SUBIpUJ  3l|X 

'1U3UI 

-UJ3A00  S3}B}S  P^JUfl  3l[l  Xq  A\I3AODSIp 
JBIOIJJO  UB  SBM  1SBJ  pUB  IJ}XIS  3l[X  *103fqO  S^I 
p3A3iqOB  OS[B  qDIl|AV  'UOpIp3dX3  JBIDIJJO-IIU3S 
PUB  J3&IBI  B  Xq  p3AVO||OJ  SBM  SIt|X  * 
UIOJJ  UOi;ip3dX3  2U!JOjdX3 


If  our  Rational  5park£ 

The  Indians  made  scant  use  of  this  terri- 
tory. In  an  average  year  the  passes  into  it 
are  blocked  with  snow  for  nine  months  of 
the  twelve.  Besides,  it  is  mostly  covered 
with  a  tangle  of  forests.  In  earlier  days, 
living  in  it  or  traveling  through  it  was  diffi- 
cult. Though  filled  with  big  game  during 
the  summer,  at  no  time  of  year  was  it  equal 
to  the  surrounding  country  as  a  hunting- 
ground. 

John  Colter,  who  first  discovered  the 
Yellowstone  region  in  1807,  was  a  member 
of  the  Lewis  and  Clark  expedition.  He 
was  a  hunter  and  trapper,  a  master  of 
woodcraft,  and  an  outdoor  man  of  the  first 
class;  at  the  time  of  the  discovery  he  was 
thirty-five  years  of  age,  nearly  six  feet  tall, 
and  an  athlete  who  could  hold  his  own  in 
the  games  of  the  trappers'  rendezvous.  His 
endurance,  courage,  and  resourcefulness 
were  marvelous.  Neither  wilderness  nor 
hostile  Indian  had  terrors  for  him.  The 
five  years  that  he  spent  in  the  Yellowstone 
region  were  so  crowded  with  wilderness  ad- 
12 


€i)C  ieilotosttme  Rational  fparh 

venture  that  his  name  is  immortal  in  the 
history  of  the  American  frontier.  He  ob- 
tained his  release  from  the  Lewis  and  Clark 
exploring  party  at  a  point  on  the  Missouri 
River,  some  distance  below  the  mouth  of 
the  Yellowstone,  in  August,  1806.  He  had 
served  with  the  expedition  more  than  two 
years. 

With  two  trappers,  Colter  that  year 
proceeded  up  the  Missouri  and  spent  the 
winter  somewhere  on  its  headwaters.  The 
following  spring  he  left  his  companions 
and  started  for  St.  Louis.  After  a  solitary 
journey  of  about  two  thousand  miles,  he 
met  Manuel  Lisa,  the  celebrated  trapper 
and  trader,  who,  with  a  large  party,  was  on 
his  way  to  found  a  trading-post  somewhere 
on  the  headwaters  of  the  Missouri.  Lisa 
persuaded  Colter  to  turn  back  with  him. 

Strong  is  the  lure  of  the  wilderness. 
Although  Colter  had  been  away  from  civili- 
zation three  years,  and  a  triumphant  wel- 
come awaited  his  return,  he  again  post- 
poned the  enjoyment  of  all  that  old  friends 
13 


gout  Rational  $arft# 

and  city  attractions  could  offer,  to  resume 
the  adventurous  experiences  of  a  trapper's 
life  among  hostile  Indians  in  the  wilds. 

Lisa  built  a  trading-post,  Fort  Manuel, 
at  the  junction  of  the  Big  Horn  and  Yellow- 
stone Rivers,  about  two  hundred  miles 
southeast  of  the  Yellowstone  Park.  From 
here,  with  a  thirty-pound  pack  and  rifle, 
Colter  set  off  alone  on  a  thousand-mile 
journey  into  the  wilderness  to  tell  the  sur- 
rounding Indian  tribes  of  this  new  trading- 
post. 

He  traveled  a  few  hundred  miles  to  the 
southwest  without  notable  adventure.  We 
now  marvel  at  the  results  of  this  journey, 
for  its  discoveries  put  Colter  in  the  front 
rank  of  geographical  explorers  on  the 
American  continent.  He  discovered  the 
Wind  River  Range,  Union  Pass,  Jackson 
Hole,  Teton  Pass,  Pierre's  Hole,  and  the 
Grand  Teton.  He  was  the  first  to  see  the 
headwaters  of  those  two  great  rivers  the 
Green  Fork  of  the  Colorado  and  the  Snake 
Fork  of  the  Columbia.  These  discoveries 


©fje  Selloto^tonc  Rational  $arlt 

might  well  have  been  enough  for  any  one 
man,  but  his  greatest  discovery  was  still 
before  him. 

Colter  was  with  a  band  of  Crows  near 
Pierre's  Hole  when  it  was  attacked  by 
marauding  Blackfeet.  Of  necessity  Colter 
fought  with  the  Crows,  who  were  victori- 
ous. The  Blackfeet  blamed  Colter  for  their 
defeat,  and  from  this  incident  may  have 
arisen  the  long-continued  hostility  of  the 
Blackfeet  tribes  against  the  whites. 

Again  alone,  Colter  set  forth  from 
Pierre's  Hole,  St.  Anthony,  Idaho,  and 
traveled  straight  across  the  mountains  to 
Fort  Manuel.  A  wound  in  the  leg,  which 
he  had  received  in  the  fight  with  the  Black- 
feet,  was  not  yet  healed.  The  direct  route 
that  he  took  for  his  return  may  have  been 
chosen  as  the  shortest,  but  most  probably 
was  selected  in  order  to  avoid  the  Blackfeet. 

The  crowning  achievement  of  this  re- 
markable journey  was  the  discovery  and 
traversing  of  the  Yellowstone  wonderland. 
His  course  took  Colter  diagonally,  from 
15 


Sour  Rational  $arftg 

southwest  to  northeast,  across  what  now  is 
the  Yellowstone  National  Park.  He  prob- 
ably passed  along  the  west  shore  of  Yel- 
lowstone Lake,  and  may  have  followed 
the  Yellowstone  River  from  the  lake  to 
the  falls.  He  saw  numerous  geysers,  hot 
springs,  paint-pots,  and  possibly  Sulphur 
Mountain.  He  noted  that  numerous  rivers 
had  their  sources  in  the  Park  and  flowed 
from  it  in  all  directions,  thus  justifying  the 
Indian  name  for  the  region,  "Top  of  the 
World."  After  crossing  Mount  Washburn 
he  probably  forded  the  river  near  Tower 
Falls  and  then  followed  the  east  fork  of  the 
Yellowstone. 

Colter  arrived  safely  at  Fort  Manuel  af- 
ter a  journey  of  about  three  hundred  miles 
from  Pierre's  Hole  and  a  round  trip  of 
about  eight  hundred  miles.  Aside  from  its 
geographical  value,  this  was  a  remarkable 
wilderness  achievement. 

A  little  later  came  the  most  extraordi- 
nary chapter  of  Colter's  adventurous  life. 
In  1809,  with  a  companion  named  John 
16 


Clje  JMIotoBtonc  Rational  patft 

Potts,  he  was  trapping  beavers  near  the 
Three  Forks  of  the  Missouri.  They  were 
rowing  up  a  small  stream  that  flowed  into 
the  Jefferson  River,  the  most  western  of 
the  forks.  At  a  point  on  this  stream  about 
five  miles  from  the  Jefferson,  they  heard  a 
great  trampling.  High  banks  and  brush- 
wood shut  off  their  view. 

Presently  about  five  hundred  Blackfeet 
appeared  on  the  banks  and  ordered  them 
to  come  ashore.  Escape  was  impossible. 
The  two  men  had  the  hardihood  to  throw 
the  beaver- traps  overboard,  hoping  to  re- 
cover them  later.  As  the  canoe  touched 
the  shore,  an  Indian  snatched  Potts's  ri- 
fle from  him.  Thereupon  Colter  sprang 
ashore,  wrested  the  rifle  from  the  Indian, 
and  handed  it  to  Potts  who  immediately 
pushed  off  into  the  stream.  Colter  told  him 
to  come  back  and  not  to  try  to  escape.  An 
arrow  whizzed  by  Colter,  and  Potts  fell 
back  in  the  canoe,  crying  out,  "I'm  done 
for!"  as  he  shot  an  Indian  dead.  In  an  in- 
stant his  body  was  filled  with  arrows. 
17 


four  Rational  $arft£ 

The  Blackfeet  seized  Colter  and  stripped 
him  naked,  then  discussed  methods  of  tor- 
turing him  to  death.  They  decided  to  set 
him  up  for  a  target,  but  the  chief  inter- 
fered —  that  was  not  exciting  enough  for 
him.  Seizing  Colter  by  the  shoulder,  he 
asked  him  if  he  could  run  fast.  The  ques- 
tion was  greeted  with  howls  of  delight  by 
the  Blackfeet. 

The  chief  led  Colter  out  on  the  prairie 
about  three  hundred  yards  from  the  band, 
pointed  in  the  direction  of  the  Jefferson 
River,  told  him  to  save  himself  if  he  could, 
and  cast  him  loose.  Colter  ran,  the  Black- 
feet  whooped  and  pursued,  and  the  race  for 
life  was  on. 

The  ground  was  thick  with  prickly  pears 
that  pierced  Colter's  bare  feet.  Neverthe- 
less, he  kept  ahead  of  his  pursuers.  When 
about  half  the  five  miles  to  the  Jefferson 
had  been  covered,  he  ventured  to  look  back. 
The  Indians  were  much  scattered,  and  he 
had  gained  on  the  main  body;  but  one  In- 
dian, carrying  a  spear,  was  close  upon  him. 
18 


gcllotostonc  Rational  parli 

Colter  exerted  himself  to  the  utmost, 
and  by  the  time  he  came  within  a  mile  of 
the  Jefferson  he  was  exhausted  and  blood 
from  his  nostrils  had  covered  the  front  of 
his  body.  He  stopped  suddenly,  turned, 
and  spread  out  his  arms.  The  Blackfoot, 
almost  upon  him,  but  also  exhausted,  at- 
tempted to  stop  and  throw  his  spear,  but 
he  fell  and  the  spear  broke.  Colter  sprang 
upon  him,  seized  the  spear-head,  pinned 
him  to  the  ground,  and  ran  on. 

The  foremost  of  the  remaining  Indians 
stopped  by  the  fallen  runner.  When  others 
came,  they  all  set  up  a  whoop  and  resumed 
the  chase. 

Colter  gained  the  river-bank  in  advance 
of  all  his  pursuers,  just  where  there  hap- 
pened to  be  a  large  beaver  house,  standing 
partly  against  the  bank  and  partly  in  the 
water.  Knowing  that  the  entrance  to  the 
house  was  at  the  bottom,  under  the  water, 
he  dived  and  succeeded  in  forcing  his  way 
to  the  floor  just  above  the  water-level. 

Man  fleeing  from  man  has  hidden  in 
19 


Hour  |Jational  $arh£ 

strange  places,  but  it  may  be  doubted 
whether  one  ever  before  sought  safety  in 
a  beaver  house  of  brush  and  mud ! 

Soon  the  Blackfeet  were  searching  all 
over  the  place,  "  screeching  like  so  many 
devils."  They  made  search  for  the  naked 
white  man  all  the  rest  of  the  day.  Appar- 
ently even  their  savage  cunning  never  sus- 
pected the  beaver  house.  Although  they 
frequently  clambered  over  it,  they  did 
not  disturb  it. 

When  night  came  and  Colter  could  no 
longer  hear  the  Indians,  he  swam  down- 
stream, gained  the  prairie,  and  headed  for 
Fort  Manuel,  some  two  hundred  miles  away. 
Naked,  with  bleeding  feet,  he  walked  over 
prickly  pears  on  the  prairie  and  through 
snow  in  the  mountains,  which  he  crossed 
above  the  timber-line.  The  sun  blistered 
him.  Part  of  the  time,  he  traveled  by  night 
and  lay  hid  by  day.  He  appears  to  have 
lived  chiefly  on  the  Indian-turnip  (Pso- 
ralea  esculenta). 

Colter  arrived  at  Fort  Manuel  in  terrible 
20 


Rational 

shape.  At  first  the  men  did  not  recognize 
him.  He  had  been  eleven  days  in  making 
the  distance  between  Three  Forks  and  the 
fort. 

That  winter  Colter  had  the  courage  to  go 
back  alone  to  the  scene  of  his  capture  to 
recover  his  beaver- traps.  Before  he  reached 
them  he  was  ambushed  by  Blackfeet,  but 
escaped.  He  returned  to  the  fort,  and  the 
following  spring  he  was  with  Pierre  Menard 
at  Three  Forks  when  the  place  was  success- 
fully attacked  by  Blackfeet.  Colter  was 
among  the  few  who  escaped. 

Pierre  Menard  wrote  a  four-page  letter 
to  his  brother-in-law,  Pierre  Chouteau,  and 
Colter  started  with  it  for  St.  Louis.  With 
a  companion,  "Mr.  William  Bryant/1  he 
made  the  three- thousand-mile  journey  by 
canoe  in  thirty  days.  Upon  his  arrival  at 
St.  Louis,  he  reported  to  his  old  comman- 
der, William  Clark;  told  him  the  story  of 
his  journeys,  discoveries,  and  adventures, 
and  gave  him  much  material  for  his  forth- 
coming map  of  the  Lewis  and  Clark  expedi- 
21 


Sour  Rational  $***£ 

tion.  Clark  traced  on  the  map  the  route  of 
Colter's  Yellowstone  Park  journey  and  gave 
it  the  legend  "  Colter's  Route  of  1807." 

There  is  nothing  incredible  about  any  of 
Colter's  stories.  His  accounts  of  the  Yel- 
lowstone region  appear  to  have  been  re- 
markably true  to  fact.  His  escape  from 
the  Indians,  and  his  various  journeys,  are 
experiences  within  the  range  of  human 
achievement.  His  hiding  in  a  beaver  house 
is  easily  possible.  His  race  and  his  naked 
journey  across  the  mountains  show  the 
courage  and  hardihood  of  the  frontiersman 
of  the  day.  I  have  been  over  the  place 
where  he  ran  for  his  life  from  the  Blackfeet 
and  have  followed  his  trail  across  the  moun- 
tains. 

Henry  M.  Brackenridge,  the  author  of 
"Views  of  Louisiana,  together  with  Jour- 
nal," secured  Colter's  story  at  first  hand, 
and  he  does  it  justice.  John  Bradbury,  au- 
thor of  "Travels  into  the  Interior  of  North 
America,"  did  much  important  work  in  the 
Mississippi  and  Missouri  Valleys  in  the 

22 


Seltotogtone  Rational  $arft 

years  1809-11.  He  also  got  Colter's  story 
from  Colter  himself,  and  gives  a  careful 
account  of  the  race  for  life  with  the  Black- 
feet.  The  account  given  by  General  Thomas 
James,  in  "Three  Years  among  the  In- 
dians and  Mexicans/'  is  a  third  first-hand 
story  of  Colter's  activities.  Washington 
Irving  was  too  good  a  literary  craftsman  to 
overlook  Colter's  story.  In  "Astoria"  he 
retells  the  escape  from  the  Blackfeet.  Gen- 
eral Hiram  M.  Chittenden  gives  full  ap- 
preciation to  Colter  in  his  "History  of  the 
Early  Western  Fur  Trade"  and  "The  Yel- 
lowstone National  Park,"  both  standard 
works. 

Nevertheless,  St.  Louis  did  not  believe 
Colter.  He  told  his  travels,  discoveries,  and 
adventures,  and  the  people  laughed  in  de- 
rision. For  two  generations  St.  Louis  mock- 
ingly referred  to  the  Yellowstone  wonder- 
land as  "Colter's  Hell." 

Colter  married  and  went  to  live  near 
Daniel  Boone  at  La  Charette.  He  declined 
to  join  the  Astoria  expedition,  and  this  is 
23 


Hour  |j>ational  $arfc£ 

the  last  heard  of  him.  He  may  have  died 
shortly  afterwards;  or  it  is  possible  that, 
because  of  unjust  public  opinion,  he  may 
have  moved  into  seclusion.  At  any  rate, 
the  later  years  and  the  burial-place  of  the 
first  discoverer  of  the  Yellowstone  Na- 
tional Park  are  unknown. 

Colter's  story  is  a  wilderness  story  of 
supreme  character.  It  is  full  of  the  vigor 
and  independence  of  outdoors.  Colter  is  an 
heroic  and  picturesque  figure  in  national 
history.  I  wish  every  boy  and  girl  in  the 
land  could  read  his  adventures. 

The  second  discovery  of  the  Yellowstone 
site  was  also  made  by  a  trapper.  James 
Bridger,  of  Fort  Bridger  fame,  was  there  in 
1830,  but  his  description  of  its  wonders  was 
laughed  at  as  "just  another  of  old  Jim 
Bridger 's  good  yarns."  Between  1830  and 
1843  the  region  was  visited  by  many  trap- 
pers and  traders,  and  its  wonders  were  com- 
mon knowledge  to  the  plainsmen  of  the 
Missouri  Valley.  Some  accounts  got  into 
print.  Nevertheless,  the  Yellowstone  was 
24 


Cfjc  idlatostonc  Rational  parft 

no  more  real  to  the  American  of  that  gen- 
eration than  was  "Colter's  Hell"  to  the 
generation  before. 

Trapping  began  to  fall  off.  The  Mexican 
War  and  the  California  gold  excitement  led 
public  attention  away  from  the  Yellow- 
stone country,  and  by  the  beginning  of  the 
Civil  War  it  was  as  completely  forgotten 
as  if  it  had  never  been  known. 

It  was  the  prospector  who  gave  the  Yel- 
lowstone tract  to  the  world  for  the  third 
time.  By  1865,  reports  of  its  wonders  had 
been  spread  far  and  wide  by  prospectors 
attracted  to  the  region  by  the  Montana 
gold  excitement.  At  last  Montana  became 
mildly  curious  over  these  reports.  In  1869, 
David  E.  Folsom,  C.  W.  Cook,  and  Wil- 
liam Peterson  visited  the  region.  They 
told  enough  to  bring  about  the  organiza- 
tion of  a  large  semi-official  expedition. 

This  Yellowstone  expedition  (1870)  is 
known  as  the  "  Washburn-Doane  Expedi- 
tion," and  from  it  dates  the  latter-day  his- 
tory of  the  Park.  Lieutenant  Gustavus  C. 
25 


If  our  Rational 

Doane,  Second  Cavalry,  U.S.A.,  with  a  ser- 
geant and  four  privates  was  detailed  from 
Fort  Ellis  to  escort  the  expedition.  Among 
its  nine  civilians  were  General  Henry  D. 
Washburn,  Surveyor-General  of  Montana; 
Nathaniel  P.  Langford,  author  of  "Vigi- 
lante Days  and  Ways"  and  first  superin- 
tendent of  the  Park;  Cornelius  Hedges,  who 
first  proposed  setting  apart  the  region  as  a 
National  Park;  and  Samuel  T.  Hauser, 
president  of  the  First  National  Bank  of 
Helena,  and  later  Governor  of  Montana. 

So  skeptical  was  this  party  that  when 
the  steam  of  Old  Faithful  was  first  seen 
through  the  woods  it  was  believed  to  be  a 
forest  fire. 

Mr.  Hedges  subsequently  said,  "  I  think 
a  more  confirmed  set  of  skeptics  never 
went  out  into  the  wilderness  than  those 
who  composed  our  party,  and  never  was  a 
party  more  completely  surprised  and  cap- 
tivated with  the  wonders  of  nature." 

Through  the  press  and  lecture-platform, 
the  Washburn-Doane  expedition  spread 
26 


Rational  $arft 

the  knowledge  of  its  discoveries  broadcast 
over  the  country.  The  direct  result  of  its 
work  was  that  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment sent  an  official  expedition  to  the  Park 
the  next  year.  This  was  a  joint  expedition 
made  up  from  the  Engineering  Corps  of 
the  Army  and  from  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey  of  the  Territories.  The 
official  United  States  Government  expedi- 
tion of  1871  officially  put  it  on  the  map, 
with  official  scientific  notes  and  photo- 
graphs. Thus  the  sixth  discovery  of  this 
wondrous  region,  after  two  generations  of 
unbelief,  convinced  the  people  that  it  ex- 
isted! 

During  these  two  generations  the  unex- 
plored wilderness  of  the  Louisiana  Pur- 
chase had  been  formed  into  seven  new 
States  of  the  Union,  containing  more  than 
five  million  people.  And  "Colter's  Hell," 
when  its  existence  had  been  finally  and  offi- 
cially established,  was  within  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty  miles  of  a  transcontinental 
railroad. 

27 


Hour 


3.   THE  GEYSERS,   LAKES,   AND  STREAMS 

Water  in  numberless  pleasing  forms  is 
one  of  the  attractive  features  of  the  Yel- 
lowstone Park.  There  are  snowy  water- 
falls that  leap  in  glory.  There  are  geysers 
—  transient,  towering,  fluted  —  with  white 
columns  draped  with  steam.  Both  the 
geysers  and  the  waterfalls  bring  the  rain- 
bow to  them  ;  or,  the  prismatic  springs  go  to 
the  rainbow  for  their  colors.  The  cascades 
have  all  the  excitement  of  ocean  breakers. 
The  lakes  mirror  the  clouds,  and  their 
placid  bosoms  reflect  the  stars  that  are  "in 
the  quiet  skies."  There  are  streams  that 
wind  and  linger,  and  brooks  that  go  on  for- 
ever. There  are  hot  springs  and  cold,  large 
springs  and  small,  each  with  its  own  at- 
tractive setting.  Many  burst  through  the 
roofs  of  caves;  others  gush  from  grottoes; 
still  others  pour  forth  from  mounds  and 
columns. 

The  quiescent  springs  and  prismatic 
pools  have  a  delicate,  exquisite,  gemlike 
28 


beauty  unlike  anything  else  in  the  world  of 
nature  or  of  art.  The  waters  are  soft  blue. 
Changing  lights  tinge  the  water  with  iri- 
descence; touch  its  surface  with  soft  lumi- 
nosity; give  to  moulded  and  sculptured 
basins  a  refinement  of  coloring  that  tran- 
scends belief. 

Dr.  Ferdinand  V.  Hayden  gives  this 
glowing  description :  — 

The  wonderful  transparency  of  the  water 
surpasses  anything  of  the  kind  I  have  ever 
seen  in  any  other  portion  of  the  world.  The 
sky,  with  the  smallest  cloud  that  flits  across 
it,  is  reflected  in  its  clear  depths,  and  the  ultra- 
marine colors,  more  vivid  than  the  sea,  are 
greatly  heightened  by  constant,  gentle  vibra- 
tions. One  can  look  down  into  the  clear  depths 
and  see  with  perfect  distinctness  the  minutest 
ornament  on  the  inner  sides  of  the  basin ;  and 
the  exquisite  beauty  of  the  coloring  and  the 
variety  of  forms  baffle  any  attempt  to  portray 
them  either  with  pen  or  pencil. 

These  waters  repose  in  basins  that  have 
in  miniature  all  the  beauty  of  the  Mam- 
moth Cave.  The  basins  and  their  rims  are 
formed  of  minerals  —  mostly  of  silica  — 
29 


Hour  Rational  $arfc£ 

deposited  by  the  water.  The  rims  are  fit- 
tingly beautiful;  the  lines  of  internal  con- 
struction are  harmonious.  Many  springs 
have  built  up  their  basins  with  precipi- 
tated minerals  until  they  rest  on  mounds. 
All  these  are  picturesque,  and  some  are 
beautiful. 

Morning-Glory  Spring  is  like  a  gigantic 
morning-glory  set  in  the  earth.  The  Fire- 
hole,  with  a  black  fissured  bottom,  has  at 
times  flamelike  colors  which  create  such  an 
illusion  that  the  fiery  interior  of  the  earth 
appears  to  be  on  exhibition. 

Prismatic  Lake,  a  spring  large  enough  to 
be  called  at  least  a  lakelet  or  pond,  is  a  com- 
bination of  the  artistic  and  the  spectacular. 
It  has  built  up  for  itself  a  rounded  mound, 
and  down  the  gently  curving  slopes  flow 
its  waters  in  thousands  of  interlacing  rivu- 
lets. Over  the  pool  hangs  a  cloud  of  steam, 
often  tinted  red  by  reflection  from  the 
waters  below. 

At  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  close  to  Fort 
Yellowstone,  the  water  bursts  from  the 
30 


Cfje  ScHotD0tonc  Rational  park 

mountain-side  with  an  enormous  mineral- 
ized flow.  Here  lime  in  solution  is  quickly 
precipitated,  forming  basins  and  terraces 
and  slopes  of  exquisite  design,  the  whole 
adorned  with  intricate  and  fantastic  fret- 
work of  pink,  brown,  yellow,  and  white. 

While  the  deposits  here  are  chiefly  lime 
or  travertine,  those  of  the  geysers  and  of 
the  other  hot  springs  are  silica.  The  two 
kinds  of  deposits  differ  greatly.  The  Mam- 
moth Hot  Springs'  deposits  are  soft  and 
frequently  change  their  form.  The  silica  de- 
posits of  the  geysers  are  hard  as  flint.  With- 
out this  hardness,  the  geyser  action  would 
be  impossible,  as  the  lime  and  travertine 
formations  would  not  withstand  the  ex- 
plosive violence.  A  curious  fact  in  this  con- 
nection is  that  the  color  in  and  around  the 
geysers  and  hot  springs  is  in  part  due  to 
the  presence  of  algae,  a  minute  vegetable 
growth. 

The  geyser  is  one  of  Nature's  strangest 
freaks.  These  in  the  Yellowstone  Park  are 
the  largest,  most  spectacular,  and  most 


Hour  Rational  $arfe£ 

artistic  in  the  world.  The  geyser  may  be 
described  either  as  a  large  intermittent  hot- 
water  fountain  or  as  a  small  water-and- 
steam  volcano.  There  are  scores  of  these 
eruptive  springs  in  the  Yellowstone,  and 
their  irregularities  form  part  of  their  fas- 
cination. The  place  and  method  of  apply- 
ing the  heat,  the  diameter  and  shape  of  the 
tube,  and  the  point  of  inflow  and  the  quan- 
tity of  the  water  are  all  matters  affecting 
their  activities.  Apparently  they,  as  well 
as  the  springs  in  general,  have  no  under- 
ground interconnection,  since  the  play  of 
one  geyser  has  no  effect  upon  others  close 
by. 

The  eruptions  are  irregular  as  to  inter- 
vals. Black  Warrior  and  Hurricane  do  a 
continuous  performance.  Constant  pauses 
from  twenty  to  fifty-five  seconds  between 
gushes.  Grand  is  active  at  intervals  of 
from  one  to  four  days,  and  Turban  plays 
intermittently  for  twenty-four  hours  fol- 
lowing Grand.  Giantess  rests  from  five  to 
forty  days  at  a  time.  Lioness  played  once 
32 


€f)c  $elloto£tonc  Rational  $ark 

in  each  of  the  years  1910,  1912,  and  1914. 
Splendid,  which  formerly  threw  a  ten-min- 
ute gush  to  a  height  of  two  hundred  feet, 
has  not  played  since  1892. 

There  is  equal  variation  in  the  duration  of 
the  gush.  The  Minute  Man's  activity  lasts 
but  from  fifteen  to  thirty  seconds.  Giant 
stops  work  promptly  at  the  end  of  an  hour. 
Giantess,  after  her  long  rest,  plays  from 
twelve  to  thirty-six  hours. 

The  quantity  of  water  erupted  varies  from 
a  few  gallons  in  the  small  geysers  to  thou- 
sands of  barrels  in  the  large  ones.  The  water 
is  generally  thrown  vertically,  though  some 
of  the  tubes  lie  at  an  angle.  The  Fan,  as  its 
name  suggests,  throws  its  water  in  a  fan- 
like  shape. 

Geysers  vary  in  the  height  of  their  gush 
as  in  everything  else,  and  the  gush  of  each 
is  seldom  twice  the  same.  Jewel  varies  from 
five  feet  to  twenty,  and  Great  Fountain 
from  seventy-five  to  one  hundred  and  fifty 
feet. 

The  highest  stream  is  thrown  by  Giant, 
33 


gout  Rational  $arftg 

which  has  a  minimum  of  two  hundred  and 
a  maximum  of  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet. 
Excelsior,  which  sometimes  threw  its  water 
three  hundred  feet  into  the  air,  has  not 
played  since  1888. 

This  geyser  action  is  novel,  picturesque, 
and  weird.  It  appeals  to  the  imagination. 
It  goes  on  day  and  night,  summer  and  win- 
ter, throughout  the  years.  While  many  of 
the  geysers  are  comparatively  new,  others 
are  centuries  old.  Some  may  have  been 
playing  since  prehistoric  times. 

Old  Faithful,  in  the  Upper  Geyser  Basin, 
is  in  most  respects  the  most  wonderful  gey- 
ser in  the  Park.  Its  action  is  almost  uni- 
form ;  its  usual  interval  is  seventy  minutes. 
It  plays  for  four  minutes  and  sends  its 
water  up  from  sixty  to  one  hundred  and 
twenty  feet.  It  gives  ample  warning  before 
each  play  and  gets  into  action  by  sending 
its  water  higher  and  higher  with  graceful 
ease. 

But  in  some  particulars  Great  Fountain, 
in  the  Lower  Geyser  Basin,  may  be  put  at 
34 


OLD    FAITHFUL   GEYSER 
YELLOWSTONE    NATIONAL   PARK 


|JationaI  |parh 

the  head  of  the  geyser  list.  Its  waters  issue 
from  a  vast  low  mound,  and  the  basin  has 
attractive  ornamentation.  It  spouts  an 
enormous  volume  of  water,  sometimes  to  a 
height  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet,  and 
plays  from  forty-five  to  sixty  minutes,  at 
intervals  of  eight  to  eleven  hours. 

Castle  Geyser,  in  the  Upper  Geyser 
Basin,  throws  only  a  moderate  gush  about 
seventy-five  feet  in  height,  but  it  has  built 
up  a  most  imposing  crater.  It  is  quiet  for 
from  four  to  seven  days;  it  then  plays  three 
or  four  times  at  half-hour  intervals. 

Other  geysers  that  the  visitor  may  well 
see  are  Grand  and  Beehive,  both  in  the 
Upper  Geyser  Basin.  Grand  plays  for 
about  an  hour  at  intervals  of  from  one  to 
four  days  and  throws  a  column  of  steaming 
water  smoothly  to  a  height  of  two  hundred 
feet.  Of  all  the  geysers,  Beehive  perhaps 
approaches  nearest  to  artistic  perfection. 
From  a  small,  beehive-like  mount  it  sends 
up  a  slender  column  of  water  vertically  and 
symmetrically  two  hundred  feet. 
35 


four  Rational  $arft£ 

Yellowstone  Lake  lies  at  an  altitude  of 
7741  feet  above  sea-level.  Its  area  is  about 
one  hundred  and  thirty-nine  square  miles, 
and  its  irregular  shore-line  has  a  length  of 
one  hundred  miles.  In  places  the  lake  is 
three  hundred  feet  deep.  There  are  thirty- 
six  other  lakes,  of  which  Shoshone,  Heart, 
and  Lewis  are  the  largest.  Each  has  its 
own  peculiar  and  delightful  wilderness 
boundary  and  beauty. 

There  is  a  close  network  of  streams,  of 
which  one  hundred  and  sixty-five  have 
names.  Among  the  more  important  are 
Yellowstone,  Lamar,  Snake,  Gardiner,  and 
Firehole  Rivers.  There  are  numerous  water- 
falls and  cascades.  The  extensive  water- 
flow  abundantly  supplies  the  headwaters 
of  the  Missouri,  Yellowstone,  and  Snake 
Rivers.  In  Two  Ocean  Pass,  among  other 
places,  is  a  lakelet  upon  the  very  summit 
of  the  Continental  Divide  whose  waters 
flow  to  both  the  Atlantic  and  the  Pacific. 
The  altitude  here  is  8150  feet,  and  the 
lakelet  completes  a  continuous  waterway 
36 


CJjc  idlototftonc  Rational  $arft 

of  nearly  six  thousand  miles  from  coast  to 
coast. 

A  map  that  I  carried  showed  Two  Ocean 
Pond  on  the  Continental  Divide  to  the 
west  of  the  Thumb.  There  is  a  Two  Ocean 
Pond  on  the  Divide  at  that  place  as  well 
as  one  to  the  south  of  the  lake.  But  my 
map  did  not  show  that  the  Divide  was 
horseshoe-shaped,  and  it  located  the  pond 
on  the  wrong  arm  of  this  horseshoe.  Con- 
sequently I  had  a  long  search  before  I 
found  the  pond,  and  much  confusion  with 
the  topography  and  watersheds  after  I  had 
discovered  it. 

One  day  in  1891  I  had  the  good  fortune 
to  come  upon  General  Hiram  M.  Chitten- 
den.  He  was  directing  the  cutting  of  trees 
at  a  place  that  has  since  become  famous 
as  Lake  View,  from  which,  perhaps,  the 
best  view  of  Yellowstone  Lake  is  to  be  had. 
General  Chittenden  spent  many  years  in 
the  Park  and  developed  its  existing  scenic 
road  system.  He  was  the  first  to  propose 
that  the  excess  of  elk  and  other  game  in 
37 


iour  Rational  $arftg 

this  and  other  parks  be  distributed  over 
the  country  at  cost. 

What  is  the  greatest  feature  in  this  won- 
derland whose  history  began  at  a  camp- 
fire?  The  Lower  Falls  thrilled  me  more 
than  any  other  waterfall  I  ever  have  seen. 
The  Yellowstone  Canon  may  be  called  the 
greatest  attraction  in  this  Park.  But  to 
me  the  supreme  attraction  is  the  petrified 
forests. 

4.   AGES  OF  FIRE  AND  ICE 

The  Yellowstone  plateau  is  a  vast  lava- 
deposit.  Its  material  is  mostly  volcanic, 
but  its  landscape  —  its  architecture  —  is 
largely  glacial.  In  ages  remote,  this  realm 
became  the  scene  of  volcanic  activity.  In- 
termittent outpourings  went  on  through 
long  periods  of  time.  Volcanoes  in  and 
near  the  Park  threw  forth  quantities  of 
ashes,  lava,  and  cinders,  which  built  up  a 
plateau  region  three  or  four  thousand  feet 
thick.  Rhyolite  and  other  forms  of  lava 
38 


€fjc  JJcllotos'tonc  Rational  path 

were  last  spread  over  the  region.  This 
volcanic  activity  appears  to  have  ended 
before  the  last  ice  age.  No  eruption  has 
occurred  for  centuries.  The  ice  age  wrought 
vast  changes  in  the  volcanic  landscape.  The 
ice  smoothed  wide  areas,  shaped  canons, 
and  rounded  mountain-sides,  produced  and 
spread  soil,  and  gave  the  entire  region  the 
flowing,  attractive  lines  of  glacial  landscape. 

On  the  rim  of  the  Yellowstone  Canon, 
about  three  miles  below  the  falls,  an 
enormous  glaciated  granite  boulder  re- 
poses upon  lava  —  rhyolite.  It  measures 
about  twenty-four  by  twenty  by  eighteen 
feet.  It  was  transported  to  this  resting- 
place  from  mountains  more  than  thirty 
miles  away.  Here  we  have  a  stone  founda- 
tion laid  by  volcanic  fire,  and  upon  it  a 
stone,  shaped,  transported,  and  placed  by 
glacial  ice. 

There  are  about  three  thousand  geysers, 

hot  springs,  and  mud-and-water  springs 

in  the  Park;  and  as  many  other  vents  of 

steam,  acid,  and  gas.    That  the  geysers 

39 


If  our  Rational  $arh£ 

have  been  active  in  this  region  for  thou- 
sands of  years  is  shown  in  the  deep  deposits 
of  silica  and  travertine  that  overspread 
extensive  area.  During  the  ice  age  many 
of  these  deposits  were  eroded  and  others 
were  piled  with  boulders.  It  is  plain  that 
steam  and  hot  water  had  been  at  work 
long  before  the  last  ice  age  came.  During 
the  ice  period,  a  wild  conflict  probably 
took  place  between  the  deep  outspread  ice 
and  the  insistent  eruptions  of  steam  and 
hot  water. 

The  surface  of  Yellowstone  Lake  once 
stood  about  one  hundred  and  eighty  feet 
higher  than  it  is  at  present.  Its  outlet  was 
then  through  the  Snake  River  to  the  Pa- 
cific Ocean.  The  Continental  Divide  then 
passed  over  the  summit  of  Mount  Wash- 
burn.  Unwritten  as  yet  is  the  splendid 
geological  story  of  this  change,  which  may 
have  been  caused  by  earthquake  upheaval 
or  by  subsidence.  It  appears  to  have  oc- 
curred about  the  close  of  the  last  glacial 
epoch.  Possibly  ice  dammed  the  narrow 
40 


gefifoto£tone  Rational  path 

gorge  of  Outlet  Creek,  through  which  the 
waters  of  the  lake  formerly  flowed  to  the 
Snake  River.  Whatever  the  cause,  its  out- 
let waters  changed  and  eroded  the  now  fa- 
mous and  splendidly  colored  canon  of  the 
Yellowstone. 

This  is  the  most  celebrated  canon  in 
the  Park,  and  its  colors  make  it  one  of 
the  most  gorgeously  startling  in  the  world. 
At  bright  noonday,  it  is  adorned  with  all 
the  hues  of  the  sunset  sky.  Its  precipitous 
walls  are  comparatively  free  from  vegeta- 
tion and  are  broken  with  pinnacles  and 
jagged  ridges.  About  fifteen  hundred  feet 
below  the  edge,  the  rushing  waters  of  the 
Yellowstone  River  take  on  various  shades 
of  blue  and  green  between  accumulations 
of  gray  foam. 

Into  the  upper  end  of  this  can'on  the 
river,  about  seventy  feet  wide,  makes  a 
sheer  leap  of  three  hundred  and  ten  feet. 
From  the  near-by  rim,  this  wonderful 
waterfall  appears  like  an  enormous,  fluffy, 
endless  pouring  of  whitest  snowflakes. 


tf  our  Rational  $arft£ 

The  magnificence  and  wildness  of  its  set- 
ting combine  to  make  it  one  of  the  most 
imposing  waterfalls  in  the  world. 

The  paint-pots  are  the  curiosities  of  the 
Park.  They  are  craters,  or  irregular- 
shaped  ponds,  in  the  earth,  filled  with 
brightly  colored  mud,  thick  and  hot,  of 
fine  texture,  and  in  appearance  resem- 
bling kalsomine  or  paint  freshly  mixed 
and  colored.  The  mud  in  many  pots  is 
red  or  pink;  that  in  others  is  lavender, 
blue,  orange,  or  yellow.  Occasionally  a 
rugged  vat  of  this  mud  is  found  boiling 
away  —  very  suggestive  of  slaking  lime. 
In  other  cases,  plastic  mud  throbs  and 
undulates  as  steam- jets  now  and  then 
escape  through  it.  Here  and  there  this 
bright  steamy  mud  opens  like  a  full-blown 
lily.  The  paint-pots  near  the  Fountain 
Geyser,  those  east  of  the  road  in  Gibbon 
Meadows,  and  those  close  to  the  lake  at 
the  Thumb  are  the  more  attractive. 

John  Muir,  in  "Our  National  Parks," 
says  of  the  Yellowstone:  — 
42 


Cfjc  f  elfotogtone  Rational  park 

Beside  the  treasures  common  to  most  moun- 
tain regions  that  are  wild  and  blessed  with  a 
kind  climate,  the  Park  is  full  of  exciting  won- 
ders. The  wildest  geysers  in  the  world,  in 
bright,  triumphant  bands,  are  dancing  and 
singing  in  it  amid  thousands  of  boiling  springs, 
beautiful  and  awful,  their  basins  arrayed  in 
gorgeous  colors  like  gigantic  flowers;  and  hot 
paint-pots,  mud  springs,  mud  volcanoes, 
mush  and  broth  caldrons  whose  contents  are 
of  every  color  and  consistency,  plash  and 
heave  and  roar  in  bewildering  abundance.  In 
the  adjacent  mountains,  beneath  the  living 
trees  the  edges  of  petrified  forests  are  exposed 
to  view,  like  specimens  on  the  shelves  of  a 
museum,  standing  on  ledges  tier  above  tier 
where  they  grew,  solemnly  silent  in  rigid 
crystalline  beauty  after  swaying  in  the  winds 
thousands  of  centuries  ago,  opening  marvelous 
views  back  into  the  years  and  climates  and  life 
of  the  past.  Here,  too,  are  hills  of  sparkling 
crystals,  hills  of  sulphur,  hills  of  glass,  hills  of 
cinders  and  ashes,  mountains  of  every  style 
of  architecture,  icy  or  forested,  mountains 
covered  with  honey-bloom  sweet  as  Hymet- 
tus,  mountains  boiled  soft  like  potatoes  and 
colored  like  a  sunset  sky. 

I  had  lively  scrambles  and  saw  much 
petrified  wood  in  the  rough  mountainous 
43 


Sour  Rational  $arli£ 

country  at  the  northwest  corner  of  the 
Park.  But  the  roughest  and  most  scenic 
section  visited  was  around  Sylvan  Pass. 
This  rugged,  narrow  pass  cuts  through 
high,  crowding  mountains.  To  the  north, 
Hoyt  Mountain  and  Avalanche  Peak  rise 
precipitously;  to  the  south,  Grizzly  and 
Top  Notch  Peaks.  Sylvan  Lake,  whose 
peculiar  wild  beauty  is  unexcelled,  is  near 
this  pass.  The  tree-sprinkled,  grassy  sec- 
tion near  the  Lamar  River,  in  the  north- 
east corner  of  the  Park,  was  the  most 
charming  and  parklike  section  visited. 

The  Grand  Teton,  a  peak  of  towering, 
bold  individuality,  looms  imposingly  as 
seen  from  various  points  in  the  Park.  Its 
appearance  across  Yellowstone  Lake,  from 
a  point  near  the  outlet,  is  magnificent. 
Another  excellent  view  of  it  is  obtained 
from  the  stage-road  midway  between  Up- 
per Geyser  Basin  and  the  Thumb. 

The  Grand  Teton  territory  might  well 
be  added  to  the  Park;  likewise  a  stretch 
of  the  rugged,  mountainous  territory  ly- 
44 


€1)0  ScllatDstonc  Rational  $arh 

ing  along  the  southeast  corner,  and  the 
mountainous  tract  immediately  west  and 
north  of  the  northwest  corner  of  the  Park. 
All  these  belong  to  reserved  government 
lands,  and  could  without  difficulty  be  ad- 
ministered as  a  part  of  this  wonderland. 

5.   THE   PETRIFIED  FORESTS 

Volcanic  outpourings  have  ended  the 
life  of  many  extensive  Yellowstone  forests. 
In  Amethyst  Mountain  are  twelve  forests, 
one  above  the  other,  buried  at  different 
periods  by  volcanic  eruptions.  On  top  of 
this  mountain  the  pines  and  spruces  are 
merrily  growing,  unmindful  of  the  buried 
past  —  of  the  tragic  tree  history  beneath. 
Nature  forgets.  Ages  ago,  the  lowest  of 
these  entombed  forests  grew  on  the  moun- 
tain plateau  in  the  sunlight.  But  a  flow 
of  volcanic  mud  and  heavy  showers  of 
ashes  overwhelmed  and  buried  it,  with  the 
trees  standing  erect. 

This  volcanic  material  added  a  layer 
to  the  plateau.  In  the  new  surface  above 
45 


Hour  Rational  parft$ 

the  buried  and  forgotten  forest,  another 
tree  growth  flourished  and  towered.  But 
the  volcanoes  only  slept.  Again  their  fire 
and  ashes  filled  the  sky,  and  again  the 
forest  Was  overwhelmed.  Thus  through 
the  ages  —  through  "a  million  years  and 
a  day"  —  each  time  the  volcanoes  slept 
the  pines  peeped  up,  and  again  their  shad- 
ows fell  upon  the  desolate  lava  landscape. 

At  lasjt,  twelve  or  more  forests  were 
buried,  each  as  it  had  stood  upon  the 
mountain,  and  in  a  layer  by  itself.  The 
material  in  these  numerous  fateful  vol- 
canic outpourings  raised  the  summit  two 
thousand  feet. 

It  may  be  that  the  topmost  of  these 
petrified  forests  was  overwhelmed  by  the 
Ice  King,  but  a  volcano  entombed  the 
others.  All  were  petrified,  fossilized,  or 
opalized.  During  the  ages  that  went  by, 
the  Lamar  River  and  other  factors  eroded 
a  wide  valley  and  excavated  the  edges  of 
these  forest  ruins. 

This  reveals  one  of  the  most  appealing 
46 


PETRIFIED    FORESTS   IN   AMETHYST   MOUNTAIN 
YELLOWSTONE   NATIONAL   PARK 


€f>e  genotogtone  Rational  $arft 

geological  stories  ever  uncovered  —  twelve 
illustrated  but  unwritten  chapters  of  world- 
building. 

The  strata  of  these  twelve  forests,  story 
above  story,  show  their  edges  in  the  pre- 
cipitous northern  face  of  Amethyst  Moun- 
tain. Thousands  of  logs  and  stumps  still 
partly  buried  jut  and  bristle. 

Apparently  there  is  an  enormous  area  of 
these  buried  fossil  forests  in  the  northeast 
part  of  the  Park,  and  perhaps  numerous 
areas  elsewhere  in  the  region.  They  are  also 
known  to  exist  near  the  northwest  bound- 
ary of  the  Park. 

Mineralized  water  circulated  through  and 
gradually  fossilized  the  buried  trees,  chang- 
ing many  to  opal.  In  due  time  the  mud 
and  ashes  that  buried  these  trees  also  turned 
to  stone.  Limbs  and  tops  of  trees  were 
broken  off  by  the  ashes,  cinders,  and  mud 
that  buried  each  forest.  Many  tree-trunks 
were  overthrown,  but  great  numbers  were 
entombed  as  they  stood.  They  are  from 
one  to  ten  feet  in  diameter,  and  some  were 
47 


gout  Rational  $arft£ 

of  great  height.  Many  of  the  remaining 
stumps  project  forty  feet. 

Much  of  the  opalized  wood  is  very  beau- 
tiful. The  change  brightened  and  inten- 
sified the  former  texture  of  the  wood.  In 
most  of  these  stone  trees  and  logs  the  annual 
rings  show  clearly.  They  distinctly  reveal 
the  age  of  the  tree  and  its  rapidity  of  growth. 
In  many  cases  the  species  is  readily  deter- 
mined. Strange  stories  are  told  by  the  fallen 
logs,  in  many  of  which  old  worm-holes 
show.  The  half-decayed  logs  were  preserved 
in  their  original  form,  and  in  the  process  of 
fossilization  their  hollow  interiors  were 
filled  with  beautiful  rosettes  and  crys- 
tals. 

Each  of  the  buried  forests  contained 
some  trees  of  different  species  from  those 
in  the  forest  just  beneath  it.  Altogether, 
more  than  eighty  kinds  have  been  recog- 
nized. Many  of  these  would  grow  only  in 
a  mild  or  subtropical  clime,  so  the  former 
climate  of  this  region  must  have  been 
warmer  than  at  present.  Among  the  trees 


€fyt  ScHotD0tonc  Rational  $arfc 

were  redwood,  cottonwood,  walnut,  pine, 
oak,  sycamore,  fig,  magnolia,  and  dog- 
wood. 

Ancient  Troy  was  nine  ruined  cities 
deep.  But  here  in  a  national  playground 
of  our  own  country  are  twelve  tree  cities 
in  ruins,  one  above  another,  and  topped 
with  a  city  of  living  trees.  Like  the  exca- 
vated ruins  of  Pompeii,  these  ruined  forests 
set  one's  mind  to  exploring  the  'realm  of 
imagination.  Here  in  a  subtropical  clime, 
possibly  a  million  years  ago,  was  a  luxuri- 
ant forest.  Beneath  was  a  crowded  under- 
growth of  plants,  of  shrubbery  and  waving 
ferns.  Gay  butterflies  may  have  flitted 
here  in  the  golden  sunshine.  Trees  enjoyed 
the  storms  and  lifted  their  heads  serenely 
into  the  light.  Then  came  the  tragic  end. 
Twelve  times  or  more  was  this  impressive 
drama  reenacted. 

Trees,  like  men,  often  rear  their  struc- 
tures upon  the  ruins  of  those  that  have 
gone  before.  This  is  an  old,  old  world.   In 
the  words  of  Omar,  — 
49 


Hour 

"When  You  and  I  behind  the  Veil  are  past, 
Oh,  but  the  long,  long  while  the  World  shall 
last." 

Is  the  volcanic  curtain  once  more  to  fall 
upon  the  forests  of  this  magic  scene? 

In  "Our  National  Parks"  John  Muir 
comments  eloquently  upon  the  fossil  forests 
and  the  telling  background  of  most  Yel- 
lowstone landscapes.  He  says:  — 

Yonder  is  Amethyst  Mountain,  and  other 
mountains  hardly  less  rich  in  old  forests,  which 
now  seem  to  spring  up  again  in  their  glory; 
and  you  see  the  storms  that  buried  them  — 
the  ashes  and  torrents  laden  with  boulders  and 
mud,  the  centuries  of  sunshine,  and  the  dark, 
lurid  nights.  You  see  again  the  vast  floods  of 
lava,  red-hot  and  white-hot,  pouring  out  from 
gigantic  geysers,  usurping  the  basins  of  lakes 
and  streams,  absorbing  or  driving  away  their 
hissing,  screaming  waters,  flowing  around  hills 
and  ridges,  submerging  every  subordinate 
feature.  Then  you  see  the  snow  and  glaciers 
taking  possession  of  the  land,  making  new 
landscapes.  How  admirable  it  is  that,  after 
passing  through  so  many  vicissitudes  of  frost 
and  fire  and  flood,  the  physiognomy  and  even 
the  complexion  of  the  landscape  should  still 
be  so  divinely  fine! 

SO 


€fje  geitohtftone  Rational  $arfc 

6.  AREA;  TREES,  FLOWERS,  AND  ANIMALS 

The  Yellowstone  Park  is  about  equal  in 
area  to  Delaware  and  Rhode  Island  com- 
bined. It  has  3300  square  miles.  The  aver- 
age altitude  is  7500  feet,  while  numerous 
peaks  rise  from  1000  to  3000  feet  higher. 
Forests  cover  85  per  cent  of  the  area. 

The  largest  parklike  grassy  space  in  this 
forested  realm  lies  to  the  northeast  of 
Mount  Washburn,  along  the  valleys  of  the 
Yellowstone  and  Lamar  Rivers.  This  open 
space  is  about  twenty-five  miles  long  and 
from  five  to  ten  miles  wide.  The  second 
largest  area  of  grassy  country,  Hayden 
Valley,  lies  several  miles  to  the  north  of 
Yellowstone  Lake.  Among  other  open 
spaces  are  Swan  Lake  Flat,  Gibbon  Mea- 
dows, Pelican  Valley,  and  the  small  ragged 
areas  around  the  Firehole  Geyser  Basin  and 
Shoshone  and  Lewis  Lakes. 

Among  the  trees  are  the  quaking  aspen, 
Douglas  spruce,  Engelmann  spruce,  and 
subalpine  fir.  The  overwhelming  propor- 


Sour  Rational  parhtf 

tion  of  these  forests,  however,  consists  of 
that  interesting  tree,  the  lodge-pole  pine. 
It  bears  seed  every  year,  beginning  while 
young  and  small.  It  hoards  its  seeds  by 
keeping  its  tightly  closed  cones.  When  fire 
sweeps  through  a  forest  of  lodge-pole  pine, 
it  kills  the  trees  and  melts  the  sealing-wax 
of  the  cones,  releasing  the  seeds.  These 
seeds  fall  upon  shadeless,  ash-covered 
ground,  under  conditions  most  favorable  to 
their  germination  and  growth.  The  lodge- 
pole  pine  is  Nature's  selected  agent  for 
reforestation. 

The  Yellowstone  is  a  wild-flower  garden. 
Wander  where  you  will,  you  have  the  ever- 
new  charm,  the  finishing  touch,  the  ever- 
refreshing  radiance  of  the  wild  flowers. 
Many  are  brilliantly  colored.  There  are 
species  of  gentians,  lupines,  and  pyrolas. 
The  columbine  is  there  in  all  its  graceful 
beauty.  The  wild  rose  abounds.  The  In- 
dian paintbrush  perhaps  is  most  abundant. 
The  pentstemon  is  common.  There  are  two 
species  of  orchids. 

52 


€f)e  f  elfotogtottc  Rational  $ar& 

The  Yellowstone  is  the  greatest  elk-range 
in  the  world.  It  has  a  numerous  grizzly- 
bear  population.  In  fact  the  park  has  so 
large  and  varied  a  population  of  birds  and 
wild  animals  that  in  most  respects  it  is  the 
greatest  wild-life  preserve  in  the  world. 

7.   ENTRANCES 

To  the  Yellowstone  wonderland  there 
are  four  entrances.  The  Northern  Pacific 
touches  the  northern  entrance  at  Gardiner, 
Montana.  This  route  is  through  the  Gard- 
iner Canon  to  the  Mammoth  Hot  Springs 
at  Fort  Yellowstone. 

The  western  entrance  is  from  the  Union 
Pacific  at  Yellowstone.  This  route  takes 
the  visitor  directly  to  the  central  geyser 
basin  of  the  Park. 

The  eastern  entrance  is  from  the  Burling- 
ton at  Cody,  the  road  passing  the  Shoshone 
Dam,  crossing  the  Absaroka  Range  at 
Sylvan  Pass,  and  making  connection  with 
the  Park  routes  at  the  Lake  Hotel. 

The  southern  entrance  is  from  the  Jack- 
53 


gout  |i5aticnal  $atk$ 

son  Lake  and  Teton  Mountain  region  and 
makes  connecton  with  the  Park  routes  at 
the  Thumb. 

The  present  Park  road-system,  though 
incomplete,  touches  most  of  the  Yellow- 
stone's greater  and  more  lovely  attractions. 
This  system  will  be  extended  from  time 
to  time  on  a  comprehensive  plan.  Supple- 
menting these  roads  is  a  system  of  trails, 
which  needs  to  be  greatly  extended,  es- 
pecially in  the  more  mountainous  parts  of 
the  Park. 

The  Yellowstone  is  at  present  the  largest 
of  our  sixteen  National  Parks,  and  as  the 
oldest  of  our  scenic  parks,  it  is  entitled  to 
head  the  imposing  list.  As  a  natural  won- 
derland of  varied  attractions  there  is  noth- 
ing like  it  in  the  whole  world. 

8.  ADMINISTRATIVE  HISTORY 

The  early  administrative  history  of  the 
Yellowstone  National  Park,  and  that  of  the 
celebrated  Yosemite  State  Park  of  Cali- 
fornia, are  records  that  no  real  American 
54 


Cfjc  ScIlotoStonc  Rational  $arft 

will  ever  read  without  a  sense  of  shame. 
Both  these  splendid  regions  were  long  neg- 
lected by  the  public  and  by  legislators.  In 
those  days  scenery  had  no  standing  and 
few  friends.  It  was  treated  as  an  outcast. 
The  act  of  dedication  for  the  Yellowstone 
National  Park  made  it  a  reservation  "for 
the  benefit  and  enjoyment  of  the  people/' 
The  aim  was  to  preserve  its  natural  curiosi- 
ties, its  forests,  and  its  game,  and  to  make 
such  development  of  the  Park  that  the  peo- 
ple might  conveniently  and  freely  see  and 
enjoy  it.  For  several  years  Congress  failed 
to  provide  adequate  appropriations  either 
for  the  development  of  the  Park  or  for  its 
protection.  It  was  given  over  to  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  Secretary  of  the  In- 
terior. Unfortunately,  the  act  that  created 
the  Park  contained  no  code  of  laws,  did  not 
define  offenses,  made  no  provision  for  the 
handling  of  legal  cases  or  for  the  punishment 
of  offenders.  It  failed  to  provide  even  the 
legal  machinery  necessary  to  enforce  the 
regulations  written  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
55 


Interior.  The  history  of  the  Yellowstone 
for  twenty-two  years  after  its  creation  is, 
as  Helen  Hunt  said  of  our  treatment  of  the 
Indian,  a  tale  of  dishonor. 

The  first  Superintendent  of  the  Park  was 
Nathaniel  P.  Langford,  who  had  rendered 
distinctive  services  in  having  it  created. 
With  his  hands  tied  he  endured  the  posi- 
tion for  five  years,  and  did  heroic  work  in 
trying  to  suppress  license,  start  develop- 
ment, and  lay  a  broad  foundation  for  the 
future  welfare  of  the  enterprise.  The  in- 
terests fought  him,  and  the  public  con- 
demned him  for  inefficiency  for  which  the 
public  itself,  and  not  he,  was  to  blame. 

Hunters  invaded  the  Park  and  slaught- 
ered game.  One  company  almost  secured 
leaseholds  on  extensive  land-areas  which 
would  have  given  them  a  dangerous  monop- 
oly of  all  the  leading  attractions.  A  water- 
power  company  almost  obtained  title  to 
Yellowstone  Falls.  Many  attempts  were 
made  to  run  a  railroad  through  the  Park. 
A  few  people,  at  enormous  sacrifice  and 
56 


€lje  geltotogtone  Rational  path 

through  heroic  and  efficient  efforts,  saved 
it  in  its  primitive  naturalness.  Among 
those  who  splendidly  helped  was  George 
Bird  Grinnell.  At  last  Congress  became  in- 
terested, and  in  1883-84  helpful  legislation 
was  passed. 

On  August  20,  1886,  came  a  change  for 
the  better.  The  Secretary  of  the  Interior 
availed  himself  of  legislation  that  Congress 
had  recently  passed  and  called  upon  the 
War  Department  for  assistance.  Captain 
Moses  Harris,  with  the  title  of  Acting  Super- 
intendent, became  the  first  military  com- 
mander of  the  Park.  Reforms  were  in- 
augurated, and  development  was  begun. 
This  military  control  has  continued  for 
twenty  years,  and  for  the  most  part  the 
results  have  been  satisfactory.  General 
Chittenden,  of  the  Engineer  Corps  of  the 
Army,  developed  the  present  road-system. 
The  character  of  the  various  military  super- 
intendents of  the  Park  has  been  good,  and 
the  achievements  of  these  men  have  won 
the  praise  even  of  those  who  are  against  the 
57 


If  our  Rational  parh£ 

use  of  soldiers  or  military  regulations  in  the 
Park  government.  I  am  particularly  im- 
pressed with  the  work  of  the  last  com- 
mander, Colonel  L.  M.  Brett.  The  honor, 
ability,  and  peculiar  characteristics  of  these 
military  commanders  have  enabled  them 
to  do  excellent  work.  On  October  I,  1916, 
all  troops  were  withdrawn  from  the  Park 
and  a  force  of  civilian  rangers  was  organ- 
ized. 

9.  LOST  IN  THE  WILDERNESS 

The  Washburn-Doane  Expedition  of 
1870,  which  proved  a  large  factor  in  the 
creation  of  the  Yellowstone  National  Park, 
was  marked'  by  one  of  the  most  extraor- 
dinary incidents  in  the  annals  of  the  Ameri- 
can frontier. 

Truman  C.  Everts,  a  former  United 
States  Assessor  for  Montana,  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  party.  On  September  9,  he  be- 
came separated  from  it  and  for  thirty-seven 
days  wandered  in  the  Yellowstone  wilder- 
ness. 

58 


grilotogtonc  Rational  path 

Everts  was  wholly  unfit  to  take  care  of 
himself  in  the  wilderness.  He  was  a  city 
man,  without  experience  in  the  wilds, 
timid,  unresourceful,  and  very  near-sighted. 
The  first  day  he  lost  his  glasses.  The  sec- 
ond day,  while  he  was  dismounted,  his 
horse  took  fright  and  ran  away  with  his 
traveling  equipment.  He  tried  for  hours  to 
capture  the  horse,  but  failed.  Everts  was 
left  alone  on  foot  in  the  rough  country 
south  of  Yellowstone  Lake,  without  food, 
gun,  axe,  blankets,  or  matches. 

He  went  back  to  where  he  had  fastened 
notes  upon  trees;  but  these  had  not  been 
seen  by  his  companions.  By  this  time  it  was 
mid-afternoon.  Toward  evening  he  realized 
that  he  was  completely  lost. 

Without  food,  fire,  or  shelter,  he  passed 
the  night  in  the  depths  of  a  forest.  There 
was  a  hard  frost.  Coyotes  howled,  and 
lions  cried.  His  overwrought  imagination 
conjured  up  endless  terrors  and  dangers 
from  the  strange  and  ever-changing  sounds 
of  the  wilderness. 

59 


gout  Rational  $arft$ 

On  the  third  day  out,  Everts  started  off 
to  follow,  as  he  supposed,  the  direction 
taken  by  his  companions,  but  took  the  op- 
posite direction.  He  passed  near  numbers 
of  animals.  Finally  he  came  to  a  small  lake 
around  which  were  many  hot  springs.  In 
the  water  were  many  wild-fowl.  He  was 
starving,  but  had  nothing  with  which  to 
kill  game.  Fearful  as  he  was  of  Indians, 
hunger  led  him  to  hope  that  he  might  meet 
them. 

The  loss  of  his  eyeglasses  was  calamitous. 
Out  in  the  lake  he  saw  what  he  took  for  a 
boat  coming  to  land,  and  he  joyfully  has- 
tened to  the  shore  to  meet  it.  But  when  his 
"boat"  took  wings  and  transformed  itself 
into  a  huge  pelican,  he  was  unnerved  and 
almost  lost  hope. 

At  this  lake  he  fortunately  discovered  a 
species  of  thistle  with  large  edible  roots, 
and  these  formed  his  principal  sustenance 
for  weeks.  He  took  up  the  uncertain  fight 
for  primitive  necessities.  At  the  lake  he 
became  afraid,  imagining  that  a  mountain 
60 


grifotos'tonc  Rational  park 

lion  was  near.  He  climbed  into  a  tree  and 
remained  there  most  of  the  night.  When  at 
last  he  descended,  half  frozen,  a  heavy 
September  snowstorm  was  coming  on. 

To  avoid  freezing  to  death,  he  built  a 
rude  shelter  of  boughs  over  one  of  the  hot 
springs.  In  the  boiling  water  he  cooked 
his  thistle-roots.  For  several  days  he  re- 
mained in  this  shelter;  then,  realizing  that 
if  he  stayed  longer  he  might  perish  in  an- 
other storm,  he  traveled  on. 

Day  after  day,  Everts  hoped  that  his 
companions  would  find  him.  During  two 
weeks  they  searched  diligently,  leaving 
small  deposits  of  food  at  places  where  they 
thought  he  might  pass.  They  fired  guns, 
put  up  signs,  and  lighted  fires  on  the 
heights;  but  the  rough,  wooded  nature  of 
the  country,  and  Everts's  near-sightedness, 
made  these  efforts  unavailing.  Reluctantly 
his  friends  gave  up  the  search  and  went  on; 
but  when  they  reached  a  settlement  they 
sent  back  a  rescue  party. 

Necessity  stimulates  thought.  The  only 
61 


Hour  Rational  $arft£ 

thing  remaining  in  Everts's  pockets  was 
a  little  field-glass.  Remembering  that  a 
lens  would  concentrate  the  sun's  rays,  he 
concluded  that  with  his  glass  he  might 
start  a  fire,  and  in  this  he  succeeded. 

Onward  he  traveled.  If  a  day  came  with 
the  sky  overcast,  he  had  to  camp  at  night 
without  a  fire.  To  relieve  the  discomfort  of 
this,  for  several  days  he  carried  a  brand,  but 
this  burned  his  hands  and  smoked  his  eyes 
so  severely,  and  so  often  went  out,  that  at 
last  he  abandoned  it  and  depended  entirely 
upon  the  lens.  One  afternoon  he  stopped 
with  the  intention  of  building  a  fire.  But 
the  lens  was  missing.  Almost  exhausted, 
he  dragged  himself  back  to  his  last  camp, 
and  there,  fortunately,  the  lens  was  found. 

During  a  storm  a  benumbed  bird  fell 
into  his  hands,  and  he  devoured  it  raw. 
In  vain  he  tried  to  catch  fish.  As  he  stood 
on  the  margin  of  Yellowstone  Lake,  a  gull's 
wing  drifted  ashore.  This  supplied  his 
only  satisfying  meal.  It  was  instantly 
stripped  of  its  feathers,  pounded  between 
62 


gelloto#tonc  Rational  §Darfc 

stones,  and  boiled  in  a  tin  can  which  Everts 
had  found.  Hastily  devouring  the  unsalted 
soup,  he  lay  down  and  slept  for  several 
hours. 

He  had  resolution  and  will-power,  and 
greatly  needed  them.  His  stomach  re- 
belled at  thistle-roots.  His  mind  wandered. 
He  lost  track  of  time.  But  his  determina- 
tion drove  him  on,  though  he  was  growing 
weaker  each  day.  During  the  thirty-seven 
days  he  had  traveled  in  a  northerly  course 
from  south  of  Yellowstone  Park  to  the  sum- 
mit of  one  of  the  bluffs,  several  miles  to 
the  east  of  Mammoth  Hot  Springs.  Here, 
barely  alive,  he  was  rescued  by  two  men 
of  the  final  searching  party  sent  out  by  his 
companions. 

Everts  not  only  recovered,  but  lived  for 
thirty-one  years  after  his  terrible  experi- 
ence, dying  at  the  age  of  eighty-five.  One 
of  the  peaks  in  the  Park,  Mount  Everts, 
is  named  for  him. 

The  adventures  of  Colter  and  Everts  are 
inspiring  achievements.  They  give  thrill- 
63 


Sour  Rational  parfc£ 

ing  views  of  primitive  life,  and  are  strik- 
ing instances  of  men,  empty-handed,  suc- 
cessfully combating  Nature.  The  stabil- 
ity, the  will-power,  the  insistent,  tenacious 
hopefulness  of  these  men  were  extraor- 
dinary. Courageously  they  met  and  mas- 
tered the  swiftly  coming  obstacles  and 
afflictions  that  fate  thrust  thick  and  fast 
upon  them.  Their  deeds  are  a  part  of  our 
helpful  heritage  in  the  Yellowstone  won- 
derland. 


II 

THE  YOSEMITE  NATIONAL  PARK 

ON  the  western  slope  of  the  Sierra, 
about  one  hundred  and  forty  miles  east 
of  San  Francisco,  lies  the  Yosemite  Na- 
tional Park,  with  an  area  of  1124  square 
miles.  It  is  slightly  larger  than  Rhode 
Island.  Its  lower  sections  on  the  west  have 
an  altitude  of  about  3000  feet.  From  this 
elevation  it  rises  through  bold  terraces 
into  the  High  Sierra.  Mount  Lyell  has 
an  altitude  of  13,090  feet;  Mount  Dana, 
13.050  feet.  Gibbs  Mountain  and  a  num- 
ber of  other  peaks  have  slightly  lower  al- 
titudes. The  elevational  range,  then,  of 
this  one  Park  runs  through  10,000  feet,  or 
nearly  two  vertical  miles. 

It  is  one  of  the  scenic  wonders  of  the 
world.  Within  it  are  many  attractions, 
each  great  by  itself,  and  all  more  impres- 
sive in  their  splendid  grouping. 

65 


Sour  Rational  $arft£ 

Its  glacial  landscapes  are  magnificent 
and  startling.  Here  the  Ice  King,  the 
great  landscape  engineer,  did  work  im- 
mensely bold  and  enchanting.  An  array  of 
stupendous  rock  sculpture  remains  almost 
untarnished.  Scores  of  lovely  alpine  lakes 
in  solid  rock  lie  open  to  the  sun.  The  wild- 
flower  population  numbers  more  than  a 
thousand  varieties.  It  has  scores  of  varie- 
ties of  wild  birds  and  many  kinds  of  wild 
life.  World-famous  are  its  waterfalls. 

Two  of  the  greatest  of  mountain  rivers 
rise  in  the  Park  and  cross  it  from  east  to 
west.  Each  of  them  falls  several  thousand 
feet  within  the  Park.  Crossing  centrally 
through  the  northern  section  is  the  Tuo- 
lumne.  Passing  miles  of  alpine  rock  and 
meadow,  it  roars  through  the  rugged  Tuo- 
lumne  Canon,  and  when  well  across  the 
Park  it  sweeps  through  the  majestic  gorge 
known  as  the  Hetch-Hetchy  Valley. 

Paralleling  this  stream  at  the  distance 
of  about  ten  miles  is  the  intense  Merced. 
This  and  its  tributaries  are  signally  rich 
66 


By  permission  of  the  National  Park  Service,  Department  of  the  Intei 

[RD'S-EYE    VIEW    OF    YOSEMITE    VALLEY    LOOKING    EASTWARD    TO    Tl 
CREST  OF  THE   SIERRA   NEVADA 


1.  Clouds'  Rest. 

2.  Half  Dome. 

3.  Mount  Watkms. 

4.  Basket  Dome. 

5.  North  Dome. 

o.  Washington  Column. 

7.  Royal  Arches. 

8.  Mirror  Lake  and  mouth  of  Tenaya  Canon. 

9.  Yosemite  Village. 

10.  Head  of  Yosemite  Falls. 

11.  Eagle  Peak  (the  Three  Brothers). 

12.  El  Capitan. 

13.  Ribbon  Falls. 


Merced  River. 

El  Capitan  Bridge  and  Moraine. 

Big  Oak  Flat  Road. 

Wawona  Road. 

Bridal  Veil  Falls. 

Cathedral  Rocks. 

Cathedral  Spires. 

Sentinel  Rock. 

Glacier  Point. 

Sentinel  Dome. 

Liberty  Cap. 

Mount  Broderick. 

Little  Yosemite  Valley. 


gogemite  Rational  $arfe 

in  lakes  and  waterfalls,  and  they  flow 
among  stupendous  and  astounding  glacial 
landscapes.  At  last  the  Merced  flows  se- 
renely through  the  world-famous  valley, 
the  matchless  Yosemite  Gorge. 

No  name  can  suggest  the  amazing  com- 
binations of  vastness  and  beauty  seen  in 
this  rocky  passage;  the  name  "valley"  is 
altogether  lacking  in  significance.  It  may 
be  described  as  having  gorge  walls  with 
a  valley  floor.  The  walls  have  unshat- 
tered  solidity,  great  height,  and  almost 
true  verticalness.  They  bear  the  marks 
of  individuality,  and  the  valley-like  floor 
shows  original  character. 

The  Yosemite  Valley  is  obviously  the 
greatest,  as  it  is  the  most  celebrated,  scene 
in  the  Park.  It  is  about  seven  miles  long, 
approximately  one  mile  wide,  and  about 
three  fourths  of  a  mile  deep.  The  floor  is 
nearly  level  and  lies  at  an  altitude  of  four 
thousand  feet.  It  is  well  grassed,  adorned 
with  trees  and  groves,  and  glorified  from 
end  to  end  by  the  Merced  River.  The  nearly 
67 


gout  Rational 

vertical  walls  rise  mainly  in  smooth,  sub- 
stantial masses  from  twenty-five  hundred 
to  nearly  five  thousand  feet.  Waterfalls 
from  the  heights  above  make  the  wild 
plunge  over  the  rim  down  to  the  floor  of 
the  valley. 

This  gorge  is  countersunk  into  a  plateau. 
It  extends  from  east  to  west.  The  western 
and  open  end  has  an  impressive  entrance. 
On  the  left,  El  Capitan  raises  his  colossal 
figure  thirty-three  hundred  feet  in  smooth 
and  simple  massiveness.  On  the  right,  over 
the  front  face  of  the  mountain  wall  op- 
posite, flutter  several  hundred  feet  of 
Bridal  Veil  Falls.  Then  in  order,  on  the 
right  south  wall,  Cathedral  Spires  rise  high 
above  the  valley;  then  Sentinel  Rock;  then 
stupendous  Glacier  Point.  Farther  east  on 
the  south  wall,  Half  Dome  stands  up  forty- 
five  hundred  feet,  the  most  impressive  fig- 
ure on  the  valley  rim.  Farther  along,  on  the 
right  or  south  side  of  the  valley,  is  the  cele- 
brated Clouds'  Rest.  On  the  left  or  north 
wall  stand  the  Three  Brothers.  By  these 
68 


€ije  f  ogemitc  Rational  $ar& 

the  snowy  stream  of  the  Yosemite  Water- 
fall comes  down.  About  halfway  up  the 
valley  on  the  left  are  the  Washington  Col- 
umn and  the  Royal  Arches.  Then,  along 
the  left  or  north  wall  in  succession,  rise 
North  Dome,  Basket  Dome,  and  Mount 
Watkins.  The  upper  part  of  the  valley 
divides  into  three  depressions  or  gorges. 
The  north  one  is  Tenaya  Canon,  the  cen- 
tral one  is  Little  Yosemite  Valley,  and  from 
this  branches  the  southerly  one,  Illilouette 
Canon.  Each  of  these  canons  is  a  wonder 
by  itself. 

Following  is  one  of  the  most  descriptive 
and  eloquent  tributes  ever  paid  to  this  un- 
rivaled array  of  stupendous  nature  stat- 
uary:— 

Every  rock  in  its  walls  seems  to  glow  with 
life.  Some  lean  back  in  majestic  repose; 
others,  absolutely  sheer  or  nearly  so  for  thou- 
sands of  feet,  advance  beyond  their  compan- 
ions in  thoughtful  attitudes,  giving  welcome  to 
storms  and  calms  alike,  seemingly  aware,  yet 
heedless,  of  everything  going  on  about  them. 
Awful  in  stern,  immovable  majesty,  how  softly 

69 


gout  Rational  paths 

these  rocks  are  adorned,  and  how  fine  and  re- 
assuring the  company  they  keep:  their  feet 
among  beautiful  groves  and  meadows,  their 
brows  in  the  sky,  a  thousand  flowers  leaning 
confidingly  against  their  feet,  bathed  in  floods 
of  water,  floods  of  light,  while  the  snow  and 
waterfalls,  the  winds  and  avalanches  and 
clouds  shine  and  sing  and  wreathe  about  them 
as  the  years  go  by,  and  myriads  of  small 
winged  creatures  —  birds,  bees,  butterflies  — 
give  glad  animation  and  help  to  make  all  the 
air  into  music.  Down  through  the  middle  of 
the  valley  flows  the  crystal  Merced,  River  of 
Mercy,  peacefully  quiet,  reflecting  lilies  and 
trees  and  the  onlooking  rocks ;  things  frail  and 
fleeting  and  types  of  endurance  meeting  here 
and  blending  in  countless  forms,  as  if  into  this 
one  mountain  mansion  Nature  had  gathered 
her  choicest  treasures,  to  draw  her  lovers  into 
close  and  confiding  communion  with  her. 
(John  Muir,  in  "The  Yosemite.") 


I.   ICE-KING  TOPOGRAPHY 

The  splendid  scenic  endowment  of  the 
Yosemite  Valley,  its  stupendous  architec- 
ture and  vast  sculpturing,  its  natural  land- 
scape engineering,  are  largely  triumphs  of 
the  ice  age.  Many  theories  have  been  ad- 
70 


HALF  DOME,  YOSEMITE 


goj&emitc  |}ational  park 

vanced  to  account  for  the  origin  and  the 
extraordinary  features  of  this  valley,  es- 
pecial prominence  being  given  to  subsid- 
ence, uplift,  explosion,  with  earthquake 
modifications  and  influences  of  violent  cat- 
aclysmic nature.  Stream  erosion  has  been 
strongly  urged.  All  these  theories  attribute 
minor  influences  to  one  or  more  other 
factors. 

The  theory  now  generally  accepted  gives 
ice  the  leading  part  in  the  scooping  of  the 
valley  and  the  creation  of  its  wondrous 
forms.  There  is  much  evidence  to  support 
this  conclusion.  The  ice  theory  is  cham- 
pioned by  John  Muir,  by  Clarence  King, 
and  by  F.  E.  Matthes.  Matthes  and  Muir 
probably  have  made  the  most  careful  and 
exhaustive  studies  of  the  geological  history 
of  the  valley. 

This  famous  depression  is  of  varying 
width.  Examination  of  its  walls  shows  that 
in  the  wider  places  it  is  composed  of  fissured 
rock  that  was  more  readily  carried  away  by 
the  ice  than  the  adjoining  unfissured  rock- 


flour  Rational  parM 

sections.  These  resisting  unfissured  places 
jut  into  the  valley. 

Erosion  by  ice  probably  was  preceded 
and  somewhat  guided  by  stream  erosion. 
But  this  ice  sculpture,  the  rock-forms  and 
features  wrought,  must  have  been  deter- 
mined in  a  marked  measure  by  the  rock- 
structure.  That  is  to  say,  the  dense  quality 
of  the  rock,  the  number  and  the  position 
of  the  cleavage  joints,  or  their  absence  in 
the  rock,  were  factors  that  helped  determine 
the  rock-forms  of  Yosemite.  Other  factors 
since  the  ice  age  have  altered  or  modified 
this  glacial  topography. 

It  is  certain  that  a  vast  ice-stream  poured 
over  the  walls  and  forced  through  this 
valley.  This  is  shown  in  the  rock-groov- 
ings  and  perched  boulders  high  on  the  walls, 
and  also  by  the  massive  moraine  which 
dams  the  outlet  of  the  valley.  It  appears 
certain  that  this  must  have  been  left  when 
the  ice  vanished;  and  apparently  it  formed 
a  lake  that  filled  the  entire  valley  nearly 
to  the  height  of  the  dam.  The  lake  finally 
72 


€f>e  io$emite  Rational  parft 

filled  with  sediment  and  sand,  its  surface 
corresponding  approximately  with  the  pres- 
ent surface  of  the  valley.  The  valley  floor 
is  noticeably  smooth,  and  its  margins  along 
the  bottoms  of  the  walls  are  comparatively 
free  from  rock-debris. 

The  landscape  of  the  entire  Yosemite 
National  Park  is  preeminently  glacial.  Ice- 
polished  mountains  and  hundreds  of  sculp- 
tured figures  of  vast  size  are  a  part  of  the 
matchless  exhibit  of  the  ice  age  in  this 
wonderland.  Polished  domes  predominate. 
Much  of  the  rock-surface  was  dense  gran- 
ite comparatively  free  from  cleavage  lines, 
soft  materials,  or  stratification.  The  forms 
made  by  the  ice  in  these  have  endured. 
Since  the  ice  age  the  softer  and  more  fis- 
sured rocks  have  been  far  more  changed  by 
the  various  erosive  forces  than  the  more 
resistant  rock  of  the  domes  and  other  sculp- 
tured forms. 

Little  Yosemite  Valley  is  essentially 
similar  to  the  Greater  Yosemite  in  features 
and  also  in  the  manner  of  creation.  Its 
73 


Hour 

walls  are  from  fifteen  hundred  to  two 
thousand  feet  high,  its  length  is  about  three 
miles,  its  width  one  half-mile.  Its  floor, 
like  that  of  the  Greater  Yosemite,  was  for 
a  time  a  lake.  In  origin  and  history,  the 
Hetch-Hetchy  Valley,  too,  is  almost  iden- 
tical with  the  Yosemite. 

Nature  often  changes  the  scene,  often 
puts  on  a  new  landscape.  The  forces  of 
erosion  are  steadily  at  work;  most  of  them 
work  slowly,  but  sometimes  a  change  is 
wrought  suddenly. 

When  the  Sierra  was  first  upheaved  it 
was  more  or  less  tilted,  terraced,  and  fis- 
sured. The  surface  was  uneven.  The  pres- 
ent topography  is  the  product  of  a  long  and 
complicated  series  of  events.  It  has  been 
wrought  out  by  many  erosive  forces.  It 
probably  has  been  acted  upon  by  two  or 
more  ice  ages,  but  the  last  age  shaped  the 
splendid  topography  of  the  Yosemite  that 
is  attracting  the  world  to  the  scene. 

The  eroding  power  of  ice  is  determined 
by  its  thickness,  that  is  to  say,  by  its  weight. 
74 


€fje  togemite  Rational  $arfc 

The  small,  shallow  glaciers  wear  much  more 
slowly  than  the  deep  ice-streams  that  bear 
heavily  upon  the  surface  passed  over.  The 
ancient  glaciers  of  the  region  took  on  vast 
proportions.  An  enormous  and  deep  ice- 
field accumulated  from  the  snows  of 
Mounts  Dana,  Lyell,  Gibbs,  McClure, 
Conness,  and  other  peaks.  Flowing  west- 
ward, it  came  in  contact  with  Mount  Hoff- 
man, against  which  it  divided.  The  right 
section  flowed  down  into  the  Tuolumne; 
the  left,  a  branch  about  two  miles  wide, 
swept  upward,  climbing  about  five  hun- 
dred feet  over  the  pass  and  descending 
upon  the  Lake  Tenaya  region. 

Apparently,  five  glacier  streams  united 
in  the  Yosemite  Valley.  They  not  only 
filled  it  but  deeply  overflowed  the  highest 
points  on  its  walls.  Passing  out  of  the  lower 
end  of  the  valley,  the  united  glacier  was 
forced  to  climb  upward  several  hundred 
feet. 

About  twenty-five  small  glaciers  still 
remain  in  the  Yosemite  National  Park. 
75 


Hour  Rational  $arft£ 

There  are  about  two  hundred  and  fifty 
glacier  lakes,  mostly  small.  Others  have 
filled  with  sediment  and  are  hidden  and 
forgotten.  Lake  Tenaya,  the  Lake-of- 
the-Shining-Rocks,  has  a  surrounding  of 
dense  rock-masses  that  still  show  the 
rounded  form  and  the  high  polish  given  by 
the  ice. 

2.  TREES  AND  FORESTS 

The  tree  growth  and  the  forest  arrange- 
ment in  the  Yosemite  National  Park  are 
among  the  grandest  of  such  features  on  the 
globe,  and  they  form  one  of  the  chief  at- 
tractions of  this  heroic  realm.  The  trees 
grow  to  enormous  size  and  are  distributed 
and  grouped  with  crags,  meadows,  ter- 
races, canons  —  all  in  unmatched  wild, 
artistic  charm  and  sublimity.  Though  some 
areas  are  covered  with  growths  tall  and 
dense,  they  are  free  from  gloom,  and  every- 
where one  may  walk  freely  through  them. 
They  are  broken  and  brightened  with 
numerous  sunny  openings.  This  splendid 


€ljc  i?o£emitc  Rational  $arfc 

landscape  gardening  extends  over  the 
greater  portion  of  the  Park. 

The  sequoia,  the  largest  and  most  im- 
posing tree,  is  found  in  the  lower  reaches 
of  the  Park.  Other  characteristic  trees  are 
the  sugar  pine,  king  of  the  pines ;  the  Doug- 
las spruce,  king  of  the  spruces;  and  the 
hemlock,  one  of  the  loveliest  trees  upon  the 
earth. 

The  Park  has  three  groves  of  Big  Trees 
(sequoias)  —  the  Mariposa  Grove,  the  Tuo- 
lumne  Grove,  and  the  Merced  Grove,  all 
of  the  species  Sequoia  gigantea.  The  Mer- 
ced and  Tuolumne  groves  are  near  the 
western  boundary  of  the  Park,  several 
miles  north  of  El  Portal  Station,  while  the 
Mariposa  Grove  is  in  the  southwestern 
corner,  about  fifteen  miles  southeast  of  El 
Portal.  The  Tuolumne  Grove  has  but  about 
thirty-five  trees,  and  the  Merced  Grove 
fewer  than  one  hundred. 

The  Mariposa  Grove  contains  about  five 
hundred  and  fifty  trees.  Among  these  is 
the  Grizzly  Giant,  which,  according  to  the 
77 


four  Rational  $arh0 

computation  of  Galen  Clark,  is  six  thou- 
sand years  old.  It  has  a  diameter  of  nearly 
thirty  feet  and  a  height  of  two  hundred  and 
four  feet.  Evidently  it  was  once  much 
taller;  its  top  probably  was  wrecked  by 
lightning.  Through  the  Wawona  tree  a 
roadway  has  been  cut.  A  great  number  of 
these  trees  are  between  two  hundred  and 
twenty-five  and  two  hundred  and  seventy- 
five  feet  in  height.  A  few  rise  above  three 
hundred  feet. 

In  this  Park  are  about  thirty  species 
of  trees  besides  those  above  mentioned. 
Among  them  are  a  cedar  and  a  juniper;  two 
silver  firs;  yellow,  lodge-pole,  and  six  other 
species  of  pines.  Among  the  broad-leafed 
trees  are  the  oak,  maple,  aspen,  laurel,  and 
dogwood.  There  are  forests  of  firs  and  lodge- 
pole  pines. 

The  sugar  pine  grows  to  enormous  size 
and  has  a  noble  appearance.  Its  cones  are 
the  largest  produced  by  any  conifer,  oc- 
casionally reaching  the  length  of  nearly 
two  feet.  The  yellow  pine  rivals  the  sugar 

78 


€f)c  So#cmitc  Rational  $arfc 

pine  in  size  and  grows  from  four  to  ten  feet 
in  diameter  and  from  one  hundred  and  fifty 
to  two  hundred  and  twenty-five  feet  high. 
Among  the  flowering  shrubs  are  the  dog- 
wood, manzanita,  California  lilac,  wild  sy- 
ringa,  chokeberry,  thimbleberry,  and  Cali- 
fornia laurel. 

I  have  seen  the  trees  diminish  in  number, 
give  place  to  wide  prairies,  and  restrict  their 
growth  to  the  border  of  streams;  .  .  .  have 
seen  grassy  plains  change  into  a  brown  and 
sere  desert;  .  .  .  and  have  reached  at  length 
the  westward  slopes  of  the  high  mountain  bar- 
rier which,  refreshed  by  the  Pacific,  bear  the 
noble  forests  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  and  the 
Coast  Range,  and  among  them  trees  which 
are  the  wonder  of  the  world.  (Asa  Gray.) 

3.   PLANT  LIFE 

The  Yosemite  ferns,  forests,  and  flowers 
are  growing  almost  exclusively  in  glacial 
soil.  Nearly  all  of  the  soil  in  the  Park  is 
rock-flour  that  was  ground  by  glaciers,  and 
in  part  distributed  by  them.  Landslides 
and  running  water  distributed  most  of  the 
remainder. 

79 


If  our  Rational  parity 

The  Park  has  an  altitudinal  range  of 
nearly  two  miles,  with  them  any  climates, 
and  consequently  numerous  varieties  of 
flora.  These  are  encouraged  by  varied  life 
zones  that  result  from  combinations  of 
sunny  and  shady  mountain-sides,  uneven- 
ly distributed  moisture,  and  the  different 
temperatures  that  prevail  between  the  alti- 
tudes of  three  thousand  and  thirteen  thou- 
sand feet. 

Here  and  there  in  the  Park  wild  flowers 
may  be  found  in  bloom  every  month  of  the 
year.  Among  the  common  flowers  of  the 
middle  and  lower  sections  are  seen  the 
shooting-star,  evening-primrose,  tiger  lily, 
yellow  pond-lily,  Mariposa  lily,  black-eyed 
Susan,  lupine,  paintbrush,  yarrow,  and 
snow-plant.  There  are  violets,  blue  and 
red,  a  number  of  pentstemons,  the  lark- 
spur, golden-rod,  several  orchids,  and  the 
wild  rose. 

Many  of  the  showy,  crowded  gardens  of 
luxuriant  wild-flower  growths  are  in  the 
moist  fir  forests.  Among  the  tall  flowers  in 
80 


Sogemite  Rational  $arft 

these  gardens  are  columbines,  larkspurs, 
paintbrushes,  lupines,  and  one  of  the  lily 
families.  The  famous,  fragrant  Washington 
lily  brightens  the  open  woods;  in  places  it 
grows  to  the  height  of  eight  feet. 

The  snow-plant  is  a  curiosity  and  at- 
tracts by  its  brilliancy  of  color.  The  plant 
and  bloom  are  blood-red,  but  this  herb  is 
as  cold  and  rigid  as  an  icicle.  It  is  not  a 
parasite,  but  is  isolated  and  appears  to  hold 
itself  aloof  from  all  the  world.  When  caught 
by  late  snows  it  makes  a  startling  figure, 
but  it  does  not  grow  up  through  the  snow. 

In  the  alpine  heights  are  many  healthy 
plants:  the  lovely  arctic  daisy,  phlox,  gen- 
tian, lupine,  potentilla,  harebell,  moun- 
tain columbine,  astragalus,  and  numerous 
other  bright  flowers.  They  grow  in  clusters 
and  in  large  ragged  gardens,  and  in  places 
are  low-growing  and  extremely  dwarfed. 

Besides  its  wild  small  plants  and  the 
blooming  shrubbery  the  Park  has  a  glori- 
ous wealth  of  tree  blossom.  The  hemlocks, 
pines,  firs,  and  spruces  have  a  jeweled 
81 


Sour  Rational  $arft£ 

wealth  of  blue,  purple,  red,  and  yellow 
bloom. 

May  and  June  are  the  months  most 
crowded  with  blossoms,  but  many  come  in 
the  autumn,  mingling  serenely  with  the 
calm,  sunny  days,  the  evergreen  groves, 
the  tanned  grass,  and  the  masses  of  red  and 
yellow  leaves.  In  May  and  June  the  water- 
falls are  at  their  best,  and  the  birds  are  most 
songful. 

The  Yosemite  National  Park  is  perhaps  the 
most  delightful  region  in  all  the  world  for  the 
study  of  plant  life.  The  wide  variety  of  condi- 
tions here  found,  ranging  from  the  hot  and 
desiccated  slopes  of  the  brush-clad  foothills  to 
the  cold,  bleak  summits  above  timber  line,  the 
abode  of  glaciers  and  perpetual  snow,  gives  to 
the  flora  an  exceedingly  diverse  and  inter- 
esting character.  Innumerable  springs,  creeks, 
rivers,  ponds,  and  lakes  provide  suitable  habi- 
tats for  moisture-loving  plants.  Rocky  out- 
croppings,  enormous  cliffs,  and  gravelly  ridges 
accommodate  species  adapted  to  such  situa- 
tions. The  irregular  topography  yields  south- 
ward facing  slopes  which  receive  the  full  effect 
of  the  sun's  rays,  as  well  as  northward  slopes 
where  the  sun's  rays  are  little  felt,  where  it  is 
82 


€ije  fo0cmitc  Rational  $arh 

therefore  cool,  moist,  and  shady.  The  altitude 
ranges  from  two  thousand  five  hundred  feet 
in  the  foothill  belt  to  thirteen  thousand  and 
ninety  feet  along  the  crest  of  the  Sierra  Nevada. 
All  of  these  factors  conspire  to  produce  a  re- 
markably varied  and  interesting  vegetation. 
The  richness  of  this  flora  is  indicated  by  the 
nine  hundred  and  fifty-five  species  and  varie- 
ties here  described.  The  total  number  repre- 
sented in  the  Yosemite  National  Park  is  con- 
siderably greater,  since  the  grasses,  sedges, 
and  rushes  are  here  omitted.  Including  an 
estimate  for  these,  it  is  safe  to  assume  that  the 
number  of  species  and  varieties  of  flowering 
plants  and  ferns  to  be  found  within  the  one 
thousand  one  hundred  and  twenty-four  square 
miles  of  the  park  is  not  less  than  about 
one  thousand  two  hundred.  ("A  Yosemite 
Flora,"  by  Harvey  Monroe  Hall  and  Carlotta 
Case  Hall.) 

4.  THE  REALM  OF  FALLING  WATER 

The  Yosemite  National  Park  is  enlivened 
and  splendidly  enriched  with  mountain- 
high  waterfalls  and  with  wildly  coasting 
and  cascading  streams.  These  world-fa- 
mous falls  gain  an  added  attractiveness 
through  the  magnificence  of  the  walls  over 

83 


Sour  Rational  parft£ 

which  they  plunge.  In  places  the  walls, 
clean-cut  and  smooth,  rise  sheer  for  more 
than  one  thousand  feet.  Here  and  there 
the  line  of  a  wall  is  broken  with  a  vast 
niche  or  columnar  buttress. 

A  number  of  mountain  streams  and 
rivers  in  the  Yosemite  deliberately  make 
their  way  to  the  brink  of  a  vast  gorge  that 
has  its  brow  in  the  sky,  and  there,  in  full 
self-control,  they  plunge  over. 

Jutting  rocks,  and  smooth  steep  inclines 
throw  streams  into  wild,  uncontrolled  ex- 
citement. But  where  a  vertical  river  drops 
its  fluttering  current  against  a  magnificent 
mountain- wall,  everything  is  harmonious 
and  controlled,  and  the  stream  appears  to 
have  the  sublime  composure  of  a  Big  Tree. 

In  a  stream-channel  water  goes  forward 
with  crowding  intermittent  rushes.  These, 
in  plunging  over  a  brink,  break  up  into 
numerous  closely  falling  rockets  or  comet- 
like  masses,  each  tailed  with  spray.  These 
in  turn  separate  and  divide  into  other  such 
masses,  with  spray  and  water-dust. 
84 


UPPER  AND   LOWER  YOSEMITE   FALLS 
Total  fall  2600  feet 


IJo^cmitc  Rational  path 

In  a  drop  of  several  hundred  feet  a  mass 
of  water  is  likely  to  expand  to  several  times 
its  width  at  the  brink.  This  expansion 
varies  with  the  volume  of  water,  the  height 
of  the  drop,  and  the  direction  and  speed  of 
resisting  wind-currents. 

Swaying  and  bending  are  further  attrac- 
tions of  waterfalls.  Bridal  Veil  Falls  often 
swings  and  sways  gently  from  side  to  side. 
This  movement  is  sometimes  accompanied 
by  lacy  flutterings  at  one  or  more  places  on 
the  spray- wreathed  white  fall.  Numerous 
falls  in  the  Yosemite  are  high  and  spread 
widely  in  descending,  and  frequently  the 
fall  dances  splendidly  as  its  white,  airy 
mass  keeps  time  to  the  changing  movements 
of  the  wind. 

Many  of  these  high  falls  are  accompanied 
at  times  by  a  fluttering  of  numerous  rain- 
bows. These  flaunt,  shift,  and  dart  like 
great  hummingbirds.  At  the  Lower  Yo- 
semite, Bridal  Veil,  and  Vernal  Falls  these 
rainbows  sometimes  momentarily  form  a 
complete  circle  of  color.  By  these,  too, 
85 


gout  Rational  $arft£ 

the  moon  produces  similar  though  softer, 
stranger  effects.  Perhaps  the  most  pleas- 
ing, delicate,  and  novel  effects  in  lunar 
rainbows  are  to  be  had  about  the  foot  of 
Yosemite  Falls. 

The  slender  Ribbon  Fall  has  a  vertical 
drop  of  twenty- three  hundred  feet;  the 
Upper  Yosemite,  about  sixteen  hundred 
feet.  Nevada  Falls  is  about  six  hundred 
feet  high.  Vernal  Falls  is  one  hundred  feet 
wide  at  the  top  and  drops  three  hundred 
feet.  The  Vernal  and  Nevada  Falls  are  in 
the  midst  of  magnificent  and  novel  rock 
scenery.  The  Illilouette  Fall  is  about  six 
hundred  feet  high  and  is  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  in  the  Park. 

The  Tueeulala  and  Wapama  Falls  in 
Hetch-Hetchy  have  their  own  individ- 
ual setting  and  behavior.  The  Wapama, 
though  lacking  the  verticality  of  the  Upper 
Yosemite  Falls,  carries  a  greater  volume 
of  water.  Yosemite  Creek  is  a  true  moun- 
tain stream.  In  its  first  ten  miles  it  goes 
through  a  number  of  zones,  passes  a  variety 
86 


gogemite  Rational  J&arfc 

of  plant  life,  and  makes  a  descent  of  six 
thousand  feet.  One  third  of  this  descent  is 
in  the  Falls  of  the  Yosemite. 

John  Muir  tells  us  that  one  windy  day 
the  Upper  Falls  was  struck  by  an  upward 
wind  pressure  that  bent  and  drove  the 
water  back  over  the  brow  of  the  cliff.  The 
wind  held  back  the  water  so  that  the  fall 
was  cut  entirely  in  two  for  a  few  minutes. 
But  more  wonderful  than  this  was  one  day 
when  the  wind  struck  the  Upper  Falls  at 
a  point  about  halfway  down  and  there 
stopped  and  supported  its  falling  waters. 
For  more  than  a  minute  the  water  piled  up 
in  an  enormous  conical  accumulation  about 
seven  hundred  feet  high.  All  the  while  the 
water  poured  over  steadily  from  above,  and 
the  entire  mass  rested  upon  the  elastic  but 
invisible  air.  Then  came  a  wild  collapse. 

At  the  foot  of  some  of  these  waterfalls 
vast  ice-cones  are  sometimes  formed.  Oc- 
casionally these  spread  out  over  a  large 
area  and  rise  to  the  height  of  several  hun- 
dred feet. 

87 


Hour  Rational  $arftg 

Among  the  numerous  cascades  in  the 
Park,  one  of  the  most  precipitous  is  the 
Sentinel,  which  endlessly  comes  tumbling 
down  over  a  steep  rough  incline  of  thirty- 
two  hundred  feet.  In  the  upper  end  of  the 
Tuolumne  Canon  the  Tuolumne  River 
rushes  over  inclined  rocks  and  forms  one 
of  the  most  scenic  rapids  in  the  world. 

5.    SEEING  YOSEMITE 

I  wish  that  all  who  visit  the  Yosemite 
National  Park  would  have  a  view  from  the 
top  of  Mount  Hoffman.  I  wish  also  that 
they  might  see  Tuolumne  Meadows,  wan- 
der over  the  near-by  alpine  inoorlands,  and 
stand  in  the  center  of  Hetch-Hetchy  Valley. 

Even  the  most  flying  visit  to  the  Yosem- 
ite Valley  should  include  a  visit  to  Lake 
Tenaya,  Little  Yosemite,  Nevada,  and 
Vernal  Falls,  and,  last,  and  in  some  re- 
spects most  important,  a  view  across  and 
down  into  the  valley  from  Glacier  Point  on 
the  south  side,  and  also  from  the  summit 
of  Eagle  Peak  on  the  opposite  side. 
88 


Sogemite  Rational  $arfe 

From  the  first,  John  Muir  called  Hetch- 
Hetchy  the  Tuolumne  Yosemite  and  con- 
sidered it  a  rival  of  the  Yosemite  Valley 
and  "a  wonderfully  exact  counterpart  of 
the  Merced  Yosemite/1  It  is  less  than  half 
the  size  of  the  Yosemite,  and  its  walls  are 
about  a  thousand  feet  lower.  Two  im- 
mense rocks  stand  at  the  entrance.  On  the 
south  wall  is  Koloma,  a  massive  rock 
twenty-three  hundred  feet  high.  On  the 
north  wall  is  an  almost  sheer  front  of  rock 
that  rises  eighteen  hundred  feet.  Over  this 
plunges  Tueeulala  Falls  with  a  drop  of 
ten  hundred  feet.  This  fall  is  somewhat 
like  Bridal  Veil,  but  excels  it  both  in  beauty 
and  in  height.  Over  the  same  wall,  a  short 
distance  eastward,  tumbles  Wapama  Falls, 
carrying  a  greater  volume  of  water  than 
the  Yosemite  Falls. 

Like  the  Yosemite  Valley,  Hetch-Hetchy 
is  a  combination  of  stupendous  rock-walls 
that  rise  from  a  quiet  grassy  valley  which 
is  beautiful  with  trees  and  groves  and  a 
clear  mountain  stream. 
89 


gout  Rational 

The  Parsons  Memorial  Lodge  at  Soda 
Springs  is  an  excellent  stopping-place  from 
which  to  explore  the  alpine  scenes  of  the 
Yosemite  National  Park.  It  is  owned  by 
the  Sierra  Club,  and  was  built  in  honor  of 
Edward  T.  Parsons,  who  for  years  was  one 
of  the  club's  leading  members.  The  Lodge 
is  situated  on  the  edge  of  the  celebrated 
Tuolumne  Meadows,  by  the  Tioga  Road, 
and  is  within  a  few  miles  of  many  cele- 
brated scenes  and  view-points.  It  is  about 
twenty-five  miles  northeast  of  the  Yosem- 
ite Valley. 

At  Soda  Springs,  John  Muir  often  had  a 
central  camp.  He  long  ago  recommended 
the  place  for  an  excursion  center.  It  lies  at 
an  altitude  of  about  nine  thousand  feet. 
One  cannot  too  often  see  the  near-by 
smooth,  wide  Tuolumne  Valley  with  its 
surrounding  world  of  mountain-peaks.  It 
is  in  the  very  heart  of  the  Yosemite  High 
Sierra.  By  it  is  an  extensive  and  splendid 
alpine  zone.  Here  are  lakes,  moory  spaces, 
polished  pavements  and  domes,  and,  in  its 
90 


€fje  0o0cmitc  Rational  parft 

lower  regions,  canons,  waterfalls,  cascades, 
groves,  and  wild  alpine  gardens  colored  and 
made  charming  by  dainty  brilliant  flowers. 
To  the  north  lies  Mount  Conness;  east- 
ward, Mounts  Dana,  Lyell,  Gibbs,  Mam- 
moth, and  McClure;  southward,  the  Ca- 
thedral Range;  and  westward  ice-polished 
Mount  Hoffman. 

Surely  the  Parsons  Memorial  Lodge  will 
become  a  world-celebrated  rendezvous  for 
mountain-climbers  and  for  those  who  de- 
sire to  see  mountain  scenery  where  it  is 
peculiarly  lovely  and  sublime.  A  number 
of  trails  converge  at  this  point.  It  will  be 
interesting  to  follow  the  future  of  the  Lodge 
and  to  observe  the  thousands  of  enthusi- 
astic people  who  will  enjoy  the  surround- 
ing scenes. 

About  twelve  miles  to  the  west  of  it  is 
Mount  Hoffman,  which  rises  near  the  center 
of  the  Park  and  is  probably  the  most  com- 
manding view-point  in  it.  This  is  one  of  the 
places  that  visitors  to  the  Park  should  not 
fail  to  enjoy. 


gout  Rational  $arfe£ 

Only  a  few  miles  to  the  southwest  of  the 
Lodge  is  Cathedral  Peak.  This  imposing 
ice-burnished  structure  is  one  of  the  most 
celebrated  pieces  of  nature  statuary  in  the 
Park.  Near  by  is  Cathedral  Lake.  About 
fifteen  miles  to  the  south  of  the  Lodge  is  a 
region  of  burnished  rocks,  numerous  lakes, 
canons,  and  moraines  —  a  wonderful  array 
of  glacial  stories.  This  region  is  several 
miles  southwest  of  Mount  Lyell. 

Mountain-climbers  will  find  Dana  Moun- 
tain, to  the  east  of  the  Lodge,  an  excellent 
view-point.  To  see  a  sunrise  from  it  is  a 
rare  enjoyment.  From  its  summit  one  looks 
down  on  the  Mono  Desert,  the  lake,  and 
the  craters.  It  is  an  easy  one-day  journey 
from  the  Lodge  across  Tioga  Pass  to  Mono 
Lake. 

At  the  door  of  the  Lodge  are  the  mag- 
nificent Tuolumne  Meadows.  There  are  a 
series  of  them,  the  lower  one  being  about 
four  miles  long  and  about  half  a  mile  wide. 
Its  meadowy  expanse  is  in  places  attrac- 
tively sprinkled  with  trees,  and  across  it, 
92 


Sogemite  Rational  |£arft 

with  beautiful  folds  and  hesitating  bends, 
lingers  the  Tuolumne  River. 

The  wonderful  rapids  in  the  upper  end  of 
the  canon  of  the  Tuolumne  are  perhaps  the 
greatest  in  the  world.  The  white  and  rush- 
ing river  is  intensely  impressive.  Some  dis- 
tance below  the  Lodge  begins  the  Big 
Tuolumne  Canon.  It  is  eighteen  miles  long 
and  terminates  in  the  Hetch-Hetchy  Val- 
ley. A  journey  through  this  is  a  joy  for  the 
mountaineer.  The  canon  is  comparatively 
narrow  for  its  depth,  which  in  places  is  one 
mile.  There  are  a  few  romantic  parklike 
openings  along  the  way,  and  at  some  points 
the  statuary  is  stupendous  and  magnificent. 

6.   HISTORY  OF  YOSEMITE 

Indians  formerly  called  the  Yosemite 
Valley  Ah-wah-nee,  meaning  "  grassy  val- 
ley. "  Early  one  morning  a  young  brave 
started  for  Mirror  Lake  to  spear  fish.  On 
the  way  he  encountered  a  huge  grizzly  bear. 
He  fought  the  beast  with  his  spear  and  a 
club.  After  a  long  and  furious  battle,  in 
93 


gout  Rational  f&arft£ 

which  he  was  badly  wounded,  the  bear  was 
killed.  For  this  exploit  the  Indian  was 
named  Yosemite,  which  means  a  full-grown 
grizzly  bear.  This  name  was  transmitted 
to  his  children  and  eventually  given  to  the 
entire  tribe  of  Indians  inhabiting  the  val- 
ley. 

The  Yosemite  Valley  was  first  made 
known  to  the  public  by  Major  James  D. 
Savage  and  Captain  John  Boling,  who  dis- 
covered it  in  1851.  Joseph  R.  Walker, 
frontiersman  and  explorer,  claims  to  have 
discovered  the  valley  in  1833. 

Tourist  travel  to  the  valley  began  in 
1857.  It  became  a  state  park  in  1864,  and 
in  1890  a  National  Park  was  made  around 
it.  In  1905  the  boundaries  were  changed, 
and  in  1906  a  vigorous  state  and  national 
campaign  was  waged,  under  the  leadership 
of  John  Muir,  the  Sierra  Club,  and  Robert 
Underwood  Johnson,  which  resulted  in  the 
entire  region  becoming  a  National  Park. 

John  Muir  enjoyed  telling  of  the  experi- 
ence of  an  English  gentleman  who  years 
94 


$  ogemite  Rational  $arft 

ago  made  a  trip  to  the  valley.  Journeying 
from  the  railroad  on  horseback,  he  missed 
the  way  and  spent  a  long  day  descending 
into  gulches  and  canons,  then  climbing  out 
upon  the  high  ridges.  At  last,  late  one  eve- 
ning, he  arrived  on  the  rim  of  the  Yosemite. 
After  a  swift  glance  down  into  the  valley, 
he  exclaimed,  " Great  God!  have  I  got  to 
cross  this  too?" 

John  Lamon,  a  roving  Westerner,  was 
the  first  settler  in  the  Yosemite  Valley, 
where  in  1859  he  built  a  cabin,  made  a  gar- 
den, and  planted  fruit-trees.  He  was  so 
charmed  with  the  scenery  and  the  climate 
that  he  quit  his  roving  life  and  here  made 
his  home  till  his  death  in  1876. 

The  Hetch-Hetchy  appears  to  have  been 
discovered  in  1850  by  a  hunter  named 
Joseph  Screech.  In  1903  the  San  Francisco 
supervisors  applied  for  permission  to  make 
commercial  use  of  the  valley  by  building  a 
dam  and  making  of  it  a  reservoir.  John 
Muir  and  the  Sierra  Club  led  the  opposition 
to  this.  The  fight  went  on  for  ten  years  with 
95 


gout  Rational  fparlt£ 

uncertain  results.  At  times  it  was  intense 
and  bitter.  Congress  finally  decided  in 
favor  of  San  Francisco,  but  up  to  this  date 
San  Francisco  has  not  complied  with  the 
conditions  imposed. 

In  1915  plans  were  made  for  the  improve- 
ment of  the  Yosemite  Village.  In  the  same 
year  occurred  an  event  of  greater  impor- 
tance for  the  Park. "  Chiefly  through  the 
efforts  of  Stephen  T.  Mather,  the  disused 
Tioga  Road  became  a  part  of  the  Yosem- 
ite road-system.  This  road  has  been  re- 
opened and  will  be  a  great  advantage  and 
convenience  to  Yosemite  visitors.  It  ex- 
tends across  the  Park  from  east  to  west, 
passing  near  the  Big  Trees,  the  Parsons 
Memorial  Lodge,  and  Tuolumne  Meadows, 
invading  the  High  Sierra,  and  crossing  the 
range  through  Tioga  Pass.  Henceforth  au- 
tomobilists  from  the  East  may  leave  the 
main  continental  highway  in  Nevada  and 
reach  the  Yosemite  Park  via  Mono  Lake 
and  this  road. 

The  name  of  Galen  Clark  is  pleasantly 


If  ogemite  Rational  parft 

interwoven  with  the  history  of  the  Yosem- 
ite  National  Park.  John  Muir  thus  de- 
scribed the  man:  "The  best  mountaineer 
I  ever  met,  and  one  of  the  kindest  and  most 
amiable  of  all  my  mountain  friends.  .  .  . 
His  kindness  to  all  Yosemite  visitors  and 
mountaineers  was  marvelously  constant 
and  uniform." 

Galen  Clark  enjoyed  showing  people  of 
all  ages  the  various  wonders  of  Yosemite 
Valley,  never  tired  of  answering  questions, 
and  endeavored  carefully  to  explain  the 
facts  concerning  each  point  of  interest. 
Thousands  of  visitors  to  the  valley  came 
to  know  him  intimately.  He  came  to  the 
Park  to  live  in  1857,  and  for  more  than 
fifty  years  it  was  his  permanent  home.  For 
twenty-four  years  he  was  a  member  of  the 
Yosemite  State  Park  Commission.  The 
Indians  of  the  valley  were  fond  of  him,  and 
from  them  he  gathered  much  interesting 
information.  His  serene  disposition  and  his 
almost  constant  outdoor  life  kept  his  body 
and  mind  normal  to  the  day  of  his  death. 
97 


flour  Rational  padtg 

After  he  reached  the  age  of  ninety,  deciding 
to  become  an  author,  he  wrote  and  pub- 
lished three  little  books  relating  to  the  In- 
dians and  to  the  natural  wonders  of  the 
Yosemite  National  Park. 


Ill 

THE  SEQUOIA  AND  THE  GENERAL 
GRANT  NATIONAL  PARKS 

THE  SEQUOIA  NATIONAL  PARK  has  a 
crowded  luxuriance  of  wild  flowers.  It 
abounds  in  varied  bird-life  and  has  a  num- 
ber of  wild  sheep,  bears,  deer,  and  other 
animals.  It  has  lakes,  canons,  and  glaciated 
mountains.  But  the  supreme  attraction  of 
this  and  the  neighboring  General  Grant 
Park  is  the  sequoia  or  Big  Tree.  Nowhere 
else  on  earth  are  trees  found  that  are  so 
large  or  so  imposing.  In  places  the  Big 
Trees  are  attractively  mixed  with  other 
forest  trees.  Besides  the  large  aged  trees, 
there  are  middle-aged  ones,  young  trees, 
and  seedlings. 

The  General  Grant  Park  has  a  sequoia 

that  is  thirty-five  feet  in  diameter.    This 

Park,  like  the  Sequoia,  was  established 

principally  to  preserve  Big  Trees.    Both 

99 


Hour  Rational  $arhB 

became  National  Parks  in  1890,  chiefly 
through  the  efforts  of  George  W.  Stewart. 
The  General  Grant  Park  has  an  area  of 
four  square  miles,  the  Sequoia  Park  of  two 
hundred  and  thirty-seven  square  miles. 

The  proposition  to  enlarge  the  Sequoia 
National  Park  should  meet  with  early  con- 
summation. The  region  would  then  em- 
brace about  twelve  hundred  square  miles, 
including  the  present  General  Grant  and 
Sequoia  Parks  and  Mount  Whitney,  the 
highest  peak  in  the  United  States,  exclu- 
sive of  Alaska.  Near  Mount  Whitney  are  a 
number  of  other  peaks.  In  fact,  the  region 
is  the  highest  and  most  rugged  section  of 
California. 

Says  Gilbert  H.  Grosvenor,  editor  of 
"The  National  Geographic  Magazine ":  — 

Switzerland,  the  playground  of  Europe,  vis- 
ited annually  (until  1915)  by  more  than  one 
hundred  thousand  Americans,  cannot  com- 
pare in  attractiveness  with  the  High  Sierra  of 
central  California.  Nothing  in  the  Alps  can 
rival  the  famous  Yosemite  Valley,  which  is  as 
unique  as  the  Grand  Canon.  The  view  from 
100 


Sequoia  anb  oSenetal  «Srant 

the  summit  of  Mount  Whitney  surpasses  that 
from  any  of  the  peaks  of  Switzerland.  There 
are  no  canons  in  Switzerland  equal  to  those  of 
the  Kern  and  the  King  Rivers,  which  contain 
scores  of  waterfalls  and  roaring  streams,  any 
one  of  which  in  Europe  would  draw  thousands 
of  visitors  annually.  Many  of  the  big  yellow 
and  red  pines,  of  the  juniper  and  cedar,  eclipse 
the  trees  of  Switzerland  as  completely  as  these 
pines  are  eclipsed  by  the  giant  redwoods. 

And  then,  as  to  birds  and  flowers,  the  High 
Sierra  so  excels  the  Alps  that  there  is  no  com- 
parison. Never  will  the  writer  forget  the 
melodies  of  the  birds  and  the  luxuriance  of  the 
meadows  passed  in  the  marches  from  Redwood 
Meadow  to  Mineral  King,  and  then  up  over 
Franklin  Pass;  the  fields  of  blue,  red,  yellow, 
orange,  white,  and  purple  flowers,  all  graceful 
and  fragrant,  or  the  divine  dignity  of  the  great 
Siberian  Plateau,  nearly  eleven  thousand  feet 
above  the  sea,  and  yet  carpeted  from  end  to 
end  with  blue  lupine  and  tiny  flowers. 

From  the  educational  point  of  view,  the 
High  Sierra  so  surpasses  the  Alps  that  again 
no  comparison  can  be  made. 

Magnificent  is  the  King's  River  Canon. 

The  Kern  River  Canon  is  seven  thousand 

feet  deep;  this  is  equal,  if  not  superior,  to 

the  depth  of  the  Grand  Canon  of  the  Colo- 

101 


flour  liJational  parfttf 

rado.  Here  is  the  celebrated  Tehipitee 
Dome.  There  are  numerous  lakes,  streams, 
waterfalls,  and  meadows.  This  was  the 
original  home  of  the  golden  trout.  Besides 
the  King's  and  Kern  Rivers,  there  is  the 
Kaweah. 

The  glaciation  of  this  region  is  on  a  stu- 
pendous scale  and  is  of  extraordinary  in- 
terest. The  peculiar  topography,  the  heavy 
snowfall,  and  the  character  of  the  rocks  all 
combined  to  cause  the  Ice  King  to  execute 
wonderful  works  in  this  Park  and  to  leave 
behind  a  splendid  record.  From  the  summit 
of  this  high  region  one  looks  into  Death 
Valley,  less  than  one  hundred  miles  away, 
which  is  the  lowest  point  in  the  United 
States,  a  section  of  it  being  three  hundred 
to  four  hundred  feet  below  sea-level.  This 
region  includes  the  southern  extension  of 
the  High  Sierra  in  California,  is  near  the 
Nevada  line,  and  is  about  one  hundred 
miles  north  of  Los  Angeles. 

Clarence  King,  the  distinguished  geolo- 
gist and  first  Director  of  the  United  States 
102 


Sequoia  an&  General  <6rant 

Geological  Survey,  had  a  number  of  moun- 
tain-climbing experiences  in  this  Greater 
Sequoia  region.  These  are  tellingly  re- 
lated in  that  classic  volume,  "Mountain- 
eering in  the  Sierra  Nevada."  John  Muir 
also  wrote  of  this  region,  and  it  seems 
fitting  that  this  enlarged  reservation  should 
be  called  the  "Muir  National  Park." 

Here  the  skies  and  the  weather  are  great 
changing  attractions,  and  the  big  wild  folk 
are  alert  neighbors.  Here  are  forests  made 
up  of  trees  each  of  which  is  an  heroic  giant ! 
Here  the  Ice  King  left  vast  and  splendid 
stories.  Here  is  perhaps  the  deepest  gorge 
in  this  round  world,  and  here  the  highest 
peak  within  the  bounds  of  the  States  of  the 
Union  —  a  peak  that  commands  vast  and 
varied  scenes.  The  streams  and  lakes  are 
of  the  greatest.  The  variety  of  wild  flowers 
is  probably  not  equaled  in  any  other  park 
or  territory.  The  birds,  too,  are  numerously 
and  abundantly  represented. 

If  I  were  sentenced  to  end  my  days  in  a 
National  Park  of  my  choosing,  without  the 
103 


gout  Rational  $arfeg 

least  hesitation  I  should  choose  the  region 
now  proposed  for  the  Greater  Sequoia  or 
Muir  Park. 

THE  BIG  TREES 

The  General  Sherman  is  the  largest  tree 
on  earth,  and  it  may  be  the  oldest  living 
object  that  has  a  place  in  the  sun.  It  is 
thirty-six  and  one-half  feet  in  diameter  and 
two  hundred  and  eighty  feet  high.  Nearly  as 
large  are  the  General  Grant  and  the  Grizzly 
Giant.  A  number  of  veteran  sequoias  are 
more  than  thirty  feet  in  diameter  and 
nearly  three  hundred  feet  high.  Many  are 
more  than  twenty  feet  in  diameter,  and 
thousands  have  a  diameter  of  ten  feet  or 
more. 

The  Big  Tree  (Sequoia  gigantea)  is  scat- 
tered in  thirty-two  groves  along  the  west- 
ern slopes  of  the  Sierra  for  a  distance  of 
two  hundred  and  sixty  miles.  Most  of  the 
trees  are  between  the  altitudes  of  five  thou- 
sand and  eight  thousand  feet.  There  are 
gaps  of  miles  between  groves.  The  south- 
104 


THE   FOUR   BROTHERS 
SEQUOIA   NATIONAL  PARK 


Sequoia  atffi  General  o3rant 

ern  extension  has  a  continuous  forest  for 
seventy  miles,  except  where  it  is  cut  in  two 
by  canons,  and  it  contains  a  majority  of  all 
Big  Trees.  There  are  three  Big-Tree  groves 
in  the  Yosemite  National  Park,  one  in  the 
General  Grant,  and  twelve  in  the  Sequoia. 
One  of  these  twelve  is  the  famous  Giant 
Forest. 

The  Sequoia  and  General  Grant  Na- 
tional Parks  have  more  than  a  million  Big 
Trees.  Of  these,  more  than  twelve  thou- 
sand are  ten  or  more  feet  in  diameter.  A 
few  of  these  trees  are  upwards  of  three 
hundred  feet  high,  but  the  majority  are 
about  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet. 

Galen  Clark,  who  made  a  long  and  care- 
ful study  of  the  Big  Trees,  expressed  the 
opinion  that  the  Grizzly  Giant  was  at  least 
six  thousand  years  old.  A  number  may  be 
four  thousand  or  more  years  of  age,  but  the 
majority  probably  are  less  than  three  thou- 
sand. Careful  counts  of  the  annual  rings 
of  trees  that  have  been  felled  show  that  a 
number  of  these  had  lived  more  than  three 
105 


four  Rational 

thousand  years.  One  had  more  than  four 
thousand  annual  rings.  W.  L.  Jepson,  au- 
thor of  "The  Trees  of  California,"  believes 
that  the  general  tendency  is  to  exaggerate 
the  age  of  the  living  Big  Trees. 

These  trees  bear  seeds  each  year.  In  a 
fruitful  year  a  Big  Tree  may  produce  one 
million  seeds.  These  are  exceedingly  small 
and  light.  The  tree  blooms  in  late  winter, 
while  the  earth  is  still  covered  with  snow. 
The  flowers  are  pale  green  and  pale  yellow. 
The  cones  are  bright  green  and  are  about 
two  and  one-half  inches  in  length.  They 
shed  their  seeds  as  soon  as  they  are  ripened, 
but  the  cones  sometimes  cling  to  the  trees 
for  months.  If  the  seeds  alight  on  freshly 
upturned  soil  or  soil  recently  burned  over, 
they  usually  sprout  and  grow  vigorously. 
They  do  best  in  the  sunlight.  But  if  the 
seeds  fall  upon  a  grass-  or  trash-covered 
forest  floor,  they  fail  to  sprout. 

With  branches  nearly  to  the  earth,  the 
outline  of  a  young  tree  is  that  of  a  slender 
pyramid.  As  the  tree  ages,  the  lower 
106 


Sequoia  anfe  General  «5rant 

branches  fall  off.  In  middle-aged  trees,  the 
trunk  commonly  is  free  of  branches  from 
fifty  to  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  above 
the  ground.  The  tiptop  of  aged  trees  usu- 
ally is  a  dead  snag,  surrounded  by  living, 
up-curved  side  branches  from  the  trunk. 
The  original  tops  of  nearly  all  old  trees 
have  been  smashed  by  lightning. 

Usually  in  young  trees  the  bark  is  almost 
purplish;  in  old  ones  it  is  cinnamon-color. 
This  bark  is  fire-resisting,  is  from  one  to 
two  feet  thick,  and  is  good  protection  to  the 
vitals  of  the  tree.  The  roots  are  short,  but 
the  base  of  the  trunk  is  heavily,  artistically 
buttressed. 

Living  or  dead,  the  Big  Tree  has  extra- 
ordinary durability.  It  has  exceptional 
vitality  and  recuperative  power.  Its  long 
life  probably  is  due  to  the  fact  that  it  is  al- 
most immune  from  insect  pests,  the  most 
deadly  enemies  of  all  other  kinds  of  trees. 
Men,  fire,  and  lightning  are  the  worst  ene- 
mies of  the  Big  Tree.  Most  of  the  old  ones 
have  had  their  heads  shattered  by  lightning 
107 


gout 

again  and  again,  but  they  still  insist  on 
living  and  will  produce  a  new  top  even 
though  the  old  one  is  entirely  smashed  off. 
These  trees  appear  to  be  almost  immortal. 
Unless  they  starve  or  meet  a  violent  death, 
they  live  on  and  on. 

John  Muir  says  that  the  wood  in  the 
Big  Trees  has  an  endurance  almost  equal 
to  that  of  granite,  and  gives  the  following 
illustration.  He  cut  a  piece  of  sound  wood 
from  the  trunk  of  a  fallen  monarch  that  had 
been  lying  upon  the  earth  several  hundred 
years.  In  falling,  the  trunk  of  this  Big  Tree 
was  cracked  across  in  a  number  of  places. 
Into  these  cracks  fire  ate  its  way  each  time 
a  forest  fire  swept  the  locality.  Each  of 
these  fires  probably  was  separated  from  the 
following  one  by  a  number  of  years,  and  it 
probably  took  a  great  many  burns  to  cut 
this  slow-burning  wood  into  sections.  But 
at  last  this  was  done.  Between  the  ends  of 
two  of  these  sections  a  fir  tree  took  root  and 
grew.  After  all  these  years,  and  after  the 
fir  tree  had  lived  three  hundred  and  eighty 
108 


Sequoia  ana  General  <Drant  $arlt0 

years,  the  sections  of  the  Big  Tree  still  lay 
upon  the  ground,  apparently  as  sound  as 
the  day  the  tree  fell. 

All  Big-Tree  groves  appear  to  have  gone 
through  forest  fires.  It  is  probable  that 
most  of  these  groves  have  been  repeatedly 
fire-swept.  Many  of  the  trees  show  fire- 
scars  that  cannot  be  entirely  healed  for 
centuries. 

The  Big  Tree  has  been  called  the  no- 
blest of  a  noble  race.  Its  enormous  size, 
its  excellent  proportions,  its  serenity,  its 
steadfastness,  its  age,  make  it  the  most  im- 
pressive living  object.  John  Muir,  in  com- 
menting on  the  irnperishable  nature  of 
the  sequoia,  says  he  feels  confident  that  if 
every  one  of  these  trees  were  to  die  to-day, 
numerous  monuments  of  their  existence 
would  remain  available  for  the  student  for 
more  than  ten  thousand  years. 

But  the  Big  Tree  is  not  verging  toward 
extinction.  Its  greatest  danger  is  from  gen- 
eral destruction  by  man.  The  Big-Tree 
area  has  not  diminished,  but  probably  has 
109 


gout  Rational 

slightly  increased  in  the  last  few  thousand 
years.  Seeds  sprout  readily  and  young 
trees  grow  vigorously.  John  Muir  thus  com- 
ments concerning  the  tree  and  its  distribu- 
tion:— 

The  Big  Tree  (Sequoia  gigantea)  is  Nature's 
forest  masterpiece,  and,  so  far  as  I  know,  the 
greatest  of  living  things.  It  belongs  to  an  an- 
cient stock,  as  its  remains  in  old  rocks  show, 
and  has  a  strange  air  of  other  days  about  it, 
a  thoroughbred  look  inherited  from  the  long 
ago  —  the  auld  lang  syne  of  trees.  Once  the 
genus  was  common,  and  with  many  species 
flourished  in  the  now  desolate  arctic  regions, 
in  the  interior  of  North  America,  and  in  Eu- 
rope, but  in  long  eventful  wanderings  from 
climate  to  climate  only  two  species  have  sur- 
vived the  hardships  they  had  to  encounter. 

The  Big  Trees  probably  were  discovered 
by  General  John  Bidwell  in  1841.  John 
Muir  studied  them  for  years,  and  then 
gave  to  the  world  an  accurate  account  of 
them. 

The  Big-Tree  groves,  he  says,  are  grow- 
ing in  the  soil-areas  off  which  the  ice  first 
melted  at  the  close  of  the  ice  age.  The  wide 
no 


Sequoia  anfc  General  43raut  |parli$ 

gaps  between  the  various  sequoia  groves 
were  areas  occupied  by  the  large  and  long- 
enduring  glaciers.  The  topography  of  the 
mountains  plainly  shows  that  the  areas 
where  the  groves  are  were  places  protected 
from  the  ice-flows  of  the  heights.  The  gaps 
would  naturally  have  received  the  main  ice- 
flows  from  the  heights. 

In  the  south  the  Big-Tree  forests  are  in 
the  areas  that  were  effectively  buttressed 
and  shielded  from  ice-flows.  Consequently 
these  areas  were  early  opened  at  the  close 
of  the  ice  age.  The  forty-mile-wide  gap 
between  the  Stanislaus  and  the  Tuolumne 
Groves  was  a  channel  filled  with  a  glacier 
probably  long  after  the  groves  to  the  north 
and  the  south  started  to  grow. 

Did  the  sequoia  endure  the  long  ice  age 
in  these  few  places  where  the  groves  are  now 
growing?  The  pine,  fir,  spruce,  and  other 
forest  species  in  the  Sierra  may  have  been 
planted  with  seeds  from  trees  that  sur- 
vived in  the  south.  But  as  the  sequoia  is 
found  nowhere  else,  the  question  arises,  did 
in 


four  Rational  parity 

it  survive  somewhere  near  the  localities 
in  which  it  is  now  growing? 

An  acquaintance  with  the  Big  Trees,  an 
understanding  of  them,  gives  us  one  of  the 
most  impressive  and  lasting  ties  to  be 
had  in  nature.  These  trees  ever  impress 
one  with  a  nobility  of  character.  Seen  at 
midday,  or  at  early  morning  when  their 
lengthened  shadow  gives  strange  tones  to 
the  scene,  or  in  the  serene,  strange  moon- 
light, or  when,  wrapped  in  restless  mist, 
they  loom  vast  and  mysterious,  or  in  a 
storm,  they  are  ever  marvelously  steadfast 
and  calm.  Long  may  they  live! 

At  the  Big  Trees,  the  first  act  of  Horace 
Greeley,  the  celebrated  editor,  was  to  take 
out  a  pencil  and  figure  on  the  lumber  con- 
tents of  one.  These  veteran  trees  have  a 
higher  value. 

Lincoln,  in  his  lecture  on  Niagara  Falls, 
said:  "The  mere  physical  fact  of  Niagara 
Falls  is  a  very  small  part  of  the  world's 
wonder.  Its  power  to  incite  reflection  and 
emotion  is  its  greatest  charm."  Lincoln 

112 


Sequoia  ana  General  <$tant 

might  have  calculated  the  mule- power  of 
the  Falls  if  ruined  —  changed  from  the 
higher  value  of  a  scenic  spectacle  to  com- 
mon commercialism.  Why  tell  how  many 
hovels  or  how  many  feet  of  sewer  might  be 
constructed  out  of  the  Library  of  Congress; 
or  the  number  of  cobblestones  that  could 
be  manufactured  from  the  Washington 
Monument?  As  well  tell  the  number  of 
forts  that  might  have  been  built  with  the 
marbles  and  the  energy  that  were  put  into 
statuary  and  the  inspiring  arts,  as  to  con- 
sider or  measure  Big  Trees  in  lumber 
terms. 

The  sequoia  is  one  of  the  monumental 
wonders  of  this  round  world.  It  is  the 
oldest  settler  —  the  pioneer  of  pioneers. 
Each  venerable  giant  numbers  his  years  by 
centuries.  Each  was  already  old  when  na- 
tions of  the  present  were  born.  Gone  and 
forgotten  are  the  nations  that  were  —  gone 
the  flags  that  waved  in  the  wind  when  these 
trees  began  to  cast  their  shadows. 

And  it  may  be  —  for  nations  with  all 
"3 


Sour  Rational  $arft£ 

their  pomp  and  pride  are  short-lived  —  that 
every  flag  that  now  flaunts  the  sky,  that 
every  nation  now  on  earth,  will  pass  out 
of  existence  long  before  these  patriarchal 
trees  lie  down  at  last  upon  the  mountains. 
Some  of  these  trees  have  already  out-lived 
more  than  fifty  generations  of  mankind. 
Some  of  them  are  likely  to  look  upon  a 
score  or  more  of  passing  generations  of  the 
human  race.  These  trees  might  tell  a  thou- 
sand stirring  stories  to  the  one  possessed 
by  the  Sphinx.  The  Sphinx  is  of  lifeless 
stone.  These  trees  are  alive.  They  have 
lived  through  countless  changing  scenes. 
But  which  shall  be  accounted  the  more 
striking  and  wonderful,  the  passing  pictures 
in  the  centuries  they  have  looked  upon,  or 
the  moving,  changing  scenes  in  the  cen- 
turies that  they  are  yet  to  see? 

These  Big  Trees  have  endured  fire,  flood, 
lightning,  landslide,  gale,  drought,  and 
earthquake,  but  have  never  hauled  down 
their  evergreen  banners.  They  have  tri- 
umphed over  the  changes  of  ten  thousand 
114 


Sequoia  auto  General  oBrant 

seasons;  watched  and  waved  through  cen- 
turies of  sunlight  and  storm.  Countless 
times  the  sun  has  projected  a  silhouetted 
shadow  of  their  stupendous  plumes  against 
the  mountain  side.  They  have  worn  monu- 
mental robes  of  snow  flowers;  they  have 
stood  silent  in  the  light  of  thousands  of 
autumn  moons;  and  they  are  still  upon  the 
heights  to  inspire  us  with  their  steadfast- 
ness and  their  splendor. 

The  landmark  and  the  heritage  of  the 
ages  are  these  splendid  trees,  these  im- 
mortal evergreens.  Their  historic  lore  and 
unequaled  grandeur  give  them  amplitude 
and  poetry  enough  to  kindle  and  enrich  the 
imagination.  Let  them  live  on;  they  will 
bless  those  who  make  the  sacred  pilgrimage 
to  see  them,  and  they  will  be  a  "  choir  in- 
visible "  to  all  who  simply  know  that  upon 
the  sublime  Sierra  they  still  wave  grandly. 


IV 
MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK 

MOUNT  RAINIER  is  one  of  the  noblest  and 
most  imposing  mountains  in  the  world.  It 
stands  isolated.  Around  it  are  countless 
peaks,  but  these  are  so  small  that  they  but 
emphasize  the  colossal  bulk  and  towering 
height  of  majestic  Rainier.  It  is  14,408  feet 
high.  The  altitudinal  sweep  of  the  Park  is 
ten  thousand  feet.  Only  Mount  Rainier 
territory  is  in  the  Park.  The  area  is  three 
hundred  and  twenty-four  square  miles  — 
about  eighteen  miles  square.  Yet  so  vast 
is  this  mountain  that  an  extensive  part 
of  it  is  outside  the  Park  boundaries.  Its 
outline  is  intensified  by  the  extraordinary 
make-up  of  black  and  white  which  charac- 
terizes it.  The  upper  half  of  it  is  strangely 
white  with  masses  of  snow  and  ice.  The 
lower  slopes  are  purplish  black  with  dense 
coniferous  forests.  Between  the  snow  and 
116 


amount  fiainicr  Rational  parli 

the  forest  is  a  magnificent  belt  of  wild 
flowers. 

Mount  Rainier  is  a  sleeping  volcano. 
Beneath  its  shell  of  stone  is  a  heart  of  fire. 
Upon  this  shell  are  snow-fields  and  glaciers, 
rushing  rivers,  a  stupendous  forest,  wild- 
flower  gardens  in  which  millions  of  "  ban- 
nered blossoms  open  their  bosoms  to  the 


sun." 


Additional  territory  is  needed  to  protect 
scenery  not  now  in  the  Park,  and  especially 
for  Park  road  development.  At  a  number 
of  points  along  the  southern  boundary  the 
road  winds  outside  the  Park.  A  similar 
condition  will  exist  on  the  eastern  side  when 
the  eastern  road-system  is  built.  Much 
good  would  result  from  starting  at  the 
southeast  corner  of  the  Park  and  adding  a 
six-mile  strip  twelve  miles  long  on  the  south 
and  another  strip  of  equal  size  on  the  east. 

Mount  Rainier  lies  about  sixty  miles 
eastward  from  Seattle  and  Tacoma.  An 
excellent  automobile  road  enters  the  south- 
ern boundary  and  extends  into  the  Park, 
117 


Hour  Rational 

passing  the  snout  of  the  Nisqually  Glacier. 
The  road-plan  of  the  Park  embraces  an 
encircling  scenic  highway  around  the  moun- 
tain on  the  lower  slopes.  This  road  is  to  be 
united  with  entrance  roads  from  the  north, 
south,  east,  and  west.  A  trail  about  fifty 
miles  long  circles  this  peak  near  timber- 
line.  It  penetrates  fifty  miles  of  unexcelled 
beauty  and  splendor.  It  touches  a  thou- 
sand different  scenes  and  ever  commands 
the  world  of  light  and  shade  that  lies  far 
below  and  far  away. 

Small  inns  are  to  be  built  along  this 
wilderness  way.  What  a  poetic,  scene- 
crowded  way  to  travel!  Every  boy  and  girl 
might  well  plan  to  walk  round  mighty 
Rainier  on  this  commanding  circle  path- 
way. 

The  uppermost  edge  of  Rainier's  dark 
primeval  forest  ends  at  timber-line  in  pen- 
insulas, bays,  and  islands.  Between  the 
ragged  edges  of  the  forest  and  the  broken 
edges  of  the  ice.  and  snow  is  a  magnificent 
wild-flower  scenic  belt,  or  zone,  a  mile  or 
118 


amount  flamicr  Rational  parli 

two  in  width.  Mingling  are  ice,  snow,  bro- 
ken groves,  brilliant  wild  flowers,  streams, 
crags,  meadows,  and  a  thousand  cascades. 
Through  this  scenic  zone  lies  the  timber- 
line  trail. 

Steam  is  constantly  issuing  from  the 
craters  in  the  summit.  During  the  last 
century,  there  were  a  number  of  slight 
eruptions,  the  most  recent  one  occurring  in 
1870.  Indian  legends  tell  of  a  great  cata- 
clysm during  which  the  summit  of  the 
mountain  was  blown  to  pieces  and  scat- 
tered afar.  Apparently  the  peak,  before 
this  explosion,  was  about  two  thousand 
feet  higher  than  at  present.  The  shattered 
summit  indicates  the  reality  of  this  tradi- 
tionary explosion  and  previous  height.  It 
is  three  miles  across  the  summit.  A  part 
of  the  great  crater-rim  still  remains,  and 
Liberty  Cap  and  Peak  Success  strongly 
testify  to  former  elevation  and  grandeur. 

Often  this  splendid  peak  wears  a  vast 
wreath  or  belt  of  clouds  or  mists.  Visitors 
to  the  middle  slopes  frequently  have  the 
119 


Hour 

delightful  experience  of  being  above  the 
clouds.  Frangois  E.  Matthes,  the  well- 
known  geologist,  thinks  this  mountain  a 
wonderful  source  of  inspiration  and  wishes 
that  it  were  possible  for  all  people  to  share 
it.  He  says,  "  No  doubt  the  time  will  come 
when  a  pilgrimage  to  Mount  Rainier  shall 
be  esteemed  among  the  most  precious  joys, 
the  most  coveted  privileges  which  a  citizen 
of  this  country  may  hope  to  realize  for  him- 
self or  for  his  fellows." 

George  Vancouver,  the  explorer,  discov- 
ered Mount  Rainier  in  1792.  It  was  named 
in  honor  of  Peter  Rainier,  an  English  ad- 
miral. Theodore  Winthrop,  author  of  that 
classic  book  of  travel,  "  Canoe  and  Saddle," 
visited  the  region  in  1853.  He  was  an  ar- 
dent advocate  of  the  original  Indian  names 
of  conspicuous  objects  of  interest.  The  In- 
dian name  for  this  peak  was  Tahoma.  It 
is  encouraging  that  the  people  of  Seattle 
and  Tacoma  may  early  unite  to  ask  that 
this  name  be  adopted.  Said  Mr.  Winthrop 
in  "Canoe  and  Saddle":  — 

120 


amount  Uainier  Rational  $arft 

Let  us,  therefore,  develop  our  own  world. 
It  has  taken  us  two  centuries  to  discover  our 
proper  West  across  the  Mississippi,  and  to 
know  by  indefinite  hearsay  that  among  the 
groups  of  the  Rockies  are  heights  worth  no- 
tice. 

Farthest  away  in  the  West,  as  near  the  west- 
ern sea  as  mountains  can  stand,  are  the  Cas- 
cades. Sailors  can  descry  their  landmarked 
summits  firmer  than  a  cloud,  a  hundred  miles 
away.  .  .  .  Kulshan,  misnamed  Mount  Baker 
by  the  vulgar,  is  an  irregular,  massive,  mound- 
shaped  peak.  .  .  .  South  of  Kulshan  the  range 
continues  dark,  rough  and  somewhat  unmean- 
ing to  the  eye,  until  it  is  relieved  by  Tahoma. 

Mount  Tahoma  was  first  climbed  in  1870 
by  General  Hazard  Stevens  and  P.  B.  Van 
Trump.  The  first  woman  to  climb  it  was 
Miss  Fay  Fuller,  who  went  to  the  summit 
in  1890.  The  Indians  appear  not  to  have 
climbed  above  the  snow-line.  They  had 
little  occasion  to  go  higher,  and  they  be- 
lieved that  the  god  of  the  mountain  forbade 
their  ascending  farther. 

In  1883,  Henry  Villard,  president  of  the 
Northern  Pacific  Railroad,  sent  a  large 
party  to  enjoy  the  scenes  on  the  slopes  of 

121 


If  our  Rational 

Mount  Rainier.  Among  those  in  the  party 
were  James  Bryce,  afterward  British  Am- 
bassador to  the  United  States,  and  Bailey 
Willis.  These  two  gentlemen  appear  to  have 
discussed  the  importance  of  having  this 
peak  set  aside  as  a  National  Park.  On  the 
completion  of  this  excursion,  James  Bryce 
and  others  recommended  to  Henry  Villard 
that  efforts  be  made  to  have  this  Park 
created.  Later,  similar  requests  were  made 
by  individuals  and  organizations,  and  a 
recommendation  to  this  effect  was  made 
in  writing  by  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences.  In  1899  the  Park  was  established. 

I.    THE   SPLENDID   WILD-FLOWER  GARDEN 

The  triumphant  glory  of  Mount  Rainier 
National  Park  is  seen  in  its  wild  flowers. 
It  is  doubtful  whether  anywhere  else  on 
earth  is  to  be  found  so  extensive  and  luxuri- 
ant a  growth  of  such  brightly  colored  flowers 
amid  such  scenes  of  supreme  wildness  and 
grandeur. 

A  vast  broken  flower-belt  encircles  the 
122 


ftainicr  Rational  parft 

peak  between  the  ragged  lower  edge  of  the 
large  ice-fields  and  the  ragged  upper  limits 
of  tree  growth.  A  flower-belt  fifty  miles 
long,  covered  and  crowded  with  flowers, 
mile  after  mile !  It  is  most  showy  and  splen- 
did at  and  just  above  the  limits  of  tree 
growth.  Masses  of  color;  myriads  of  blos- 
soms, each  of  clean  and  vivid  hue!  This 
vast  and  splendid  garden  is  crossed  with 
streams  and  canons,  adorned  with  crags, 
green  meadows,  forested  peninsulas,  and 
islands  of  groves.  This  encircling  flower 
carnival  expands  into  numerous  connected 
and  disconnected  alpine  parks.  Each  park 
is  a  superb  flower-garden  with  a  splendid 
precipitous  alpine  back-  and  sky-ground. 
Among  the  more  striking  of  these  are 
Paradise  Park,  Indian  Henry's  Hunting 
Grounds,  Spray  Park,  and  Summerland. 

In  the  open  upper  reaches  of  the  forest, 
the  fragrant  twin-flower  covers  and  crowds 
wide  places.  There  are  thousands  of  cream- 
white  mountain  lilies  —  bear-grass  —  with 
tall,  slender  blooms.  The  shooting-star,  a 
123 


Sour  Rational  $arf# 

near  relative  of  the  cyclamen,  is  as  thick 
upon  the  earth  as  stars  up  in  the  sky.  Thou- 
sands of  purple  asters  are  found  upon  stalks 
two  feet  high.  A  dogtooth  violet,  com- 
monly called  avalanche  lily,  is  abundant. 
The  western  anemone,  with  its  exquisite 
leaves,  its  purple  bloom  and  decorative 
seed  plumes,  adorns  many  a  wild  garden. 
Many  of  the  plants  in  the  high  altitude 
grow  rapidly,  bloom  briefly,  and  seed 
quickly.  Summer  is  short. 

Acres  of  valerian  with  four-foot  stalks 
thrust  their  pungent  blooms  beneath  one's 
nose.  The  blue  mertensia  crowds  moist 
places  with  a  thicket  of  stalks  three  feet 
high.  A  lavender-colored  arctic  lupine 
grows  in  decorative  masses.  The  white 
dock,  sometimes  called  wild  buckwheat, 
nods  on  its  slender  stalks  two  feet  above 
the  earth.  The  wild  hellebore  carries  its 
greenish-white  flowers  upon  stalks  as  high 
as  one's  head. 

Many  of  the  yellow  or  golden  flowers 
bloom  close  to  the  earth.  There  are  golden 
124 


Rainier  Rational  park 

asters  and  golden-rods,  a  mountain  dande- 
lion, a  low-growing  yellow  buttercup  called 
the  monkey-flower,  the  gold-touched  ar- 
nica, and  yellow  potentilla.  These  fill  many 
wide,  ragged  places  with  a  blaze  of  yellow 
glory. 

Low-growing  lavender-colored  phlox  ap- 
pears in  masses,  and  Cusick's  speedwell 
forms  large  patches  of  low-lying  blue.  Epi- 
lobiums  cover  acres  of  earth  with  pink 
petals. 

A  species  of  blue  gentian  grows  in  showy 
clusters,  and  meadows  are  filled  with  the 
brightest  painted-cups  in  red  and  crimson. 
The  heather,  the  heather!  There  are  rich, 
deep  masses  of  red,  white,  and  yellow 
heather.  The  white  heather  is  the  lovely 
cassiope  that  adorns  the  snow  edges  of 
thousands  of  mountains  from  Mexico  to 
the  Arctic  regions. 

Endless  are  the  ranks  of  the  saxifrage 

family  in  white;  countless  the  numbers  of 

the  pink  family.    Here  the  spring  beauty 

blooms  in  summer  and  the  rose-crimson 

125 


Hour  Rational  $arft£ 

Pentstemon  rupicola  makes  a  showy  appear- 
ance. 

Also  above  the  limits  of  tree  growth  are 
other  little  plant  people:  the  ever-cheerful 
kinnikinnick;  a  dainty,  tiny  fern;  numer- 
ous members  of  the  figwort  family;  Lyall's 
lupine,  with  its  brilliant  bloom  of  purple 
flowers;  the  evening-primrose;  and  a  most 
pungent  polemonium. 

Growing  far  up  the  slopes  is  an  attrac- 
tive member  of  the  dock  family  that  is 
tufted  with  purplish-yellow  bloom.  A  yel- 
low  mustard  (Droba  aureola)  and  another 
member  of  the  mustard  family  with  creamy- 
white  flowers  carry  and  maintain  this  won- 
derful wild-flower  garden  farthest  above 
the  clouds,  highest  up  into  the  snow-fields 
and  the  sky. 

One  day  I  found  a  tiny  tuft  of  bloom  in  a 
bit  of  soil  on  the  very  summit  of  Rainier. 
It  was  in  a  niche  of  lava,  surrounded  with 
ice  and  snow,  but  warmed  by  the  steadily 
escaping  steam.  Brave,  cheerful  little  fel- 
low creature!  In  a  steamy,  ice-rimmed 
126 


nainicr  Rational  park 

volcano's  throat  on  a  desolate  top  of  the 
world ! 

Of  all  the  fire-mountains  which,  like  beacons, 
once  blazed  along  the  Pacific  Coast,  Mount 
Rainier  is  the  noblest  in  form.  ...  Its  massive 
white  dome  rises  out  of  its  forests,  like  a  world 
by  itself.  .  .  .  Above  the  forests  there  is  a  zone 
of  the  loveliest  flowers,  fifty  miles  in  circuit 
and  nearly  two  miles  wide,  so  closely  planted 
and  luxuriant  that  it  seems  as  if  Nature,  glad 
to  make  an  open  space  between  woods  so 
dense  and  ice  so  deep,  were  economizing  the 
precious  ground,  and  trying  to  see  how  many 
of  her  darlings  she  can  get  together  in  one 
mountain  wreath.  .  .  ..We  wade  knee-deep 
and  waist-deep,  the  bright  corollas  in  myriads 
touching  petal  to  petal.  .  .  .  Altogether  this 
is  the  richest  subalpine  garden  I  ever  found,  a 
perfect  floral  elysium.  (John  Muir,  in  "Our 
National  Parks.") 

The  forests  of  this  park  are  a  splendid 
attraction.  The  trees  are  tall  and  of  noble 
proportions.  The  forest  floor  has  a  tangled 
undergrowth  of  vines  and  shrubbery,  a 
luxuriant  carpet  of  ferns,  mosses,  and  flow- 
ers. Many  areas  are  crowded  with  trees 
from  two  to  eight  feet  in  diameter,  from 
127 


If  our  |5ational  $arft£ 

one  hundred  to  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet 
high.  Cedars,  spruces,  and  hemlocks  num- 
ber their  years  by  centuries.  A  few  are 
perhaps  a  thousand  years  of  age.  Theodore 
Winthrop  wrote  of  these  forests:  — 

Long  years  of  labor  by  artists  the  most 
unconscious  of  their  skill  had  been  given 
to  modelling  these  columnar  firs.  Unlike 
the  pillars  of  human  architecture,  chipped 
and  chiselled  in  bustling,  dusty  quarries,  and 
hoisted  to  their  site  by  sweat  of  brow  and 
creak  of  pulley,  these  rose  to  fairest  propor- 
tions by  the  life  that  was  in  them  and  blos- 
somed into  foliated  capitals  three  hundred 
feet  overhead. 

The  forest  is  gloomy  with  luxuriant 
greenness.  Many  trees  are  shrouded  with 
a  pendent  lichen,  Usnea.  This  hangs  in 
long,  threadlike  tufts,  while  beneath  it, 
mingling  with  the  flowers  among  the  tow- 
ering trees,  are  forests  of  far-spreading 
ferns. 

Around  the  foot  of  the  mountain  are  the 
Indian-pipe  and  the  pyrola,  of  the  winter- 
green  family;  and  there  is  still  another 
128 


fiaimcr  Rational  $ar(t 

delightful  member  of  this  family,  whose 
generic  name  means  "delight."  The  dog- 
wood (Cornus  canadensis),  the  forest  ane- 
mone, the  dainty  calypso  are  also  here. 
All  these  and  numbers  of  other  brilliant- 
ly colored  species  brighten  and  in  places 
illuminate  the  somber  forest  floor  like 
touches  and  dashes  of  sunlight. 

On  the  lower  slopes  Douglas  spruce  and 
Western  hemlock  predominate,  with  red 
cedar  along  the  streams.  Above  the  alti- 
tude of  three  thousand  feet,  noble  and  sil- 
ver firs  are  found  singly  and  in  solid  groves. 
Ascending,  we  find  a  scattered  growth  of 
lodge-pole,  growths  of  Engelmann  spruce, 
and  a  few  white-bark  pines. 

The  timber-line  may  be  given  as  about 
sixty-five  hundred  feet,  or  at  the  same 
altitude  as  in  the  Alps.  The  extreme  height 
of  the  tree  growth  is  about  one  thousand 
feet  greater.  Most  of  the  timber-line 
growth  is  crushed,  flattened,  and  op- 
pressed. The  timber-line  grouping  is  most 
poetical  and  picturesque.  In  places  the 
129 


Hour 

trees  are  both  dwarfed  and  distorted  with 
wind  and  snow.  The  trees  are  mountain 
hemlock,  alpine  fir,  Engelmann  spruce, 
and  white-bark  pine.  These  stand  singly, 
in  groups,  and  in  ragged  groves.  Com- 
monly they  stand  in  green  meadows  or 
brilliant  wild-flower  gardens.  Here  and 
there  they  are  separated  with  the  green 
tracks  of  permanent  snowslides. 

The  Mount  Rainier  National  Park  has 
its  full  share  of  bird  and  animal  life.  Here 
are  numerous  warblers  and  woodpeckers; 
chickadees,  black-hooded  jays,  dainty  hum- 
mingbirds, ptarmigans,  thrushes,  and  trust- 
ful water-ouzels. 

Among  the  animals  is  that  audacious 
climber,  the  mountain  goat.  There  also 
are  deer,  elk,  bears,  and  other  alert  wild 
folk. 

2.    GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT   RAINIER 

Mount  Rainier  has  the  largest  and  the 
longest  glacier  in  the  United  States.   This 
is  the  Emmons.   It  is  about  six  miles  long 
130 


ftamicr  Rational  $arh 

and  has  an  area  of  about  eight  square 
miles.  It  is  on  the  eastern  slope  of  the  peak. 
The  ice-area  on  Rainier  covers  one  seventh 
of  the  Park,  or  about  fifty  square  miles. 

Rainier  has  a  magnificent  glacial  sys- 
tem. There  are  a  dozen  large  and  twice  as 
many  small  glaciers.  The  peak  is  an  enor- 
mous cone  with  a  blunt,  broken  top.  A 
majority  of  the  large  glaciers  begin  two 
thousand  or  more  feet  below  the  summit 
and  extend  in  a  comparatively  straight 
line  toward  the  bottom.  Though  a  num- 
ber unite  in  continuous  ice-fields  well  up 
the  slope,  down  the  slope  each  generally 
is  separated  from  its  neighbors.  The  gla- 
ciers are  separated  by  narrow  ledges  called 
cleavers,  or  by  each  occupying  its  own 
deep  canon.  Near  the  terminus  many  are 
separated  by  moraines  or  flowering  mea- 
dows. 

The  Nisqually  Glacier,  which  ends  just 
below  the  altitude  of  four  thousand  feet  in 
Paradise  Park,  is  five  miles  long.  In  the 
summer-time  it  moves  forward  at  the  rate 


Sour  Rational  fparlt£ 

of  about  sixteen  inches  per  day.  This,  and 
in  fact  all  glaciers,  have  periods  of  ad- 
vance and  retreat.  During  the  last  twenty- 
five  years  this  glacier  has  retreated  about 
one  thousand  feet.  That  is  to  say,  the 
present  point  where  it  melts  entirely  away 
is  one  thousand  feet  farther  up  the  slope 
than  it  was  twenty- five  years  ago.  In  com- 
paratively recent  times,  as  the  cirques, 
lakes,  and  moraines  far  down  the  slopes 
show,  the  glaciers  on  this  peak  were  deeper 
and  larger,  and  reached  much  farther  down 
the  slope  than  at  present. 

The  Nisqually  Glacier  has  continuous 
connection  with  the  snow  deposits  upon 
the  summit  of  the  peak.  At  one  point  this 
snow  comes  down  a  precipitous  cascade 
and  tumbles  perhaps  two  thousand  feet. 
This  and  all  other  glaciers  are  clean  and 
snowy  at  the  upper  end,  but  the  lower  end 
is  greatly  darkened  with  rock-debris  and 
earthy  material  that  have  mixed  with  it. 
The  last  half-mile  of  the  Nisqually  Glacier 
has  the  appearance  more  of  a  rock  glacier 
132 


amount  ftainirr  Rational  path 

than  an  ice  glacier.    Its  front  is  a  dark 
chocolate  color. 

The  Paradise  Glacier  is  one  of  several 
on  the  southerly  slope.  It  is  formed  by 
the  union  of  a  number  of  ice-streams  which 
originate  at  about  nine  thousand  feet. 
They  do  not  receive  snow  from  the  slopes 
above,  but  quantities  of  snow  are  brought 
to  them  by  the  wind.  Near  the  lower  end, 
this  glacier  divides  into  a  number  of  lobes 
or  streams. 

The  Carbon  Glacier  descends  the  north- 
erly slope.  It  originates  in  the  large  cirque 
or  ice-made  canon  on  the  peak.  This  is  a 
mile  and  a  half  across,  and  its  terminal 
wall  rises  precipitously  thirty-six  hundred 
feet.  Its  snow  supplies  fall  upon  it  from 
the  clouds,  are  swept  to  it  by  the  winds, 
and  rushed  to  it  by  avalanches. 

The  Winthrop  Glacier  is  on  the  north- 
ern slope.  Among  its  interesting  features 
are  ice-cascades,  glacier  tablets,  and  the 
ice  flowing  over  high  mounds  in  its  main 
channel. 

133 


gout  Rational 

The  Tahoma  glaciers  on  the  southwest 
slope  exhibit  a  glacier  island. 

The  Kautz  Glacier  on  the  southern 
slope  is  long,  narrow,  and  winding.  It  has 
an  enormous  medial  moraine.  Pyramid 
Rock  commands  an  excellent  view  of  this 
and  other  scenes. 

Many  admirable  names  have  been  se- 
lected for  the  objects  of  interest  on  Rainier. 
In  this  connection,  some  one  is  to  be 
thanked  for  substituting  "cleaver"  and 
"wedge"  for  "arr£te." 

The  snowfall  on  the  peak  is  heaviest  on 
the  lower  slopes.  This  diminishes  with 
altitude  and  is  lightest  on  the  upper  slopes 
and  the  summit.  This  is  typical  of  moun- 
tain snowfalls.  From  long  experience  in 
the  Rocky  Mountains,  I  am  able  to  say 
that  the  snowfall  there  is  much  less  on 
the  high  peaks  than  on  their  middle 
slopes.  The  same  fact  applies  to  the  Sierra 
Nevada  of  California,  to  the  Andes  of 
South  America,  and  to  the  Himalayas 
and  the  Alps.  It  is  common  for  a  storm- 
134 


itainicr  Rational  $arh 

cloud  to  be  comparatively  close  to  the 
earth.  The  height  of  it  is  determined  more 
by  the  height  of  near-by  plateaus  and 
passes  than  by  that  of  the  peaks.  It  is 
certain  that  during  many  of  the  lowland 
storms  the  mountain  peaks  thrust  up  into 
the  sunshine  through  the  silver  lining  of 
the  clouds. 

Wind  is  an  interesting  factor  in  the  dis- 
tribution of  the  snowfall.  It  sweeps  snow 
off  exposed  ridges  and  accumulates  it  in 
vast  quantities  at  places  where  a  glacier 
starts  or  where  the  snow  avalanches  to  a 
glacier.  Columbia's  Crest  —  the  summit 
—  appears  to  be  in  a  large  measure  formed 
by  snow  that  the  wind  carries  up  to  it 
from  the  slopes  far  below.  Thus,  to  snows 
that  fell  on  these  slopes  the  height  of  the 
peak  and  its  white  top  are  in  a  measure 
due. 

A  score  of  turbulent  streams  radiate 
from  this  mountain.  Apparently  its  vol- 
canic material  is  easily  eroded.  The  streams 
are  heavily  laden  with  gravel  and  sedi- 
135 


if  our  l^ationai  parks 

ment.  Though  the  peak  is  comparatively 
young,  the  canons  made  by  ice  and  water 
are  large.  Vast  portions  of  the  mountain 
have  already  been  carried  away  by  the 
erosive  forces  of  ice  and  running  water. 


V 
CRATER  LAKE  NATIONAL  PARK 

THE  supreme  attraction  in  Crater  Lake 
National  Park  is  the  vivid  blue  lake  that 
sleeps  in  the  rugged  and  magnificent  crater 
of  a  dead  volcano  —  Mount  Mazama. 

One  golden  September  afternoon  I 
climbed  alone  upon  the  rim  of  the  crater 
near  Eagle  Point.  There  was  no  wind,  and 
everything  lay  broodingly  silent  in  the 
sunshine.  In  an  instant  the  scene  became 
unreal.  The  lake,  mysteriously  blue  — 
indigo  blue  —  lay  below.  Barren,  deso- 
late mountain  walls  of  a  desert  strangely 
surrounded  it.  Was  I  exploring  the  topog- 
raphy of  the  moon? 

A  second  look  at  most  new  scenes,  and 
there  comes  to  me  a  feeling  of  acquaint- 
ance —  of  having  been  there  before.  But 
this  scene  made  no  advance;  if  it  had 
known  me,  it  desired  to  forget.  I  had  not 
137 


four  Rational 

seen  it;  it  was  as  indifferent  to  my  pres- 
ence as  though  I  existed  not.  But  it  was 
enchanting  and  it  was  eloquent.  In  com- 
mon with  all  other  visitors  to  Crater  Lake, 
I  received  profound  and  lasting  impres- 
sions. 

The  splendid  ruin  of  the  ashen-gray 
walls,  the  intense  and  refined  blue  of 
the  lake,  arouse  the  imagination.  What 
graphic,  dramatic,  world-building  story 
is  locked  in  these  bold  scenes? 

It  is  probable  that  this  vast  blue-bot- 
tomed caldron  was  once  covered  with  a 
volcanic  peak.  This  vanished  volcano  is 
named  Mount  Mazama.  The  geological 
story  is  that  the  upper  half  of  the  peak 
collapsed.  There  was  volcanic  violence. 
But  it  did  not,  like  Mount  Rainier  and 
Mount  Baker,  explosively  blow  its  sum- 
mit to  pieces.  A  mile  or  more  of  the  upper 
half  simply  collapsed  and  dropped  into 
the  crater.  Had  an  explosion  hurled  the 
enormous  fragments  of  the  top  afar,  they 
must  have  been  found  scattered  about. 


CRATER  LAKE  AND  WIZARD   ISLAND 


Crater  Xafte  Rational  J5arft 

But  only  small  fragments  of  pumice  have 
been  discovered. 

This  collapse  appears  to  have  been  pre- 
ceded by  a  rupture  of  the  base,  allowing 
the  lava  to  escape.  This  lava  had  filled 
the  crater  and  supported  its  walls,  and  the 
collapse  followed  its  removal.  The  upper 
part  of  this  peak  that  apparently  dropped 
into  the  crater  must  have  been  six  thou- 
sand or  more  feet  high,  with  a  basal  di- 
ameter of  about  six  miles.  Its  bulk  was 
equal  to,  or  greater  than,  the  whole  of 
Mount  Washington,  the  highest  peak  in 
New  England. 

An  early  impression  that  this  lake  crater 
gave  me  was  that  it  had  been  formed  by 
breaking  off  an  enormous  conical  and 
hollow  volcanic  peak  which  was  inverted 
and  jammed,  small  end  downward,  into 
the  earth.  This  caldron  remains.  It  is 
now  a  jagged,  gigantic  central  opening 
in  the  deep  surrounding  lava-beds.  These 
exhibit  the  former  fiery  flooding  activity 
of  Mazama. 

139 


four  Rational  parity 

The  volcano  was  active  at  intervals  in 
the  glacial  period.  This  is  shown  in  the 
glaciated  rock-surfaces  of  the  rim  that  are 
covered  with  layers  of  pumice  and  rhyo- 
lite.  The  lake  is  encircled  by  about  twenty 
miles  of  precipitous  walls  that  rise  from 
five  hundred  to  two  thousand  feet  above 
the  surface  of  the  water.  The  lake-level 
is  6177  feet.  The  surface  fluctuates  a  few 
feet  each  year. 

The  water  is  deep,  much  of  it  from 
twelve  hundred  to  nineteen  hundred  feet. 
In  a  few  places  it  is  less  than  three  hundred 
feet  deep,  with  near-by  surroundings  sev- 
eral hundred  feet  deeper.  Are  these  shal- 
low spots  above  the  tops  of  other  volcanic 
cones  or  lava-masses? 

The  lava-beds  in  the  surrounding  outer 
slopes  of  the  crater  overlie  one  another  at 
an  angle  that  indicates  that  the  lava  was 
poured  to  them  from  a  central  point  above. 
Extend  the  slopes  upward  from  the  rim  on 
the  angle  of  the  slopes  below,  and  the  out- 
line of  the  former  peak  is  restored.  This 
140 


Crater  Xafte  Rational  park 

would  make  a  peak  about  the  size  of  Mount 
Shasta. 

At  the  altitude  of  the  crater  rim,  about 
eight  thousand  feet,  the  diameter  is  about 
six  miles,  the  same  as  that  of  Mount  Shasta 
at  the  same  altitude.  As  both  peaks  are 
composed  of  like  kinds  of  lava,  we  may 
safely  assume  that  Mount  Mazama  before 
it  collapsed  was  about  the  size  and  height 
of  Mount  Shasta  (14,380  feet). 

Glacier  records  furnish  additional  evi- 
dence of  the  former  height  and  magnitude 
of  Mazama.  On  the  rim  and  on  the  outer 
slopes  just  below  it  are  a  number  of  gla- 
cier grooved  and  planed  rock-surfaces.  The 
lines  of  these  extend  downward,  so  the  ice 
must  have  come  from  above.  Then,  too, 
there  are  a  number  of  moraines  that  show 
they  were  deposited  by  glaciers  from  up- 
per slopes.  Apparently  glaciers  flowed  down 
all  sides  of  this  mountain  from  a  central 
high  point.  Two  ice-eroded  canons  begin 
in  the  southern  rim  and  extend  down  the 
slope.  Plainly  these  were  formed  by  ice- 
Hi 


Sour  Rational 

streams  that  came  down  from  above.  Thus 
the  angle  of  the  lava-built  slopes,  and  the 
lines  of  glaciation,  testify  to  the  former  ex- 
istence of  a  high  central  summit. 

On  its  slopes  the  Fire  King  and  the  Ice 
King  appear  to  have  wrought  and  to  have 
clashed.  Both  have  vanished  from  the 
scene;  but  here  remains  a  volcanic  land- 
scape slightly  sculptured  by  ice.  The  Ma- 
zama  story  appears  a  spectacular  one. 

This  scene  is  a  favorite  with  geologists. 
They  come  to  it  from  all  over  the  world. 
Crater  lakes  are  common.  There  are  num- 
bers of  dead  craters  filled  with  water  in 
South  America,  Asia,  and  elsewhere.  But 
this  is  an  extraordinary  crater  lake.  The 
marvelous  blueness  is  only  one  feature.  The 
rare  geological  exhibit  makes  a  strange 
appeal. 

Joseph  S.  Diller,  of  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey,  closes  his  excellent 
monograph  on  the  "  Geological  History  of 
Crater  Lake,  Oregon"  with  the  following 
words:  — 

142 


Crater  £afee  Rational  f&arft 

Aside  from  its  attractive  scenic  features, 
Crater  Lake  affords  one  of  the  most  interesting 
and  instructive  fields  for  the  study  of  volcanic 
geology  to  be  found  anywhere  in  the  world. 
Considered  in  all  its  aspects,  it  ranks  with  the 
Grand  Canon  of  the  Colorado,  the  Yosemite 
Valley,  and  the  Falls  of  Niagara,  but  with  an 
individuality  that  is  superlative. 

No  streams  flow  into  this  lake,  and  there 
is  no  visible  outlet.  It  is  probable  that  sub- 
terranean waters  empty  into  it  and  flow 
from  it.  The  annual  precipitation,  together 
with  the  enormous  quantities  of  snow  that 
are  blown  into  it,  greatly  exceeds  the 
amount  of  water  evaporated.  The  water  is 
clear  and  cold.  It  is  so  clear  that  a  plate 
may  be  seen  upon  the  bottom  through 
fifty  or  more  feet  of  water.  Fish  may  be 
distinctly  seen  swimming  about  at  great 
depths. 

Many  alpine  lakes  are  blue  under  some 
lights*  The  deep  blueness  of  this  lake  may 
possibly  be  due  to  mineral  which  the  water 
holds  in  solution;  or  also  in  part  to  its 
high  surrounding  walls  and  to  its  enor- 


gout  Rational  $arfe£ 

mous  depth.  Seen  from  the  rim,  a  narrow 
margin  of  the  water  along  the  walls  is 
sea-green.  Yet  a  glassful  is  as  clear  as  the 
clearest. 

A  few  days  spent  upon  the  rim  and  in  a 
launch  upon  the  lake  will  give  glimpses 
of  world-building  features  and  nature-his- 
tory. Morning  is  a  good  time  for  a  journey 
around  the  lake.  At  no  point  is  there  a 
beach.  The  steep  walls  descend  and  plunge 
into  the  water. 

In  the  lake  near  the  west  shore  is  Wizard 
Island.  It  is  a  perfect  little  volcano  —  a 
crater  within  a  crater.  Although  a  few  pines 
are  growing  upon  it,  the  island's  lava  and 
ashes  appear  as  if  just  cast  from  the  in- 
ternal furnace.  It  probably  was  formed 
after  the  collapse  of  Mount  Mazama. 
Lava,  cinders,  and  tiny  water-filled  crater 
appear  strange  mimicry.  The  island  rises 
several  hundred  feet  above  the  lake-sur- 
face, and  its  crater  is  eighty  feet  deep.  The 
island  is  a  good  view-point  at  noon,  at 
evening,  or  when  the  blue  cold  crater  glows 
144 


Crater  3la&c  Rational  $ar& 

and  sparkles  with  the  reflected  fires  of  a 
million  fiery  worlds. 

Phantom  Ship,  near  the  southeast  shore, 
is  a  volcanic  island  masted  with  rock-spires. 
It  has  scattered  trees.  From  a  number  of 
points  of  view  it  has  the  appearance  of  a 
ship,  but  under  certain  lights  it  blends  so 
completely  with  the  walls  behind  it  that  it 
vanishes. 

The  forests  are  magnificent.  Among  the 
trees  on  the  rim  and  on  Wizard  Island  are 
noble  fir,  alpine  fir,  mountain  white  pine, 
Douglas  spruce,  alpine  hemlock,  and  lodge- 
pole  pine.  Sheep- pasturing  in  former  years 
wrought  havoc  with  the  wild  flowers,  of 
which  there  are  numerous  varieties.  There 
are  many  kinds  of  wild  birds  and  wild  life. 
While  there  are  other  scenic  attractions,  the 
supreme  one  must  ever  be  the  lake  of  mar- 
velous blue  and  its  rugged,  fire-tinted  walls. 
In  the  ruined  caldron  where  red  fire  and 
black  smoke  wildly  mingled,  blue  water 
lies  in  repose. 

On  June  12,  1853,  a  number  of  prospec- 
H5 


Sour  ifJattonal  $ar  fc£ 

tors,  led  by  John  W.  Hillman,  discovered 
Crater  Lake.  Though  not  interested  in 
scenery,  they  were  aroused  by  this  gigantic 
blue  gem  in  its  rough  volcanic  setting. 

In  1885,  William  G.  Steele  began  the 
campaign  which  finally  won  this  National 
Park.  This  campaign  went  through  num- 
berless vicissitudes  and  lasted  seventeen 
years,  the  Park  having  been  established 
in  1902. 

In  1888,  Steele  carried  a  number  of  trout 
in  a  can  upon  his  back  for  more  than  forty 
miles.  These  trout  were  placed  in  the  lake 
and  grew  rapidly.  Since  then  it  has  been 
repeatedly  stocked  by  the  Government. 
Nowhere  else  that  I  know  of  can  a  fisher- 
man catch  a  trout  and  clearly  watch  its 
every  effort  many  feet  under  the  water,  as 
it  tries  to  run  away  with  or  escape  from 
the  cruel  hook. 

This  Park  is  in  the  heart  of  the  Cascade 
Mountains  in  southern  Oregon,  a  short  dis- 
tance north  of  the  California  line.  It  has  an 
area  of  about  two  hundred  and  forty-nine 
146 


Crater  Slake  Rational  $arfc 

square  miles.  Mount  Thielson,  Diamond 
Lake,  and  other  near-by  attractive  features 
might  well  be  added  to  the  territory  of  the 
Park. 


VI 

GLACIER  NATIONAL   PARK 

LAKES  —  splendid  intermountain  lakes 
—  are  an  unrivaled  attraction  in  the  Glacier 
National  Park.  Here,  too,  are  other  strik- 
ing features  —  glaciers,  peaks  precipitous 
and  stupendous,  forests,  and  streams.  The 
rugged  Alplike  mountains  are  of  first  mag- 
nitude. The  forests  that  crowd  the  lower 
elevations  of  the  park  are  primeval  and 
grand.  The  vigorous  streams  are  set  in 
magnificent  scenery.  But  I  feel  that  the 
lakes  are  entitled  to  first  rank  among  the 
scenic  attractions  in  this  park. 

There  are  two  hundred  and  fifty  of  these, 
of  different  sizes,  each  of  individual  outline 
and  with  an  original  alpine  setting.  Some 
repose  in  the  depths  of  the  forest.  Others 
have  a  shore-line  half  forest  and  half  the 
abrupt  wall  of  a  towering  peak.  Still  other 
lakes  have  a  wild  shore  of  snow-fields, 
148 


flatter  Rational  $arfe 

glaciers,  forests,  meadows,  and  mountains. 
Waterfalls  out  of  the  mountain  sky  drop 
into  many;  cascading  streams  rush  from 
the  outlets  of  others. 

Many  of  the  lakes  are  strikingly  long  for 
their  narrow  width.  Lake  [McDonald  is 
about  ten  miles  long  and  one  mile  wide. 
Waterton  Lake  is  about  twelve  miles  long, 
with  an  average  width  of  perhaps  half  a 
mile.  Bowman  Lake  is  about  six  miles  long 
by  half  a  mile  wide.  Avalanche  Lake, 
which  lies  in  Avalanche  Basin,  is  hemmed 
in  on  all  sides,  except  at  the  outlet,  by  pre- 
cipitous mountains.  It  is  a  beautiful  ellipse 
about  one  mile  long.  Iceberg  Lake  is  on 
the  north  side  of  Wilbur  Mountain,  which 
towers  three  thousand  feet  above  the  sur- 
face of  the  water.  The  Blackfeet  name  for 
this  is  "  Fly-around-in."  McDermott  and 
Altyn  Lakes  are  beauty  spots.  The  outlet  of 
McDermott  is  a  series  of  spectacular  cas- 
cades. Its  shore  is  open,  and  around  it  one 
moves  about  easily.  Altyn  Lake  is  only  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  distant  from  McDermott. 
149 


four  Rational  $arft£ 

These  lakes  lie  between  Grinnell  Mountain 
and  Allen  Mountain  and  are  a  part  of  one 
of  the  grandest  scenes  in  the  Park. 

Grinnell  Lake  lies  one  mile  above  Altyn 
Lake,  at  the  foot  of  the  tremendous  cliffs 
of  Gould  Mountain.  The  lower  end  of  the 
lake  is  open  and  parklike,  while  at  the  up- 
per end  cliffs  rise  about  four  thousand  feet. 
This  lake  receives  the  waters  from  Grinnell 
Glacier.  These  pour  over  high  cliffs  at  the 
upper  end  of  the  lake  and  form  a  beautiful 
spectacle.  The  scenes  which  unite  around 
Grinnell  Lake  are  unsurpassed  in  the  park. 

These  lakes  are  glacier  lakes.  That  is, 
the  basin  of  each  was  gouged  or  eroded  by 
the  movement  of  glacial  ice.  There  are  a 
few  exceptions  where  the  lake  is  due 
chiefly  to  a  morainal  dam,  or  a  dam  that 
was  formed  by  a  landslide. 

The  highest  peak  in  the  Park  is  Cleve- 
land Mountain,  10,438  feet  above  sea-level. 
Several  others  rise  more  than  ten  thousand 
feet,  and  a  great  number  more  than  nine 
thousand  feet.  Many  of  these  peaks  are 
150 


McDERMOTT  FALLS   AND  GRINNELL   MOUNTAIN 
GLACIER   NATIONAL  PARK 


flatter 

connected  with  sharp  pinnacled  ridges,  and 
most  of  them  rise  steeply  into  the  sky. 
Precipices,  nearly  vertical,  that  measure 
between  two  thousand  and  four  thousand 
feet  are  common.  Thus  it  will  be  seen  that 
these  two  hundred  and  fifty  lakes  have  a 
mountainous  setting.  Distribute  these  lakes 
on  terraces  among  the  peaks  and  fit  in  about 
one  hundred  glaciers,  have  the  forests  ev- 
erywhere in  the  lower  altitudes,  cut  these 
with  clear  streams,  and  we  have  the  scenic 
make-up  of  the  Glacier  National  Park. 
Considered  as  a  whole,  it  is  unexcelled 
mountain  architecture. 

The  Blackfeet  Glacier  on  the  Continental 
Divide  is  the  largest  in  the  Park.  Mount 
Jackson  towers  red  above  it.  It  has  an  area 
of  about  three  square  miles  and  lies  be- 
tween the  altitudes  of  six  thousand  and 
seven  thousand  feet.  The  much- visited 
Sperry  Glacier,  which  is  easily  reached  from 
Lake  McDonald,  has  a  little  more  than  one 
square  mile  of  ice-area.  Grinnell  Glacier  is 
about  the  size  of  the  Sperry. 


If  our  liJatioual  39ark£ 

Altogether  there  are  about  one  hundred 
glaciers  in  the  Park.  Most  of  these  have 
an  area  of  less  than  one  square  mile.  The 
majority  of  them,  of  course,  are  mere  rem- 
nants of  vast  glaciers.  In  many  cases  their 
small  size  is  an  advantage  to  the  student. 
Carrying,  as  most  of  these  do,  the  char- 
acteristics of  larger  glaciers,  and  being  in 
a  small  compass  and  surrounded  with  va- 
rious kinds  of  glacial  work  —  moraines, 
lakes,  and  smooth  rock-surf  aces — they  place 
before  us,  in  one  scene,  the  story  of  the 
ice  age. 

On  every  hand  is  evidence  of  glacier 
work.  The  glaciers  themselves  in  many 
instances  are  placed  in  a  manner  that 
explains  their  mobility.  You  can  see  that 
they  have  moved  and  are  moving.  You 
can  see  the  effects  of  their  moves,  and  the 
results  of  the  movements  of  the  stupendous 
prehistoric  glaciers  that  have  vanished. 

The  Glacier  National  Park  has  an  end- 
less variety  of  small  game,  and  in  it  nu- 
merous varieties  of  large  animals  are  fairly 
152 


Olacicr  Rational  $arh 

abundant.  Most  important  of  all  is  the 
grizzly  bear.  Black  bears  are  common. 
So,  too,  are  elk;  and  there  is  a  scattering 
of  moose,  lions,  deer,  and  antelopes.  In 
some  localities  bighorn  sheep  and  moun- 
tain goats  are  abundant.  Trout  abound  in 
many  lakes  and  streams. 

There  is  a  goodly  array  of  suggestive 
outdoor  names,  many  of  which  are  of  In- 
dian application.  Red  Eagle  Mountain, 
Pass,  and  Valley,  Rising  Wolf  Mountain, 
Two  Medicine  Lake,  Avalanche  Lake, 
Swift  Current  River,  are  a  few  of  the  vigor- 
ous, spirited  names.  Many  of  the  old  pic- 
turesque and  descriptive  Indian  names 
have  been  discarded,  however,  for  names 
that  are  utterly  unfit  or  meaningless. 

There  are  scores  of  varieties  of  flowers. 
These  brighten  the  woods,  stand  along  the 
streams,  border  the  lakes,  and  crowd  close 
to  the  glaciers.  They  climb  above  the 
limits  of  tree  growth.  Grinnell  Lake  has 
a  grand  wild-flower  garden  on  its  shores. 
Among  the  many  kinds  are  bluebell, 
153 


four  Rational 

queen's-cup,  violet,  water-lily,  and  wild 
hollyhock. 

The  summit  slopes  of  these  mountains 
are  above  the  timber-line.  All  the  lower 
slopes  and  spaces  in  the  Park  not  occupied 
and  glorified  by  lakes,  streams,  and  cliffs 
are  crowded  with  forests,  green  and  grand. 
Much  of  the  old  glaciation  is  covered  with 
forest  growths.  Many  moraines  are  crowned 
with  spruces,  and  numerous  glacial  am- 
phitheaters are  now  filled  with  splendid 
forests. 

The  visitor  to  the  summit  of  Swift  Cur- 
rent Pass  will  find  himself  monarch  with 
great  scenes  to  survey.  Below,  around,  and 
above  are  lakes,  streams,  peaks,  waterfalls, 
snow-fields,  glaciers,  canons,  and  moun- 
tains. These  are  splendidly  grouped  and 
combined;  gradually  they  fade  into  mys- 
terious horizons. 

St.  Mary's  Lake  —  "  Good  Spirit  Woman 

Lake"  —  is  crescent-shaped,  with  miles  of 

spruce-walled  shores.  It  has  a  length  of  ten 

miles  in  the  Glacier  Park  and  is  a  queen 

154 


Glacier  Rational  $ark 

among  queens  of  mountain  lakes.  Kingly 
peaks  stand  waiting  around  the  shores.  Red 
Eagle  Mountain,  Fusillade  Mountain,  and 
Going-to-the-Sun  Mountain  are  a  part  of 
the  magnificence  in  which  this  lovely  lake 
reposes.  Mount  Jackson,  one  of  the  high- 
est summits  in  the  Park,  is  often  reflected 
in  its  waters. 

The  mountains  of  this  Park  are  broken 
and  have  towering  walls.  On  the  east  they 
rise  abruptly  from  the  peaceful  plains.  No- 
where in  the  country  can  be  found  such  an 
array  of  high  and  nearly  vertical  walls. 
Many  of  these  mountains  and  peaks  are 
enlivened  with  color.  Yellow,  red,  and 
green  are  distributed  on  a  magnificent 
scale. 

The  very  name  "Two-Ocean  Pass/1  in 
the  Yellowstone  Park,  led  me  through  the 
pathless  forest  for  days  in  search  of  it. 
There  was  a  fairyland  novelty  in  the  lure  of 
the  name.  As  soon  as  I  heard  of  a  glacier  in 
the  Glacier  National  Park  whose  waters 
were  divided  between  the  Arctic  and  the 
155 


Hour  Rational 

Pacific  Oceans,  I  wanted  to  see  it.  A  part 
of  the  water  of  a  glacier  on  Vulture  Peak 
goes  to  the  Pacific  through  Logging  Creek 
and  the  Columbia  River.  The  remainder 
goes  to  Hudson  Bay  through  the  Little 
Kootenai  Creek.  Some  one  has  wisely  pro- 
posed the  name  "  Two-Ocean  Glacier  '\  for 
this  ice-field. 

Triple  Divide  Peak  is  another  place  that 
has  a  peculiarly  wild,  romantic  appeal.  This 
sharp- pointed  peak  is  8001  feet  above  the 
sea.  Close  together  in  its  summit  slopes, 
surrounded  by  a  maze  of  alpine  mountains, 
three  streams  start  almost  from  a  common 
source,  each  to  go  on  its  separate,  scenic 
way  to  the  ocean. 

The  Red  Eagle  travels  towards  the 
North  Pole  through  the  north  country  and 
empties  into  that  vast  ice-formed  basin, 
Hudson  Bay.  The  waters  of  the  Cut  Bank 
choose  the  channel  of  the  Missouri  in  which 
to  travel  the  long  journey  to  the  inland  sea, 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  perhaps  from  this 
to  flow  north  into  the  Gulf  Stream.  The 
156 


03 lacier  Rational  $arh 

Nyack  goes  to  the  Pacific  through  the 
crooked  international  channel  of  the  scenic 
Columbia  River. 

HISTORY  OF  GLACIER  NATIONAL  PARK 

George  Bird  Grinnell  was  a  loyal  and 
helpful  friend  to  the  Yellowstone  Na- 
tional Park  during  its  trying  years.  He 
also  rendered  the  public  the  distinguished 
service  of  originating  the  Glacier  Na- 
tional Park  idea  and  helping  to  bring  about 
its  realization.  In  1885,  accompanied  by 
James  Willard  Schultz,  he  visited  a  num- 
ber of  its  now  famous  lakes  and  glaciers. 
On  his  return  he  published  a  series  of  ar- 
ticles entitled  "To  the  Walled-in  Lakes." 
A  peak,  a  glacier,  and  a  lake  have  been 
named  in  his  honor.  Year  after  year  he 
returned  to  this  region  to  enjoy  the  scen- 
ery and  to  study  the  language  and  customs 
of  the  Blackfeet  Indian.  In  1891,  accom- 
panied by  Harry  L.  Stimpson,  he  discov- 
ered the  Blackfoot  Glacier,  the  largest  in 
the  Park,  and  a  little  later  he  wrote  an 
157 


Hour  Rational  $arft£ 

article  concerning  it.  In  an  article  entitled 
"The  Crown  of  the  Continent "  he  gave  a 
good  account  of  the  region. 

James  Willard  Schultz  lived  for  years 
with  the  Blackfeet  Indians  and  spent  a 
number  of  years  with  them  in  this  terri- 
tory. He  says  that  Hugh  Monroe  was  the 
first  white  man  to  see  the  Glacier  Na- 
tional Park  region.  This  was  in  1815. 
Grinnell  states  that  James  Doty  visited  it 
in  1853.  The  same  year,  apparently,  A.  W. 
Tinkham,  a  government  engineer,  crossed 
through  Cut  Bank  Pass.  The  American 
and  British  boundary-line  survey  commis- 
sioners visited  the  region  in  1861. 

I  had  a  few  weeks  in  the  region  in  the 
autumn  of  1896.  For  most  other  National 
Parks  I  have  recommended  enlargements, 
feeling  that  some  adjacent  and  important 
scenic  territory  had  been  left  outside  the 
Park  lines.  But  with  the  vast  Glacier 
National  Park  no  additions  appear  to  be 
needed. 

Grinnell  says:  — 

158 


Glacier  $ational  $arft 

In  an  old  notebook,  under  date  of  Septem- 
ber 17,  1891,  I  found  not  long  ago  the  follow- 
ing remark:  "How  would  it  do  to  start  a  move- 
ment to  buy  the  St.  Mary  country,  say  thirty 
by  thirty  miles,  from  the  Piegan  Indians  at 
a  fair  valuation,  and  turn  it  into  a  national 
reservation  or  park?" 

This  idea,  in  the  course  of  the  next  ten 
years,  grew  in  my  mind.  It  was,  I  think,  the 
first  suggestion,  in  words,  of  the  Glacier  Na- 
tional Park.  About  the  year  1893  indications 
of  copper  were  found  in  the  foothills.  It  was 
believed  that  the  country  contained  mines, 
and  before  long  strong  pressure  was  brought  to 
bear  on  Congress  to  purchase  the  land  from 
the  Indians  and  throw  it  open  to  settlement. 
The  mountain  region  was  not  used  by  the  In- 
dians. They  lived  on  the  plains.  In  1895, 
Secretary  of  the  Interior  Hoke  Smith  sent  out 
Commissioners  W.  C.  Pollock,  George  Bird 
Grinnell,  and  W.  M.  Clements,  to  treat  with 
the  Blackfeet  for  this  territory,  and  a  ma- 
jority of  the  commission  went  into  the  moun- 
tains and  made  a  hasty  inspection  of  the 
region.  An  agreement  was  made  with  the  In- 
dians, and  was  ratified  by  Congress,  and  about 
two  years  later  the  territory  was  thrown  open 
to  settlement.  .  .  . 

Soon  after  1902  I  spoke  to  Senator  T.  H. 
Carter  about  setting  aside  this  recently  pur- 

159 


gout  Rational  $arfc£ 

chased  tract  as  a  National  Park,  and  found 
that  he  was  disposed  to  favor  the  suggestion. 
I  then  took  up  the  matter  with  friends  in 
Montana,  and  induced  them  to  write  to  Sena- 
tor Carter  about  the  project.  The  result  was 
that  a  little  later  he  introduced  a  bill,  which 
passed  the  Senate  once  or  twice,  and  at  last, 
in  1910,  passed  both  houses,  and  was  signed 
by  President  Taft,  May  12,  1910,  and  the 
Glacier  National  Park  became  a  fact. 

Certainly  the  most  striking  fact  in  the 
history  of  this  Park  is  the  rapidity  with 
which  it  has  been  developed  and  opened 
to  travelers.  L.  W.  Hill  has  given  this 
region  a  large  share  of  his  time,  and  in  it 
has  spent  enormous  sums  of  money.  There 
is  more  than  commercialism  behind  his 
work.  It  has  been  done  with  happy  hands. 
He  has  made  this  a  part  of  his  life-work. 
He  has  endeavored  to  create  on  artistic 
lines.  What  he  has  done  for  this  Park  has 
stimulated  interest  in  the  other  Parks  and 
will  greatly  help  to  bring  about  their  de- 
velopment. 


VII 
MESA  VERDE  NATIONAL  PARK 

WEIRDNESS,  romance,  and  mystery  domi- 
nate the  Mesa  Verde  National  Park.  Tow- 
ering high  and  dry  above  the  surrounding 
country,  carrying  in  places  squatty,  scat- 
tered growths  of  pifion  pines  and  cedars, 
it  stands  silently  up  in  the  sunlight.  Com- 
bined with  these  things,  the  deserted  pre- 
historic cliff  dwellings  give  to  the  Mesa  a 
strangeness  and  peculiar  appeal.  These 
monuments  of  a  departed  race  tell  but 
little  of  the  story  of  their  builders.  They 
are  the  ruins  of  an  ancient  civilization  that 
stood  its  day  and  vanished;  that  — 

"Like  snow  upon  the  desert's  dusty  face, 
Lighting  a  little  hour  or  two  —  is  gone." 

Who  were  the  cliff  dwellers?  It  is  prob- 
able that  they  were  Indians.  No  one  knows 
where  they  came  from,  how  long  they  re- 
mained on  the  Mesa,  nor  why  they  left; 
161 


flour  Rational  parity 

how  long  since  they  went  away,  where 
they  went  to,  nor  what  has  become  of  them. 
Several  hundred  ruins  of  the  structures 
they  reared  still  remain.  These  are  mys- 
terious and  thought-compelling,  but  they 
tell  little  more  than  is  told  by  the  Sphinx. 

The  Mesa  Verde  National  Park  covers 
seventy-seven  square  miles  in  southwest 
Colorado,  near  the  corners  of  four  States. 
It  is  in  the  "Land  of  Little  Rain."  The 
table-like  summit  of  this  steep-walled 
Mesa  is  eight  thousand  feet  above  the 
sea,  and  nearly  two  thousand  feet  above 
the  surrounding  country.  Looking  from 
the  summit,  one  sees  strange  "Ship  Rock" 
far  away  in  New  Mexico.  This  appears  to 
be  an  enormous  ship  in  full  sail  upon  the 
sea.  It  adds  to  the  unreal  and  mysterious 
air  of  the  region. 

Numerous  canons  are  countersunk  deeply 
into  this  sunny  sky  plain.  Many  of  the 
canons  are  corniced  with  a  heavy  over- 
hanging stratum  of  rock.  Beneath  this, 
in  cavelike  hollows  in  the  canon  walls,  the 
162 


Bertie  Rational  parfc 

cliff  houses  are  found.  Here  ages  ago  the 
cliff  dwellers  lived  in  large  communities 
and  probably  under  organized  govern- 
ment —  the  oldest  and  most  fully  realized 
civic-center  scheme  in  America.  Long  be- 
fore their  mesa  country  was  invaded  by 
the  men  of  recorded  history,  these  people 
of  the  Southwest  vanished,  leaving  build- 
ings, tools,  clothing,  and  pottery  to  tell 
of  their  odd  and  interesting  Indian  civili- 
zation. 

When  the  name  Indian  is  mentioned, 
the  average  individual  usually  thinks  of  a 
savage.  But  at  the  time  Columbus  dis- 
covered America,  there  were  millions  of 
civilized  Indians  in  the  Western  world, 
living  under  organized  government.  It  is 
true  that  their  civilization  was  different 
from  ours  of  to-day,  and  happily  differ- 
ent from  the  European  civilization  of  that 
time. 

These  early  civilized  Indians  lived  chiefly 
in  well-built  houses.  Many  of  them  trav- 
eled good  roads.  They  possessed  a  keen 
163 


Sour  3j5ational 

sense  of  right  and  wrong,  and  in  ethics  they 
may  have  averaged  higher  than  the  Euro- 
pean. Among  the  tribes  that  were  civilized 
were  the  Mayas,  the  Aztecs,  and  the  Incas. 

The  cliff  dwellers  were  an  agricultural 
people,  and  they  cultivated  corn,  beans, 
cotton,  and  squash.  They  appear  to  have 
grown  crops  by  means  of  irrigation.  They 
wove  cloth  of  cotton  and  of  the  century- 
plant  fibers.  Probably  they  domesticated 
the  turkey. 

The  finger-prints  in  their  adobe  mortar 
indicate  that  women  built  the  stone  walls. 
Among  the  Indian  tribes  of  the  Southwest, 
it  was  common  for  the  men  to  quarry, 
dress,  and  carry  the  stones,  while  the 
women  built  them  into  walls.  Women, 
too,  appear  to  have  made  the  pottery. 
The  men  probably  were  the  weavers.  The 
women  ground  the  corn  and  most  likely 
carried  the  water  in  jars  from  the  springs. 
Were  there  more  springs  in  the  days  of 
these  people  than  now?  Perhaps.  Appar- 
ently they  had  numerous  reservoirs. 
164 


tDcrbc  Rational  $arft 

These  people  did  not  possess  a  written 
language,  and  their  ways  of  recording 
their  thoughts  or  preserving  their  experi- 
ences were  poor.  They  made  pictographs 
on  stone  walls  and  placed  symbols  on  their 
pottery  and  in  their  weaving.  Much  of 
their  pottery  is  attractive  in  form  and  of 
ornamental  pattern.  There  are  food-bowls, 
water-Jars,  cooking-utensils,  and  numer- 
ous jugs  and  mugs. 

They  appreciated  the  beautiful.  Their 
art,  though  mostly  primitive,  was  art.  It 
was  generally  symbolical.  Although  many 
of  their  pottery  decorations  were  of  geo- 
metric design,  others  represented  objects 
of  beauty  in  which  flowing  lines  were  re- 
quired. Their  basketry  showed  good  taste. 
Their  architecture  was  good.  Although 
their  buildings  followed  varied  types,  a 
number  of  them  displayed  lines  of  beauty 
and  constructive  skill. 

Well-preserved  mural  paintings  on  many 
of  the  walls  of  their  structures  indicate 
that  they  had  a  good  knowledge  of  dye- 
165 


Uour  Rational  $arft# 

stuffs  as  well  as  a  primitive  skill  in  pic- 
turing. Remains  of  figures  of  men,  ani- 
mals, cacti,  and  rain-clouds  form  a  kind 
of  frieze  visible  on  three  sides  of  the  so- 
called  painted  room  in  one  of  these  houses. 
These  paintings  are  believed  to  indicate 
that  this  room  was  used  for  a  ceremony 
akin  to  the  New  Fire  ceremony  of  the  Hopi. 

Although  nearly  everything  which  they 
fashioned  showed  many  elements  of  skill 
and  beauty,  they  did  not  have  many  tools. 
Stone  axes  and  hammers,  scrapers,  knives, 
and  awls  of  bone  were  the  common  imple- 
ments of  use. 

It  may  be  that  at  one  time  the  Mesa  had 
a  population  of  many  thousands.  It  is  pos- 
sible that  the  Sun  Temple  was  built  jointly 
by  the  inhabitants  of  the  Spruce  Tree 
House,  the  Cliff  Palace,  and  other  houses 
of  the  region. 

But  few  things  which  they  left  enable 

one  to  judge  of  their  characteristics.  They 

appear  to  have  had  the  typical  qualities 

of  human  beings.    They  had  their  super- 

166 


tDcrfcc  Rational  park 

stitions,  their  weaknesses,  and  their  strong 
points.   But  they  are  gone. 

"I  came  like  Water,  and  like  Wind  I  go." 
It  is  true  that  we  know  but  little  of  the 
people  who  formerly  inhabited  these  build- 
ings. Surely  we  can  learn  more  through 
study.  Thus  far  there  has  been  almost  no 
systematic  study,  and  but  little  careful 
excavation  or  attempt  to  preserve  the 
various  objects  found  in  the  ruins.  A 
school  of  archaeology  might  well  be  estab- 
lished in  this  Park  for  the  purpose  of  se- 
curing information  about  the  cliff  dwellers 
and  giving  it  to  the  world. 

In  his  report  on  his  recent  excavation 
and  repair  of  the  Sun  Temple,  Dr.  Jesse 
Walter  Fewkes,  of  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution, says:  — 

The  Mesa  Verde  is  unique  in  its  educational 
importance.  It  is  destined  ultimately  to  be  a 
Mecca  for  all  students  of  the  prehistoric  of  the 
Southwest  and  an  object  lesson  to  all  visitors 
who  wish  to  see  the  best  preserved  buildings 
of  pre-Columbian  times  in  our  country.  It  is 
self-evident  that  the  excavation  and  repair  of 


gour  Rational 

all  the  ruins  in  this  park  cannot  be  accom- 
plished in  a  few  years,  even  were  it  desirable 
to  attempt  it;  the  work  means  many  years  of 
arduous  devotion,  intelligently  directed,  and 
a  large  sum  of  money.  It  is  desirable  to  open 
up  these  precious  remains  of  antiquity  care- 
fully, following  a  definite  plan,  availing  our- 
selves of  methods  acquired  by  experience.  The 
work  should  be  done  with  care,  and  it  will  be 
an  additional  attraction  if  visitors  can  see  how 
the  work  is  done.  Work  on  the  group  will  re- 
veal important  architectural  features,  and  add 
much  to  our  scientific  information. 

Prehistoric  ruins  abound  throughout  the 
Southwest.  Many  show  considerable  skill 
in  construction  and  also  suggest  that  the 
buildings  were  the  work  of  a  people  who 
had  organized  government. 

Mrs.  Gilbert  McClurg,  who  visited  the 
Mesa  Verde  ruins  years  ago,  appears  to 
have  been  the  first  to  conceive  the  idea  of 
saving  these  prehistoric  places  for  the 
public  —  of  preserving  them  in  a  Na- 
tional Park.  After  a  campaign  of  a  few 
years,  led  chiefly  by  Mrs.  McClurg,  sup- 
plemented by  the  work  of  organizations 
168 


Rational  $arft 

and  individuals,  the  Park  was  established 
in  1906. 

In  what  is  now  this  Park,  a  Spanish  ex- 
ploring party  discovered  cliff  houses  in 
1541.  At  that  time  the  buildings  had  been 
abandoned  for  generations.  No  one  knows 
how  many  centuries  or  millenniums  had 
then  elapsed  since  the  Mesa  was  deserted. 
The  age  of  these  cliff  houses  has  been  esti- 
mated from  five  hundred  to  five  thousand 
years.  Modern  discovery  of  the  region 
appears  to  have  been  made  by  a  govern- 
ment geological  party  in  1874. 

A  few  years  later  Baron  Nordenskjold, 
a  Swedish  explorer,  spent  many  weeks  with 
these  ruins,  and  later  wrote  a  volume  con- 
cerning them.  He  carried  away  from  them 
several  carloads  of  pottery  and  other  prod- 
ucts. 

The  first  white  discoverers  were  either 
religious  fanatics  or  people  of  the  pot- 
hunter type  who  were  looking  for  plunder. 
They  were  not  interested  in  the  preserva- 
tion of  any  of  the  ruins  discovered,  nor  of 
169 


Hour  Rational  $arft£ 

any  of  the  equipment  that  had  no  com- 
mercial value.  For  years  some  of  the  early 
settlers  and  adventurers  made  it  a  busi- 
ness to  search  for  prehistoric  buildings  in 
order  to  obtain  the  pottery  and  other  treas- 
ures which  they  sometimes  contained.  Often 
these  pot-hunting  treasure-seekers  utterly 
wrecked  the  buildings  which  they  found. 
In  all  probability  many  objects  of  interest 
or  information  concerning  the  Mesa  Verde 
cliff  dwellers  have  been  lost. 

In  the  autumn  of  1904  I  visited  the  ruins 
for  the  purpose  of  taking  photographs  and 
found  a  party  of  three  pottery-hunters 
camped  near  the  Balcony  House.  A  part 
of  their  firewood  that  evening  consisted 
of  precious  beams  from  this  ancient  house. 

For  many  years  the  visitors  to  the  Mesa 
Verde  noticed  a  huge  tree-grown  mound 
on  the  rim  of  the  canon- wall,  directly  oppo- 
site the  Cliff  Palace.  A  few  dressed  stones, 
apparently  the  corner  of  a  wall,  thrust 
above  the  surface  of  this  mound.  Prob- 
ably there  was  a  building  beneath  it.  Be- 
170 


Dcrfcc  Rational  path 

hind  and  enveloping  it  lay  a  forest  of  low- 
growing  and  limby  pinon  pines  and  cedars. 
Over  all  was  the  ever-present  and  brooding 
mystery  of  the  deserted  Mesa  Verde. 

In  July,  1915,  Dr.  Fewkes  put  a  crew  of 
men  to  work  excavating  the  mound.  As  a 
result  of  their  labors,  a  prehistoric  stone 
building  now  stands  in  the  sunshine.  It 
is  the  shape  of  the  capital  letter  D.  Its 
straight  front,  which  faces  southward, 
measures  one  hundred  and  thirty- two  feet ; 
its  semicircular  back,  two  hundred  and 
forty-five  feet. 

Plainly,  it  was  built  to  a  preconceived 
plan.  There  was  no  patchwork,  no  inhar- 
monious combination.  Precisely  midway 
in  the  south  wall  was  a  recess.  In  another 
recess  near  the  southwest  corner  was  a 
fossil  palm  leaf.  This  strikingly  resembles 
the  rays  of  the  sun,  and  together  with  a 
figure  of  the  sun  in  the  floor,  suggests  that 
the  building  was  a  Sun  Temple.  There  is 
nothing  to  indicate  that  it  was  used  or 
intended  to  be  used  as  a  dwelling-place. 
171 


four  Rational  parity 

The  masonry  is  the  best  thus  far  found 
on  the  Mesa.  It  was  laid  with  mortar  of 
tough,  enduring  clay.  The  stones  of  the 
walls  and  partitions  were  small  and  were 
cut,  many  polished,  and  a  few  decorated. 
The  figures  on  a  number  of  these  deco- 
rated stones  consist  of  triangles,  and  one 
is  the  outline  of  a  typical  cliff-house  door 
way.  The  outer  walls  are  double.  None 
have  outside  openings.  Perhaps  the  en- 
trances to  the  building  were  either  through 
the  roof  or  by  means  of  subterranean  pas- 
sageways from  the  face  of  the  cliff  just  in 
front  and  beneath. 

In  the  mound  upon  the  ruins  of  this 
building  was  found  a  living  tree  that  was 
more  than  three  hundred  and  sixty  years 
old.  A  long  period,  perhaps  several  hun- 
dred years,  must  have  been  required  for 
the  earthen  mound  to  accumulate  upon 
the  ruins,  and  then  three  hundred  and  sixty 
years  for  the  tree  to  grow.  Apparently 
the  SunTemple  must  have  been  abandoned 
several  hundred  years  ago,  perhaps  about 
172 


Bertie  Rational  $arft 

the  year  1300.  It  appears  never  to  have 
been  occupied,  and  probably  was  in  proc- 
ess of  being  completed  when  it  was  aban- 
doned. 

The  so-called  Cliff  Palace  in  Cliff  Canon 
is  centrally  located  in  the  Mesa  Verde 
National  Park.  This  was  a  stone  struc- 
ture more  than  three  hundred  feet  long 
and  with  more  than  two  hundred  rooms. 
It  appears  to  have  been  built  in  sections 
or  installments,  not  to  any  consecutive 
plan.  As  a  result,  in  this  one  building 
there  are  a  number  of  types  of  architecture. 
In  one  section  there  is  a  huge  square  tower 
four  stories  high;  in  an  adjoining  section, 
a  large  well-built  round  tower.  This  build- 
ing probably  was  a  home  for  scores  of 
people.  There  were  mill  rooms  in  which 
corn  was  ground,  storerooms,  ceremonial 
rooms,  probably  roorns  used  in  religious 
worship,  and  other  rooms  called  "kivas," 
which  appear  to  have  been  used  much  of 
the  time  by  the  men  as  lounging-places. 
Fireplaces,  were  scattered  throughout  the 
173 


Sour  Rational  parJM 

building.  Many  of  the  walls  were  of  cut 
stone,  and  some  were  plastered  and  adorned 
with  paintings.  Paint  still  shows  on  a 
number  of  walls. 

This  park  contains  other  large  stone 
structures  and  hundreds  of  smaller  cliff 
ruins.  Among  the  buildings,  besides  the 
Cliff  Palace,  are  the  Spruce  Tree  House, 
the  Balcony  House,  the  Tunnel  House, 
and  numerous  buildings  upon  the  surface. 
Near  Mummy  Lake  are  a  number  of  large, 
tree-grown  mounds,  similar  to  the  re- 
cently excavated  one  that  covered  the 
Sun  Temple.  Beneath  each  of  these  is  a 
buried  stone  structure.  Here,  apparently, 
is  a  buried  city. 


VIII 
ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  NATIONAL  PARK 

MAGNIFICENT  mountains  in  the  sky, 
peak  after  peak  along  the  horizon,  —  an 
inspiring  skyline,  —  such  is  the  setting 
of  the  Rocky  Mountain  National  Park. 
In  this  playground  is  a  twenty-five-mile 
stretch  of  the  most  rugged  section  of  the 
Continental  Divide.  Here  are  fifty  peaks 
with  summits  more  than  two  miles  high. 
From  one  hundred  miles  distant,  out  on 
the  plains  of  Colorado  or  Wyoming,  these 
snowy,  rugged  mountain-tops  give  one  a 
thrill  as  they  appear  to  join  with  the  clouds 
and  form  a  horizon  that  seems  to  be  a  part 
of  the  scenery  of  the  sky. 

Splendidly  grouped  with  these  peaks 
and  mountains  are  canons,  moorlands, 
waterfalls,  glaciers,  lakes,  forests,  mea- 
dows, and  wild  flowers  —  the  Rocky 
Mountains  are  at  their  best. 
175 


Sour  Rational  $arJM 

On  approaching  the  Park  by  the  east 
entrance,  through  the  long-famed  Estes 
Park  region,  even  the  dullest  traveler  is 
thrilled  with  the  first  glimpse,  and  those 
who  frequently  behold  it  find  the  scene  as 
welcome  as  a  favorite  old  song.  From  the 
entrance,  one  looks  down  on  an  irregular, 
undulating,  green  mountain  meadow,  miles 
in  extent.  This  is  Estes  Park.  Great  pines 
are  scattered  over  it,  singly  and  in  groves; 
rocky  points  and  cliffs  rise  picturesquely 
in  the  midst;  and  the  Big  Thompson  River, 
sweeping  in  great  folds  from  side  to 
side,  goes  majestically  across.  High,  forest- 
walled  mountains  surround  it,  and  the 
great  jagged  snowy  range  stands  splen- 
didly above. 

The  Rocky  Mountain  Park  is  glorified 
with  transcendent  forms  of  the  beautiful 
and  the  sublime.  In  it  bees  hum  and 
beavers  build;  birds  give  melody  to  the 
forest  depth,  and  butterflies  with  painted 
wings  circle  the  sunny  air.  Mountain  sheep 
in  classic  poses  watch  from  the  cliffs, 


Q^ouutain  Rational  park 

eagles  soar  in  the  blue,  speckled  trout 
sprinkle  the  clear  streams,  and  the  varied 
voice  of  the  coyote  echoes  when  the  after- 
glow falls.  From  top  to  bottom  the  park 
is  beautified  with  dainty,  exquisite  wild 
flowers  of  brightest  hues;  they  crowd  the 
streams,  wave  on  the  hills,  shine  in  wood- 
land vistas,  and  color  snow-edges  every- 
where. 

This  Park  has  an  area  of  about  three 
hundred  and  sixty  square  miles.  Its  ter- 
raced alpine  heights  are  about  equally  di- 
vided between  the  Atlantic  and  the  Pacific 
slopes.  It  is  twenty- five  miles  long,  from 
twelve  to  twenty  miles  wide,  and  about 
one  mile  high  from  lowest  to  highest  alti- 
tudes. 

The  greater  part  of  the  Park  lies  above 
the  altitude  of  nine  thousand  feet.  Its  south- 
east corner  is  within  forty  miles  of  Denver; 
the  northeast  corner  about  the  same  dis- 
tance from  Cheyenne.  A  number  of  rail- 
roads run  close  to  it,  and  the  Lincoln  High- 
way is  about  twenty  miles  away.  The  Park 
177 


Sour  Rational 

is  only  thirty  hours  from  Chicago,  and  its 
accessibility  adds  to  its  invitingness  as  a 
playground. 

Side  by  side  in  it  are  two  dominating 
peaks.  These  are  Long's  Peak,  14,255  feet 
high,  and  Mount  Meeker,  14,000  feet  above 
the  sea.  These  great  summits  were  a  land- 
mark for  the  primitive  red  man  who  saw 
them  from  the  plains.  For  generations  the 
plains  Indians  spoke  of  them  as  the* 'Two 
Guides." 

Viewed  as  a  whole  from  a  neighboring 
mountain- top,  either  on  the  eastern  or  the 
western  side,  the  Park  presents  an  impos- 
ing appearance.  My  favorite  near-by  view- 
point is  the  summit  of  the  Twin  Sister 
Peaks. 

In  commenting  on  the  appearance  of  the 
eastern  slope  Dr.  Ferdinand  V.  Hayden,  the 
celebrated  geologist,  wrote  as  follows:  — 

Not  only  has  Nature  amply  supplied  this 
with  features  of  rare  beauty  and  surroundings 
of  admirable  grandeur,  but  it  has  thus  dis- 
tributed them  that  the  eye  of  an  artist  may 


fountain  Rational  pad* 

rest  with  perfect  satisfaction  on  the  complete 
picture  represented.  It  may  be  said,  perhaps, 
that  the  more  minute  details  of  the  scenery 
are  too  decorative  in  their  character,  showing, 
as  they  do,  the  irregular  picturesque  groups 
of  hills,  buttes,  products  of  erosion,  and  the 
finely  moulded  ridges  —  the  effect  is  pleasing 
in  the  extreme. 

Mountain-climbers  will  find  a  number 
of  towering  view-points.  Long's  Peak  is 
the  superior  one,  and  the  most  dominating 
single  feature  in  the  Park.  It  is  a  moun- 
tain of  striking  individuality  and  peculiar 
ruggedness,  though  not  extremely  difficult 
to  climb.  Standing  a  little  apart  from 
numbers  of  other  peaks,  it  is  placed  so  as 
to  command  rugged  near-by  views  as  well 
as  wonderful  far-reaching  vistas  that  van- 
ish in  the  light  and  shadow  of  distance. 
Among  the  other  peaks  that  climbers 
would  do  well  to  stand  upon  are  Mount 
Meeker,  Hague's  Peak,  and  Specimen 
Mountain.  Among  the  lower  peaks  that 
command  magnificent  scenes,  I  would  name 
Meadow  Mountain,  at  the  southern  end 
179 


four 

of  the  Park,  as  one  of  the  best.  Among 
other  excellent  views  are  those  from  Flat- 
Top  Mountain,  Gem  Lake,  Echo  Moun- 
tain, near  Grand  Lake,  and  a  number  of 
places  along  the  summit  of  Trail  Ridge. 

The  topography  of  the  Park  is  one  big 
glacial  story,  which  in  places  is  of  unusual 
interest.  This  fascinating  story  left  by  the 
Ice  King  is  for  the  most  part  well  preserved 
and  forms  one  of  the  Park's  chief  attrac- 
tions. Nowhere  in  America  are  glacial  rec- 
ords of  such  prominence  more  numerous, 
accessible,  and  easily  read. 

A  few  small  glaciers  remain  —  one  on 
the  eastern  slope  of  Long's  Peak,  and  An- 
drews, Sprague's,  and  Hallet  Glaciers  in 
the  north  half  of  the  eastern  slope.  These 
glaciers  are  mere  remnants,  but  none  the 
less  interesting. 

Altogether  there  are  more  than  one  hun- 
dred lakes  and  tarns  in  the  Park.  Most  of 
these  are  small,  but  each  has  its  peculiarly 
attractive  setting.  With  few  exceptions, 
these  lakes  repose  in  basins  of  solid  rock 
180 


=  2 

U  < 

O  H 


fountain  jjJatioual  $adt 

that  were  excavated  for  them  by  glacial 
action.  In  the  Park  are  also  many  stupen- 
dous moraines. 

Each  year  more  than  a  thousand  varie- 
ties of  wild  blossoms  give  color  and  charm 
to  this  favored  spot.  They  are  to  be 
counted  among  the  four  chief  attractions, 
the  other  three  being  Long's  Peak,  the  gla- 
ciation,  and  the  timber-line.  Of  the  bril- 
liantly colored  wild  flowers  many  take  on 
large  and  vigorous  form,  while  in  the  alpine 
moorlands  numerous  species  are  dwarfed 
and  low-growing.  A  few  bright  blossoms 
jewel  the  summits  of  the  highest  peaks. 
Flowers  grow  wherever  there  is  a  bit  of  soil 
for  them  to  live  in. 

On  the  summit  of  Long's  Peak,  nearly 
three  miles  up,  in  a  number  of  places  I  have 
seen  bright  primroses  and  polemonium, 
blue  mertensia  and  lavender-colored  phlox. 
There  are  ragged  wild  gardens  of  alpine 
flowers  nearly  thirteen  thousand  feet  above 
the  sea.  More  than  one  hundred  varieties 
of  flowers  brighten  the  ledges  of  the  cliffs, 
181 


Sour  Rational  parity 

fringe  the  snow-piles,  and  color  the  moor- 
lands of  the  heights  above  the  limits  of  tree 
growth.  The  alpine  blooms  that  live  in 
dry  or  wind-swept  places  are  dwarfed  and 
flattened.  They  keep  their  beauty  close  to 
the  earth.  Many  of  these  little  flowering 
people  are  so  greatly  dwarfed  that  the 
plant  with  its  leaf  and  blossom  does  not 
rise  a  quarter  of  an  inch  above  the  earth. 
Among  these  are  the  phlox,  harebell,  and 
the  columbine. 

The  Mariposa  lily's,  perhaps,  is  the  most 
classic  petal  in  the  Park.  Among  its  con- 
spicuous neighbors  are  the  fringed  gentian, 
the  silver-and-blue  columbine,  the  elab- 
orate calypso  orchid,  and  the  graceful 
harebell.  Among  the  other  abundant  and 
beautiful  blossoms  are  violets,  daisies, 
asters,  black-eyed  Susans,  paint-brushes, 
rock-roses,  pasque-flowers,  which  Helen 
Hunt  called  Maltese  kittens,  tiger  lilies, 
golden  pond-lilies,  and  anemones.  Many 
of  these  flowers  are  perfectly  formed  and 
carry  petals  of  cleanest,  deepest  color. 
182 


fountain  Rational  J)arft 

There  are  many  kinds  of  wild  life  in  the 
Park.  Mountain  sheep  probably  number 
several  hundreds.  Elk  are  increasing  in 
number;  so,  too,  are  deer,  which  are  al- 
ready common.  There  are  a  number  of 
black  bears,  possibly  a  few  remaining  griz- 
zlies, and  a  few  foxes,  wolves,  lions,  and 
coyotes.  The  beaver  population  is  numer- 
ous, and  in  many  places  are  extensive 
beaver  colonies  with  dams,  ponds,  and 
houses. 

Among  about  one  hundred  and  fifty 
species  of  birds  are  found  a  few  golden 
eagles.  These  nest  in  the  heights.  The 
rose-finch  and  the  ptarmigan  live  the  year 
round  near  the  snow-line  above  the  lim- 
its of  tree  growth.  Among  the  common 
birds  most  frequently  seen  are  the  robin, 
bluebird,  blackbird,  hummingbird,  pine 
siskin,  goldfinch,  magpie,  white-crowned 
sparrow,  house  wren,  and  Rocky  Moun- 
tain jay. 

During  the  flower-filled,  sun-flooded  days 
of  June,  while  the  evening  shadows  are 

183 


If  our  Rational  $arfi£ 

crossing  the  openings,  the  song  of  the  her- 
mit thrush  is  often  heard,  its  beautiful 
silvery  notes  mingling  strangely  with  the 
wild  surroundings.  In  June,  too,  the  ever- 
cheerful  water-ouzel  carols  most  intensely 
by  his  chosen  home  along  the  alpine 
streams.  Likewise  in  this  month  the  mar- 
velous solitaire  sings  among  the  crags  far 
up  the  slopes,  close  to  where  the  forest  ends 
and  the  alpine  moorlands  begin. 

Here  are  primeval  forests,  torn  by 
canons  and  pierced  by  crags  and  rock 
ridges.  Among  the  more  common  trees  are 
the  lodge-pole  pine  and  the  Engelmann 
spruce.  Other  species  are  the  alpine  fir, 
Douglas  spruce,  limber  pine,  and  Western 
yellow  pine.  The  aspen  is  found  in  groves, 
groups,  and  scattered  growths  in  the 
moister  places  all  over  the  woodland. 

The  timber-line  in  the  Park  is  one  of 
the  most  picturesque  and  interesting  in  the 
world.  It  is  strangely  appealing  and 
thought-compelling.  This  is  the  forest- 
frontier.  Its  average  altitude  is  about 
184 


fiochp  fountain  Rational  $arh 

eleven  thousand  five  hundred  feet  above 
the  sea.  Timber-line  in  the  Alps  is  only 
about  sixty-five  hundred  feet.  Thus  it 
will  be  seen  that  the  climate  of  this  Rocky 
Mountain  section  is  far  more  friendly  to 
wood  growth  than  that  of  the  Alps. 

The  trees  persistently  try  to  climb  up- 
ward, and  their  struggle  for  existence  be- 
comes deadly.  The  wind  blows  off  their 
arms,  and  cuts  them  with  flying  sand.  The 
cold  dwarfs  them,  and  for  nine  months  in 
the  year  the  snow  tries  to  twist  and  crush 
the  life  out  of  them.  Many  have  limbs  and 
bark  on  one  side  only ;  others  are  completely 
stripped  of  bark.  They  seldom  grow  over 
eight  feet  high,  and  numbers  grow  along 
the  ground  like  vines.  In  the  drier  places 
at  timber-line  the  limber  pine  has  sole  pos- 
session, while  in  the  moister  places  the 
Engelmann  spruce  predominates,  and  is 
sometimes  accompanied  by  dwarfed  aspen, 
birch,  subalpine  fir,  and  willow.  Above  the 
timber-line  are  crags,  snow-piles,  and  al- 
pine-flower meadows. 
185 


gout  ijJationai  $arft£ 

Traveling  along  the  eastern  slope  of  the 
Park,  one  encounters  a  number  of  promi- 
nent attractions. 

In  the  south,  Wild  Basin,  a  splendidly 
glaciated  realm  of  several  square  miles, 
almost  completely  surrounded  with  high 
peaks,  contains  lakes,  forests,  moraines,  and 
gorges.  It  retains  many  wild  glacial  rec- 
ords of  peculiar  interest.  North  of  it  is  the 
Long's  Peak  group,  consisting  of  Long's 
Peak,  Mount  Meeker,  Mount  Lady  Wash- 
ington, Chasm  Lake  and  Gorge,  and  Mills 
Moraine.  This  moraine  is  one  of  the  most 
interesting  in  the  park.  Chasm  Lake,  at 
the  foot  of  the  precipitous  eastern  slope  of 
Long's  Peak,  has  the  wildest  setting  of  all 
the  many  Park  lakes. 

To  the  east  of  Long's  Peak  lies  Tahosa 
Valley,  and  just  beyond  this  rise  the  Twin 
Sister  Peaks.  Between  Long's  Peak  and 
the  Range  is  Glacier  Gorge,  a  deep  glaci- 
ated canon.  At  the  end  of  this,  in  the  Con- 
tinental Divide,  is  the  Loch  Vale  region. 
Here  the  terraced  floor  is  varied  with  tarns, 
186 


fountain  Rational  Jparlt 

waterfalls,  flowery  meadows,  grassy  spaces, 
and  storm-battered  trees.  Around  it  and 
rising  above  it  are  stupendous  cliffs  and 
precipices  of  glaciated  rock.  Above  it  to 
the  west  is  Andrews  Glacier.  Eastward 
from  it  lies  the  Bierstadt  Moraine,  named 
after  Albert  Bierstadt,  whose  pictures 
gave  fame  to  the  region.  A  trail  crosses 
the  Continental  Divide  from  Flat-Top 
Mountain,  which  is  approximately  in  the 
center  of  the  Park. 

To  the  north  of  Flat-Top  Mountain  lie 
Fern  and  Odessa  Lakes.  They  are  the 
best-known  and  most  popular  lakes  in  the 
Park,  but  there  are  a  number  of  others 
of  somewhat  similar  character  and  with 
equally  scenic  surroundings.  Beyond  these 
is  Sprague's  Glacier;  also  Forest  Canon, 
above  which  extends  the  scene-command- 
ing Trail  Ridge.  Again  beyond,  the  Fall 
River  automobile  road  crosses  the  Conti- 
nental Divide. 

In  the  northeast  corner  of  the  Park  lies 
the  Mummy  Range,  the  highest  peak  be- 
187 


Sour  Rational  $arfe£ 

ing  Hague's.  On  its  northern  slope  is  Hal- 
let  Glacier.  A  bill  now  (1917)  before  Con- 
gress provides  that  Deer  Mountain,  Gem 
Lake,  and  the  Twin  Sister  Peaks  be  added 
to  the  Park.1 

On  the  western  slope,  at  the  south  end, 
is  a  combination  of  lovely  and  magnificent 
scenes.  The  great  feature  on  the  west  side 
is  Grand  Lake,  the  largest  lake  in  Colo- 
rado. It  is  the  source  of  the  Grand  River, 
and  furnishes  a  part  of  the  water  that  roars 
through  the  Grand  Canon  of  the  Colorado 
in  Arizona.  The  North  Inlet  and  the  East 
Inlet  are  scenic  gorges  through  which 
streams  rush  from  the  heights  down  into 
Grand  Lake.  The  East  Inlet  region,  be- 
tween Shoshone  Peak  and  Grand  Lake, 
has  a  remarkable  glacial  story  of  its  own. 

In  the  northwest  corner  of  the  Park 
stands  Specimen  Mountain,  an  excellent 
view-point.  This  is  probably  a  sleeping 
volcano.  It  is  the  most  famous  mountain- 

1  This  bill  passed  after  the  above  was  in  type.  See 
map  of  the  Park. 

188 


FERN   LAKE 
ROCKY  MOUNTAIN   NATIONAL  PARK 


fountain  Rational  $arft 

sheep  range  in  the  Park.  Its  grassy  slopes 
and  summit  contain  spaces  of  salty  ooze 
that  attracts  them.  Many  times  I  have 
seen  a  flock  of  one  hundred  or  more  in  the 
crater. 


IX 
THE  GRAND  CANON 

JOHN  MUIR  strongly  urged  that  a 
National  Park  be  made  of  the  Grand 
Canon  of  the  Colorado.  In  commenting 
on  this  Titan  of  canons,  he  said:  — 

No  matter  how  far  you  have  wandered 
hitherto,  or  how  many  famous  valleys  and 
gorges  you  have  seen,  this  one,  the  Grand 
Canon  of  the  Colorado,  will  seem  as  novel  to 
you,  as  unearthly  in  the  color  and  grandeur 
and  quantity  of  its  architecture,  as  if  you  had 
found  it  after  death,  on  some  other  star;  so 
incomparably  lovely  and  grand  and  supreme 
is  it  above  all  the  other  canons. 

It  is  hoped  that  Congress  will  early 
create  a  Grand  Canon  National  Park.  The 
territory  most  seriously  considered  em- 
braces a  hundred-mile  stretch  of  the  canon 
with  a  narrow  bit  of  each  rim.  This  would 
extend  about  fifty  miles  up  and  an  equal 
distance  down  the  river  from  Grand  Canon 
190 


Cf)c  oBranfc  Canon 

Station.  It  would  thus  include  only  about 
half  the  length  of  the  Grand  Canon,  and 
no  part  of  any  other  canon.  I  should  like 
to  see  it  extended  another  hundred  miles 
up  the  river.  It  would  then  embrace  not 
less  than  two  hundred  miles  of  the  river, 
and  would  include  Marble  Canon  and  a 
part  of  Glen  Canon.  But,  whatever  its 
length,  it  should  include  a  broad  forest 
border  all  the  way,  on  both  rims  of  the 
canon. 

To  enable  the  public  to  see  this  titanic 
gorge  in  the  most  comfortable  manner  and 
from  the  best  points  of  view,  it  is  necessary 
to  have  more  public  roads  and  trails.  There 
is  great  need  that  this  unmatched  wonder 
have  National  Park  protection  and  de- 
velopment. At  present  the  main  trail  to  the 
bottom  of  the  canon  is  a  private  toll  trail! 

Visitors  to  almost  any  great  scene  are 
wont  to  compare  it  with  some  other  scene; 
it  reminds  them  of  this  place  or  that  place. 
But  when  one  first  views  Crater  Lake,  or 
while  one  is  in  the  presence  of  the  Big  Trees 
191 


Sour  Rational  $arfeg 

for  the  first  time,  memory  is  suspended; 
and  when  one  first  beholds  the  Grand 
Canon,  it  does  not  remind  him  of  this  or 
that — it  completely  possesses  the  observer, 
sweeps  other  scenes  and  places  out  of  mind. 
Presently  comes  desire  for  a  thousandfold 
capacity  of  feeling  and  comprehension.  The 
thing  is  too  vast  and  splendid  for  ordinary 
faculties. 

I  have  boated  in  many  of  the  canons  of 
the  Colorado  and  have  camped  and  tramped 
along  their  rims.  Often  I  have  looked  down 
into  them  when  they  were  filled  with  mists; 
when  broken  clouds  hung  over  them ;  when 
sunshine  or  moonlight  illumined  their 
depths,  from  which  I  have  looked  forth 
under  like  conditions.  But  to  me,  whether 
in  summer  or  when  snow  piles  the  rim,  the 
Grand  Canon  never  loses  its  intense  im- 
pressiveness. 

The  Walhalla  Plateau  is  an  extraordi- 
nary canon  view-point  and  is  likely  to  be- 
come one  of  the  most  famous  places  on  the 
earth.  This  narrow  plateau  thrusts  ten 
192 


By  permission  of  the  National  Park  Service,  Department  of  the  Interior 

LOOKING  WEST  FROM   NORTH   SIDE  OF  GRAND  CANON 
Point  Sublime  to  right  in  distance.     Isis  Temple  on  left. 


€tjc  43ranfc  Canon 

miles  out  into  the  vast,  deep,  airy  Grand 
Canon.  It  extends  from  the  north  rim,  be- 
tween Bright  Angel  Canon  and  the  inside 
bend  of  the  main  canon  opposite  the  Canon 
of  the  Little  Colorado.  A  most  command- 
ing peninsula  it  is,  with  wide  and  enor- 
mous depths  sweeping  almost  entirely 
around  it.  Other  commanding  view-points 
on  the  north  rim  are  Point  Sublime  and 
Bright  Angel  Point.  Three  excellent  view- 
points on  the  south  rim  are  Grand  View, 
Hopi  Point,  and  the  El  Tovar.  Grand 
View  is  a  few  miles  up  the  river  from  the 
El  Tovar  Hotel,  and  opposite  Cape  Royal 
of  the  Walhalla  Plateau. 

The  Colorado  River  in  Arizona  flows 
through  a  series  of  twenty  vast  canons  that 
have  a  length  of  about  one  thousand  miles. 
Most  of  them  are  end  to  end  with  only  a 
mere  break  between.  Of  these,  the  Grand 
Canon  is  the  canon  of  canons.  Counting 
downstream,  it  is  the  eighteenth  of  the 
series;  counting  upstream,  the  third.  The 
canon  is  from  seven  to  fifteen  miles  wide, 
193 


flour 

and  from  four  thousand  to  six  thousand 
feet  deep.  It  is  an  enormous  gulf  two  hun- 
dred miles  long,  in  solid  rock.  Less  than 
one  thousand  feet  across  at  the  bottom,  and 
eight  to  ten  miles  across  at  the  top,  it  may 
be  called  a  rough  V-shaped  gorge;  or,  to- 
gether with  its  tributary  canons,  it  might 
be  called  an  inverted  hollow  mountain- 
range.  This  range,  if  turned  out  upon  the 
plateau,  would  measure  in  places  more 
than  two  hundred  miles  in  length  and  nearly 
forty  miles  in  width,  with  summits  rising 
nearly  seven  thousand  feet;  and  it  would 
be  diversified  with  ridges,  gorges,  plateaus, 
spurs,  and  peaks. 

The  Grand  Canon  of  the  Colorado  is  a 
masterpiece  of  erosion  —  a  wonderful  story 
carved  in  rock.  It  was  excavated  and 
washed  out  by  the  river.  It  is  not  an  ordi- 
nary mountain  canon,  for  it  lies  in  a  com- 
paratively level  plain  or  plateau.  During 
the  ages,  the  debris-laden  water  sliding  over 
its  inclined  bed  of  solid  rock  dug,  sawed, 
and  cut  the  canon  to  the  bottom.  The  river 
194 


<8ran&  Canon 

not  only  carried  away  all  the  material  worn 
from  the  bottom,  but  the  thousandfold 
more  that  tumbled  into  it  from  the  ever- 
caving  walls. 

Here  is  color  in  magnificent  array.  Most 
of  the  strata  are  perfectly  horizontal  and  of 
great  thickness,  and  each  has  an  individual 
color.  Many  of  the  walls  are  brown  or  red, 
and  there  are  strata  of  gray,  yellow,  gray- 
ish brown,  and  grayish  green.  All  these  are 
massed  and  arranged  in  vast  and  broken 
color  pictures  and  landscapes,  some  of 
which  are  a  mile  high  and  several  miles  in 
length. 

The  top,  or  rim,  of  the  canon  is  in  an  ex- 
tensive arid  region.  Water  is  extremely 
scarce;  in  a  number  of  places  not  a  drop  is 
available  within  miles.  If  a  boatman  is 
wrecked  in  the  canon,  he  has  little  oppor- 
tunity of  escaping.  If  he  should  manage  to 
climb  out  on  the  desolate,  almost  unin- 
habited plateau,  he  would  be  likely  to 
perish  for  lack  of  water. 

The  canon  has  a  climate  of  its  own.  In 
195 


Sour  Rational  35arfc£ 

the  bottom,  the  temperature  frequently 
shows  a  range  of  one  hundred  degrees  in- 
side of  twenty-four  hours.  Its  great  depth 
and  peculiar  wall  exposure  give  it  a  cli- 
matic variety.  The  walls  that  face  the 
north  are  much  cooler  than  those  facing  the 
south.  The  temperature  at  the  top  differs 
from  that  at  the  bottom,  and  midway  on 
the  walls  is  a  temperature  distinct  from 
either  of  the  others.  On  the  rim  at  El 
Tovar  it  may  be  a  winter  day ;  you  descend 
to  the  river  and  there  find  a  mild  climate, 
with  birds  singing  and  flowers  in  bloom. 
The  six  thousand  feet  of  descent  to  the 
river  gives  a  climatic  change  that  approxi- 
mates a  southern  journey  of  two  thousand 
miles.  This  plateau  is  forested  and  on  the 
northern  rim  of  the  canon  the  tree-growth 
is  heavy. 

Flowers  bloom  in  the  canon  every  month 
in  the  year.  In  the  niches  and  on  the  ter- 
races are  the  columbine,  lupine,  stonecrop, 
kinnikinnick,  dandelion,  thistle,  and  paint- 
brush. Sagebrush  and  greasewood  occur 
196 


Canon 

in  many  places.  The  Douglas  spruce  is 
found  upon  the  southern  wall,  the  cotton- 
wood  and  willow  in  the  bottom.  Beavers, 
a  few  deer,  many  rabbits,  wildcats,  and 
wolves  are  found  in  a  few  places  in  the  bot- 
tom of  the  canon,  and  sheep  and  lions  upon 
the  terraces.  But  the  larger  part  of  the  un- 
broken and  terraced  walls  is  barren  and 
lifeless. 

Among  the  birds  that  gladden  this  gorge 
are  the  mockingbird,  pinon  jay,  robin, 
quail,  hummingbird,  kingfisher,  swallow, 
and  owl.  Here,  too,  you  will  hear  that  me- 
lodious and  hopeful  singer  the  canon  wren. 
Over  this  vast  gulf  butterflies  with  daintily 
colored  wings  float  in  lovely  laziness. 

In  a  number  of  the  canons,  ruined  cliff 
houses  are  numerous,  and  a  few  of  these  are 
found  far  north  in  Glen  Canon.  The  walls, 
in  places,  are  marked  with  picture  writing. 
This  probably  was  the  work  of  the  cliff 
dwellers  or  of  the  Indians. 

Much  of  the  canon  region  may  well  be 
called  the  "No  Man's  Land"  of  the  conti- 
197 


four  Rational  $arft£ 

nent.  In  it  are  a  numerous  and  assorted 
lot  of  men  with  unknown  histories.  Min- 
gling with  these  are  Indians,  miners,  health- 
seekers,  and  strange  and  interesting  char- 
acters, among  whom  are  aged  trappers  and 
prospectors  and  real  cowboys  who  have 
survived  the  days  of  adventures. 

Water  is  the  great  sculptor  of  the  face  of 
nature.  The  gentle  raindrop  grapples  with 
mountains  of  solid  rock,  and  with  never- 
ending  persistence  drags  them  piecemeal 
into  the  sea.  Here  the  material  is  rede- 
posited  in  sedimentary  strata,  and  this  may 
emerge  into  the  light  in  the  ages  yet  to  be. 

A  narrow  ditch  in  the  earth  will  widen  by 
the  caving-in  of  its  sides.  If  the  ditch  be 
deepened,  the  caved-in  matter  being  re- 
moved, it  will  continue  to  widen.  And  so  it 
is  with  this  canon;  the  weathering  or  the 
caving-in  of  these  walls  goes  ever  on.  The 
sharpness  of  the  walls,  and  many  of  their 
striking  features,  are  due  to  the  peculiar 
climatic  conditions  that  exist  in  this  re- 
gion —  the  short  rainy  seasons  and  long  dry 
198 


Ctje  43raufc  Canon 

periods.  Had  there  been  a  more  even  and 
abundant  precipitation,  it  is  probable  that 
more  vegetation  would  have  been  produced, 
which  would  have  had  a  marked  influence 
upon  the  walls,  giving  them  a  more  rounded 
and  less  interesting  form. 

The  canon  broadens  with  the  years.  Cut 
narrow  by  the  river,  it  has  gradually  wid- 
ened by  the  caving-in  of  the  walls.  If  it  had 
remained  as  the  river  cut  it,  it  would  now 
be  as  narrow  at  the  top  as  it  is  in  the  bot- 
tom —  a  canon  about  a  mile  deep,  only  a 
few  hundred  feet  wide,  and  with  perpendic- 
ular walls.  As  it  is,  the  walls  rise  through 
a  series  of  shattered  inclines,  precipitous 
slopes  and  terraces,  with  here  and  there  a 
vertical  section. 

Well  may  the  Canon  of  the  Colorado  be 
called  the  greatest  inanimate  wonder  in  the 
world.  Written  in  the  exposed  and  remain- 
ing rock-strata  through  which  the  river  has 
cut  its  way  is  a  wonderful  story  of  the  past, 
a  marvelous  and  splendid  romance.  At  an 
enormously  remote  time  the  Grand  Canon 
199 


Hour  jiJationai  $arh£ 

plateau  rose  from  the  primeval  sea.  After 
long  exposure  and  great  weathering  it 
sank  back,  remained  submerged  for  ages, 
and  thousands  of  feet  of  strata  were  de- 
posited upon  it.  Again  it  emerged,  was  ex- 
posed "a  million  years  and  a  day,"  during 
which  aeon  thousands  of  feet  of  strata  were 
eroded  away.  Again  it  went  down  into  the 
sea,  and  upon  it  were  piled  thousands  of 
feet  of  additional  strata.  A  fourth  time  it 
rose  slowly  above  the  water.  As  this  pla- 
teau was  rising,  its  surface  was  acted  upon 
by  the  elements.  The  part  of  the  plateau 
surrounding  the  Grand  Canon  proper  was 
the  scene  of  repeated  volcanic  action  and 
earthquake  disturbance.  Here  the  strata 
have  been  subjected  to  repeated  faul tings, 
heavings,  tiltings,  and  lava-flows.  This  up- 
lift imprisoned  an  enormous  Eocene  lake 
that  occupied  much  of  what  is  now  the 
Colorado  River  basin.  This  lake  the  river 
drained.  The  drainage  was  quite  probably 
caused  by  the  fact  that  the  eastern  part  of 
the  territory  was  uplifted  higher  than  the 
200 


€i)e  43ranfc  Canon 

western.  The  drainage-system  of  the  Colo- 
rado River,  as  we  now  know  it,  began  at 
that  time  to  take  on  form  and  its  waters 
started  to  cut  the  canon.  This  crude  out- 
line covers  cycling  ages,  and  probably  rep- 
resents millions  of  years. 

Through  several  thousand  years  the 
plateau  slowly  rose,  and  all  this  time  the 
river  was  gradually  cutting  its  way  down 
into  it.  Finally  the  plateau  ceased  to  rise 
and  long  remained  at  a  standstill.  After 
cutting  down  to  its  first  base  level,  the 
river  had  so  little  fall  that  its  waters,  over- 
laden with  debris,  ceased  deepening  the 
channel.  The  widening  of  the  canon  went 
steadily  on.  Again  the  plateau  slowly  rose, 
perhaps  two  thousand  feet.  This  uplift 
increased  the  fall  of  the  river  and  again  set 
it  to  deepening  its  channel,  a  work  it  is  still 
doing. 

The  waters  of  the  Colorado  River  are 

heavily  laden  with  sediment.    During  the 

ages  it  has  transported  an  inconceivable 

bulk  of  eroded  material  to  the  ocean.  Much 

201 


Hour  |£ational  $arhg 

of  this  has  come  from  its  three  hundred 
thousand  square  miles  of  mountainous 
drainage  basin  and  all  the  material  which 
formerly  occupied  the  vast  spaces  of  its 
numerous  canons.  Continual  caving  of  the 
walls  compels  the  river  to  spend  most  of 
its  time  and  energy  in  breaking  up  this 
d£bris  and  carrying  it  forward  to  the  sea. 
This  condition  has  existed  for  thousands 
of  years. 

It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  trans- 
porting capacity  of  running  water  varies 
as  the  sixth  power  of  its  velocity.  There- 
fore when  a  stream  doubles  its  velocity  it 
is  competent  to  move  particles  sixty-four 
times  greater  than  before.  If  its  rate  of 
flow  is  trebled,  its  transporting  power  is 
increased  seven  hundred  and  twenty-nine 
times.  This  goes  to  explain  the  frightful 
havoc  of  streams  at  times  of  flood. 

The  tributary  streams  of  the  Colorado 
come  from  arid  regions  and  from  the  des- 
erts, and  are  subject  to  sudden  violent 
cloud-bursts  and  enormous  floods.  Though 
202 


3Tfjc  oSranfc  Canon 

these  are  of  short  duration,  they  are  of 
tremendous  force.  Earthy  matter,  rocky 
debris,  and  ofttimes  hundreds  of  trees  are 
swept  along  by  the  waters  that  rush  in  from 
side  canons  like  an  awful  avalanche.  Lodged 
driftwood  over  one  hundred  feet  above 
normal  river-level  tells  of  the  magnitude  of 
these  wild  floods. 

Where  a  stream  has  all  the  load  of  any 
given  degree  of  fineness  that  it  is  capable 
of  carrying,  the  entire  energy  of  the  de- 
scending water  is  consumed  by  the  trans- 
portation of  the  water  and  its  burden,  so 
that  none  is  applied  to  erosion.  If  it  has  an 
excess  of  load,  its  velocity  is  thereby  les- 
sened and  its  power  to  transport  is  dimin- 
ished; consequently  a  part  of  its  load  is 
dropped.  If  it  has  less  than  a  full  load,  it  is 
in  a  condition  to  receive  more,  which  it 
eagerly  does.  Thereby  its  bed  is  swept 
clean,  and  then  only  does  erosion  become 
possible.  Thus  it  is  seen  that  the  work  of 
transportation  may  at  times  monopolize 
the  entire  energy  of  a  stream  to  the  exclu- 
203 


If  our  iJJational  $arh£ 

sion  of  erosion;  or  the  two  works  may  be 
carried  forward  at  the  same  time. 

The  rapidity  of  erosion  depends  upon  the 
hardness,  size,  and  number  of  the  fragments 
in  the  flowing  water,  upon  the  durability 
of  the  stream-bed,  and  upon  the  velocity 
of  the  current,  the  element  of  velocity  being 
of  double  importance,  since  it  determines 
not  only  the  size  but  the  speed  of  the  parti- 
cle with  which  it  works.  Transportation  is 
favored  by  an  increased  water-supply  as 
much  as  by  increased  declivity,  because 
when  a  stream  increases  in  volume  the  in- 
crease in  its  velocity  outruns  the  increase 
in  volume,  and  its  transporting  power  is 
correspondingly  augmented.  It  is  due  to 
this  that  a  stream  which  is  subject  to  floods 
—  periodical  or  otherwise  —  has  a  much 
greater  transporting  power  than  it  could 
possess  were  its  total  water-supply  evenly 
distributed  throughout  the  year. 

During  one  period  of  volcanic  activity 
the  focus  of  lava-flows  into  the  canon  was 
at  Lava  Falls.  A  number  of  lava-streams 
204 


Canon 

burst  directly  into  the  canon  through  the 
walls,  while  several  flows  poured  their  fiery 
floods  over  the  brink.  What  a  wild  and 
spectacular  condition  existed  while  the 
river,  deep  in  the  canon,  received  these  trib- 
utaries of  liquid  fire!  When  the  flow  ceased, 
the  canon  for  sixty  miles  was  filled  with 
lava  to  the  depth  of  about  five  hundred 
feet.  The  lava  cooled,  and  in  time  was 
eroded  away.  The  records  of  this  spectac- 
ular story  are  still  easily  read. 

Through  these  thousand  miles  of  canon, 
more  than  one  fifth  of  which  is  the  Grand 
Canon,  the  river  has  a  fall  of  about  five 
thousand  feet,  unevenly  divided.  There 
are  long  stretches  of  quiet  water,  but  in 
the  Lodore,  Cataract,  Marble,  and  Grand 
Canons  are  numerous  and  turbulent  cur- 
rents flowing  amid  masses  of  wild,  rocky 
debris.  There  are  about  five  hundred  bad 
rapids  and  many  others  of  lesser  power. 
Most  of  these  rapids  are  caused  by  rock- 
jams  —  dams  formed  by  masses  of  rocky 
debris  that  have  fallen  from  the  walls  above 
205 


gour  Rational  3Dark£ 

or  have  been  swept  into  the  main  canon  by 
tributary  streams.  A  few  rapids  are  caused 
by  ribs  of  hard,  resistant  rock  that  have  not 
been  worn  down  to  the  level  of  the  softer 
rock. 

The  canon  was  discovered  by  Spaniards 
in  1540.  A  government  expedition  visited 
it  in  1859.  The  report  of  this  expedition, 
printed  in  1861,  is  accompanied  with  a 
picture  of  an  ideal  canon.  It  is  shown  as 
narrow,  with  appallingly  high  vertical 
walls.  Lieutenant  Ives,  who  was  in  charge, 
thus  closes  his  account:  — 

Ours  has  been  the  first  and  will  doubtless  be 
the  last  party  of  Whites  to  visit  this  profitless 
location.  It  seems  intended  by  Nature  that 
the  Colorado  River,  along  the  greater  portion 
of  its  lonely  and  majestic  way,  shall  be  forever 
unvisited  and  undisturbed. 

Ten  years  later  Major  John  W.  Powell 
explored  the  series  of  canons  from  end  to 
end.  Hundreds  of  expeditions  that  have 
attempted  to  go  through  them  have  failed. 
Of  the  half-dozen  that  succeeded,  one  was 
206 


Canon 

organized  and  conducted  by  Julius  F. 
Stone,  a  manufacturer  of  Columbus,  Ohio. 
"Why,"  I  asked  Mr.  Stone,  "did  you 
take  the  hazard  and  endure  the  acute  hard- 
ship of  this  expedition?  "  His  reply  was :  — 

To  photograph  consecutively  the  entire 
canon  system  of  the  Green  and  Colorado 
Rivers,  which,  so  far  as  the  upper  canons  are 
concerned,  had  not  yet  been  done.  We  also 
wished  to  determine  the  accuracy  of  some 
statements  heretofore  made  which  seemed 
reasonably  open  to  question. 

Mr.  Stone  went  all  the  way  through  the 
canon,  took  hundreds  of  photographs,  and 
made  numerous  measurements.  He  made 
a  thorough  study  of  this  canon,  added 
greatly  to  our  knowledge  of  it,  and  cor- 
rected a  number  of  misconceptions  con- 
cerning it. 

But  [continued  Mr.  Stone]  it  was  also  to  get 
away  from  work!  For  the  fun  of  the  thing! 
Year  after  year  the  voice  of  many  waters 
had  said:  "Come  join  us  in  our  joyous,  bois- 
terous journey  to  the  sea,  and  you  shall  know 
the  ecstasy  of  wrestling  with  Nature  naked- 
handed  and  in  the  open,  as  befits  the  measure 
207 


Hour  Rational  $atfc£ 

of  a  man."  It  takes  on  many  forms  and  num- 
berless variations,  this  thing  called  play.  Its 
appealing  voices  come  from  far  and  near,  in 
waking  and  in  dreams;  from  quiet,  peaceful 
places  they  allure  with  the  assurance  of  longed- 
for  rest;  from  the  deeps  of  unfrequented  re- 
gions they  whisper  of  eager  day-  and  night- 
time hours  brimming  with  the  fullness  of 
heart's  desire,  while  bugle-throated,  their  chal- 
lenge sounds  forever  from  every  unsealed 
height. 

I  presume  it  is  quite  true  that  the  chance  of 
disaster  (provided  we  consider  death  as  being 
such)  followed  us  like  the  eyes  of  the  forest 
that  note  every  move  of  the  intruder  but  never 
reveal  themselves.  But  somehow  or  other  the 
snarling  threat  of  the  rapids  did  not  creep 
into  the  little  red  hut  where  fear  lives,  and 
so  burden  our  task  with  irresolution  or  the 
handicap  of  indecision;  therefore,  whatever 
dangers  may  have  danced  invisible  attend- 
ance on  our  daily  toil,  they  rarely  revealed 
themselves  in  the  form  of  accident,  and  never 
in  the  shape  of  difficulties  too  great  to  be 
overcome,  though  sometimes  the  margin  was 
rather  small. 

Looking  back  now  at  the  chance  of  our 
having  been  caught,  a  shade  of  hesitation  flits 
over  the  abiding  desire  to  see  it  all  again,  but 
the  free,  buoyant  life  of  the  open,  un vexed  by 

208 


€I)e  <&ran&  Canon 

the  sedate  and  superfluous  trifles  of  conven- 
tionality, the  spirit  of  fair  companionship 
vouchsafed  by  the  wilderness,  and  the  river 
that  seemed  to  take  us  by  the  hand  and  lead 
us  down  its  gorgeous  aisles  where  grandeur, 
glory,  and  desolation  are  all  merged  into  one 
—  these  still  are  as  a  voice  and  a  vision  that 
hold  the  imagination  with  singular  enchant- 
ment. 

Any  one  interested  in  the  geology  of  the 
Grand  Canon  will  find  much  in  the  books 
of  Powell  and  Dellenbaugh,  but  best  of  all 
are  the  recent  reports  of  the  Geological 
Survey.  For  glimpses  of  the  interesting 
characters  who  frequent  this  region,  and 
for  a  sober  account  of  an  array  of  Grand 
Canon  adventures,  nothing  equals  the 
narrative  in  "  Through  the  Grand  Canon 
from  Wyoming  to  Mexico/'  by  Ellsworth 
L.  Kolb. 

Professor  John  C.  Van  Dyke,  author  of 
"The  Desert,"  has  most  ably  summed  up 
the  Grand  Canon  in  three  monumental 
sentences:  "More  mysterious  in  its  depth 
than  the  Himalayas  in  their  height.  .  .  . 
209 


Hour  Rational  $arftg 

The  Grand  Canon  remains  not  the  eighth 
but  the  first  wonder  of  the  world.  There 
is  nothing  like  it." 

The  land  of  form,  the  realm  of  music 
and  of  song  —  running,  pouring,  rushing, 
rhythmic  waters;  but  preeminently  a  land 
of  color:  flowing  red,  yellow,  orange,  crim- 
son and  purplish,  green  and  blue.  Miles 
of  black  and  white.  This  riot  and  regular- 
ity and  vast  distribution  of  color  in  contin- 
ual change  —  it  glows  and  is  subdued  with 
the  shift  of  shadows,  with  the  view-point 
of  the  sun. 


X 

LASSEN  VOLCANIC  NATIONAL  PARK 

AN  active  volcano  is  the  imposing  ex- 
hibit in  the  Lassen  Volcanic  National  Park. 
The  fiery  Lassen  Peak  rises  in  the  midst 
of  telling  volcanic  records  that  have  been 
made  and  changed  through  many  thou- 
sand years. 

This  Park  is  in  northern  California.  It 
is  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  south 
of  the  Crater  Lake  National  Park.  The 
territory  embraces  the  southern  end  of 
the  Cascade  Mountains,  the  northern  end 
of  the  Sierra,  and  through  it  is  the  cross- 
connection  between  the  Sierra  and  the 
Coast  Range.  The  area  is  about  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty-five  square  miles.  The 
major  portion  of  the  Park  lies  at  an  alti- 
tude of  between  six  thousand  and  eight 
thousand  feet,  the  lowest  part  being  about 
four  thousand  feet,  while  the  highest  point, 
211 


gout  |j5ational 

the  summit  of  Lassen  Peak,  is  10,437  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea.  The  Park  is 
reached  by  automobile  roads.  It  is  easily 
accessible  from  the  Southern  Pacific  Rail- 
road in  the  upper  Sacramento  Valley,  and 
from  the  Western  Pacific  Railroad  on  the 
Feather  River. 

The  scientific  and  scenic  merits  of  this 
territory  were  of  such  uncommon  order 
that  in  1907  they  were  reserved  in  the 
Mount  Lassen  and  Cinder  Cone  National 
Monuments.  Both  these  reservations  are 
now  merged  into  the  Lassen  Volcanic 
National  Park. 

Lassen  Peak  is  one  of  the  great  vol- 
canoes of  the  Pacific  Coast.  Most  of  the 
material  in  it,  and  that  of  the  surrounding 
territory,  appears  to  be  of  volcanic  origin. 
It  is  in  the  margin  of  one  of  the  largest 
lava-fields  in  the  world.  The  lava  in  this 
vast  field  extends  northward  through  west- 
ern Oregon  and  Washington  and  far 
eastward,  including  southern  Idaho  and 
the  Yellowstone  National  Park.  It  has 
212 


tDolcanic  Rational  $arfc 

an  area  of  about  two  hundred  and  fifty 
thousand  square  miles,  over  parts  of  which 
the  lava  is  of  great  depth. 

Lassen  is  the  southernmost  fire  moun- 
tain of  that  numerous  group  of  volcanoes 
that  have  so  greatly  changed  the  surface 
of  the  Northwest.  Among  its  conspicuous 
volcanic  companions  are  Crater  Lake, 
formerly  Mount  Mazama,  Mount  Hood, 
Mount  St.  Helens,  Mount  Baker,  and 
Mount  Rainier.  Until  Lassen  Peak  burst 
forth  in  1914  it  had  slumbered  for  cen- 
turies, and  was  commonly  considered  ex- 
tinct. It  has  probably  been  intermit- 
tently active  for  ages.  Many  geologists 
think  that  this  activity  has  extended 
through  not  less  than  two  million  years. 
Just  how  long  it  may  show  its  red  tongue 
and  its  black  clouds  of  breath  is  uncertain; 
and  just  how  violent  and  how  voluminous 
its  eruptions  may  become  are  matters  of 
conjecture. 

All  about  Lassen  Peak  are  striking  ex- 
hibits of  vulcanism  —  fields  of  lava,  quan- 
213 


Sour  jSationai 

titles  of  obsidian  or  natural  glass,  sulphur 
springs,  hot  springs,  volcanic  sand  and 
volcanic  bombs,  and  recent  volcanic  to- 
pography, including  Snag  Lake. 

Two  of  the  imposing  canons  here  are 
Los  Molinos  and  Warner  Canon.  These 
and  other  changes  in  the  sides  of  Lassen 
Peak  illustrate  the  old,  ever-interesting, 
and  eternal  story  of  erosion.  Both  these 
canons  are  wild  places  which  have  cut  and 
eroded  deeply  into  the  ancient  lavas  of 
Mount  Lassen.  Frost  and  water  have  re- 
shaped the  work  of  fire.  The  mountain's 
sides  show  that  it  withstood  the  latest 
visits  of  the  Ice  King.  What  appear  to 
be  the  distinct  records  of  glacial  erosion 
mark  many  spaces  of  its  slopes. 

The  eruption  of  May  19,  1915,  pro- 
duced many  changes.  A  volume  of  super- 
heated gases  burst  out  beneath  the  deeply 
snow-covered  northeast  slope.  The  snow 
was  instantly  changed  into  water  and 
steam.  The  mighty  downrush  and  onrush 
of  water  wrecked  the  channel  of  Lost 
214 


3la0scn  IDolcanic  Rational  pad* 

Creek  for  several  miles.  Meadows  were 
piled  with  boulders,  rock  fragments,  and 
finer  debris.  Trees  were  uprooted  or 
broken  off,  carried  downward,  and  left  in 
piles  of  fierce  confusion. 

The  hot  gases  played  havoc  with  the 
forests.  A  stretch  from  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
to  nearly  a  mile  wide  and  about  ten  miles 
long  was  killed  by  the  heat  of  the  sweep- 
ing hurricane.  Thousands  of  trees  were 
instantly  killed  and  their  green  changed  to 
brown.  Others  were  charred.  Forest  fires 
were  started  in  a  number  of  places. 

The  spectacular  ruins  which  this  left 
behind  —  the  trees,  wreckage,  slides,  the 
changes  made  by  ashes  —  may  now  be 
viewed  with  ease  and  safety.  It  is  prob- 
able that  for  years  to  come  this  volcanic 
wreckage  will  be  seen  by  thousands  of 
visitors  annually. 

Fiery   Lassen    Peak   is   snow-crowned. 

One  may  ride  to  its  summit  on  horseback. 

From  the  top  one  has  magnificent  views  of 

the  mountains  to  the  north,  the  distant 

215 


Sour  Rational  $arft# 

Coast  Range,  and  the  mountains  east- 
ward by  the  Great  Basin.  On  the  whole, 
the  surrounding  mountain  distances  are 
hardly  excelled  for  grandeur  in  the  entire 
country. 

Cinder  Cone  is  about  ten  miles  to  the 
northeast  of  Lassen  Peak.  It  has  an  alti- 
tude of  only  6907  feet.  It  appears  to  have 
been  built  up  chiefly  during  the  last  two 
hundred  years  and  for  the  most  part  by 
two  eruptions.  One  of  these  occurred 
nearly  two  hundred  years  ago.  It  origi- 
nated Stump  Lake  and  ejected  and  spread 
materials  over  considerable  territory.  The 
more  recent  eruption  appears  to  have 
taken  place  less  than  a  century  ago.  In 
the  summer  of  1890  I  found  in  the  crater 
a  lodge-pole  pine  that  was  about  eighty 
years  of  age. 

Cinder  Cone  is  a  strikingly  symmetrical 
small  crater  formed  of  cinders  and  other 
volcanic  products.  It  stands  in  a  lava- 
field  that  has  an  area  of  about  three  square 
miles.  Its  base  measures  about  two  thou- 
216 


Volcanic  Rational  parft 

sand  feet  in  diameter,  its  truncated  cone 
seven  hundred  and  fifty  feet,  and  it  is 
about  six  hundred  and  fifty  feet  high.  Its 
well-preserved  crater  is  two  hundred  and 
forty  feet  deep  and  is  nicely  funnel-shaped. 

The  Indians  of  the  region  had  a  popular 
tradition  of  the  intense  activity  of  this 
cone  about  three  centuries  ago.  This 
tradition  was  that  for  a  long  time  the  sky 
was  black  with  ashes  and  smoke.  Thou- 
sands of  acres  of  forest  were  buried  or 
smothered.  The  world  appeared  to  be 
coming  to  an  end.  But  finally  the  sun 
appeared,  red  as  blood.  The  sky  cleared, 
and  volcanic  activity  ceased. 

A  number  of  the  hot  springs  are  agi- 
tated almost  enough  to  be  called  geysers. 
Cold  and  mineral  springs  abound.  There 
are  a  number  of  lively  streams  and  plung- 
ing waterfalls. 

The  lake-area  is  twenty-three  hundred 

acres.    The  largest  of  the  lakes  is  Lake 

Bid  well.     Cinder    Cone    stands   between 

two   lakes   which   appear   to   have   been 

217 


If  our  Rational  parity 

formerly  one.  The  eruption  of  this  cone 
probably  extended  a  lava-flow  across  the 
lake,  dividing  it  into  two  parts.  An  out- 
pouring of  volcanic  material  apparently 
made  a  dam,  which  formed  a  reservoir, 
now  occupied  by  Stump  Lake.  This  filled 
with  water  and  drowned  a  forest  growth. 
Through  the  surface  of  this  lake  still 
thrust  numerous  tree- trunks  of  the  drowned 
forest.  The  outburst  of  Cinder  Cone  that 
formed  this  lake  and  overwhelmed  the 
forest  probably  took  place  nearly  two 
hundred  years  ago.  Other  lakes  are  Juni- 
per, Tilman,  and  Manzanita  Lakes. 

The  greater  portion  of  the  Park  is  for- 
ested. Among  the  more  common  species 
of  trees  are  Jeffrey  pine,  red  fir,  mountain 
hemlock,  lodge-pole  pine,  white  fir,  and 
incense  cedar.  In  places  among  the  forests 
are  beautiful  mountain  meadows. 

There  are  scores  of  varieties  of  wild 
flowers.  Most  of  these  grow  under  favor- 
able conditions;  have  warmth,  moisture, 
and  rich  soil;  and  they  show  bright,  clean 
218 


TDoicanic  Rational  parti 

blossoms.  The  district  has  its  full  share 
of  bird  and  animal  life.  In  a  number  of 
streams  fish  are  plentiful. 

The  Lassen  Volcanic  National  Park  was 
created  chiefly  through  the  efforts  of  Con- 
gressmen John  E.  Raker  and  William  Kent. 

The  varied  objects  of  interest  in  this 
Park,  especially  those  associated  with 
topography  and  geology,  make  it  not  only 
a  place  with  curious  features,  but  a  region 
affording  unusual  opportunities  for  the 
gathering  of  fundamental  facts  concerning 
our  resources.  Here  also  are  scenes  to  in- 
spire the  souls  of  such  as  can  be  moved 
by  the  beauty  and  grandeur  of  Nature 
and  by  the  awful  manifestations  of  her 
power. 

Says  J.  S.  Diller,  of  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey,  "With  its  comfort- 
ably active  volcano,  inviting  cinder  cones 
and  lava  fields,  vigorously  boiling  hot 
springs,  mud  lakes  and  'mush  pots'  for 
the  vulcanologist  to  study,  and  the  gla- 
ciated divides  and  canons  for  the  physi- 
219 


gout  Rational  $arh£ 

ographer,  in  a  setting  of  lovely  scenery 
and  attractive  camps,  for  the  tourists  all 
easily  accessible,  the  Lassen  Peak  region 
affords  one  of  the  most  alluring  and  in- 
structive spots  for  a  National  Park." 


XI 

HAWAII  NATIONAL  PARK 

A  VOLCANIC  exhibit  unrivaled  in  the 
world  is  embraced  in  the  Hawaii  Na- 
tional Park,  which  was  created  in  1916. 
This  Park  consists  of  two  volcanic  sections 
in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  with  a  total  area 
of  one  hundred  and  seventeen  square  miles. 
Within  this  territory  are  two  active  vol- 
canoes, Kilauea  and  Mauna  Loa  on  the 
island  of  Hawaii ;  and  one  sleeping  volcano, 
Haleakala  on  the  island  of  Maui. 

The  celebrated  and  unequaled  Ha- 
waiian volcanoes  are  a  national  scenic 
asset,  unique  of  their  kind  and  famous  in 
the  world  of  science.  Apparently,  the 
ocean  has  been  filled  in  and  the  entire 
group  of  Hawaiian  Islands  built  by  the 
lava-outpourings  of  volcanoes.  In  this 
National  Park  we  may  see  volcanic  topog- 
raphy in  the  course  of  construction;  some 

221 


gout  Rational  parity 

landscapes  just  cast  in  the  process  of  cool- 
ing; others  that  are  beginning  to  show  the 
erosion  of  the  elements;  also  those  which 
vegetation  is  just  possessing. 

The  Hawaii  National  Park  has  about 
the  same  latitude  as  the  City  of  Mexico. 
There  are  about  a  dozen  islands  in  the 
group,  with  a  total  area  of  seventy-five 
hundred  square  miles.  Honolulu,  the  capi- 
tal city,  is  on  the  island  of  Oahu,  near  the 
middle  of  the  island  chain,  which  extends 
from  northwest  to  southeast.  From  San 
Francisco  it  is  about  twenty-one  hundred 
miles  to  Honolulu. 

Kilauea  is  more  than  two  hundred  miles 
southeast  of  Honolulu,  and  thirty  miles 
inland  from  the  port  of  Hilo.  Twenty 
miles  to  the  west  from  Kilauea  is  Mauna 
Loa.  The  crater  of  Haleakala  is  on  a  dif- 
ferent island  from  Kilauea  and  Mauna 
Loa,  about  midway  between  these  and 
Honolulu. 

The  active  rim  of  Kilauea  is  four  thou- 
sand feet  above  the  sea.  The  slopes  of 

222 


l^atoati  Rational  parh 

this  volcano  have  an  exceedingly  flat 
grade.  It  is  the  most  continuously  active  of 
the  three  volcanoes  in  this  Park.  It  has  a 
pit  in  which  the  molten  lava  rises  and  falls 
and  is  boiling  all  the  time.  For  a  century 
Kilauea  has  been  almost  continuously  ac- 
tive with  a  lake  or  lakes  of  molten  lava. 
The  crater  of  Kilauea  is  not  a  steep  moun- 
tain-top, but  a  broad,  forested  plateau,  be- 
neath which  is  a  lava  sink  three  miles  in 
diameter,  surrounded  by  cliffs  three  hun- 
dred feet  high.  Several  times  during  the 
last  century  the  active  crater  was  up- 
heaved into  a  hill.  In  a  little  while  it  col- 
lapsed into  a  deep  pit  with  marvelously 
spectacular  avalanches,  fiery  grottos,  and 
clouds  of  steam  and  brown  dust.  Through 
many  years  the  crater  was  overflowing. 
Frequently  large  pieces  of  the  shore  fall 
into  the  molten  lake,  forming  islands. 

The  magnificent  spectacle  of  the  lake 

of  lava  at  Kilauea  is  indescribable.  Charles 

W.  Eliot,  President  Emeritus  of  Harvard 

University,  visited   the  crater  and    pro- 

223 


Sour  national 

nounced  it  the  most  wonderful  scene  he 
had  ever  watched.  It  is  a  lake  of  liquid 
fire  one  thousand  feet  across,  splashing 
on  its  banks  with  a  noise  like  the  waves 
of  the  sea.  Great  high  fountains  boil  up 
through  it,  sending  quantities  of  glow- 
ing spray  over  the  shore.  There  are  fiery, 
molten  cascades,  whirlpools,  and  rapids, 
with  hissing  of  gases,  rumbling,  and  blue 
flames  playing  through  the  crevices.  It 
is  ever  changing,  and  the  record  of  these 
changes  is  being  kept  from  day  to  day, 
photographically  and  otherwise,  by  the 
Hawaiian  Volcano  Observatory. 

Mauna  Loa  is  an  active  crater,  13,675 
feet  above  sea-level.  It  is  an  enormous 
mountain  mass,  covering  a  wide  area  with 
its  very  gentle  slopes.  This  volcano  erupts 
about  once  every  decade.  Of  the  three 
volcanoes  in  the  Park,  Mauna  Loa  is  the 
most  productive  of  new  rock,  which  it 
pours  out  on  the  surface  of  the  land.  Its 
activities  start  with  outbursts  on  the  sum- 
mit and  culminate  after  a  number  of  years 
224 


l^atoan  Rational  path 

in  a  flow  which  floods  the  whole  country 
for  many  months. 

Perpetual  snow  crowns  Mauna  Loa,  and 
ice  may  be  found  in  cracks  even  in  sum- 
mer. In  the  winter- time  there  is  a  variety 
of  climate  from  sea-level  to  the  summit  — 
from  the  warmth  of  the  tropics  to  arctic 
blizzards  on  the  mountain-top. 

An  interesting  and  somewhat  amus- 
ing story  is  told  in  regard  to  an  eruption 
of  Mauna  Loa  in  1881.  The  flow  of  lava 
at  that  time  was  so  heavy  that  it  seriously 
threatened  to  wipe  out  the  town  of  Hilo. 
When  the  lava  ran  down  to  within  a  mile 
of  the  place,  the  natives  urged  their  Prin- 
cess Ruth  to  go  and  conjure  the  goddess 
of  the  volcano,  Pele,  to  stop  the  flow. 
She  went  —  so  the  tales  goes  —  with  all  her 
retinue,  and  threw  into  the  crater  some 
berries,  a  black  hen,  a  white  pig,  and  a 
bottle  of  gin,  as  sacrifices.  The  lava-flow 
stopped,  and  the  natives  believed  their 
escape  due  to  the  odd  offering,  although 
some  people  have  expressed  the  opinion 
225 


if  our  Rational 

that  such  a  collection  of  stuff  thrown 
into  an  active  volcano's  crater  would 
make  the  eruption  more  violent,  if  it  had 
any  effect  at  all. 

Mauna  Loa  forces  columns  of  liquid 
lava  hundreds  of  feet  into  the  air,  and 
every  few  years  pours  forth  billions  of  tons 
of  lava  in  a  few  days.  There  is  a  wonderful 
rift-line,  from  which  eight  or  ten  flows 
poured  forth  during  the  last  century. 
These  burst  out  on  the  slopes  of  the  moun- 
tain, not  from  the  summit  crater.  After 
the  first  explosion  at  the  summit,  a  period 
of  quiet  intervenes,  and  then  the  rifts 
open  and  lava  flows  down. 

The  lava  cools  quickly  and  changes 
through  colors  of  red,  purple,  brown,  and 
gray  as  it  cools.  Areas  of  each  of  these  are 
seen  at  one  time,  with  red-hot  liquids  show- 
ing in  the  cracks  of  the  lava.  Trees  of  lava 
are  formed  at  one  place  by  the  flow  of  lava 
rushing  through  a  forest  and  congealing 
around  the  trunks.  Fields  of  " Pele's  hair" 
—  lava  —  are  blown  out  by  the  wind,  like 
226 


i;>atoaii  Rational  $arh 

spun  glass,  as  the  fiery  spray  is  dashed  into 
the  air  on  the  surface  of  the  molten  lake. 
In  the  large  craters  are  numerous  smaller 
ones  with  endless  lava  forms,  colors,  and 
volcanic  structures. 

The  crater  of  Haleakala,  ten  thousand 
feet  high,  is  near  the  middle  of  the  island 
of  Maui.  It  is  eight  miles  in  diameter  and 
three  thousand  feet  deep.  While  Haleakala 
has  not  erupted  for  two  hundred  years, 
the  entire  crater  is  sometimes  full  of  active 
fire  fountains,  and  the  fiery  glow  mounts 
to  the  clouds  like  an  immense  conflagra- 
tion. 

Professor  Thomas  A.  Jaggar  says,  ''The 
crater  of  Haleakala  at  sunrise  is  the  grand- 
est volcanic  spectacle  on  earth. " 

No  photograph  can  give  any  adequate 
idea  of  the  view  from  its  summit,  often 
above  the  clouds.  It  is  a  good  place  from 
which  to  see  the  sun  come  up  through  the 
clouds  in  the  crater.  This  event  has  been 
described  as  being  like  the  birth  of  a  new 
world.  From  here  one  can  look  down  on  the 
227 


Hour  Rational  $arfc# 

island  and  on  the  sea,  and  see  the  neigh- 
boring island  of  Oahu. 

Sidney  Ballou  says:  "A  number  of  peo- 
ple who  have  been  to  the  top  of  Haleakala 
pronounce  the  sensation  there,  although 
somewhat  indefinable  and  indescribable, 
as  the  chief  scenic  attraction  of  the  world. 
Men  like  John  Muir,  who  have  been  all 
over  the  world,  go  up  there  and  say  that  it 
is  the  greatest  spectacle  in  the  world. " 

In  addition  to  the  variety  of  volcanic 
displays  and  lava  landscapes,  the  Hawai- 
ian Park  contains  splendid  tropical  groves 
and  forests  of  sandalwood  and  magnifi- 
cent Hawaiian  mahogany  trees  with  trunks 
over  twenty  feet  in  circumference.  There 
are  forests  of  tree  ferns  up  to  forty  feet 
in  height,  with  single  leaves  twenty  feet 
long;  tropical  jungles  with  scores  of  varie- 
ties of  the  most  exquisite  and  delicate  ferns 
and  mosses,  many  of  them  found  nowhere 
else  in  the  world.  There  are  numerous 
song-birds  of  brilliant  hues,  many  of  them 
found  nowhere  but  in  Hawaii,  and  nearly 
228 


IJatoaii  Rational  parft 

extinct  except  in  this  Park.  There  are  roll- 
ing grassy  meadows,  dotted  with  tropical 
trees,  shrubs,  and  ferns,  giving  a  parklike 
effect.  Many  of  the  trees  are  botanical 
treasures,  known  only  in  this  Park  region, 
and  of  great  rarity. 

The  views  from  the  slopes  and  summits 
of  the  volcanic  peaks  are  a  mingling  of  wild 
magnificence  and  tropical  splendor.  The 
craters  themselves  are  weird  spectacles  that 
awe  visitors  into  silence  as  they  watch  the 
wonderful  action  of  the  liquid  fire  foun- 
tains, boiling  lakes,  flaming  lava,  and  other 
demonstrations  of  the  Fire  King. 

L.  A.  Thurston,  of  Honolulu,  appears 
to  have  first  proposed  this  Park,  and  he 
did  much  toward  its  acquisition. 


XII 
THREE  NATIONAL  MONUMENTS 

I.   THE  OLYMPIC  NATIONAL  MONUMENT 

THE  territory  embraced  in  the  Olympic 
National  Monument  is  now  proposed  for 
use  as  a  National  Park.  It  occupies  the 
extreme  northwest  corner  of  the  United 
States,  a  peninsula  between  the  Pacific 
Ocean  and  Puget  Sound.  It  is  dominated 
by  the  precipitous  and  heavily  snow- 
capped Olympic  Mountains.  These  snowy 
summits  attracted  the  attention  of  the  ex- 
plorer Vancouver,  who  named  the  moun- 
tains the  Olympics.  Their  lower  slopes  are 
heavily  forested  with  gigantic  trees,  and 
beneath  these  there  is  an  undergrowth  of 
almost  bewildering  luxuriance.  This  under- 
growth is  a  jungle  in  itself.  Many  of  the 
trees  are  heavily  and  picturesquely  roped 
and  bearded  with  moss.  The  openness 
which  characterizes  the  Sierra  or  Rocky 
230 


€fjm  Rational 

Mountain  forests  is  absent.  Gigantic  tree- 
trunks  lie  scattered  over  the  forest  floor. 
Many  of  these  fell  centuries  ago  and  are 
water-soaked,  half-rotten,  and  covered  with 
moss  a  foot  thick.  Here  and  there  a  living 
tree,  a  century  or  more  of  age,  is  standing 
upon  a  fallen  one.  Others  are  lost  in  the 
tangle  of  vines,  huge  ferns,  and  vigorous 
wild  flowers  that  crowd  the  floor  of  the 
woods.  Even  at  midday  the  forest  reposes 
in  twilight. 

The  region  is  extremely  difficult  to  pene- 
trate and  explore.  The  streams,  even  dur- 
ing the  period  of  low  water,  are  almost  too 
swift  for  boats,  and  the  tangled  jungle- 
growth,  produced  by  abundant  moisture 
and  a  mild  climate,  compels  the  explorer  to 
chop  every  foot  of  the  way  he  advances. 
Until  recent  years  trappers,  who  were  sup- 
posed to  go  everywhere,  were  content  to 
work  around  its  outskirts.  Even  the  ad- 
venturous prospector  passed  it  by,  and 
searched  the  earth  over  for  gold  before 
seeking  in  the  heart  of  the  Olympics. 
231 


If  our  Rational  parh£ 

Through  the  combined  efforts  of  govern- 
ment agents,  individuals,  and  organiza- 
tions, the  region  has  at  last  been  pretty  well 
explored.  Both  in  exploring  this  Olympic 
region  and  in  endeavoring  to  have  a  part  of 
its  primeval  scenes  saved  in  a  park,  the 
Mountaineers  Club  of  Seattle  has  taken  an 
aggressive  part. 

Up  to  the  altitude  of  about  four  thousand 
feet  the  mountains  are  wrapped  in  dense 
green  and  heavy  forest  gloom.  Then  come 
the  scattered  grassy,  flowery,  snowy  open- 
ings. Timber-line,  kept  low  by  the  exces- 
sive snowfall,  is  at  about  fifty-five  hundred 
feet  altitude,  one  thousand  feet  lower  than 
in  the  Alps,  and  six  thousand  feet  below  the 
forest  frontier  on  the  Rocky  Mountains  in 
Colorado.  The  summit  slopes  are  a  broken 
array  of  snow-fields,  ice-piles,  and  glaciers. 
Above  the  timber-line,  vast,  deep  snow- 
fields  cover  much  of  the  area.  These  white 
summits  show  from  far  out  at  sea. 

Mount  Olympus,  with  an  altitude  of 
8250  feet,  is  the  highest  peak.  Among  the 
232 


Cfjrcc  Rational  £t?onumrnt£ 

other  commanding  peaks  are  Meany,  Cou- 
gar, and  Seattle. 

The  climate,  tempered  by  the  warm  sea, 
is  mild.  Probably  no  other  region  in  the 
United  States  has  a  heavier  rainfall  and 
snowfall.  From  sixty  to  one  hundred  feet 
of  snow  is  deposited  over  it  each  winter. 
The  only  comparatively  rainless  months 
are  July  and  August.  The  rain,  and  the 
water  from  the  ice-  and  snow-fields,  sup- 
ply numerous  steeply  inclined  streams, 
which  descend  in  roaring  waterfalls  and  in 
long,  leaping  wild  cascades. 

This  region  excels  in  the  number  and 
crowded  conditions  of  large  tree  growth, 
and  the  impenetrable  luxuriance  of  under- 
growth. Hemlock,  cedar,  spruce,  and  fir 
predominate.  While  the  hemlock  is  the 
most  common  tree  here,  the  cedar  is  the 
most  striking.  The  latter  is  a  strangely 
stiff  and  mysterious  tree  of  rather  stocky 
growth.  In  this  moist,  mild  clime  it  finds 
conditions  for  development  almost  ideal. 
The  two  kinds  of  cedar  are  the  Alaska  and 
233 


Hour  Rational 

the  red.  Thousands  of  acres  here  may  be 
seen  crowded  with  tall  trees  that  will  aver- 
age five  feet  or  more  in  diameter  and  one 
hundred  and  fifty  feet  in  height.  Trees 
twelve  feet  in  diameter  are  not  uncom- 
mon, and  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  reports  one  with  a  diameter  of 
twenty-eight  feet!  Thousands  of  acres  of 
red  fir  trees  may  also  be  found  in  which  the 
average  height  of  the  trees  is  two  hundred 
and  forty  feet! 

Wild  flowers  are  everywhere.  They  edge 
the  snow-fields,  cover  the  breaks  in  the 
cliffs,  line  the  streams,  and  bank  with  bloom 
the  fallen  forest  patriarchs.  Among  the 
common  blossoms  are  the  lovely  cassiope, 
—  white  heather,  —  mountain  anemone, 
phlox,  and  "Indian  basket  grass." 

This  is  the  home  of  the  gigantic  Olympic 
Roosevelt  elk,  and  among  the  other  com- 
mon animals  are  the  bear,  deer,  wolf,  fox, 
lynx,  otter,  and  beaver.  The  streams  are 
simply  crowded  with  trout.  Bald  eagles 
are  found,  and  there  is  an  array  of  flickers, 
234 


MOUNT  ST.    HELENS 
From  the  Timber-Line  Trail  on  Mount  Rainier 


€i>ree  Rational  a$tmument£ 

woodpeckers,  warblers,  jays,  sparrows,  and 
hummingbirds.  The  solitudes  of  this  syl- 
van park  are  cheered  with  the  melody  of 
the  water-ouzel,  the  Alaska  hermit  thrush, 
and  the  winter  wren. 

But  the  mountain  summits  are  signifi- 
cant as  view-points.  From  them  one  com- 
mands the  sea,  islands,  and  the  broken 
shore  of  the  Pacific.  Bright  Puget  Sound, 
with  a  scattering  of  dark  islands  and  rag- 
ged edges,  fills  the  foreground.  Looking 
toward  the  southeast  across  the  darkly 
forested  mountains  through  which  rolls  the 
Columbia,  one  enjoys  a  view  vast  and  im- 
posing. The  dark  forest  cover  is  pierced  by 
three  snow-laden  and  steaming  sleeping 
volcanoes.  The  most  impressive  one  of 
these  is  Mount  Rainier,  with  a  score  of 
enormous  glaciers  covering  head  and  shoul- 
ders. Another  one  is  Mount  Adams.  But 
the  most  exquisitely  beautiful  of  all  the 
peaks  which  the  summits  of  the  Olympics 
command  is  Mount  St.  Helens.  The  head 
and  shoulders  of  this  mountain  rise  a  per- 
235 


Sour  Rational  §parft£ 

feet  snowy  cone  above  the  purple  forest 
robe  and  stand  as  perfectly  poised  as  a 
Greek  statue  of  marble. 

The  Olympic  National  Park  should  in- 
clude about  three  hundred  square  miles. 
What  a  splendid  attraction  if  this  area  of 
primeval  scenes  and  forests  were  kept  in  a 
state  of  nature! 

2.   THE  NATURAL  BRIDGES  AND 
RAINBOW  BRIDGE  NATIONAL  MONUMENTS 

Utah  has  the  four  grandest  natural 
bridges  in  the  world.  Three  of  these  are  in 
the  Natural  Bridges  National  Monument, 
and  the  fourth  in  the  Rainbow  Bridge 
National  Monument.  There  are  natural 
bridges  elsewhere  in  Utah,  and  in  the  Yel- 
lowstone and  the  Mesa  Verde  National 
Parks;  also  in  Virginia  and  various  other 
places.  But  so  far  as  known,  the  four  in 
these  two  National  Monuments  excel  all 
others  in  size,  in  impressiveness,  and  in 
wildness  of  setting. 

These  National  Monuments  embrace 
236 


€&m  Rational 

desert  regions  in  southeastern  Utah  which 
are  made  up  mostly  of  rock-formations. 
Standing  out  on  the  strange  desert,  the  fan- 
tastic forms  and  weird  sandstone  figures 
exhibited  give  the  whole  region  a  peculiar 
impress! veness.  There  are  countless  stat- 
uesque forms  and  groups  that  are  sur- 
prisingly faithful  in  their  resemblance  to 
figures  of  birds,  animals,  humans,  and 
temples;  and  all  are  of  heroic  size. 

The  bridges  in  the  Natural  Bridges 
Monument  are  known  as  the  Sipapu  or 
Augusta  Bridge,  the  Kachima  or  Caroline 
Bridge,  and  the  Owachomo  or  Little  Bridge. 
The  former  of  each  of  these  names  is  of 
Indian  origin  and  is  the  official  one. 

These  three  bridges  are  all  within  a 
small  area.  The  Sipapu  is  260  feet  long  on 
the  bottom;  the  span  is  157  feet  high  and 
22  feet  above  the  creek-bed.  Its  road-bed 
width  is  28  feet.  The  Kachima  Bridge  has 
a  span  of  156  feet,  a  total  height  of  205  feet, 
and  a  width  across  the  top  of  49  feet.  The 
Owachomo  Bridge  has  a  light,  graceful 
237 


gout  Rational 

structure.  Its  span  is  194  feet  and  its  sur- 
face 1 08  feet  above  the  bottom.  The  arch- 
ing part  has  a  thickness  of  only  10  feet. 

The  Rainbow  Bridge,  whose  official 
name  is  Nonnezoshie,  is  more  of  a  magnifi- 
cent rainbow  arch  than  a  bridge.  It  has 
splendid  and  striking  proportions.  Its 
great  graceful  arch  is  308  feet  high  and  274 
feet  long. 

These  bridges  are  of  sandstone  of  red- 
dish cast,  stained  in  many  places  with  black- 
ish or  greenish  lichens  and  rust.  Like  any 
other  rock-forms,  they  are  the  product  of 
various  erosive  forces  —  illustrating  the 
survival  of  the  fittest.  Their  material, 
being  slightly  more  durable  than  that  of 
the  now  vanished  rocks,  or  possibly  less 
severely  tested,  has  endured  while  the 
other  material  has  been  dissolved  and  worn 
away.  In  the  fashioning  of  the  surface  of 
the  earth  Nature  sometimes  makes  beau- 
tiful and  imposing  statuary.  She  has  done 
so  here.  In  the  surrounding  country  are 
turrets,  cisterns,  wells,  conelike  and  dome- 

238 


RAINBOW   NATURAL  BRIDGE 
RAINBOW   NATIONAL   MONUMENT 


Cfjrcc  Rational  3?omimcnt$ 

like  caves  and  caverns,  and  nearly  complete 
arches.  In  fact,  arches  and  bridges  show- 
ing every  degree  of  completion  and  past 
prime  condition  may  be  seen.  Near  by  are 
numerous  deserted  cliff  dwellings.  These 
unusual  structures  leave  a  lasting  impres- 
sion on  every  visitor.  Plans  are  already 
under  way  to  make  these  wonders  easily 
accessible  to  the  public. 

3.  MUKUNTUWEAP  NATIONAL  MONUMENT 

The  Mukuntuweap  National  Monu- 
ment, Utah,  has  as  spectacular  a  canon, 
and  as  stupendous  an  array  of  vast  rock- 
forms,  as  is  to  be  found  anywhere  in  the 
world.  This  territory  is  often  spoken  of  as 
"The  Little  Zion  River  Region."  The 
Mukuntuweap  Canon  has  some  of  the 
forms  shown  in  the  Grand  Canon,  and  an 
array  of  colors  not  equaled  in  any  other 
canon  known.  In  width  it  varies  from  half 
a  mile  to  only  a  few  rods  across.  It  does  not 
all  tend  in  a  straight  direction.  It  curves. 
The  canon  walls  in  places  are  sheer  and 
239 


Hour  Rational  parli£ 

rise  from  two  thousand  to  three  thousand 
feet.  One  of  its  most  startling  features  is 
shown  in  the  overhanging  walls,  which  the 
water  has  undercut  so  that  in  places  the 
walls  prevent  a  person  in  the  bottom  from 
seeing  the  sky. 

In  a  recent  report  on  this  canon,  T.  E. 
Hunt,  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior, 
wrote:  — 

At  the  south  end,  the  canon  is  about  twelve 
hundred  feet  wide,  but  gradually  narrows  for  a 
distance  of  seven  miles,  until  a  point  is  reached 
where  with  outstretching  arms  the  finger  tips 
touch  the  walls  on  either  side.  In  a  number  of 
places  the  walls  of  this  canon  rise  vertically  to 
a  height  of  more  than  two  thousand  feet,  thus 
exhibiting  a  plain  surface  of  extremely  hard, 
pink  sandstone. 

The  vast  barren  areas  of  the  walls  are 
broken  by  figures  in  relief,  and  statuary  on 
the  summits  —  all  the  carving  of  Nature. 
On  the  terraces  and  in  the  niches  are 
growths  of  ash  and  oak,  maple  and  spruce 
and  other  trees.  In  a  number  of  places 
these  walls  are  further  enlivened  and  glori- 
240 


Cfjrcc  Rational  a^ouumentg 

fied  by  waterfalls  that  plunge  grandly  over 
them  into  the  canon.  We  thus  have  in  this 
region  an  unexcelled  variety  of  the  best- 
known  canon  effects  —  the  vast  sweep  of 
vertical  walls,  the  walls  that  are  undercut 
so  that  they  appear  to  lean,  and  extreme 
narrowness  between  the  walls. 

But,  enlivening  and  glorifying  all  these, 
is  the  color!  Here  you  will  find  immense 
spaces  of  chocolate,  red,  crimson,  magenta, 
and  maroon,  with  touches  of  silver  and 
gold.  It  is  doubtful  if  Nature  has  any- 
where covered  such  immense  areas  with 
such  deep  and  contrasting  colors  as  in  this 
canon. 

This  region  is  little  known,  but  prob- 
ably in  a  short  time  it  will  be  easily  acces- 
sible. It  was  made  a  National  Monument 
in  1912.  The  people  of  Utah  now  want  it 
for  their  National  Park. 


XIII 
OTHER  NATIONAL  PARKS 

I.   WIND  CAVE  NATIONAL  PARK 

THE  Wind  Cave  National  Park  consists 
of  about  sixteen  square  miles  of  pine-cov- 
ered hills  in  the  southwestern  corner  of 
South  Dakota.  It  is  about  twelve  miles 
north  of  the  town  of  Hot  Springs  and  about 
the  same  distance  southeast  of  Custer.  The 
altitude  is  between  four  thousand  and  five 
thousand  feet.  It  was  created  in  1903.  The 
scenery  is  typical  of  the  picturesque  Black 
Hills  region,  which  the  Indians  especially 
loved. 

The  Park's  special  attraction  is  a  large 
natural  cavern.  This  has  recesses  said  to 
have  been  traced  for  ninety-six  miles,  but 
never  thoroughly  explored.  Its  name  is 
due  to  the  strong  air-currents  noticeable 
at  the  entrance,  which  sometimes  blow  one 
way  and  sometimes  another.  Bridges, 
242 


stairways,  landings,  and  paths  through  the 
cave's  mysterious  passageways  permit  visi- 
tors to  reach  its  natural  splendors,  which 
are  seen  by  the  light  of  burning  candles  or 
magnesium  ribbon. 

The  cave  was  discovered  in  1881.  Its 
temperature  varies  only  between  forty  and 
forty-seven  degrees  the  year  round.  Some 
of  its  known  passages  are  almost  five  hun- 
dred feet  below  the  surface  of  the  earth,  and 
wind  over,  under,  and  around  one  another. 
The  formations  are  mostly  of  limestone. 
Among  the  features  of  this  interesting  un- 
derground world  are  a  spring  and  a  minia- 
ture lake,  beautiful  calcite  crystals,  ex- 
posed geodes,  boxwork  forms,  and  other 
attractive  natural  formations. 

The  Park  is  the  permanent  home  of  a 
herd  of  buffaloes,  presented  to  the  Gov- 
ernment by  the  American  Bison  Society. 
Herds  of  elk  and  antelope  are  also  found 
in  an  inclosed  section.  Many  white-tailed 
deer  running  wild  in  the  region  annually 
seek  shelter  within  the  Park  from  the  at- 
243 


Sour  Rational  35ark£ 

tacks  of  hunters.  Grouse  and  quail  are 
increasing  in  numbers  under  National- 
Park  protection. 

2.  SULLY'S  HILL  NATIONAL  PARK 

Sully's  Hill  National  Park  was  estab- 
lished in  1904.  Its  area  is  only  seven  hun- 
dred and  eighty  acres.  It  is  on  the  south 
shore  of  Devil's  Lake,  in  northeastern 
North  Dakota,  near  Fort  Totten. 

Lack  of  an  appropriation  for  the  care 
and  protection  of  the  Park  makes  it  neces- 
sary (1917)  for  the  Superintendent  of  the 
Government  Industrial  School  for  Indians, 
which  is  about  one  mile  east  of  Fort  Tot- 
ten,  to  act  as  Superintendent  of  the  Park. 
It  is  badly  in  need  of  conveniences  — 
as  roads,  trails,  clearings,  etc.  Although 
money  has  been  appropriated  for  the  es- 
tablishment and  maintenance  of  a  game 
preserve  on  the  tract,  not  a  cent  has  ever 
been  set  aside  for  development  and  im- 
provement. 

It  is  well  wooded  and  has  many  rugged 
244 


<©tf)cr  Rational  $arft£ 

hills,  including  Sully's  Hill.  Another  of  its 
natural  beauties  is  Sweet  Water  Lake. 
The  Park  is  popular  as  a  picnic-ground 
and  Devil's  Lake  affords  a  good  bathing- 
beach  and  fine  opportunities  for  yachting. 
It  is  one  of  the  beauty-spots  of  North 
Dakota,  and  its  scenery  is  of  the  restful 
and  delightful  character. 

3.   CASA  GRANDE  RUIN  RESERVATION 

The  most  important  prehistoric  Indian 
ruin  of  its  type  in  the  Southwest  is  now 
protected  and  preserved,  for  the  study  and 
enjoyment  of  the  people,  in  the  Casa 
Grande  Ruin  Reservation.  This  contains 
four  hundred  and  eighty  acres,  set  aside 
in  1892.  It  is  near  Florence,  Arizona, 
about  eighteen  miles  northeast  of  Casa 
Grande  railroad  station.  The  ruins  are  of 
undetermined  antiquity.  A  Jesuit  mis- 
sionary discovered  them  in  1694.  As  ex- 
cavated so  far,  a  great  house  built  of  pud- 
dled mud  moulded  into  walls  and  dried  in 
the  sun  is  the  main  structure  of  the  group. 
245 


Hour  Rational  $arh£ 

As  it  is  of  perishable  character,  the  walls 
have  been  gradually  disintegrating,  and  a 
corrugated  iron  roof  has  been  put  over 
the  ruins  to  protect  them  from  the  ele- 
ments so  far  as  possible.  Considerable 
more  repair  and  protection  work  is  needed. 
The  main  building  was  originally  five 
or  six  stories  in  height  and  covered  a  space 
fifty-nine  by  forty-three  feet.  Surround- 
ing Casa  Grande  proper  is  a  rectangular 
walled  inclosure.  A  number  of  buildings 
or  clusters  of  rooms  have  been  excavated 
in  this,  and  others  as  yet  unexcavated  are 
known  to  be  there.  One  hundred  rooms  with 
plazas  and  surrounding  walls  now  open  on 
the  ground  floor  of  the  reservation.  These 
ruins  are  of  great  historic  and  scientific  in- 
terest, and  have  strong  claims  for  archaeo- 
logical study,  repair,  and  preservation. 

4.   HOT  SPRINGS  RESERVATION 

Although  the  Yellowstone  was  our  first 
scenic  National  Park,  the  honor  of  being 
the  oldest  national  recreation  place  falls 
246 


<©tfjer  Rational  $ark0 

to  the  Hot  Springs  Reservation,  in  the 
mountains  of  central  Arkansas.  It  was 
created  in  1832.  Forty-six  springs  of  hot 
water  possessing  radioactive  properties, 
and  also  some  cold-water  springs  of  cura- 
tive value,  are  embraced  within  the  tract 
of  nine  hundred  and  twelve  acres,  fifty 
miles  west  by  south  from  the  city  of  Little 
Rock.  The  waters  flow  from  the  sides  of 
Hot  Springs  Mountain.  Rheumatism  and 
other  bodily  ills  are  relieved  or  remedied 
by  the  waters.  Eleven  bathhouses  on  the 
reservation,  and  a  dozen  more  within  the 
little  city  of  Hot  Springs,  are  under  gov- 
ernment regulation. 

As  early  as  1804  the  power  of  the  waters 
was  known  to  white  men,  and  a  settlement 
had  already  begun  there  at  that  time. 
Tradition  says  that  the  Indians  knew  of 
the  springs  long  before  the  Spanish  inva- 
sion, and  that  they  warred  among  them- 
selves for  their  possession.  Finally  a  truce 
was  made,  and  thereafter  all  the  tribes 
availed  themselves  of  the  healing  waters. 
247 


four  Rational  $arfe£ 

5.   PLATT  NATIONAL  PARK 

The  Plait  National  Park  contains  many 
sulphur  and  other  springs  possessing  med- 
icinal value.  It  includes  one  and  a  third 
square  miles  in  southern  Oklahoma,  and 
was  created  in  1906. 

6.  MOUNT  MCKINLEY  NATIONAL  PARK 

The  Mount  McKinley  National  Park, 
Alaska,  was  established  early  in  1917.  It  is 
in  the  approximate  center  of  Alaska  and  em- 
braces twenty-two  hundred  square  miles. 
Mount  McKinley  is  known  to  many  Indians 
as  "The  Great  One."  Its  summit  is  20,300 
feet  above  sea-level.  On  the  north  this  stu- 
pendous mountain  is  exceedingly  precipi- 
tous and  rises  18,000  feet  in  a  distance  of 
thirteen  miles.  It  is  doubtful  if  there  is  a 
peak  in  the  world  that  rises  so  high  above 
the  limits  of  tree  growth.  And  no  mountain 
that  I  know  of  has  slopes  so  completely 
snow-covered.  Its  snow-line  is  at  the  alti- 
tude of  7000  feet,  and  from  this  altitude 
248 


<£tfter  Rational  $arfcg 

upward  only  a  few  crags  and  rocky  ridges 
show.  The  upper  14,000  feet  of  steep  slopes 
appears  a  vast  towering  white  mass  of  gla- 
ciers and  snow.  The  largest  glacier  is  the 
Muldrow.  It  is  thirty-nine  miles  long.  The 
summit  of  this  peak  and  a  part  of  its  slopes 
are  embraced  in  the  Mount  McKinley  Na- 
tional Park. 

This  Park  is  a  wild-life  refuge.  Its  slopes 
are  the  greatest  known  big-game  range  on 
the  continent.  Here  are  mountain  sheep  and 
caribou  by  the  thousand.  Moose  are  com- 
mon. Beaver  are  plentiful.  And  there  are 
grizzly,  brown,  and  black  bear.  Many  kinds 
of  birds  use  the  region  for  their  summer 
nesting-land.  Brilliant  wild  flowers  abound. 
Spruce,  birch,  cottonwood,  and  willow  are 
the  more  common  trees,  but  none  of  them 
grow  large. 

In  1902,  D.  L.  Raeburn,  of  the  Geolog- 
ical Survey,  explored  this  territory  and 
brought  out  much  valuable  information 
concerning  it.  Mr.  Raeburn  determined 
most  of  the  boundary-line  of  the  present 
249 


gout  Rational  $arh£ 

Park.  In  1903,  James  Wickersham  at- 
tempted to  scale  the  peak.  It  was  first  con- 
quered in  March,  1913.  The  creation  of  this 
Park  was  brought  about  chiefly  through  the 
efforts  of  Charles  Sheldon.  When  com- 
pleted, the  Alaskan  railroad  will  be  within 
fifteen  miles  of  the  Park  boundary-line. 


XIV 
CANADIAN  NATIONAL  PARKS 

THE  Dominion,  or  National,  Parks  of 
Canada  possess  a  wealth  of  snow-capped 
peaks  and  majestic  mountains,  magnifi- 
cent glaciers,  luxuriant  forests,  and  peace- 
ful, sunny  valleys.  These  Parks  are  gemmed 
with  crystalline  lakes  and  glorified  by 
hundreds  of  gardens  of  rare  and  brilliant 
wild  flowers;  they  rival  and  surpass  the 
celebrated  scenes  of  Europe.  Travelers 
who  are  visiting  the  scenic  world  will  find 
in  the  Canadian  parks  a  number  of  places 
of  the  most  inspiring  character  and  of 
original  composition.  Mental  pictures  of 
the  earth's  great  scenes  are  incomplete 
without  the  masterpieces  of  Canada. 

The  Canadian  people  are  to  be  congratu- 
lated on  their  splendid  scenic  inheritance. 
I  thank  them  for  the  statesmanlike  appre- 
ciation of  this  noble  resource.  They  real- 
251 


Sour  |5ational  3?arftg 

ize  that  scenery  is  a  rich  asset,  and  —  what 
is  more  important  —  that  every  one  needs 
outdoor  life  and  great  views.  The  Cana- 
dians already  have  comprehensive  plans 
for  fuller  use  of  scenery.  These  include  not 
only  the  saving  of  other  scenic  places  and 
getting  these  ready  for  visitors,  but  also 
plans  that  will  assist  large  numbers  of  their 
own  people  to  visit  the  Parks. 

I.   JASPER  PARK 

Jasper  Park,  the  continent's  largest 
national  playground,  was  created  in  1907. 
It  contains  forty-four  hundred  square  miles 
and  comprises  all  the  ranges  east  of  the 
Divide  in  northern  Alberta.  It  is  reached 
by  two  transcontinental  railroads. 

This  part  of  the  Great  North  country 
suggests  adventure,  romance,  and  history, 
and  brings  back  to  mind  the  power,  the 
strangeness,  and  the  picturesqueness  of  the 
earlier  days  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Com- 
pany. The  storied  Athabasca  flows  through 
it,  a  band  of  silver  in  a  flower-strewn  valley 
252 


ILLECILLEWAET  VALLEY 
Mount  Sir  Donald  in  distance.    Glacier  Park,  Canada 


Canadian  Rational 

of  meadow  and  park  land,  hemmed  in  by 
glistening  mountains.  An  important  fur 
district  a  century  ago,  its  trading-posts 
now  are  tourist  resorts  with  railroads  and 
hotels. 

Yellowhead  Pass,  of  historic  associa- 
tions, is  the  western  entrance.  Two  grim 
peaks  guard  the  eastern  portal.  Roche 
Miette,  which  dominates  the  surrounding 
country,  was  formerly  a  favorite  Indian 
hunting-ground  for  mountain  sheep.  Per- 
drix  or  Folding  Mountain  has  strange  folds 
and  angles  in  its  strata. 

Many  roads  and  trails  reach  the  beauty 
spots  of  this  park.  Fiddle  Creek  Canon 
is  in  places  only  twenty  feet  wide,  but  the 
roaring,  rushing  waters  are  two  hundred 
feet  below.  On  the  same  road  are  the  cele- 
brated Miette  Springs  and  Punch-Bowl 
Falls,  a  geological  curiosity.  Maligne  Lake 
is  a  scenic  jewel,  and  its  river  canon  displays 
wonderful  erosion.  The  Park  abounds  in 
minerals.  Administration  headquarters  are 
at  Jasper. 

253 


tf  our  Rational  |&arEt£ 

2.    ROCKY  MOUNTAINS   PARK 

Indian  stories  of  remarkable  and  cura- 
tive hot  springs  probably  led  to  the  crea- 
tion of  the  Rocky  Mountains  Park,  the 
oldest  and  best-developed  of  the  Domin- 
ion's national  playgrounds.  With  states- 
manlike foresight,  the  Government  deter- 
mined to  retain  the  springs  region  in  a 
National  Park  as  a  permanent  health  and 
pleasure  ground  for  all  the  people.  In 
1889,  two  hundred  and  sixty  square  miles 
were  thus  set  aside,  and  the  Park  has  since 
been  enlarged  to  eighteen  hundred  square 
miles.  It  lies  on  the  east  slope  of  the 
Rockies  in  Alberta,  adjoining  Yoho  Park. 

The  springs  rise  in  Sulphur  Mountain, 
near  Banff,  the  geographic  and  chief  tour- 
ist center.  On  this  mountain-side  the 
Government  conducts  public  baths.  The 
region  is  a  winter  as  well  as  a  summer 
resort. 

The  Banff  district  also  possesses  not- 
able scenery.  It  has  an  invigorating  at- 
254 


Canadian  Rational  Jparh£ 

mosphere  and  the  peaceful  serenity  of  a 
lovely  mountain  valley,  with  bare,  rocky 
summits  and  dark,  forest  slopes.  This  was 
a  celebrated  Indian  hunting-ground,  and 
the  legends  and  traditions  of  the  abo- 
rigines will  ever  touch  it  with  the  spell  of 
adventure  and  romance.  Here  is  beautiful 
Lake  Minnewanka.  Beyond  lies  the  strange 
valley  of  the  Ghost  River.  It  is  a  lime- 
stone canon,  into  which  a  number  of 
streams  fall,  but  from  which  none  are 
known  to  flow.  An  undiscovered  subter- 
ranean outlet  is  supposed  to  account  for 
this  phenomenon. 

Banff  has  an  excellent  Government 
museum,  containing  complete  collections 
of  the  mountain  flora  and  fauna,  also  a  zoo, 
buffalo-corral,  and  moose-pasture.  The 
town-site  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the 
Government,  which  makes  regulations, 
leases  ground,  and  issues  permits  for  com- 
petitive business. 

Laggan,  another  railway  station  in  the 
Park,  is  the  center  for  the  celebrated  Lake 
255 


Rational  $arfc£ 

Louise  district.  Near  are  snow-capped  peaks 
standing  thickly  together,  with  countless 
tumbling  streams  and  leaping  waterfalls. 

High  among  the  mountains  are  exquis- 
ite blue  or  emerald  lakes,  set  like  spark- 
ling gems  in  the  bold  surroundings  of 
peaks  and  glaciers.  Chief  of  these  is  the 
famous  Lake  Louise. 

Brilliant  wild  flowers  in  luxuriant  pro- 
fusion and  of  many  varieties  are  one  of 
the  Park's  chief  charms.  Delicate  twin- 
flowers,  adder's-tongue,  false  heather,  and 
dainty  blossoms  of  every  hue  are  included 
in  these  wild  alpine  meadow  displays. 

A  transmountain  automobile  road  from 
Calgary  runs  through  the  Rocky  Mountains 
Park  and  into  the  Yoho  Park.  Its  route 
includes  points  of  great  scenic  interest. 
This  road  will  be  extended  to  the  Pacific. 

3.  YOHO  PARK 

Scenic    allurements    are    numerous    in 
Yoho  Park,  which  embraces  five  hundred 
and  sixty  square  miles  of  the  west  slope  of 
256 


Canadian  Rational  $>ark0 

the  picturesque  Rocky  Mountains,  in  east- 
ern British  Columbia.  Fantastic  shapes 
and  sharp  points  characterize  it.  The 
vegetation  is  rich  and  verdant.  Many 
wonderful  views  and  interesting  districts 
in  it  are  easily  reached. 

Yoho  Valley  in  this  Park  was  not  dis- 
covered until  1897,  but  its  unusual  beauty 
at  once  attracted  numerous  visitors.  Takak- 
kaw  Fall  is  the  thunderous  spray-shrouded 
leap  of  eleven  hundred  feet  of  a  glacier  tor- 
rent. The  Indian  name  means  "  It  is  Won- 
derful/' This  valley  also  possesses  other 
beautiful  falls,  a  remarkable  ice  region, 
and  other  interesting  alpine  features. 

Emerald  Lake,  admired  by  artists  and 
nature-lovers,  is  said  to  have  twenty  shades 
of  green,  but  never  one  of  blue,  in  its  crys- 
talline mirror  depths.  It  is  reached  by  a 
straight  road  through  dark  fragrant  firs 
that  meet  overhead.  A  dazzling  white 
mountain  at  the  end  of  the  vista  gave  rise 
to  the  name  Snowpeak  Avenue. 

The  Natural  Bridge  is  not  far  from 
257 


Hour  Rational  $arfe£ 

Field,  the  main-line  railway  town  that 
serves  as  a  center  for  this  national  play- 
ground. The  Kickinghorse  River  forces  its 
way  through  a  narrow  gap  in  a  solid  wall 
of  rock.  Rocks  remaining  above  this  boil- 
ing, seething  mass  of  water  and  cloud  spray 
make  a  natural  passageway  across  and 
give  the  formation  its  name. 

Millions  of  trilobites  have  been  found 
in  the  extensive  fossil-bed  of  Mount  Ste- 
phen. This  probably  was  once  the  bed 
of  an  ocean.  This  massive,  round-topped 
mountain,  10,523  feet  high  and  with  curi- 
ously marked  sides,  is  probably  the  most 
frequently  climbed  peak  in  Canada.  It 
seems  to  rise  directly  over  the  town,  is  not 
difficult  to  ascend,  and  affords  wonderful 
views  of  the  " frozen  sea"  of  snow  peaks 
to  the  north  and  west. 

4.  WATERTON  LAKES  PARK 

Waterton  Lakes  Park,  in  southern  Al- 
berta, is  notable  chiefly  for  its  glacier  lakes. 
Although  one  of  the  smallest,  it  is  one  of 
258 


Canadian  Rational  parks 

the  most  beautiful  of  the  Canadian  scenic 
reservations.  Since  sixteen  square  miles 
were  set  aside  in  1895,  it  has  been  enlarged 
to  four  hundred  and  twenty-three  square 
miles. 

For  about  twenty  miles  this  Dominion 
playground  adjoins  the  Glacier  National 
Park  of  the  United  States.  The  two  will 
be  linked  by  a  motor  road,  so  that  visi- 
tors to  one  may  also  enjoy  the  other.  An 
enlargement  of  theWaterton  River  forms 
the  main  chain  of  lakes.  The  upper  one, 
nine  and  a  half  miles  long,  extends  three 
miles  into  the  United  States. 

Prehistoric  glaciers  gouged  out  the  main 
valleys,  leaving  them  carved  in  massive 
proportions.  Beautiful  streams  rush  down 
canons,  plunge  in  shining  cascades,  or  re- 
main dammed]  up  as  superb  lakes.  The 
lower  valleys  are  clothed  with  forests. 
Columnar  peaks,  fantastic  rock  formations, 
and  unscalable  precipices  complete  the 
imposing  effects. 

Fishing  is  a  leading  attraction.  The 
259 


Sour  Rational  parKs 

Park  contains  many  Rocky  Mountain 
goats  and  bighorn  sheep.  Grizzly  and 
black  bears  and  mountain  lions  also  are 
frequently  found. 

5.    REVELSTOKE  PARK 

Revelstoke  Park  is  a  natural  park  on 
Mount  Revelstoke's  summit,  near  the  city 
of  Revelstoke  in  British  Columbia.  This 
mountain's  rolling  uplands  are  studded 
with  beautiful  groves,  dainty  flowers,  and 
exquisite  lakes.  The  wonderful  views  in- 
clude unnamed  and  unclimbed  peaks,  wild 
forests,  streams  and  falls,. and  a  great  ice- 
field. A  motor  road  to  reach  this  summit 
panorama  is  being  completed.  The  Park 
has  an  area  of  ninety-five  square  miles. 
It  is  well  adapted  to  ski-jumping  and  kin- 
dred sports. 

6.   THE  ANIMAL  PARKS 

To  protect  its  large  wild  animals  and 
prevent  their  threatened  extinction,   the 
Canadian  Government  has  gone  to  enor- 
260 


Canadian  Rational 

mous  expense  and  trouble.  Two  animal 
parks  have  been  established:  Elk  Island 
Park  of  sixteen  square  miles,  near  Lamont, 
Alberta;  and  Buffalo  Park  of  one  hundred 
and  sixty  square  miles,  near  Wainwright, 
Alberta.  The  former  contains  many  elk 
and  deer,  as  well  as  moose,  buffaloes,  birds, 
wild-fowl,  and  water-folk.  Buffalo  Park 
makes  a  natural  home  for  over  two  thou- 
sand wild  bisons,  the  largest  pure-blooded 
herd  in  the  world.  The  original  seven  hun- 
dred of  these  were  bought  from  a  Mon- 
tana Indian.  Both  parks  produce  their 
own  forage,  and  are  well  fenced  and  fire- 
guarded.  They  have  many  scenic  lakes, 
woods,  hills,  and  valleys.  Visitors  are  ad- 
mitted to  study  the  wild  life  under  natural 
conditions. 

7.    ST.   LAWRENCE  ISLANDS  PARK 

As  a  National  Park  for  summer  use  by 
fishermen,  campers,  picnickers,  and  excur- 
sionists, the  Dominion  Government  has  a 
dozen  islands  among  the  Thousand  Islands 
261 


flour  Rational  parity 

of  the  St.  Lawrence  River.  Eleven  of  these 
were  purchased  from  Indians  and  the 
twelfth  was  donated  for  park  purposes. 
(Other  islands  in  the  vicinity  are  part  of 
the  New  York  State  park  system.) 

8.   FORT  HOWE  PARK 

Fort  Howe  National  Park  is  the  first 
of  a  new  kind  of  Canadian  parks  that  will 
preserve  historic  places.  An  old  British 
fort  site  at  St.  John,  New  Brunswick,  com- 
prises the  first  of  these  historic  parks.  It 
covers  nineteen  acres.  Here  a  resort  will 
be  established,  and  memorials  of  impor- 
tant events  connected  with  the  spot  will 
be  erected. 

Responsibility  for  the  creation  and  the 
administration  of  Canadian  National  Parks 
rests  upon  the  Minister  of  the  Interior. 
Under  his  direction  is  a  Commissioner  of 
Dominion  Parks,  with  a  staff.  This  is 
absolutely  separate  from  the  Canadian 
Forest  Service.  This  bureau  is  charged 
262 


Canadian  Rational 

with  responsibility  for  the  administration 
of  all  park  matters,  under  one  head.  The 
head  office  plans  the  work  and  the  several 
superintendents  carry  it  out  under  the  in- 
spection of  the  chief  superintendent.  Park 
appropriations  are  voted  each  year  by 
Parliament  in  one  lump  sum,  on  esti- 
mates prepared  by  the  Parks  Bureau. 
Each  superintendent  is  furnished  every 
month  with  an  amount  sufficient  to  cover 
the  cost  of  the  work  planned  for  the 
month  ensuing.  This  system  means  uni- 
formity of  administration;  expenditure 
based  on  a  proper  perspective  of  the  needs 
of  the  several  Parks;  a  comprehensive 
scheme  of  development;  and  flexibility  to 
meet  changed  conditions. 

Further  information  concerning  these 
Parks  may  be  had  from  the  Commissioner 
of  Dominion  Parks,  Ottawa,  Canada. 


XV 

PARK-DEVELOPMENT  AND  NEW  PARKS 

A  PLATFORM  for  park-promoters :  — 

1.  Immediate  appropriations  for  every  Na- 
tional Park. 

2.  Early  enlargement  of  a  few  of  the  Parks. 

3.  Prompt  creation  of  a  number  of  new 
Parks. 

4.  The  National  Park  Service  needs  the 
help  of  your  eternal  vigilance  and  sym- 
pathy.  Keep  the  National  Park  Service 
absolutely    separate    from    the    Forest 
Service  or  any  other  organization. 

5.  Concessions  are  a  bad  feature  in  any 
Park.  The  Palisades  Inter-State  Park  is 
run  without  concessions.   Why  should 
private  concerns  reap  profits  by  exploit- 
ing the  visitors  to  National  Parks? 

6.  A  Board  of  National  Park  Commission- 
ers   is    needed.     These   commissioners 
should  act  as  a  Board  of  Directors,  as  do 
the  Inter-State  Park  Commissioners,  and 
have  absolute  control  over  the  National 
Parks. 

No  nation  has  ever  fallen  through  hav- 
ing too  many  parks.    We  may  have  too 
264 


$arft^£)cbclaprncnt  anfc  Jj5cto  paths 

many  soldiers,  too  many  indoor  functions, 
too  many  exclusive  social  sets,  but  the 
United  States  Government,  or  any  other, 
will  never  fall  for  having  too  many  national 
parks. 

Nearly  all  the  large  nations  of  the  earth 
now  have  national  parks  or  are  planning 
to  create  them.  Canada,  Australia,  and 
New  Zealand  are  especially  thoughtful  in 
park  matters.  Switzerland  has  a  number, 
and  is  planning  new  ones.  A  number  of 
South  American  countries  are  making  in- 
vestigations with  the  view  of  establishing 
national  parks. 

National  parks  are  an  institution  inti- 
mately allied  with  the  general  welfare. 
You  need  this  institution,  and  it  needs 
your  help.  Every  one  ought  to  be  glad 
to  help  better  and  beautify  our  land. 
Whittier  was  once  asked  by  a  young  man 
for  advice  as  to  how  best  to  succeed.  The 
poet  told  him  to  attach  himself  to  a  noble 
and  neglected  cause  and  to  stay  with  it 
till  he  won.  The  Park  field  greatly  needs 
265 


Sour  Rational  $arks 

the  help  of  young  men  and  young  women 
who  are  willing  to  serve  a  noble  cause.  In 
connection  with  National  Parks  you  can 
be  exceedingly  helpful  in  furthering  the 
following  work:  — 

A  number  of  new  Parks  should  be  at 
once  created.  A  number  of  the  old  Parks 
need  to  be  enlarged.  Appropriations  are 
greatly  needed  for  the  development  of  all. 
You  can  help  the  National  Park  Service. 
It  is  in  danger  of  being  crippled  by  the  lack 
of  appropriations.  A  number  of  the  Na- 
tional Monuments  should  at  once  be  made 
National  Parks.  Among  these  are  the 
Grand  Canon,  the  Olympic,  the  Mukun- 
tuweap  Canon,  and  others.  The  Sequoia 
and  other  National  Parks  need  enlarge- 
ment; and  the  Mount  St.  Elias  and  other 
scenic  regions,  especially  the  Mount  Mc- 
Kinley  region,  are  most  worthy  of  early 
consideration  for  park  purposes. 

The  Yellowstone  Park  needs  to  have 
the  Grand  Teton  region  added;  Rainier, 
about  twenty  square  miles  at  the  south- 
266 


aufc 

west  corner;  Crater  Lake,  a  few  square 
miles  on  the  west  and  north;  Yosemite, 
mountainous  country  on  the  east  and 
southeast;  Rocky  Mountain,  small  areas 
—  east,  west,  north,  and  south;  and  the 
Sequoia,  Mount  Whitney  and  the  King's- 
Kern  region. 

One  of  the  most  deserving  of  National 
Park  projects,  as  well  as  one  of  the  most 
unique,  is  that  which  centers  about  the 
Jamez  Plateau,  in  New  Mexico.  Upon  this 
plateau  in  prehistoric  times  stood  a  me- 
tropolis of  Indian  civilization,  and  the 
magnificent  ruins  which  remain  make  this 
place  priceless,  and  throw  over  it  one  of 
the  most  fascinating  mysteries  in  the  realm 
of  archaeology.  A  number  of  the  buildings 
were  stone  structures  of  excellent  and  ar- 
tistic architecture,  and  contained  hun- 
dreds of  rooms.  The  pottery  and  other 
records  left  by  this  vanished  people  indi- 
cate that  they  were  a  people  of  culture  and 
refinement. 

While  the  opposition  is  delaying  the 
267 


gout  Rational  JDarlt^ 

making  of  this  Park,  the  despoilment  of 
the  region  goes  on.  In  this  connection  Dr. 
Jesse  W.  Fewkes  makes  this  significant 
statement:  — 

Too  strong  language  cannot  be  used  in  dep- 
recation of  the  butchering  of  the  architectural 
features  of  our  Southwestern  ruins  by  pot- 
hunters, either  private  individuals  for  gain  or 
representatives  of  institutions  under  the  name 
of  scientific  research. 

The  Cook  Forest  in  western  Pennsyl- 
vania, the  greatest  existing  primeval  growth 
of  white  pine;  a  splendid  redwood  forest 
near  Eureka,  California;  the  Dunes  on 
the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan  in  northern 
Indiana;  the  Mammoth  Cave  of  Ken- 
tucky; the  Luray  Caverns  in  Virginia;  and 
a  stretch  of  the  seashore  in  eastern  North 
Carolina,  —  all  ought  to  be  public  prop- 
erty, though  now  privately  owned.  These 
places  might  be  saved  for  the  people  for 
all  time  in  State  Parks,  but  their  unique 
and  splendid  characteristics  justify  their 
becoming  National  Parks. 
268 


anfc 

Nearly  all  proposed  National  Park  areas 
are  of  territory  in  the  public  domain  — 
still  owned  by  the  Government.  The  pri- 
vately owned  areas  that  are  proposed  for 
National  Parks  are  places  admirably  fitted 
for  park  purposes,  and  are  located  close 
to  millions  of  people. 

It  is  important  that  the  remaining  scenic 
areas  in  the  country  be  at  once  made  into 
State  or  National  Parks.  Fortunately 
there  still  are  a  number  of  these  wild  places, 
but  it  will  require  effort  to  save  them. 
Each  Park  proposed  will  have  powerful 
and  insidious  opposition.  The  insidious 
opposition  to  National  Parks  will  say, 
"  There  is  a  feeling  in  Congress  that  we 
should  not  have  any  more  National  Parks 
at  this  time";  or,  "We  should  wait  until 
present  ones  are  improved." 

Scenery  is  perishable  —  is  easily  ruined. 
The  better  parts  of  scenery  are  birds, 
flowers,  and  trees.  These  are  easily  de- 
spoiled. No  work,  no  public  service,  is 
more  noble  than  that  of  the  Park  exten- 
269 


Sour  Rational  $arli£ 

sion  and  improvement  which  now  presses 
us.  Every  National  Park  needs  appro- 
priations. It  is  the  duty  of  every  one  to 
ask  and  urge  Congress  at  once  to  make 
adequate  appropriations. 

Much  is  to  be  gained  and  nothing  to 
be  lost  in  acting  promptly.  It  is  impor- 
tant that  new  Parks  be  created  now,  a 
working  plan  made  for  all,  and  the  devel- 
opment pushed.  When  all  our  National 
Parks  are  ready  for  travelers,  we  shall  not 
need  to  shout,  "See  America  First/' 

The  phrase  "See  America  First "  may 
have  done  a  little  good,  but  it  is  now  obso- 
lete. A  plain  condition  now  confronts  us. 
Scenic  America  is  to  be  made  ready  to  be 
seen.  Only  a  small  percentage  of  the  area 
of  our  National  Parks  is  really  ready  for 
the  traveler. 

Congress  should  not  be  blamed  for  this 
condition ;  neither  should  we  severely  blame 
ourselves.  But  we  ought  promptly  to  see 
that  these  Parks  receive  adequate  appro- 
priations. If  we  do  this,  in  a  short  time 
270 


anfc 

the  National  Park  Service,  through  its 
Director,  will  say,  "Your  National  Parks 
—  our  matchless  wonderlands  —  are  now 
entirely  ready  for  millions  of  travelers. " 

The  plan  for  the  development  of  Na- 
tional Parks  includes  three  types  of  hotels, 
the  luxurious,  the  popular-priced,  and  inns 
or  shelter  cabins  that  are  clean  and  com- 
fortable, and  that  give  simple  entertain- 
ment at  the  lowest  possible  cost.  And  all 
buildings  should  be  of  an  architecture  that 
harmonizes  with  the  .landscape. 

Guides  in  Parks  should  be  of  the  high- 
est type  of  culture  and  refinement,  nat- 
uralists who  can  impart  information.  Of 
course  they  must  be  masters  of  woodcraft. 
The  wilderness  is  destined  to  have  a  large 
and  helpful  place  in  the  lives  of  the  people. 
This  is  to  be  partly  brought  about  by 
guides  and  Park  rangers.  There  should  be 
guides  of  both  sexes. 

The  ultimate  development  should  em- 
brace a  scenic  road-system,  roads  built  so 
as  to  command  scenery  and  to  be  for  the 
271 


Sour  Rational  $arft£ 

most  part  on  mountain-sides  and  summits. 
They  should  touch  the  greatest  and  most 
beautiful  spots,  and  should  follow,  not 
the  lines  of  least  resistance,  but  those  of 
greatest  attraction.  In  places  along  the 
forested  roads,  openings  might  be  cleared 
so  as  to  expose  near  scenes  and  to  enable 
travelers  to  see  the  game  which  may  come 
to  these  openings. 

Many  roads  should  be  paralleled  by 
trails  for  people  afoot  or  on  horseback. 
Of  course  trails  should  be  made  to  numer- 
ous high  or  wild  places  not  reached  by 
roads. 

Many  persons  do  not  realize  the  dif- 
ference between  a  forest  reserve  and  a 
National  Park.  A  forest  reserve  is  pri- 
marily used  for  cattle-grazing  and  saw- 
mills, while  a  National  Park  is  a  region 
wholly  educational  and  recreational  for 
your  children  and  yourselves.  A  forest  re- 
serve is  a  commercial  proposition,  while  a 
National  Park  must  be  estimated  by  higher 
values.  In  a  paper  on  the  conservation  of 
272 


anD  $eto  JDarhtf 

scenery,  in  "The  Rocky  Mountain  Won- 
derland, "  I  have  said:  — 

We  need  the  forest  reserve,  and  we  need  the 
National  Park.  Each  of  these  serves  in  a  dis- 
tinct way,  and  it  is  of  utmost  importance  that 
each  be  in  charge  of  its  specialist.  The  forester 
is  always  the  lumberman,  the  park  man  is 
a  practical  poet.  .  .  .  The  forester  must  cut 
trees  before  they  are  over-ripe  or  his  crop  will 
waste,  while  the  park  man  wants  the  groves  to 
become  aged  and  picturesque.  The  forester 
pastures  cattle  in  his  meadows,  while  the  park 
man  has  only  people  and  romping  children 
among  his  wild  flowers.  The  park  needs  the 
charm  of  primeval  nature,  and  should  be  free 
from  ugliness,  artificiality,  and  commercialism. 
For  the  perpetuation  of  scenery,  a  landscape 
artist  is  absolutely  necessary.  It  would  be 
folly  to  put  a  park  man  in  charge  of  a  forest 
reserve,  a  lumbering  proposition.  On  the 
other  hand,  what  a  blunder  to  put  a  tree- 
cutting  forester  in  charge  of  a  park!  We  need 
both  these  men;  each  is  important  in  his 
place;  but  it  would  be  a  double  misfortune  to 
put  one  in  charge  of  the  work  of  the  other. 

In  this  connection  Stewart  Edward 
White  recently  wrote :  — 

If  the  public  in  general  understood  the  dif- 
ference between  a  National  Park  and  a  Na- 

273 


flour  Rational  f&atft$ 

tional  Forest,  there  could  be  no  doubt  as  to 
the  opinion  of  any  intelligent  citizen.  The 
distinction  is  so  simple  that  it  seems  that  it 
should  be  easy  to  get  it  within  the  comprehen- 
sion of  anybody.  A  National  Park  is  an  open- 
air  museum  set  apart  by  Congress  either  to 
preserve  from  commercial  development  beau- 
tiful scenery,  trees,  natural  monuments,  or 
some  of  the  forests  that  are  being  cut  com- 
mercially both  in  private  and  national  forests. 
The  idea  is  not  commercial  development  along 
even  conservative  and  constructive  lines,  but 
absolute  preservation  in  a  state  of  nature. 
Once  this  distinction  is  grasped,  no  one  can 
doubt  that  these  two  institutions  demand  en- 
tirely different  management.  It  would  be  as 
sensible  to  put  men  with  the  same  training  in 
charge  of  both  National  Park  and  National 
Forest,  as  it  would  be  to  place  the  same  men 
with  the  same  training  in  charge  of  a  busy 
shoe  factory  and  a  museum  of  archaeology. 

Says  Frederick  Law  Olmsted :  — 

Why  should  there  be  a  distinction  between 
National  Forests  and  National  Parks?  If  the 
public  is  at  liberty  to  use  both  as  recreation 
grounds,  why  should  they  not  all  be  under  one 
management,  in  the  interest  of  a  more  econom- 
ical administration? 

The  National  Forests  are  set  apart  for  eco- 
274 


anfc 

nomic  ends,  and  their  use  for  recreation  is  a 
by-product  properly  to  be  secured  only  in  so 
far  as  it  does  not  interfere  with  the  economic 
efficiency  of  the  forest  management.  The 
National  Parks  are  set  apart  primarily  in 
order  to  preserve  to  the  people  for  all  time  the 
opportunity  of  a  peculiar  kind  of  enjoyment 
and  recreation,  not  measurable  in  economic 
terms  and  to  be  obtained  only  from  the 
remarkable  scenery  which  they  contain  — 
scenery  of  these  primeval  types  which  are  in 
most  parts  of  the  world  rapidly  vanishing  for 
all  eternity  before  the  increased  thoroughness 
of  the  economic  use  of  land.  In  the  National 
Parks  direct  economic  returns,  if  any,  are 
properly  the  by-products;  and  even  rapidity 
and  efficiency  in  making  them  accessible  to 
the  people,  although  of  great  importance,  are 
wholly  secondary  to  the  one  dominant  pur- 
pose of  preserving  essential  esthetic  qualities 
of  their  scenery  unimpaired  as  a  heritage 
to  the  infinite  numbers  of  the  generations  to 
come. 

Because  of  the  very  fact  that  in  the  Parks, 
as  well  as  in  the  Forest,  considerations  of 
economics  and  of  direct  human  enjoyment 
must  both  be  carefully  weighed  in  reaching 
decisions,  and  because  the  physical  problems 
are  much  the  same  in  both,  the  fundamental 
difference  in  the  points  of  view  which  should 

275 


four  Rational  $arft£ 

control  the  management  of  the  National 
Parks  and  that  of  the  National  Forests  can  be 
safely  maintained  only  by  keeping  them  under 
separate  administration. 

John  Nolen  says :  — 

The  minor  purposes  of  forests  may  cor- 
respond somewhat  with  the  major  purposes  of 
parks,  and  vice  versa;  but  the  main  and  essen- 
tial purposes  of  each  are  altogether  different 
from  the  main  and  essential  purposes  of  the 
other  and  any  confusion  of  them  is  sure  to 
lead  to  waste  and  disappointment. 

Scenery  is  our  most  valuable  and  our 
noblest  resource. 

It  is  of  utmost  importance  that  each  of 
these  reservations  be  managed  separately. 
Those  who  have  distinguished  themselves 
by  appreciating  the  importance  of  Na- 
tional Parks  and  by  helping  them  in  every 
way,  have  been  clear  and  emphatic  in 
urging  that  National  Park  management 
be  utterly  separate  from  the  management 
of  National  Forests.  Among  those  who 
have  taken  this  stand  are  John  Muir, 
J.  Horace  McFarland,  John  Nolen,  Mrs. 
276 


anb 

John  D.  Sherman,  and  in  fact  every  one 
that  I  know  of  who  is  an  authority  on 
parks.  The  National  Academy  of  Science 
also  made  a  similar  recommendation  in 

1897. 

A  Park  should  stand  alone,  and  stand 
high.  If  we  think  of  the  Parks  separately, 
keep  them  free  from  the  dominion  of  com- 
mercialism, of  interests,  and  of  organiza- 
tions, we  may  hope  in  a  short  time  to  re- 
ceive the  best  use  of  them. 

The  courts  have  recently  made  a  num- 
ber of  excellent  decisions  concerning  the 
conservation  of  scenery,  and  have  gone 
definitely  on  record  recognizing  its  higher 
values.  In  a  decision  concerning  a  water- 
fall, Judge  Robert  E.  Lewis  said  in  part:  — 

It  is  a  beneficial  use  to  the  weary  that  they, 
ailing  and  feeble,  can  have  the  wild  beauties 
of  Nature  placed  at  their*convenient  disposal. 
Is  a  piece  of  canvas  valuable  only  for  a  tent- 
fly,  but  worthless  as  a  painting?  Is  a  block  of 
stone  beneficially  used  when  put  into  the  walls 
of  a  dam,  and  not  beneficially  used  when 
carved  into  a  piece  of  statuary?  Is  the  test 
277 


Sour  Rational  $arfe£ 

dollars,  or  has  beauty  of  scenery,  rest,  recrea- 
tion, health  and  enjoyment  something  to  do 
with  it?  Is  there  no  beneficial  use  except  that 
which  is  purely  commercial? 

This  decision  is  epoch-marking.  It  em- 
phasizes the  importance  to  the  Parks  of 
having  a  management  that  is  in  no  way 
tied  up  with  any  other  work. 

From  the  time  of  the  creation  of  the 
Yellowstone  Park  till  1914  there  was  no 
official  head  to  the  National  Parks,  but 
that  year  Secretary  of  the  Interior  Frank- 
lin K.  Lane  used  his  right  and  appointed 
the  first  Superintendent,  Mark  Daniels. 

The  year  1915  was  memorable  in  Na- 
tional Park  history.  In  that  year  Secre- 
tary Lane  appointed  Stephen  T.  Mather 
Assistant  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior, 
with  authority  to  do  all  that  he  could 
for  Parks.  Mr.  Mather,  a  business  man, 
sympathetic,  well  acquainted  with  the 
Parks,  saw  their  extraordinary  possibilities. 
Having  the  administrative  charge  of  these 
National  Parks,  he  at  once  set  to  work 

278 


an&  jjjctu  park?" 

upon  the  extremely  difficult  task  of  bring- 
ing them  out  of  chaos  into  order.  In  the 
short  time  that  he  has  had  charge  of  them, 
he  has  made  a  remarkable  advance  in  se- 
curing for  them  a  working  plan  of  develop- 
ment, and  a  simplified  and  businesslike 
management. 

In  1915  Superintendent  Daniels  was 
superseded  by  Robert  B.  Marshall,  former 
Chief  Geographer  of  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey.  Mr.  Marshall  worked 
enthusiastically  but  resigned  in  Decem- 
ber, 1916.  Mr.  Mather  became  Director 
of  the  National  Park  Service  in  March, 
1917. 

Automobiles  were  first  admitted  to  all 
National  Parks  in  1915,  and  that  year, 
too,  a  number  of  educative  publications 
concerning  them  were  issued. 

In  September,  1911,  what  may  be  called 
the  first  National  Park  Conference  was 
held  in  the  Yellowstone  Park.  This  was 
called  by  Secretary  of  the  Interior  Walter 
L.  Fisher.  In  his  opening  remarks  at  this 
279 


iour  jjJational  parfe£ 

conference  Mr.  Fisher  said  that  the  pur- 
pose of  the  conference  was  to  "discuss 
the  matter  of  the  present  condition  of  the 
National  Parks  and  what  can  best  be 
done  to  promote  the  welfare  of  the  Parks 
and  make  them  better  for  the  purpose  for 
which  they  were  created."  This  brought 
together  a  large  gathering  of  men  of  affairs 
and  distinctly  furthered  the  creation  of 
the  National  Park  Service. 

The  National  Park  Service  is  one  of  the 
subdivisions  of  the  Department  of  the 
Interior.  The  Service  was  created  by  an 
act  of  Congress  in  1916,  after  a  campaign 
that  lasted  for  seven  years.  At  its  head  is 
a  Director.  It  gives  the  Parks  an  official 
standing  and  the  care  and  development 
and  administration  needed. 

All  National  Parks  and  twenty-one  of 
the  National  Monuments  are  in  charge  of 
the  National  Park  Service.  As  Monu- 
ments are  scenic  and  educational  reserva- 
tions, it  is  plain  that  all  these  Monuments 
might  well  be  in  charge  of  the  National 
280 


Park  Service.  Then,  too,  the  name  "  Monu- 
ment" might  well  be  changed  to  "Park." 
Considering  the  far-reaching  influence 
of  the  Parks  on  the  general  welfare,  in  a 
few  years  they  might  be  placed  under  a 
cabinet  officer  who  could  appropriately 
be  called  the  Secretary  of  National  Parks. 


XVI 
THE  SPIRIT  OF  THE  FOREST 

THE  supreme  forest  of  the  world  is  in  the 
Sequoia  National  Park.  The  Big  Trees 
have  attained  here  their  greatest  size  and 
their  grandest  development.  Here  is  the  for- 
est's most  impressive  assemblage.  In  these 
groves  at  the  southern  end  of  the  splendid 
Sierra  is  all  the  eloquence  of  wooded  wilds 
—  the  silence  of  centuries  and  the  eternal 
spirit  of  the  forest.  This  forest  is  to  be 
guarded  and  saved  forever. 

How  happily  trees  have  mingled  with 
our  lives!  Ever  since  our  lowly  ancestors 
crawled  from  gloomy  caves,  stood  erect 
in  the  sunlight,  wondered  at  this  calm, 
mysterious  world,  and  at  last  made  homes 
beneath  the  hemlock  and  the  pine  — 
ever  since  then,  down  through  the  ages, 
through  the  dim,  sad  centuries,  all  the  way 
from  cave  to  cottage,  the  forest  has  been 
282 


ON   THE   ROAD   TO   SHERMAN   TREE 
GIANT   FOREST,   SEQUOIA   NATIONAL, PARK 


€&e  Spirit  of  tfte  forest 

a  mother  to  our  good  race.  How  different 
our  history  had  this  wooded  and  beauti- 
ful world  been  treeless  and  lonely!  Groves 
stand  peaceful  and  prominent  on  every 
hill,  in  every  dale  of  history  that  encour- 
ages or  inspires.  If  we  should  lose  the 
hospitality  of  the  trees  and  the  friendship 
of  the  forest,  our  race  too  would  be  lost, 
and  the  desert's  pale,  sad  sky  would  come 
to  hover  above  a  rounded,  lifeless  world. 
The  trees  are  friends  of  mankind. 

The  forest  that  you  see  on  the  heights 
across  the  valley,  that  stands  so  steadfast 
upon  the  billowed  and  broken  slopes,  that 
drapes  the  dales  and  distances  with  peace- 
ful, purple  folds,  and  makes  complete 
with  grace  and  grandeur  a  hanging  garden 
of  the  hills  —  this  is  the  forest  that  shel- 
tered our  ancestors  through  the  past's 
slow-changing  years. 

The  trees  have  wandered  over  the  earth 

and  prepared  it  for  our  race.    Their  low 

green  ranks  encircle  the  cold  white  realm 

of  Farthest  North ;  they  grow  in  luxuriance 

283 


Bout  jjJational  §parh£ 

beneath  the  equatorial  sun;  they  have 
climbed  and  held  the  heights  though 
beaten  and  crushed  with  storm  and  snow; 
they  have  dared  the  desert's  hot  and 
deadly  sand;  they  stand  ankle-deep  in 
bayous  wrapped  in  tangled  vines;  they 
have  breasted  the  surf  and  pushed  out  into 
the  surges  of  the  ocean;  they  have  con- 
quered and  reclaimed  the  rocks  on  con- 
tinents and  islands;  they  have  plumed 
with  palms  the  white  reefs  of  the  blue 
and  billowed  sea;  their  triumphant  masses 
stand  where  the  Ice  King  rules;  and  in 
volcanoes'  throats  they  have  given  beauty 
for  ashes.  Their  banners  wave  under 
every  sun  and  sky.  Wherever  our  race 
has  gone  to  live,  the  trees  have  given  wel- 
come and  shelter. 

The  picturesque  woodsman  with  his  axe 
has  helped  to  build  nations  and  to  improve 
and  sustain  them  after  they  were  built. 
He  will  play  his  part  in  the  future.  An 
axeman  at  work  in  the  woods  makes  even 
a  more  stirring  and  romantic  picture  than 
284 


€|>e  Spirit  of  tlje  forest 

does  the  reaper  in  his  harvest  home  on 
autumn's  golden  fields.  It  is  good  to  hear 
the  sounds  of  the  axe  as  they  echo  and 
reecho  among  wooded  wilds  and  then  fade 
away,  a  melody  amid  the  forested  hills. 
The  echoes  of  the  axe  suggest  the  old,  old 
story  —  tell  of  a  love-touched  dream  come 
true,  of  another  home  to  be.  When  under 
the  axe  an  old  tree  falls,  it  is  the  end  of  a 
life  well  lived,  the  end  of  a  work  well  done. 
But  this  tree  may  rise,  helped  and  shaped 
by  happy  hands,  and  become  the  most 
sacred  place  in  all  this  world  of  ours  —  a 
home  where  lovers  live  —  a  cottage  with 
hollyhocks  and  roses  by  the  door. 

But  we  are  leaving  the  low-vaulted  past. 
These  trees  are  not  to  fall.  They  are  to 
stand.  In  parks,  we  have  provided  for 
trees  a  refuge  with  ourselves.  They  are 
to  live  on,  and  with  them  we  shall  build 
more  stately  mansions  for  the  soul. 

Trees  have  trials.  They  know  what  it 
is  to  struggle  and  grow  strong.  With  hard- 
ship they  build  history,  adventure,  pathos, 
285 


If  our  Rational  $arft£ 

and  poetry.  Every  tree  has  a  life  full  of 
incident.  Aged  trees  are  stored  with  the 
lore  of  generations,  carry  the  character  of 
centuries,  have  biographies,  stirring  life- 
stories.  A  sequoia  is  an  impressive  wonder. 
As  the  oldest  settler  upon  the  earth  —  the 
pioneer  of  pioneers  —  it  knows  the  stories 
of  centuries.  At  the  dead  lips  of  the 
Sphinx  you  listen  in  vain,  but  beneath  a 
Big  Tree  the  ages  speak  and  the  centuries 
shift  their  scenes.  The  Big  Trees  carry 
within  their  untranslated  scrolls  that  which 
may  enrich  the  literature  of  the  world. 
Within  a  Big  Tree's  brave  breast  are  more 
materials  of  fact  and  fancy  than  in  the 
ocean's  coral  cove,  or  in  the  murmuring 
sea-shell  on  the  shore. 

In  the  forest,  around  the  foot  of  a  tree, 
rages  an  endless  and  ever-changing  strug- 
gle for  existence.  Here  from  season  unto 
season  a  thousand  forms  of  life  feed  and 
frolic,  live  and  love,  fight  and  die.  Here 
Nature's  stirring  drama  is  playing  on  and 
always  on.  Here  are  trials  and  triumphs, 
286 


€|>e  Spirit  of  tfte  forest 

activity  and  repose,  and  all  the  woodland 
scenes  upon  the  wild  world's  stage  amid 
the  splendors  and  the  shadows  of  the  pines. 
At  this  place  Nature  smiles  and  sings,  and 
here,  at  times,  the  lonely  echo  seems  to 
search  and  seek  in  vain. 

I  never  see  a  little  tree  bursting  from 
the  earth,  peeping  confidingly  up  among 
the  withered  leaves,  without  wondering 
how  long  it  will  live,  what  trials  or  tri- 
umphs it  will  have.  I  always  hope  that 
it  will  be  a  home  for  the  birds.  I  always 
hope  that  it  will  find  life  worth  living,  and 
that  it  will  live  long  to  better  and  to  beau- 
tify the  earth. 

In  spring,  summer,  autumn,  and  winter, 
the  broadleaf  forest  is  a  picture  gallery, 
a  fine-arts  hall.  In  winter,  abloom  with 
snow  flowers  or  in  penciled  tracery  against 
the  sky,  how  trustfully  it  sleeps!  Con- 
fidently and  in  perfect  faith,  it  awaits  the 
supreme  day  of  spring,  when,  amid  the 
buzzing  of  bees,  the  songs  of  mating  birds, 
and  the  unfolding  of  green  and  crumpled 
287 


Sour  j[5atiouai  parity 

leaves,  comes  the  glory-burst  of  bloom. 
In  leaf-filled  summer  the  woodlands  are  a 
realm  of  rich  content.  But  in  reflective 
autumn,  when  the  plaintive  note  of  the 
bluebird  has  Southland  in  its  tones,  when 
the  hills  are  golden,  then  the  work  of  the 
leaves  is  done  and  they  come  out  in  gar- 
ments of  glory  to  die  —  to  die  like  the  sun- 
set of  a  splendid  day.  Color  is  triumphant 
when  autumn,  the  artist,  touches  the 
trees,  for  then  the  entire  temperate  zone 
encircling  this  rounded  world  is  a  wreath 
of  glory.  This  wreath  fades  or  falls  away; 
and  the  little  golden  leaf  that  casts  its  lot 
upon  the  breeze  and  floats  off  in  the  midst 
of  mysteries  is  upon  a  journey  just  as  dear 
as  when,  amid  the  mists  of  sun  and  spring, 
it  did  appear. 

The  woodland  world  of  the  mountains 
in  National  Parks  is  a  grand  commingling 
of  groves  and  grass-plots,  crags  and  canons, 
and  rounded  lakes  with  forest  frames  and 
shadow-matted  shores  that  rest  in  peace 
within  the  purple  forest.  Here,  in  Na- 
288 


€&e  Spirit  of  tf>e  forest 

ture's  mirrors,  pond-lilies,  all  green  and 
gold,  rise  and  fall  on  gentle  swells,  or  re- 
pose with  reflected  clouds  and  stars.  Here, 
too,  are  drifts  of  fringed  gentians,  blue 
flakes  from  summer's  bluest  sky.  Here 
young  and  eager  streams  leap  in  white 
cascades  between  crowding  crags  and 
pines.  In  these  pictured  scenes  the  birds 
sing,  the  useful  beaver  builds  his  pic- 
turesque home;  here  the  cheerful  chip- 
munk frolics  and  never  grows  up;  and  here 
the  world  stays  young.  Forests  give 
poetry  to  the  prose  of  life  and  enable  us  to 
have  and  to  hold  high  ideals. 

In  almost  every  forest  is  the  quaking 
aspen,  the  most  widely  distributed  tree 
in  the  world.  In  autumn  its  golden  ban- 
ners encircle  the  globe  and  adorn  nearly 
one  half  the  earth.  Though  this  tree  has 
a  constitution  so  tender  that  it  is  easily 
killed  by  fire  or  injury,  it  is  one  of  the 
greatest  pioneer  trees  in  the  forest  world. 
Through  the  ages  the  restless  aspen  leaves 
appear  to  have  attracted  the  attention 
289 


four  Rational  $arft£ 

of  mankind.  Unfortunately  the  old  myths 
and  legends  concerning  this  merry,  child- 
like tree  told  of  fear  or  sorrow,  but  now 
every  one  catches  the  hopeful  spirit  of  the 
aspen.  Aspens  are  youth,  eternal  youth. 
Endlessly  their  dancing  leaves  proclaim 
youth.  They  are  romping  children.  Their 
bare  legs,  their  mud-  and  water-wading 
habits,  their  dancing  out  of  one  thing  into 
another,  are  charmingly,  faithfully  child- 
like. 

Every  tree  has  the  ways  of  its  race. 
The  willow  in  its  appointed  place  is  ever 
leaning  over  watching  the  endless  proces- 
sion of  waters.  Does  it  wonder  whence  and 
whither?  The  birches  are  maidens,  slender, 
white,  and  fair.  The  maple  has  its  own 
excuse  for  being.  The  elms  arch  the  wood- 
land world  with  cathedral  art.  Beautiful 
is  the  lone  silver  spruce  lingering  among 
the  grand  golden  lichened  crags.  The 
sturdy  pines  stand  in  ever  green  content- 
ment. The  straight  spruces  and  stately 
firs  point  ever  upward  and  never  cease  to 
290 


€|>e  Spirit  of  t&e  forest 

call  "Excelsior!"  nor  to  climb  toward 
their  ideal.  The  oak,  full  of  character, 
welcomes  all  seasons  and  all  weathers. 
Within  the  forest,  up  toward  the  heights, 
stands  a  tree  that  wins  and  holds  the 
heart  like  a  hollyhock.  This  tree,  the  hem- 
lock, is  a  poem  all  alone.  It  is  the  heroine, 
the  mother  spirit  of  the  woodland  world, 
handsome,  richly  robed,  symmetrical,  grace- 
ful, sensitive,  and  steadfast.  She,  more 
than  any  other  tree,  appeals  to  the  eye 
and  the  heart.  In  her  upcurving  arms  and 
entire  expression  there  is  a  -  yearning. 
When  the  world  was  young  she  may  have 
been  the  first  tree  to  shelter  our  homeless, 
wandering  race.  To-day,  when  the  wild 
folk  of  the  outdoors  are  most  beset  with 
cold  or  storm,  they  go  trustingly  and  con- 
fidingly to  nestle  in  the  hemlock's  arms. 
And  rightly  the  sequoia  is  the  nobleman 
of  all  the  forest  world. 

That  sweet  singer,  the  solitaire,  is  the 
chorister  of  the  forest.  He  puts  the  woods 
in  song.  Hear  his  woodnotes  wild  and  the 
291 


Hour  Rational 

Spirit  of  the  Forest  will  thrill  you!  Medi- 
tations and  memories  will  throng  you. 
His  msCtchless  melody  carries  echoes  of 
Orpheus  and  good  tidings  from  distant 
lands  where  dreams  come  true.  Far  away, 
soft  and  low,  the  wood  itself  seems  to  be 
singing  a  hopeful  song,  a  rhythm  of  ages, 
that  you  have  heard  before.  Pictured 
fairyland  unfolds  as  you  listen.  In  it  is 
the  peace,  the  poetry,  the  majesty,  and 
the  mystery  of  the  forest. 

Go  to  the  trees  and  get  their  good  tid- 
ings. Have  an  autumn  day  in  the  woods, 
and  beneath  the  airy  arches  of  limbs  and 
leaves  linger  in  paths  of  peace.  Speak  to 
the  jostling  little  trees  that  are  so  pretty 
and  so  eager.  Stand  beneath  the  mon- 
archs,  rugged  and  rich  in  character.  Lie 
down  upon  the  brown  leaves,  and  look 
far  away  through  the  slowly  vanishing 
vistas  full  of  forest,  of  columns  that  are 
filled  with  kindest  light.  Leaves  of  red, 
bronze,  and  gold  will  rest  in  the  sunlight, 
or  be  falling  back  to  earth  without  a  fear. 
292 


€&e  Spirit  of  tfje  forest 

The  brook  will  murmur  on;  around,  the 
falling  nuts  may  patter  upon  the  fallen 
leaves;  the  woodpecker  may  be  tip-tap- 
ping ;  the  birds  will  be  passing  for  the  South- 
land; the  squirrels  will  be  planting  for  the 
ages.  Though  there  are  stirring  activities 
and  endless  fancies,  your  repose  will  be  com- 
plete. Here  where  the  lichen-tinted  col- 
umns of  gray  and  brown  are  rich  and  beau- 
tiful in  the  mellow  light,  you  will  be  at  your 
best  —  your  own  will  come  to  you  —  with 
the  Infinite  you  will  be  in  tune.  Stay  till 
night,  and  from  the  edge  of  the  woods  see 
the  sun  go  down  in  triumph.  While  all  is 
hushed,  watch  the  castled  crag  and  the 
gnarled  pine  on  the  hilltop  blacken  against 
the  golden  afterglow.  In  the  reflective 
twilight  hour  you  may  catch  the  murmur 
and  the  music  of  the  wind-touched  trees. 

I  wish  that  every  one  might  have  a  night 
by  a  camp-fire  at  Mother  Nature's  hearth- 
stone. Culture  began  by  a  camp-fire  in  the 
forest.  Ages  and  ages  ago,  lightning  one 
rainy  evening  set  fire  to  a  dead  tree  near 
293 


Hour  Rational  f&arft£ 

the  entrance  to  a  cave.  The  flames  lured 
some  of  our  frightened  ancestors  from  their 
cheerless  lair,  and  as  they  stared  at  the 
burning  wood,  they  pushed  back  their  long 
tangled  hair,  the  better  to  watch  the  move- 
ments of  the  mysterious  flames.  Around 
this  fire  these  primitive  people  gathered  for 
the  first  social  evening  on  the  earth.  When 
in  the  forest  one  sits  within  the  camp- fire* s 
magic  tent  of  light,  amid  the  silent,  sculp- 
tured trees,  thrilling  through  one's  blood 
go  all  the  trials  and  triumphs  of  our  race. 
A  camp-fire  in  the  forest  marks  the  most 
enchanting  place  on  life's  highway  wherein 
to  have  a  lodging  for  the  night. 

Weird  and  strange  are  the  feelings  that 
flow  as  winds  sweep  and  sound  through  the 
trees.  Now  the  Storm  King  puts  a  bugle  to 
his  lips,  and  a  deep,  elemental  hymn  is  sung 
while  the  blast  surges  wild  through  the 
pines.  Soon  Mother  Nature  is  quietly  sing- 
ing, singing  soft  and  low,  while  the  breezes 
pause  and  play  in  the  pines.  From  the  past 
one  has  been  ever  coming,  with  the  future 
294 


€&e  Spirit  of  t&e  forest 

is  destined  ever  to  go,  when  with  centuries 
of  worshipful  silence  one  waits  for  a  wind  in 
the  pines.  Ever  the  good  old  world  grows 
better,  both  with  songs  and  with  silence, 
in  the  pines. 

One  touch  of  forest  nature  makes  the 
whole  world  kin.  A  tree  is  the  flag  of  Na- 
ture, and  forests  give  a  universal  feeling 
of  good  will.  In  the  boundless  forest  the 
boundary-lines  of  nations  are  forgotten. 
Some  time  an  immortal  pine  may  be  the 
flag  of  a  united  and  peaceful  world.  In  the 
forests'  fairyland  are  still  heard  "the  horns 
of  Elfland  faintly  blowing/'  There  — 

"Echoes  roll  from  soul  to  soul, 
And  grow  forever  and  forever." 

Kinship  is  the  spirit  of  the  forest. 


XVII 
WILD  LIFE  IN  NATIONAL  PARKS 

HUNTERS  are  excluded  from  National 
Parks,  and  within  these  wonderlands  all 
shooting  is  prohibited.  All  National  Parks 
are  wild-life  sanctuaries,  places  of  refuge  for 
birds  and  animals.  There  the  wild  folk  are 
not  pursued,  trapped,  or  shot.  Nearly  all 
the  principal  birds  and  beasts  of  North 
America  are  to  be  found  in  these  Parks. 
Here  may  be  seen  the  lively,  merry  play- 
pranks  of  young  bears,  young  birds,  and 
young  beavers.  Each  Park  is  thus  a  wild- 
life paradise  where  the  animals  are  safe,  free 
from  the  fear  of  being  killed  by  man.  These 
Parks  are  ideal  places  in  which  to  enjoy  the 
animals  and  to  study  their  character;  and 
they  are  a  happy  hunting-ground  for  the 
hunter  who  carries  the  camera.  Recreation 
in  these  wonderlands  is  thus  absolutely 
separated  from  the  butchering  business. 
296 


Sife  in  Rational  $arft£ 

What  a  glorious  exchange!  All  this  should 
help  the  good  old  world  to  grow  better. 
Making  a  wild-animal  place  of  refuge  is 
equivalent  to  making  a  park-place  of  refuge 
for  ourselves. 

One  day,  in  what  is  now  the  Rocky 
Mountain  National  Park,  I  came  upon 
a  luxuriously  equipped  camping-party,  in 
which  were  at  least  a  score  of  people.  They 
had  a  splendid  outfit  and  bore  evidence  of 
culture  and  refinement.  I  came  upon  their 
camp  just  at  the  close  of  a  day  that  they 
had  devoted  to  a  hunting-contest.  I  do  not 
recall  the  prize  that  the  winning  side  se- 
cured, but  all  members  of  the  party,  young 
and  old,  men  and  women,  had  engaged  in 
the  contest.  They  had  taken  sides,  and  each 
side  had  endeavored  during  the  day  to  kill 
more  animals  than  the  other.  Every  living 
thing  was  allowable.  Piled  up  against  a  log 
near  the  camp  were  two  heaps  of  dead 
wild  folk — squirrels  and  chipmunks,  grouse 
and  hummingbirds,  water-ouzels,  ptarmi- 
gans, bluebirds,  a  robin,  a  wren,  a  snow- 
297 


Sour  Rational 

shoe  rabbit,  and  I  know  not  how  many 
others. 

People  who  engage  in  this  kind  of  sport 
have  characters  that  I  cannot  understand. 
These  people,  with  all  the  advantages  of 
culture  and  refinement,  were  out  in  the 
wild,  lovely,  splendid  scenes.  They  had  for- 
gotten all  other  forms  of  recreation  or  en- 
joyment and  had  sunk  back  into  barbaric 
blood-shedding  ' *  sport. ' ' 

Man  has  appeared  to  the  furred  and 
feathered  wilderness  people  as  a  wanton 
murderer.  Animals  have  been  constantly 
in  danger,  and  nowhere  nor  at  any  time 
were  they  safe.  Too  often  animals  have 
been  called  cowards.  They  have  grown  shy 
and  wild  from  necessity.  Their  life  has 
depended  on  keeping  out  of  the  way  of 
man.  Along  with  the  getting  of  food,  their 
chief  concern  is  "safety  first/1  This  re- 
quires that  they  be  eternally  vigilant  to 
flee  from  the  near  presence  of  man.  The 
invention  of  the  long-range  repeating  rifle 
added  a  large  element  of  fear  and  con- 
298 


Jlifc  in  Rational  JDarhs? 

sequent  shyness  to  the  life  of  the  wild  peo- 
pie. 

But  now  our  National  Parks  are  reform- 
ing man.  The  wildest  of  animals  quickly 
become  half-tame  in  any  place  that  is  safe. 
During  the  past  few  years  thousands  of  ex- 
cellent photographs  have  been  made  of  big 
game  in  National  Parks.  Elk,  antelopes, 
and  mountain  sheep  have  been  photo- 
graphed singly  and  in  groups  at  the  dis- 
tance of  only  a  few  yards. 

"It  is  better  to  let  the  wild  beast  run 

And  let  the  wild  bird  fly; 
Each  harbors  best  in  his  native  nest, 
Even  as  you  and  I." 

None  of  the  big  animals  in  the  United 
States  are  ferocious.  In  parks  it  is  men, 
not  animals,  who  are  on  their  good  be- 
havior —  his  hand  restrained,  man  tem- 
porarily becomes  as  inoffensive  as  the 
animals.  It  may  be,  if  we  quit  shooting 
animals  on  one  side  of  a  Park  boundary- 
line,  that  in  due  time  we  shall  become 
sufficiently  civilized  to  stop  killing  people 
299 


Sour  Rational  parft£ 

on  the  other  side  of  a  national  boundary- 
line. 

That  the  habitual  wildness  of  birds  and 
animals  is  the  result  of  experience,  rather 
than  instinct,  was  forcefully  illustrated  to 
me  by  a  surprise  that  I  enjoyed  with  wild 
mountain  sheep  in  a  side  canon  of  the  Colo- 
rado River  in  Arizona.  Bighorn  sheep  are 
proverbially  alert  and  wild.  Imagine  my 
astonishment  when  two  or  three  of  a  flock 
of  bighorns  walked  up  and  touched  me 
with  their  noses!  Evidently  they  had  never 
before  seen  man.  Trustfully  they  ap- 
proached to  satisfy  their  native  curiosity. 

For  a  number  of  days  I  was  close  to  this 
flock,  and  several  times  I  walked  among 
them.  They  showed  no  excitement;  they 
had  nothing  to  fear.  Without  doubt,  they 
had  not  been  fired  upon,  chased,  or  even 
approached  by  man  before.  When  I  started 
for  other  scenes,  one  of  the  ewes  of  this 
wild  herd  followed  me  for  more  than  an 
hour.  Here  were  wild  animals  in  a  truly 
natural  state!  The  abundance  of  easily 
300 


ilifc  in  Rational  $>arft£ 

watched  bird  and  animal  life  in  these  nu- 
merous Parks  affords  a  splendid  opportu- 
nity to  learn  how  these  so-called  wild  peo- 
ple live  and  who  they  are. 

Our  greatest  animal  is  the  grizzly  bear. 
In  the  Parks  we  may  make  his  acquaint- 
ance. The  story  of  "Ben  Franklin/'  who 
was  reared  by  James  Capen  Adams,  "Griz- 
zly Adams,"  an  early  mountaineer  and 
hunter  of  California,  tells  of  a  noble  grizzly 
bear. 

While  hunting  in  the  Yosemite  in  1854, 
Adams  killed  a  mother  grizzly  and  cap- 
tured two  tiny  cubs.  A  greyhound  suckled 
them,  and  Adams  kept  one  of  the  cubs  — 
Ben  Franklin.  Ben  was  never  chained,  but 
followed  his  master  everywhere  through 
the  mountains  with  a  devotion  equal  to  that 
of  a  faithful  dog.  Adams  always  treated 
him  with  kindness  and  understanding,  and 
trained  him  to  carry  huge  packs.  Ben  also 
rendered  other  startling  services. 

One  day,  while  returning  from  a  hunt 
with  Ben  at  his  heels,  Adams  suddenly 
301 


four  Rational  $arfe£ 

came  upon  a  mother  grizzly  and  three  cubs 
in  the  close  quarters  of  a  thicket.  The  un- 
expected encounter  probably  caused  the 
big  bear  to  defend  her  cubs,  and  she  sprang 
upon  Adams  before  he  could  fire  his  rifle. 
He  was  knocked  down  and  seriously 
wounded.  Though  still  a  youngster,  Ben 
was  grandly  loyal  and  brave;  he  instantly 
sprang  at  the  huge  bear's  throat  and  put  up 
a  courageous  fight.  This  distracted  the  big 
bear's  attention  and  gave  Adams  a  chance 
to  spring  out  of  harm's  way  and  shoot  her. 
Little  Ben  was  terribly  bitten.  So  grateful 
was  Adams  that  he  dressed  Ben's  wounds 
before  he  attended  to  his  own.  Both  Adams 
and  Ben  survived,  and  ever  after  they  were 
close  companions. 

For  brain-power,  prowess,  and  sheer 
force  of  character  the  grizzly  is  the  king  of 
the  wilderness.  He  knows  it,  and  therefore 
is  the  aristocrat  of  the  wilds.  With  real 
intelligence,  and,  if  kindly  tamed,  with 
wonderful  loyalty  and  devotion,  he  is  an 
outdoor  citizen  of  high  type,  and  does  not 
302 


ffiife  in  Rational 

merit  the  extermination  that  threatens 
him. 

A  grizzly  is  ever  alert,  vigilant,  and  cau- 
tious, unless  his  well-developed  bump  of 
curiosity  temporarily  hypnotizes  him  and 
,  betrays  him  into  momentary  dullness  and 
forgetfulness.  He  is  not  a  coward,  but 
simply  believes  in  preparedness  and  safety 
first,  and  so  seldom  blunders  into  trouble. 
He  is  popularly  believed  to  be  ferocious. 
Two  or  three  generations  ago  he  may  have 
been  fierce,  but  he  is  not  so  now.  He  uses 
his  keen  wits  to  avoid  man,  and  never  at- 
tacks wantonly  nor  fights  if  he  can  avoid  it. 
But  he  is  a  masterful  fighter,  with  strength, 
endurance,  courage,  mentality,  and  prompt 
action  in  emergencies. 

There  is  little  that  the  grizzly  or  the 
black  bear  will  not  eat.  Fresh  meat  or 
carrion,  honey,  grasshoppers,  ants,  grubs, 
fish,  mice  and  others  pests,  grass,  fruits, 
berries,  bark,  roots,  leaves  —  all  may  be 
included  in  the  bill  of  fare  of  this  omnivo- 
rous feeder.  The  grizzly  appears  more  in- 
303 


gout 

clined  to  belong  with  vegetarians  than  with 
the  Carnivora.  He  hibernates  from  three  to 
five  months  each  winter.  The  latitude,  alti- 
tude, snowfall,  weather,  and  the  peculiari- 
ties and  condition  of  the  bear  determine 
the  length  of  his  hibernation.  Before  enter- 
ing a  cave  or  opening  to  spend  his  hibernat- 
ing sleep  he  fasts  for  a  few  days.  In  the 
spring,  for  several  days  after  he  emerges  he 
eats  little. 

Except  the  Alaskan  bear,  the  only  other 
kind  we  have  is  the  black  bear.  His  habits 
are  similar  to  the  grizzly's,  but  he  is  smaller 
than  the  grizzly.  The  color  of  bears  varies 
widely  in  the  same  family  as  well  as  in  the 
two  species  and  numerous  subspecies. 
Color  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  kind  of 
bear:  either  the  black  or  the  grizzly  may 
be  black  or  cinnamon.  The  black  bear  is 
much  more  playful,  and  he  climbs  trees  as 
readily  as  a  cat.  The  grizzly  does  not  climb 
into  trees. 

The  black  bear  is  a  playful  bluffer.  One 
day,  as  I  was  seated  on  the  edge  of  Yellow- 
304 


Xife  in  Rational  £arfc£ 

stone  Lake,  several  feet  above  the  water, 
a  young  black  bear  came  ambling  by.  In 
passing,  he  leaped  at  me  with  a  wild  "  woof ." 
His  bluff  was  effective.  I  shrank  back,  and 
tumbled  into  the  lake. 

The  creation  of  the  Yellowstone  National 
Park,  for  ''the  benefit  and  enjoyment  of 
the  people,"  was  one  of  the  great  achieve- 
ments for  mankind.  It  also  was  a  great 
event  in  the  world  of  wild  folk.  The  Yel- 
lowstone is  one  of  the  greatest  wild-life 
sanctuaries  in  the  world.  In  its  thirty-three 
hundred  square  miles  are  numerous  varie- 
ties of  wild  animals.  Each  summer  as  many 
as  sixty  thousand  elk  feed  in  it,  and  there 
are  also  buffaloes  and  antelopes,  and  flocks 
of  sheep  and  herds  of  moose.  Black  bears 
are  on  every  hand,  and  grizzly  bears  are 
often  seen  near  by. 

The  caribou  of  the  North  make  a  long 
north-and-south  migration  with  the  sea- 
sons. The  deer  and  the  elk  of  the  mountain 
parks,  like  many  birds,  simply  migrate  up 
and  down  the  heights,  spending  summers  in 
305 


Hour  Rational  f&atft£ 

the  high  altitudes  and  winters  in  the  foot- 
hills. 

On  the  thousand  hills,  meadows,  crags, 
and  moorlands  of  the  National  Parks  are 
herds,  flocks,  and  bands  of  elk  and  moose 
and  deer  and  the  agile  mountain  sheep. 
There  are  more  than  five  hundred  kinds  of 
birds.  A  census  of  wild-life  folk  in  all  Na- 
tional Parks  would  show  a  numerous  popu- 
lation: possibly  a  hundred  thousand  elk, 
half  as  many  deer,  several  thousand  sheep, 
a  few  thousand  goats,  several  hundred 
antelopes,  a  few  hundred  moose,  a  thousand 
or  so  of  bears,  many  thousand  beavers; 
minks,  conies,  marmots,  and  muskrats  in 
uncountable  thousands;  and  birds  in  un- 
told millions. 

The  antelope  is  a  strange,  isolated  species. 
Formerly  it  ranged  widely  over  the  plains, 
but  now  it  is  almost  exterminated.  It  has 
no  dewclaw.  It  can  erect  and  depress  its 
fluff  of  white  tail  at  will ;  this  is  a  means  of 
signaling.  Of  all  big  game,  the  antelope 
perhaps  is  the  fastest  runner.  This  animal 
306 


Sife  in  Rational  $arfc£ 

sheds  the  outer  part  of  the  horns  each  year, 
retaining  the  spikelike  core. 

The  gray  wolf,  coyote,  fox,  lynx,  otter, 
skunk,  and  porcupine  are  numerous  in  the 
Parks.  The  porcupine,  even  at  his  wildest, 
shows  the  least  signs  of  fear  and  is  the  dull- 
est-witted  animal  in  the  woods. 

Glacier  Park  probably  excels  in  the  num- 
ber of  mountain  goats.  Here  they  are  to  be 
seen  in  one  of  the  most  picturesque  and 
precipitous  ranges,  in  topography  which 
goats  enjoy.  The  Rocky  Mountain  Park 
probably  excels  in  the  number  of  bighorn 
sheep. 

Along  the  streams  the  picturesque 
beaver,  a  permanent  home-builder,  lately 
almost  exterminated,  is  reestablishing  him- 
self and  restoring  the  scenes  that  were 
known  to  the  pioneers. 

The  food  of  the  beaver  is  the  bark  of 
aspen  and  willow  trees.  He  does  not  eat 
fish  or  meat.  Instead  of  hibernating  in 
winter,  beavers  harvest  a  quantity  of  food- 
supplies  in  the  autumn  and  store  them  for 
307 


Hour  Rational  $arlt£ 

winter  use.  These  are  piled  in  the  water 
beside  their  house.  After  gnawing  down 
trees,  cutting  them  into  sections,  and 
eventually  eating  the  bark,  they  use  the 
wood  in  constructing  dams  and  houses. 

Besides  taking  thought  for  the  morrow, 
they  build  permanent  homes,  and  keep 
them  clean  and  in  repair.  They  skillfully 
construct  dams  and  canals  to  insure  a  con- 
stant water-supply  in  which  to  live,  work, 
play,  and  travel.  These  give  a  charm  to 
landscapes,  and  are  a  benefit  to  mankind. 
Beavers  were  the  world's  first  engineers  and 
the  first  conservationists.  They  have  in- 
dustry, patience,  and  persistence,  combined 
with  mental  power. 

They  live  in  colonies  or  communities. 
Evidently  they  know  the  wisdom  of  the  old 
saying  "All  work  and  no  play/'  etc.,  for 
they  often  play  as  well  as  work,  and  also 
take  a  long  summer  vacation.  Excellent 
workers  as  they  are,  they  avoid  unneces- 
sary labor  and  do  less  of  it  than  any  other 
animal  I  know.  There  were  civic  centers 
308 


Sifc  in  Rational  $arft£ 

in  the  animal  world  long  before  man  con- 
ceived such  an  idea  for  himself. 

The  mountain  lion  is  one  of  the  slyest 
and  most  elusive  animals  in  the  woods. 
Rarely  is  it  seen,  although  its  keen  curios- 
ity leads  it  to  come  close  to  camping-parties 
and  to  follow  individuals  through  the  woods. 

On  the  lower  slopes  of  most  Parks  a 
few  snakes  are  found,  but  they  are  wholly 
absent  from  the  middle  and  the  higher 
slopes. 

In  most  of  the  Park  streams  trout  are 
found  —  Western  brook  trout,  Eastern 
brook  trout,  and  California  rainbow  trout. 

Among  the  more  prominent  birds  com- 
mon in  a  number  of  the  Parks  are  eagles, 
grouse,  ptarmigans,  Clarke  crows,  camp- 
birds,  —  Rocky  Mountain  jays,  —  robins, 
bluebirds,  blackbirds,  song  sparrows,  white- 
crowned  sparrows,  canon  wrens,  solitaires, 
and  water-ouzels.  In  several  of  the  Na- 
tional Parks  a  number  of  species  of  hum- 
mingbird are  found. 

Each  spring  many  species  of  birds  mi- 
309 


gout  Rational  $arfe£ 

grate  up  the  mountain-slopes,  where  they 
nest  in  the  alpine  heights.  The  mountain 
migration,  requiring  a  flight  of  only  an 
hour  or  two,  gives  them  climatic  condi- 
tions similar  to  that  of  the  Arctic  Circle,  to 
reach  which  would  cost  them  a  journey  of 
several  thousand  miles. 

Some  species  bring  forth  two  broods  each 
summer.  The  first  is  raised  in  the  lowlands, 
where  the  young  are  fed  while  flower  life  in 
the  lowlands  is  at  its  best.  As  soon  as  the 
young  birds  are  able  to  care  for  themselves, 
the  parent  birds  move  up  the  mountain- 
side into  the  very  heart  of  summer.  Here 
they  nest  again.  How  romantic  is  every 
habit  and  custom  in  Bird  World!  The  sec- 
ond nest  of  children  is  thus  reared  on  the 
alpine  slopes.  This  enables  the  old  birds  to 
bring  up  each  brood  in  the  midst  of  an 
abundant  food-supply.  The  white-crowned 
sparrow  and  two  or  three  species  of  hum- 
mingbird do  this. 

A  closer  study  of  birds  and  animals  will 
probably  reveal  the  fact  that  numbers  of 
310 


Eife  in  Rational 

them  mate  for  life.  My  experience  has  led 
me  to  believe  that  wolves  and  foxes,  blue- 
birds, wrens,  eagles,  and  other  kinds  of  wild 
life  do  this. 

Of  all  the  birds  in  the  West,  or  in  the 
world,  the  one  most  hopefully  eloquent 
is  the  solitaire.  The  song  of  the  hermit 
thrush  has  a  touch  of  sadness  —  it  subdues 
and  gives  to  one  a  touch  of  reflective  loneli- 
ness; but  the  song  of  the  solitaire  stirs  one 
to  be  up  and  doing;  it  gives  the  spirit  of 
youth.  Its  song  comes  from  ages  of  free- 
dom under  peaceful  skies,  from  a  mingling 
of  the  melody  of  winds  and  waters  and  of  all 
rhythmic  sounds  that  murmur  and  echo 
through  Nature's  wonderlands. 

High  up  in  the  mountains  of  the  Na- 
tional Parks  lives  the  ptarmigan,  the  largest 
bird  resident  of  the  snowy  heights.  It 
spends  the  entire  year  in  the  alpine  zone, 
rarely  descending  below  timber-line.  Even 
the  summits  of  the  peaks  are  visited  by  this 
sky-high  dweller.  Its  dress  changes  with 
the  seasons;  in  winter  it  is  pure  white, 
311 


gour  Rational 

stockings  and  all;  in  midsummer  it  is  gray- 
ish brown.  These  changing  colors  resemble 
those  of  the  landscape  and  thus  help  pro- 
tect the  ptarmigan  from  its  enemies,  the 
weasel,  fox,  bear,  eagle,  and  mountain  lion. 
Although  smaller  than  the  grouse,  it  re- 
minds one  of  that  bird.  It  eats  grasses  and 
insects  and  the  seeds  and  buds  of  alpine 
plants.  Much  of  the  winter-time  is  spent 
by  these  birds  in  the  shelter  of  deep  holes 
or  runs  beneath  the  compressed  snow  of  the 
heights.  Though  far  from  the  Arctic  Cir- 
cle, they  are  close  relatives  of  the  ptarmi- 
gan that  dwells  in  the  realm  of  the  polar 
bear. 

One  of  the  best-dressed  and  best-man- 
nered bird  families  that  visit  National 
Parks  is  that  of  the  waxwing  —  cedar  and 
Bohemian.  These  birds  usually  travel  in 
flocks.  At  a  small  watering-place  they  drink 
in  routine,  moving  forward  in  an  orderly 
manner.  When  a  number  of  them  are  rest- 
ing upon  a  limb,  if  one  catches  an  insect, 
he  is  quite  likely  to  pass  it  to  his  neighbor, 
312 


Htfe  in  Rational  $arli£ 

and  the  neighbor  in  turn  to  pass  it  to  the 
next  neighbor.  Their  dress  is  quiet,  refined, 
and  attractive  to  a  marked  degree.  It  is  an 
interesting  fact  that  these  birds,  so  dainty 
of  dress,  so  refined  of  manner,  do  not  sing. 

The  canon  wren  is  a  beautiful  singer.  So, 
too,  is  the  water-ouzel,  a  bird  of  the  alpine 
brooks  in  the  mountains  of  the  West  that 
has  been  immortalized  by  John  Muir.  But 
few  species  of  birds  sing  every  day  in  the 
year.  One  of  those  that  do  is  the  water- 
ouzel. 

Most  birds  and  animals  appear  to  desire 
human  society.  Birds  will  leave  the  seclu- 
sion of  the  forest  to  build  by  the  roadside 
where  people  pass.  Some  kinds  of  little 
feathered  folk  have  deserted  old  nesting- 
scenes  and  now  nest  by  human  homes. 
Robins,  wrens,  and  bluebirds  confidingly 
raise  their  families  in  the  scenes  where 
children  romp  and  play. 

They  may  do  this  for  better  food  op- 
portunities and  increased  safety  from  ene- 
mies, but  it  is  also  plain  that  many  birds 


gout  Rational 

come  chiefly  to  satisfy  their  desire  for  hu- 
man society.  It  has  been  often  demon- 
strated that  shy,  well-fed  birds  and  ani- 
mals are  hoping  and  waiting  for  friendly 
advances  on  our  part.  Wild  neighbors  are 
glad  of  the  opportunity  to  call  on  us, 
whether  we  break  bread  or  not.  They  are 
also  glad  to  have  friendly  calls  returned. 
Birds  and  animals  have  individuality.  Food 
and  kindness,  and  speaking  to  animals  in 
the  universal  language  —  friendly  tones  — 
are  all  means  of  promoting  acquaintance. 

In  the  past  we  have  greatly  underrated 
the  mental  powers  of  animals.  An  intimate 
association  with  wild  life  in  the  Parks  will 
probably  convince  most  people  that  wild 
animals  have  the  power  to  think  and  rea- 
son. It  may  also  acquaint  people  with  the 
fact  that  animals  as  well  as  human  beings 
possess  the  traits  of  love,  hatred,  jealousy, 
anger,  and  revenge.  Any  one  who  asso- 
ciates much  with  wild  life  will  discover  the 
exceptional  keenness  of  animal  senses.  In 
most  animals  scent  is  amazingly  developed, 
3H 


lfc  Xtfe  in  Rational  parity 

and  probably  is  the  first  of  the  senses  to 
warn  them  of  danger. 

Most  animals  may  be  spoiled  by  excessive 
or  improper  feeding.  In  the  Yellowstone 
Park  the  bears,  which  are  omnivorous 
feeders,  have  free  access  to  the  garbage- 
dumps  and  eat  all  sorts  of  unwholesome 
abominations.  This  improper  eating  is 
bound  to  have  a  bad  influence  upon  their 
habits,  and  is  already  spoiling  their  dis- 
position. Beasts  of  prey  in  the  Parks  are 
held  in  check  by  the  Government.  Lions, 
lynxes,  and  other  animals  that  become 
numerous  and  destructive,  or  bears  that 
develop  killing  habits,  are  disposed  of  by 
the  Government. 

The  excess  of  big  game  and  birds  in  the 
Parks  overflows  and  stocks  the  territory 
outside.  Each  year,  too,  hundreds  of  elk 
and  other  big  animals  are  shipped  from 
Yellowstone  to  many  parts  of  the  country. 
Well  might  these  Parks  supply  city  zoos, 
or,  better  still,  big  wild-life  reservations, 
with  all  available  kinds  of  animals  needed. 


gour  Rational  parft£ 

As  well  ship  deer,  moose,  bears,  beavers, 
and  antelopes  as  to  ship  elk.  Here  is  a  large 
field  for  the  distribution  of  wild  life  all  over 
the  United  States.  The  general  restocking 
of  state  and  government  wild-life  reserva- 
tions may  enable  cities  to  cease  maintain- 
ing their  animal  prisons  —  the  zoos. 


XVIII 
IN  ALL  WEATHERS 

THE  seasons  for  visiting  National  Parks 
are  spring,  summer,  autumn,  and  winter! 
Morning,  noon,  the  sunset  hour,  under 
the  stars  and  with  the  moon  —  all  times, 
each  in  its  way,  are  good  for  rambling  in 
these  places  of  instruction  and  delight.  I 
have  climbed  numerous  peaks  by  moon- 
light and  starlight,  and  have  stood  on  the 
summit  of  the  Continental  Divide  with 
the  winter  moon.  Nature  is  good  at  all 
times.  Rainy  days,  gray  days,  windy  days, 
all  have  something  for  you  not  ordinarily 
offered.  So,  too,  have  the  sunny  winter 
days  when  upon  the  dazzling  snow  fall 
the  deep-blue  shadows  of  the  pines.  For- 
get the  season  and  the  weather;  visit  the 
Parks  when  you  can  stay  there  longest. 

One  day  heavy  clouds  rested  upon  the 
snowy  earth  around  my  cabin,  nine  thou- 
317 


Hour  Rational  $arh£ 

sand  feet  above  sea-level.  In  these,  and 
in  the  falling  snow,  I  started  up  the  Long's 
Peak  trail,  in  what  now  is  the  Rocky 
Mountain  National  Park.  I  wished  to 
measure  the  storm-cloud's  vertical  depth 
and  to  observe  its  movements.  Only  a 
ravine  and  instinct  enabled  me  to  snow- 
shoe  through  the  blinding,  flying  snow  and 
almost  opaque  sheep's- wool  cloud.  The 
cloud  was  three  thousand  feet  thick. 

Suddenly,  at  twelve  thousand  feet,  the 
depth  of  snow  became  markedly  less. 
Within  a  few  rods  I  burst  through  the 
upper  surface  of  the  cloud  into  brilliant 
sunshine!  Not  a  bit  of  snow  or  cloud  was 
there  above  this  upper  level. 

From  a  high  ridge  I  watched  the  top 
surface  of  the  storm-cloud  as  it  lay  before 
me  in  the  sun  —  a  silvery  expanse  of  un- 
ruffled sea,  pierced  by  many  peaks.  Half 
a  mile  above  towered  vast,  rugged  Long's 
Peak.  Like  a  huge  raft  becalmed  in  a  quiet 
harbor,  the  cloud-sea  moved  slowly  and 
steadily,  almost  imperceptibly,  a  short 


distance  along  the  mountains;  then,  as  if 
anchored  in  the  center,  it  swung  in  easy 
rotation  a  few  degrees,  hesitated,  and 
slowly  drifted  back.  Occasionally  it  sank, 
very  slowly,  several  hundred  feet,  only  to 
rise  easily  to  its  original  level. 

With  wonder  I  long  watched  this  beau- 
tiful sunny  spectacle,  finding  it  hard  to 
realize  that  a  blinding  snow  was  falling 
beneath  it.  Later  I  learned  that  this  snow- 
fall was  thirty  inches  deep  over  several 
hundred  thousand  square  miles;  but  it  fell 
only  below  the  altitude  of  twelve  thousand 
feet  and  not  on  the  high  peaks. 

Mountain-tops  have  more  sunshine  and 
fewer  storms  than  the  lowlands.  The 
middle  slopes  of  a  peak  regularly  receive 
heavier  falls  of  rain  and  snow  than  does 
the  summit. 

The  rugged  mountains  in  all  Parks  are 
wonderful  in  the  snow.  Snowshoe  excur- 
sions, climbs,  skiing  —  all  the  sports  of 
winter  —  may  be  enjoyed  in  these  mag- 
nificent wilds.  Mountains  in  winter  hold 
319 


flour  Rational 

splendid  decorations  —  sketches  of  black 
and  white,  ice  architecture,  rare  groups 
that  form  a  wondrous  winter  exhibition. 
Forests,  canons,  meadows,  plateaus  and 
peaks,  where  hills  of  snow  and  gigantic 
snow  canons  form  dazzling  structures  and 
new  topography,  are  marvelous  exhibi- 
tions. The  thousand  and  one  decorations 
of  frost  and  snow-flowers  are  treasures 
found  only  under  the  winter  sky. 

During  a  high  wind  one  winter,  as  I 
fought  my  way  up  Long's  Peak,  above 
timber-line  I  was  pelted  with  gravel  and 
sand  till  the  blood  was  drawn.  The  milling 
air-currents  simply  played  with  me  as 
they  swept  down  from  the  heights.  I  was 
knocked  down  repeatedly,  blown  into  the 
air,  and  then  dropped  heavily,  or  rolled 
about  like  some  giant's  toy  as  I  lay  resting 
in  the  lee  of  a  crag.  Standing  erect  was 
usually  impossible  and  at  all  times  dan- 
gerous. Advancing  was  akin  to  swimming 
a  whirlpool.  At  last  I  reached  the  buzz- 
ing cups  of  an  air-meter  I  had  previously 
320 


LONG'S   PEAK   FROM   CHASM    LAKE 
ROCKY   MOUNTAIN    NATIONAL  PARK 


fn  ail 

placed  in  Granite  Pass,  twelve  thousand 
feet  above  sea-level.  This  instrument  was 
registering  the  awful  wind-speed  of  one 
hundred  and  sixty- five  miles  an  hour!  It 
flew  to  pieces  later  during  a  swifter  spurt. 

Although  I  intended  going  no  farther, 
the  wild  and  eloquent  elements  lured  me 
to  keep  on  to  the  summit  of  the  peak, 
nearly  three  thousand  feet  higher.  All 
my  strength  and  climbing  knowledge  were 
necessary  to  prevent  me  from  being  blown 
into  space.  Gaining  each  new  height  was 
a  battle.  Forward  and  upward  I  simply 
wrested  my  way  with  an  invisible,  tireless 
contestant  who  seemed  bent  on  breaking 
my  bones  or  hurling  me  into  unbanistered 
space. 

In  one  rocky  gully  the  uprising  winds 
became  so  irresistible  that  I  had  to  re- 
verse ends  and  proceed  with  feet  out  ahead 
as  bracers  and  hands  following  as  anchors. 
There  was  no  climbing  from  here  on:  the 
blast  dragged,  pulled,  and  floated  me 
ever  upward  to  the  sunny,  wind-sheltered 
321 


Sour  Rational  $>arft$ 

Narrows.  The  last  stretch  was  a  steep  icy 
slope  with  a  precipice  beneath.  Casting 
in  my  lot  with  the  up-sweeping  wind,  I 
pushed  out  into  it  and  let  go.  Sprawling 
and  bumping  upward,  I  had  little  else  to 
do  but  guide  myself.  At  last  I  stood  on 
the  top  and  found  it  in  an  easy  eddy  —  al- 
most a  calm  compared  to  the  roaring  con- 
ditions below.  Far  down  the  range  great 
quantities  of  snow  were  being  explosively 
hurled  into  the  air,  then  thrown  into 
spirals  and  whirls  that  trimmed  the  peak- 
points  with  gauzy  banners  and  silky  pen- 
nants, through  which  the  sunlight  played 
splendidly. 

Stirring  and  wild,  wonderful  scenes  are 
encountered  during  storms  on  mountain- 
tops,  by  the  lakeshore,  and  in  canons. 
The  dangers  in  such  times  and  places  are 
fewer  than  in  cities.  Discomforts?  Scarcely. 
To  some  persons  life  must  be  hardly  worth 
living.  If  any  normal  person  under  fifty 
cannot  enjoy  being  in  a  storm  in  the  wilds, 
he  ought  to  reform  at  once. 
322 


In  the  intensity  and  clash  of  the  elements 
there  is  a  vigorous  building  environment. 
The  storms  furnish  energy,  inspiration, 
and  resolution.  There  are  no  substitutes 
"just  as  good,"  no  experiences  just  as  great. 

One  rainy  June  day  I  started  up  a  dim 
steep  trail  toward  the  headwaters  of  the 
river  St.  Vrain,  near  timber-line  in  what 
is  now  the  Rocky  Mountain  National  Park. 
While  enjoying  the  general  downpour  and 
its  softened  noise  through  the  woods,  I 
was  caught  in  a  storm-center  of  wrangling 
winds  and  waters,  and  was  almost  knocked 
down.  Like  a  sapling,  I  bowed  streaming 
in  the  storm.  Later,  as  I  sat  on  a  sodden 
log,  reveling  in  the  elemental  moods  and 
sounds,  a  water-ouzel  began  to  sing,  but 
I  heard  little  of  his  serene  optimistic  solo 
above  the  roar  of  the  wind  and  stream. 

The  storm  raged  louder  as  I  approached 
timber-line.  Clouds  dragged  among  the 
trees.  I  could  see  nothing  clearly.  Every 
breath  was  like  swallowing  a  wet  sponge. 
Then  a  wind-surge  rent  the  clouds  and 
323 


Sour  jjJationai  $ark£ 

let  me  glimpse  the  blue  sun-filled  sky.  I 
climbed  an  exceptionally  tall  spruce.  A 
comic  Fremont  squirrel  scolded  in  rat- 
tling, jerky  chatter  as  I  rose  above  the 
sea  of  clouds  and  trees.  Astride  the  slender 
tree-top,  I  felt  that  the  wind  was  trying 
hard  to  dislodge  me,  but  I  held  on.  The 
tree  quivered  and  vibrated,  shook  and 
danced;  we  charged,  circled,  looped,  and 
angled.  Nowhere  else  have  I  experienced 
such  wild,  exhilarating  joy.  In  the  midst 
of  this  rare  delight  the  clouds  rose,  the 
wind  calmed,  and  the  rain  ceased.  Then 
suddenly  a  blinding,  explosive  crash  al- 
most threw  me  from  my  observatory. 
Within  fifty  feet  a  tall  fir  was  split  to  the 
ground.  Quickly  climbing  back  to  earth, 
I  eagerly  examined  the  effects  of  the 
lightning-stroke.  With  one  wild  blow,  in 
a  second  or  less  it  had  wrecked  a  century- 
old  tree. 

Although  I  have  rarely  known  lightning 
to  strike  the  heights,  I  have  frequently 
experienced  peculiar  electric  shocks  from 


the  air.  I  have  never  known  such  electri- 
cal storms  to  prove  fatal  nor  to  leave  ill 
effects;  and  they  may  be  beneficial.  The 
day  before  the  famous  Poudre  Flood,  in 
May,  1904,  I  was  traveling  along  the 
Continental  Divide  above  timber-line  near 
Poudre  Lakes.  While  resting  I  was  star- 
tled by  the  pulsating  hum,  the  intermit- 
tent buzz-z-z-z  and  zit-zit  and  the  vigorous 
hair-pulling  of  electricity-laden  atmos- 
phere. 

Presently  my  right  arm  was  momen- 
tarily cramped,  and  my  heart  seemed  to 
lurch  several  times.  These  electric  shocks 
lasted  only  about  two  seconds,  but  re- 
curred every  few  minutes.  The  hair- 
pulling,  palpitation,  and  cramps  seemed 
slightly  less  when  I  fully  relaxed  on  the 
ground.  When  I  tried  to  climb,  I  found 
myself  muscle-bound  from  the  electricity. 
Points  of  dry  twigs  momentarily  exhibited 
tips  of  smoky  blue  flame,  and  sometimes 
similar  flame  encircled  green  twigs  below 
the  lower  limbs. 

325 


Sour  Rational  $arft£ 

Later  that  day  I  came  to  North  Speci- 
men Mountain.  There  the  electrical  waves 
weakened  or  entirely  ceased  while  I  was 
in  shadow,  but  they  remained  quite  serious 
in  the  sun.  I  breathed  only  in  gasps,  and 
my  heart  was  violent  and  feeble  by  turns. 
I  felt  as  if  cinched  in  a  steel  corset.  After 
sundown  I  was  again  at  ease  and  free  from 
this  strange  electrical  colic,  which  often 
worries  or  frightens  strangers  the  first  time 
they  experience  it.  I  soon  forgot  my  own 
electrical  experiences  in  the  enjoyment 
that  night  of  the  splendidly  brilliant  elec- 
tric effects  beneath  the  enormous  moun- 
tain-range of  cloud-forms  over  the  foot- 
hills. Its  surface  shone  momentarily  like 
incandescent  glass,  and  occasionally  down 
the  slopes  ran  crooked  rivers  of  gold. 

I  have  had  the  good  fortune  to  see  gey- 
sers by  sunlight,  by  moonlight,  during 
gray  stormy  days,  and  also  while  the  earth 
around  them  was  covered  with  snow. 

By  moonlight  the  mountainous  Na- 
tional Parks  are  enchanted  lands.  There 
326 


an 

is  a  gentleness,  a  serenity,  and  a  softness 
that  is  never  known  in  daylight.  Many 
a  time  I  have  explored  all  night  long.  The 
trail  is  strangely  romantic  when  across  it 
fall  the  moon-toned  etchings  of  the  pines. 
The  waterfalls,  crags,  mountain-tops,  for- 
est glades,  and  alpine  lakes  have  marvelous 
combinations  of  light  and  shade,  and  they 
stir  the  senses  like  music.  I  wish  that 
every  one  might  see  in  the  moonlight  the 
Giant  Forest  in  the  Sequoia  National  Park, 
or  timber-line  in  the  Rocky  Mountain 
National  Park.  By  moonlight  the  Big 
Trees  will  stir  you  with  the  greatest  ele- 
mental eloquence.  Those  who  go  up  into 
the  sky  on  mountains  in  the  moonlight  will 
have  the  greatest  raptures  and  make  the 
highest  resolves. 

Miss  Edna  Smith  is  one  of  the  most 
appreciative  outdoor  women  I  ever  have 
known.  Years  ago  I  urged  her  to  know 
the  mountains  at  night.  Here  is  one  of  her 
accounts  of  a  night  experience:  — 


327 


four  Rational 

At  supper-time  the  chances  seemed  against 
a  start.  It  was  raining.  Later  the  rain  stopped, 
but  the  full  moon  was  almost  lost  in  a  heavy 
mist  and  the  light  was  dim.  Mr.  S.  N.  Husted, 
the  guide,  thought  an  attempt  to  ascend 
Long's  Peak  hardly  wise.  At  eleven  o'clock 
I  went  to  Enos  Mills  for  advice.  He  said, 
"Go."  So  we  mounted  our  ponies  and  started, 
chilled  by  the  clammy  fog  about  us. 

After  a  short  climb  we  were  in  another 
world.  The  fog  was  a  sea  of  silvery  clouds 
below  us  and  from  it  the  mountains  rose  like 
islands.  The  moon  and  stars  were  bright  in 
the  heavens.  There  was  the  sparkle  in  the  air 
that  suggests  enchanted  lands  and  fairies. 
Halfway  to  timber-line  we  came  upon  ground 
white  with  snow,  which  made  it  seem  all  the 
more  likely  that  Christmas  pixies  just  within 
the  shadows  might  dance  forth  on  a  moon- 
beam. 

Above  timber-line  there  was  no  snow,  but 
the  moonlight  was  so  brilliant  that  the  clouds 
far  below  were  shining  like  misty  lakes,  and 
even  the  bare  mountainside  about  us  looked 
almost  as  white  as  if  snow-covered. 

As  we  left  our  ponies  at  the  edge  of  the 
Boulder  Field  and  started  across  that  rugged 
stretch  of  d6bris  spread  out  flat  in  the  brilliant 
moonlight,  we  found  the  silhouette  of  Long's 
Peak  thrown  in  deep  black  shadow  across  it. 

328 


Never  before  had  that  bold  outline  seemed  so 
impressive. 

At  the  western  edge  of  Boulder  Field  there 
was  a  new  marvel.  As  we  approached  Key- 
hole, right  in  the  center  of  that  curious  nick 
in  the  rim  of  Boulder  Field  shone  the  great 
golden  moon.  The  vast  shadow  of  the  peak, 
made  doubly  dark  by  the  contrast,  made  us 
very  silent.  When  we  emerged  from  Keyhole 
and  looked  down  into  the  Glacier  Gorge  be- 
yond, it  was  hard  to  breathe  because  of  the 
wonder  of  it  all.  The  moon  was  shining  down 
into  the  great  gorge  a  thousand  feet  below  and 
it  was  filled  with  a  silvery  glow.  The  lakes 
glimmered  in  the  moonlight. 

Climbing  along  the  narrow  ledge,  high  above 
this  tremendous  gorge,  was  like  a  dream.  Not 
a  breath  of  air  stirred,  and  the  only  sound  was 
the  crunch  of  hobnails  on  rock.  There  was  a 
supreme  hush  in  the  air,  as  if  something  tre- 
mendous were  about  to  happen. 

Suddenly  the  sky,  which  had  been  the  far- 
off  blue  of  a  moonlit  night,  flushed  with  the 
softest  amethyst  and  rose,  and  the  stars 
loomed  large  and  intimately  near,  burning 
like  lamps  with  lavender,  emerald,  sapphire, 
and  topaz  lights.  The  moon  had  set  and  the 
stars  were  supreme. 

The  Trough  was  full  of  ice  and  the  ice  was 
hard  and  slippery,  but  the  steps  that  had  been 

329 


four  Rational 

cut  in  the  ice  were  sharp  and  firm.  We  had 
no  great  difficulty  in  climbing  the  steep  ascent. 
We  emerged  from  the  Trough  upon  a  ledge 
from  which  the  view  across  plains  and  moun- 
tain-ranges was  seemingly  limitless. 

As  we  made  our  way  along  the  Narrows  the 
drama  of  that  day's  dawn  proceeded  with 
kaleidoscopic  speed.  Over  the  plains,  ap- 
parently without  end,  was  a  sea  of  billowy 
clouds,  shimmering  with  golden  and  pearly 
lights.  One  mountain-range  after  another  was 
revealed  and  brought  close  by  the  rosy  glow 
that  now  filled  all  the  sky.  Every  peak,  far  and 
near,  bore  a  fresh  crown  of  new  snow  and  each 
stood  out  distinct  and  individual.  Arapahoe 
Peak  held  the  eye  long.  Torrey's  Peak  and 
Gray's  Peak  were  especially  beautiful.  And 
far  away,  a  hundred  miles  to  the  south, 
loomed  up  the  summit  of  Pike's  Peak.  So  all- 
pervading  was  the  alpine  glow  that  even  the 
near-by  rocks  took  on  wonderful  color  and 
brilliance. 

Such  a  scene  could  last  but  a  short  time. 
And  it  was  well  for  us,  for  the  moments  were 
too  crowded  with  sensations  to  be  long  borne. 
Soon  the  sun  burst  up  from  the  ocean  of  clouds 
below.  The  lights  changed.  The  ranges  grad- 
ually faded  into  a  far-away  blue.  The  peaks 
flattened  out  and  lost  themselves  in  the  dis- 
tance. The  near-by  rocks  took  on  once  more 

330 


their  accustomed  somber  hues.  And  in  the 
bright  sunlight  of  the  new  day  we  wondered 
whether  we  had  seen  a  reality  or  a  vision. 

On  the  summit  all  was  bright  and  warm. 
Long  we  lingered  in  the  sunlight,  loath  to 
leave  so  much  beauty,  but  at  last  we  began 
the  descent  leisurely.  It  was  a  perfect  trip.  It 
seemed  as  if  the  stage  were  set  for  our  especial 
benefit.  It  was  an  experience  that  will  live 
with  me  always.  At  first  I  felt  as  if  I  could 
never  ascend  the  peak  again,  lest  the  impres- 
sions of  that  perfect  night  should  become  con- 
fused or  weakened.  But  I  believe  I  can  set 
this  night  apart  by  itself.  And  I  shall  climb 
Long's  Peak  again. 

To  enjoy  the  Parks,  we  need  but  to  go 
to  them  realizing  that  these  wilderness 
realms  are  the  greatest  places  of  safety  on 
the  earth.  The  thousand  dangers  of  the 
city  are  absent;  the  altitude  of  high  moun- 
tains is  not  harmful  but  helpful  —  the  air 
is  free  from  dust  and  germs;  and  even  the 
wildest  and  most  tempestuous  weather 
within  them  will  bear  acquaintance. 

The  animals  in  the  wilderness  are  not 
ferocious,  and  they  wisely  flee  from  the 
coming  of  Christian  people.  Extraordi- 


Sour  Rational  $arft£ 

nary  skill  is  required  to  get  close  to  any 
wild  animal.  Even  the  camera  will  put 
the  biggest  wild  folk  to  flight!  They  at- 
tack only  in  self-defense,  only  when  cor- 
nered and  assailed  by  the  hunter.  The 
animals  that  have  survived  and  left  de- 
scendants are  those  which  used  their  wits 
for  flight  and  not  in  ferocity.  The  grizzly 
constantly  uses  his  wits  to  keep  out  of  a 
locality  where  human  beings  are.  Wolves 
may  once  have  been  ferocious,  but  at 
present  the  aggressive  ones  are  those  in 
the  jungles  of  nature-faking;  wolves  keep 
apart  from  civilization,  and  travelers  are 
not  likely  to  go  out  of  their  way  to  find 
them.  In  story-books  the  mountain  lion 
crouches  upon  the  cliff  or  lies  in  wait  upon 
a  tree-limb  to  spring  upon  human  prey; 
but  real  lions  do  not  do  this  sort  of  thing. 
Each  year  thousands  of  people  scale 
peaks  in  the  Rockies,  the  Sierra,  and  the 
Selkirks,  or  spend  a  less  strenuous  vaca- 
tion in  the  heights,  up  several  thousand 
feet  above  the  sea.  From  anaemics  who 
332 


stay  at  home  they  hear  the  common  super- 
stition that  altitude  is  harmful!  But  the 
travelers  return  to  their  homes  in  high 
hopes  and  in  vigorous  health.  The  heights 
are  helpful,  and  the  outdoors  is  friendly 
at  all  times.  These  are  splendid  sources 
of  hopefulness.  They  "  knit  up  the  raveled 
sleave  of  care."  They  arouse  new  interests, 
give  broader  outlooks.  They  are  great 
blessings  that  every  one  needs. 

There  is  a  growing  appreciation  of  the 
safe  and  sane  outdoors.  People  are  rap- 
idly realizing  that  vacations  in  the  Parks 
and  wild  places  are  needful  first  aids  to 
impaired  health,  and  also  that  outdoor 
life  is  absolutely  necessary  for  sustained 
or  increased  efficiency.  From  the  wilder- 
ness the  traveler  returns  a  man,  almost  a 
superman.  Its  elemental  songs,  pictures, 
and  stories  are  a  language  of  eloquent 
uplift.  Go  to  the  wilderness  and  get  its 
good  tidings!  The  wilderness  is  democratic 
and  is  full  of  ideas.  It  gives  efficiency  and 
sympathy.  The  mingling  of  all  classes  in 
333 


Sour  Rational  3park£ 

the  Parks  is  a  veritable  blessing ;  it  is  one  of 
the  greatest  means  of  preventing  internal 
strife  and  also  of  averting  international  war. 
Nature  is  an  educational  stimulus  of 
rare  force.  The  crumbling  cliff,  the  glacial 
landscape,  the  wild,  free  clouds,  birds,  and 
trees,  compel  children  —  old  and  young  — 
to  observe  and  to  think.  They  bring  de- 
velopment and  sympathy.  They  build  the 
brain.  They  increase  courage  and  kind- 
ness. Scenes  and  sunsets,  cloud  and  storm, 
the  stars  and  the  sky,  the  music  of  wind 
and  water,  the  purple  forests,  the  white 
cascades,  the  colored  flowers,  the  songs  of 
birds,  the  untrimmed  and  steadfast  trees, 
the  shadows  on  the  ground*  the  tangled 
grass,  the  round,  sunny  hills,  the  endless 
streams,  the  magic  rainbow,  and  the 
mysterious  echo — all  these  arouse  thought, 
wonder,  and  delight  in  the  mind  of  every 
child;  and  they  have  been  the  immortal 
nourishment  of  the  great  souls  who  have 
come  from  Mother  Nature's  loving  breast 
to  bless  and  beautify  the  world. 
334 


"The  robe  doth  change  the  disposition.'* 
During  summer  vacations,  the  all-impor- 
tant rainy-day  costume  will  save  endless 
disappointment  and  worry.  Rainy  days 
will  bear  acquaintance  —  if  you  have 
clothes  for  the  occasion.  Cheerfulness  and 
rainy  days  are  united  by  waterproofs.  One 
simply  cannot  cheerfully  face  a  rainstorm 
in  clothes  that  water  will  ruin.  Hats  or 
shoes  that  go  to  pieces  in  a  downpour, 
skirts  with  colors  that  run  —  these  mean 
the  Waterloo  of  some  one  when  the  rain 
comes  down.  But  an  inexpensive  hat,  strong 
boots,  and  a  raincoat  —  then  let  it  rain! 

When  one  is  in  the  woods,  the  foremost 
thing  to  remember  is  the  direction  back 
to  camp.  In  a  general  way  this  is  an- 
swered in  the  familiar  caution:  "Stop, 
look,  and  listen!"  A  traveler  through  the 
woods  should  occasionally  stop  and  make 
sure  of  the  direction  in  which  he  is  trav- 
eling. At  every  important  bend  in  his 
course  he  should  look  ahead  and  notice 
the  most  conspicuous  landmark  directly 
335 


iouc  Rational 

in  front  of  him;  then,  about  face  for  a  look 
at  the  most  important  point  or  landmark 
that  he  has  passed.  He  would  thus  be  able, 
if  he  doubled  on  his  own  trail,  to  be  guided 
by  familiar  objects,  just  as  if  he  had  trav- 
eled over  it  before  in  the  same  direction, 
with  eyes  open.  Then,  too,  he  should  look 
to  right  and  left  for  prominent  or  peculiar 
trees,  cliffs,  or  other  objects. 

Keeping  eyes  thus  open  and  mind  alert 
is  not  a  burden;  it  adds  to  the  pleasure 
along  the  way.  Any  one  who  has  thus 
traveled  through  strange  woods  should 
have  taken  a  mental  picture  of  what  he 
has  seen  as  he  went  on,  and  should  be  able 
to  sit  down  and  make  a  rough  sketch  of  the 
locality  and  of  his  trail,  showing  the  loca- 
tion of  camp,  the  course  he  has  traveled 
from  it,  and  the  prominent  objects  on  both 
sides.  A  fair  knowledge  of  woodcraft  will 
enable  any  one  to  determine  the  points  of 
the  compass.  While  this  is  important,  it 
is  of  less  importance  than  remembering 
the  direction  to  camp. 

336 


ail 

If  a  person  gets  lost,  he  would  do  well  at 
once  to  climb  into  a  tree-top,  or  to  the 
summit  of  the  highest  near-by  place,  and 
from  the  commanding  height  survey  the 
surrounding  country.  This  may  enable 
him  to  see  a  familiar  landmark.  If  he  fails 
to  recognize  any  point,  let  him  make  a 
comparatively  small  circle  with  the  pur- 
pose of  picking  up  his  trail.  He  should 
be  careful  to  avoid  aimless  wandering,  to 
which  often  lost  people  are  so  prone.  This 
he  may  do  by  following  along  the  sum- 
mit of  a  ridge,  or  down  the  first  brook  or 
stream  he  can  find.  Of  course,  he  will  keep 
downhill  in  looking  for  running  water.  A  few 
hours,  or  at  most  a  few  days,  of  stream-side 
travel  will  bring  him  where  some  one  lives. 

One  is  not  likely  to  starve  to  death  in 
the  wilds.  Starving  is  a  slow  process,  and 
experiences  show  that  a  fast  of  a  few  days 
may  be  beneficial.  Then,  too,  roots,  ber- 
ries, fruit,  mushrooms,  and  tree-bark  are 
to  be  found.  With  nothing  but  these,  I 
have  repeatedly  lived  for  two  weeks  or 
337 


tfour  Rational  JparhS 

longer,  even  at  times  when  I  was  most 
active  in  exploring  or  mountain-climbing. 

If  a  man  is  hopelessly  lost,  and  if  he 
knows  that  his  companions  are  sure  to 
look  for  him,  he  should  stop  right  where  he 
is  when  he  finds  that  he  is  lost,  and  should 
camp  and  light  two  signal  fires,  giving  a 
call  at  intervals. 

Go  into  the  Parks  and  get  their  en- 
couragement. Among  the  serene  and  stead- 
fast scenes  you  will  find  the  paths  of  peace 
and  a  repose  that  is  sweeter  than  sleep. 
If  you  are  dulled  and  dazed  with  the  fever 
and  the  fret,  or  weary  and  worn,  —  totter- 
ing under  burdens  too  heavy  to  bear,  — 
go  back  to  the  old  outdoor  home.  Here 
Nature  will  care  for  you  as  a  mother  for  a 
child.  In  the  mellow-lighted  forest  aisles, 
beneath  the  beautiful  airy  arches  of  limbs 
and  leaves,  with  the  lichen-tinted  columns 
of  gray  and  brown,  with  the  tongueless 
eloquence  of  the  bearded,  veteran  trees, 
amid  the  silence  of  centuries,  you  will 
come  into  your  own. 

338 


fn 

Some  time  the  grizzled  prospector  will 
lead  his  stubborn  burro  down  the  mountain 
and  cease  the  search  for  gold ;  some  time  the 
miner  will  lay  down  his  pick,  blow  out  his 
lamp  or  his  candle,  and  leave  the  worked- 
out  mine;  some  time  eternal  night  will 
come  upon  the  gas-  and  coal-oil  lamp;  but 
our  sunny  hanging  wild  gardens  —  our 
Parks  —  are  immortal;  they  will  give  us 
their  beauty  and  their  inspiration  forever. 


XIX 

THE  SCENERY  IN  THE  SKY 

THIS  big  round  world  carries  in  its 
heights  four  strange,  marked  features:  the 
vast  records  of  the  Ice  King;  timber-line, 
the  alpine  edge  of  the  forest;  the  mountain- 
top  regions  above  timber-line;  and,  over- 
rising  these,  the  high  peaks.  Each  of  these 
features  has  scores  of  stories  and  pictures. 
All  four  of  them  are  seen  at  their  best  in 
some  of  the  National  Parks. 

I.   TIMBER-LINE 

The  most  telling  timber-line  that  I  have 
seen  is  on  the  slope  of  Long's  Peak  in  the 
Rocky  Mountain  National  Park.  This  is 
a  wild  place  during  a  winter  gale.  It  is  a 
stirring  place  at  all  times  and  seasons.  One 
day  I  went  up  to  timber-line  on  Long's 
Peak  with  a  number  of  children.  They  were 
interested,  and  even  excited,  by  the  dwarfed 
340 


n 

and  strangely  shaped  trees.  We  found  a 
dead  pine  that  had  lived  two  hundred  and 
fifty-eight  years,  yet  it  was  so  small  that  a 
boy  easily  carried  it  about  on  his  shoulder. 
Several  little  girls  stood  by  a  living  spruce. 
Every  child  was  taller  than  the  little  tree, 
yet  the  spruce  had  been  growing  when  each 
of  their  great-grandmothers  was  born.  All 
timber-line  trees  are  undersized.  Most  of 
their  ranks  are  less  than  eight  feet  high. 

One  autumn  a  grizzly  that  I  was  follow- 
ing dug  up  a  number  of  dwarfed  trees  at 
timber-line.  I  carried  these  home  for  care- 
ful examination.  One  of  them  was  a  black 
birch  with  a  trunk  nine  tenths  of  an  inch 
in  diameter,  a  height  of  fifteen  inches,  and 
a  limb-spread  of  twenty-two  inches.  It  had 
thirty-four  annual  rings.  Another  was  truly 
a  veteran  pine,  though  his  trunk  was  but 
six  tenths  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  his 
height  twenty-three  inches,  and  his  limb- 
spread  thirty-one  inches.  His  age  was 
sixty-seven  years.  A  midget  that  I  carried 
home  in  my  vest  pocket  was  two  inches 


gout  Rational  $ar&£ 

high,  had  a  limb-spread  of  about  four 
inches,  and  was  twenty-eight  years  of  age. 
Timber-line  is  one  of  Nature's  most  in- 
teresting regions.  Its  location  and  also  its 
marked  characteristics  are  determined  by 
climatic  conditions  —  by  cold,  snow,  wind, 
moisture,  and  drought.  Wind  is  a  most  in- 
fluential factor.  The  position  of  thousands 
of  miles  of  timber-line  is  determined  by  it. 
At  timber-line  the  Storm  King  says,  "Thus 
far  and  no  farther/'  The  trees  do  not 
heed,  but  persistently  try  to  go  on,  and  the 
struggle  for  existence  becomes  deadly. 
They  appear  like  our  unfortunate  brothers 
whom  fate  has  chained  in  the  slums.  The 
trees  try  to  stand  erect  and  climb  onward 
and  upward,  but  in  vain.  The  elements  are 
relentless.  The  wind  blows  off  their  arms 
and  cuts  them  with  flying  sand.  The  cold 
dwarfs  them,  and  for  nine  months  in  the 
year  the  snow  tries  to  twist  and  crush  the 
life  out  of  them.  Some  become  hunchbacks; 
others  are  broken,  bent,  and  half-flayed; 
while  a  few  crouch  behind  the  rocks.  Many 
342 


in  ttjc  £ky 

stretches  of  timber-line  are  so  battered  by 
the  wind  that  the  trees  have  the  appear- 
ance of  having  been  recently  swept  by  a 
cyclone,  or  overthrown  by  a  giant  roller. 

What  a  weird  scene!  Here  for  ages  has 
been  the  line  of  battle  between  the  woods 
and  the  weather.  At  most  timber-lines  the 
high  winds  blow  chiefly  from  one  direction. 
Many  of  the  trees  possess  a  long,  vertical 
fringe  of  limbs  to  leeward,  being  limbless 
and  barkless  to  storm  ward.  Each  might 
serve  as  an  impressive  symbolic  statue  of 
a  wind-storm.  Permanently,  their  limbs 
stream  to  leeward  together,  with  fixed  bends 
and  distortions,  as  if  cast  in  metal  at  the 
height  of  a  storm.  Many  present  an  un- 
conquerable and  conscious  appearance,  like 
tattered  pennants  or  torn,  triumphant  bat- 
tle-flags of  the  victorious  forest!  Some 
trees  are  several  inches  in  diameter  and 
only  a  few  inches  in  height;  others  are 
creeping  away  from  the  direction  of  the 
storms,  retreating  from  life's  awful  bat- 
tle. All  beauty  and  nobleness  of  appear- 
343 


Sour  Rational  $arlt£ 

ance  are  lost.  But  the  trees  have  done  their 
best. 

Timber-line  is  not  stationary.  In  most 
places  it  is  advancing,  climbing  the  heights. 
This  advance  is  confined  mainly  to  moist 
territory.  In  a  few  dry  places  the  ranks  are 
losing  ground  —  are  being  driven  back 
down  the  slopes;  but  these  advances  and 
retreats  are  extremely  slow. 

The  altitude  of  timber-line  varies  with 
locality.  On  Mount  Orizaba,  in  Mexico,  it 
is  a  little  over  thirteen  thousand  feet;  in  the 
San  Juan  Mountains,  in  Colorado,  a  little 
above  twelve  thousand;  in  the  Sierras  and 
the  Rockies,  between  eleven  thousand  and 
thirteen  thousand ;  in  the  Cascades  and  the 
Alps,  about  sixty-five  hundred  feet;  on 
Mount  Washington,  at  forty-five  hundred 
feet.  It  is  lower  with  increased  distance 
from  the  Equator,  and  at  last  is  only  a 
stone's  throw  above  sea-level,  finally  show- 
ing its  line  in  the  lowlands  of  the  Far- 
thest North.  Among  the  trees  that  main- 
tain the  front  ranks  at  timber-line  are 
344 


n 

pines,  spruces,  firs,  aspens,  birches,  and 
willows. 

Many  beautiful  flowers  are  found  at 
timber-line,  along  with  bees,  butterflies, 
birds,  chipmunks,  and  foxes.  Timber-line 
is  a  strangely  interesting,  arousing  place. 
As  I  have  said  in  "The  Rocky  Mountain 
Wonderland  ":  — 

The  powerful  impressions  received  at  tim- 
ber-line lead  many  visitors  to  return  for  a  better 
acquaintance,  and  from  each  visit  the  visitor 
goes  away  more  deeply  impressed ;  for  timber- 
line  is  not  only  novel  and  strange,  it  is  touched 
with  pathos  and  poetry  and  has  a  life-story 
that  is  heroic.  Its  scenes  are  among  the  most 
primeval,  interesting,  and  thought-compelling 
to  be  found  upon  the  globe. 

2.   ABOVE  THE  TIMBER-LINE 

The  treeless  moorlands  and  the  crags 
that  fill  the  sky  above  the  limits  of  tree- 
growth  form  an  extensive  mountain-top 
world  all  by  itself,  a  realm  of  plateaus  and 
sky  prairies,  which  only  a  few  have  ex- 
plored. These  regions  stand  out  like  is- 
345 


Hour  Rational 

lands  in  the  sky;  they  are  singular  tree- 
less expanses  above  the  surrounding  forest 
sea. 

This  realm  is  not  barren  and  lifeless.  For 
a  number  of  species  it  is  home.  The  ptarmi- 
gan and  the  rose  finch,  the  cony  and  the 
bighorn,  live  in  the  heights  the  year  round. 
Many  migrating  birds  and  animals  use  the 
region  for  a  nursery  and  a  summer  resort. 
Here,  early  in  the  autumn,  Nature  produces 
her  last  berries.  Here  assemble  birds  from 
the  lowlands,  and  flocks  from  the  North 
stop  to  feed  and  frolic  while  migrating  to 
the  Southland. 

Here,  too,  along  with  peaks  and  moor- 
lands, meadows  and  wild-flower  gardens, 
are  crags,  plateaus,  canons,  lakes,  glaciers, 
and  snow-fields.  Countless  small,  clear 
streams  originate  in  these  island  heights 
and  from  them  start  merrily  down  to  the 
far-off  seas.  Singly  and  in  clusters,  with 
areas  large  and  areas  small,  these  sky  is- 
lands are  a  feature  of  most  of  the  National 
Parks. 

346 


O  £ 

s  ~ 
>  1 

*   2 

o  S 


W   •;< 

gl 


n 

In  the  Rocky  Mountain  National  Park 
a  few  flowers  bloom  on  the  highest  peaks 
more  than  fourteen  thousand  feet  above 
sea-level.  They  are  visited  by  numerous 
winged  insects,  even  by  butterflies.  Let  a 
cloud  come  over  the  sun,  or  a  breeze  start, 
and  the  butterflies,  and  perhaps  other 
winged  insects  above  timber-line,  fold  wings 
and  drop  and  remain  motionless  till  the  sky 
clears.  Evidently  this  is ' '  safety  first ' '  from 
the  short-lived  but  violent  gales. 

It  is  believed  that  the  Arctic-alpine 
plants  in  these  heights  were  brought  to 
them  from  the  Arctic  region  on  the  great 
ice  flow.  They  bloom  in  both  these  zones 
at  about  the  same  date.  Among  the  bright 
blossoms  in  the  polar  mountain-top  gar- 
dens are  the  columbine,  gentian,  aster, 
daisy,  shooting-star,  bluebell,  a  few  kinds  of 
phlox,  and  that  dearest  of  the  heath  blos- 
soms, the  cassiope.  Numbers  are  dwarfed 
to  unbelievable  smallness.  Think  of  blue- 
bells perfectly  formed  and  colored  and  yet 
so  fascinatingly  small  and  dainty  that  a 
347 


gout  Rational  $arft£ 

half-dozen  could  be  sheltered  in  the  upper 
half  of  a  thimble! 

The  alpine  wild-flower  garden  on  Mount 
Rainier  is  one  of  the  most  striking  on  the 
globe.  Just  above  the  timber-line  and  be- 
low and  among  the  glaciers,  colored  flowers 
grow  in  tall  and  crowded  luxuriance.  They 
color  broken  distances  for  miles.  It  is 
doubtful  if  the  world  can  show  another 
hanging  garden  in  which  wild  flowers  so 
splendidly  mingle  their  lovely  hues  with  the 
broken  picturesque  forests,  wild  crags,  and 
the  grandeur  of  glaciers. 

In  the  Rocky  Mountain  National  Park 
there  is  an  accessible  empire  in  the  moun- 
tainous sky,  up  more  than  two  miles  above 
the  wide  plains  of  the  sea.  Mountain- 
climbers  pass  through  these  scenes  on  their 
way  up  peaks  into  the  sky  without  stop- 
ping to  see  the  wonders.  They  have  at  best 
only  an  introduction,  or  a  hurried  traveler's 
impression,  of  a  strange  and  varied  exhibit. 

A  few  centuries  ago  it  was  a  common 
belief  that  high  mountains  were  peopled 
348 


n 

with  monsters  and  demons.  Those  demons 
are  gone  from  the  popular  imagination ;  but 
there  still  exists  a  most  unfortunate  super- 
stition, commonly  believed,  that  altitude  is 
harmful !  Yet  it  has  a  thousand  benefits  for 
the  visitor. 

In  the  heights  dwell  a  bigness,  a  strange- 
ness, a  friendliness  not  felt  in  the  earth's 
lower  scenes.  Altitude  is  ever  refreshing. 
The  dust-filled,  noise-crowded  air  is  far  be- 
low. From  these  scenic  mountain  heights 
one  commands  a  new  world  of  mountain- 
ous cloud-scenery  in  the  sky.  Grand,  deep, 
blue  gorges  lie  open  in  the  cloud  plateaus 
and  mountains.  To  the  enraptured  eye  the 
shifting  clouds  sometimes  become  conti- 
nents and  islands,  real  lands  where  people 
live,  landscapes  upon  whose  sunny  hills 
and  forested  mountains  shadows  of  other 
clouds  fall,  and  across  whose  expanding 
plains  many  winding  rivers  run.  Often  the 
largeness  of  view  enables  one  to  see  vast 
cloud-pieces  moved  into  place,  shifted  else- 
where, and  others  arranged.  Often  a  num- 
349 


Hour  Rational 

ber  of  these  movements  are  seen  at  once. 
Here,  too,  the  sunrise  comes  grandly  be- 
fore one,  and  from  these  mountain-rims  the 
painted  sky  of  evening  is  most  intense  and 
vivid.  Cloud  and  color  often  mingle  in 
paintings  of  undreamed  vastness  and  glory. 

Up  here  one  appreciates  the  solemnity 
and  the  splendor  of  the  moonlight.  The 
lonely  silver  moon  appears  a  wandering 
planet,  almost  within  hailing  distance. 
You  call,  and  a  hundred  cliffs  call  with  you. 
You  listen,  but  there  is  only  the  murmur 
of  a  far-off  waterfall,  or  the  receding,  echo- 
ing crash  of  some  falling  cliff.  Everything 
is  in  half-tone.  The  chasm  is  concealed; 
peaks  along  the  sky-line  are  suggested ;  the 
valleys  lie  in  subdued  and  mellow  light; 
strangely,  from  the  silken  shadow  folds, 
the  pinnacles  peer  at  the  moon.  Through 
the  clean,  clear  air,  the  infinite  sky  becomes 
a  near,  inverted  field,  crowded  thick  with 
stars. 

This  is  a  region  worthy  of  multitudes  of 
visitors,  yet  it  has  only  a  few.  Most  people 
350 


n 

do  not  dream  of  its  existence.  Some  time 
throngs  will  come  to  these  strange  island 
shores  in  the  sky  as  freely  as  now  they 
crowd  to  the  beach  and  the  breakers  of 
the  sea. 

3.   THE  WORK  OF  THE  ICE  KING 

With  his  glaciers  the  Ice  King  ground 
most  of  the  soil  in  which  now  stand  the 
forests,  the  grasses,  and  the  flowers.  In  pro- 
ducing this  soil  he  sculptured  from  the 
solid  rock  of  the  earth  much  of  the  scenery, 
shaped  many  of  the  flowing  landscapes,  and 
formed  the  excavations  in  which  ten  thou- 
sand lakes  now  rest  in  beauty.  Long  ice 
periods  have  had  their  sway,  then  vanished. 
Most  of  the  earth  appears  to  have  been  ice- 
covered  a  number  of  times.  Then,  after 
ages,  the  ice  has  returned.  These  periods 
appear  to  have  alternated  with  others  whose 
climatic  conditions  were  similar  to  those 
now  holding  sway.  The  remaining  glaciers, 
the  world  over,  are  growing  smaller  and 
smaller. 


Sour  |5atioual  parity 

A  glacier  is  a  slow-moving  mass  of  ice- 
It  may  be  as  small  as  an  average  steamship; 
it  may  be  less  than  a  mile  wide  and  several 
miles  long;  or  it  may  cover  hundreds  of 
square  miles.  It  may  be  less  than  a  hundred 
feet,  or  a  thousand  feet  or  more,  in  thick- 
ness. It  may  move  only  an  inch  or  two  a 
day,  or  it  may  move  several  feet.  Com- 
monly it  moves  downward,  but  occasionally 
one  moves  upward.  The  movement  is  due 
to  gravity  and  to  the  plasticity  or  rubbery 
nature  of  the  ice  when  under  sufficient 
pressure  or  weight.  In  a  large  glacier  the 
weight  of  the  superimposed  icy  stratum  is 
immense;  it  is  greater  than  the  bottom 
layers  can  support.  Under  the  enormous 
pressure  the  bottom  layers  crawl  or  flow 
from  beneath  like  pressed  dough.  This 
forced  mass  moves  outward  in  the  direc- 
tion of  the  least  resistance  —  commonly 
down  the  slope. 

Glacier  ice  is  formed  by  snow  accumulat- 
ing at  a  given  point  more  rapidly  than  it 
melts.  This  is  due  chiefly  to  wind,  snow- 
35* 


in 

slides,  and  heavy  snowfall.  The  glacier, 
heavy  and  powerful,  planes,  polishes,  and 
reshapes  the  surface  over  which  it  travels, 
or  the  walls  with  which  it  comes  in  contact. 
Most  of  the  lake-basins  were  gouged  out  by 
glaciers.  Mountain-ranges  have  been  worn 
down  to  hills  or  plains;  canons  and  depres- 
sions have  been  filled,  and  extensive  areas 
overlaid  with  ground-up  rocky  material. 
The  gentle  snowflake  has  been  the  earth's 
chief  maker  of  scenery  and  soil.  Snow- 
flakes,  working  en  masse  and  through  long 
periods  of  time,  have  formed  glaciers  and 
as  such  have  wrought  wonders. 

A  moraine  is  an  embankment  or  delta  of 
boulders  and  crushed  rock  deposited  by  a 
glacier  or  ice  river.  Though  commonly  at 
the  end,  it  may  be  both  along  the  side  and 
at  the  end  of  a  glacier,  or  of  the  channels 
which  the  glacier  once  filled.  All  the  moun- 
tainous National  Parks  have  important 
glacial  records  or  ruins  that  almost  entirely 
cover  them.  These  are  moraines,  soil-de- 
posits, glaciated  canons,  and  lake-basins. 
353 


four  |i)ational 

Vast  is  the  quantity  of  material  picked 
up  and  transported  by  glaciers.  Moun- 
tains are  moved  piecemeal,  and  are  ground 
to  boulders,  pebbles,  and  rock-flour  in  the 
moving.  Besides  the  material  the  glacier 
gathers  up  and  excavates,  it  carries  the 
wreckage  thrown  down  upon  it  by  land- 
slides, and  also  the  eroded  matter  poured 
upon  it  by  streams  from  the  heights.  Most 
of  the  material  that  falls  upon  the  top  of 
the  upper  end  of  the  glacier  gradually 
works  its  way  to  the  bottom.  At  last,  with 
the  other  gathered  material,  it  is  pressed 
against  the  bottom  and  sides  and  used  as  a 
cutting,  rasping,  or  grinding  tool  till  worn 
to  pebbles  or  powder. 

A  part  of  the  rocky  material  gathered  is 
carried  to  the  end  of  the  glacier,  where  the 
melting  of  the  ice  unloads  and  releases  it. 
This  accumulation  at  the  end  is  called  the 
terminal  moraine,  and  corresponds  to  the 
delta  of  a  river.  For  years  the  bulk  of  the 
ice  may  melt  away  at  about  the  same  place; 
thus  at  this  point  accumulates  an  enor- 
354 


in  tljc  £fep 

mous  amount  of  debris.  An  advance  of  the 
ice  may  plow  through  this  and  repile  it,  or 
the  retreat  of  the  ice,  or  a  changed  direction 
of  its  flow,  may  pile  debris  elsewhere.  Many 
of  these  terminal  moraines  are  an  array  of 
broken  embankments  with  small  basin- 
like  holes  and  smooth,  level  spaces. 

Many  of  the  lakes  have  been  filled  with 
sediment,  and  in  them  and  on  them  forests 
now  flourish.  The  glacier  lakes  were  slowly 
created.  Most  of  them  are  being  slowly  filled. 
Those  most  favorably  situated  may  still 
live  on  for  thousands  of  years,  but  an  ava- 
lanche may  extinguish  one  in  a  single  day. 
Eventually  all  must  be  filled  and  lost.  They 
come  into  existence  as  a  part  of  the  work  of 
the  glacier.  For  a  period  they  lie  beautiful 
in  the  sunlight;  then  they  are  gone  forever. 

The  extensive  glacial  records  that  show 
the  past  triumphs  of  the  Ice  King  some- 
times make  the  mind  restless,  and  it  wants 
to  know:  "Will  the  Ice  King  come  again? 
Will  mountains  of  white  and  silent  snow 
again  pile  upon  a  lifeless  world?" 
355 


gout  Rational  $arftg 

4.    HIGH   PEAKS 

Those  who  go  up  into  the  clouds  and 
sky  on  high  mountains  will  find  a  variety 
of  lofty  and  magnificent  peaks  in  the  Na- 
tional Parks.  These  peaks  rise  amid  and 
above  wildernesses  of  superb  scenes,  splen- 
did combinations  of  peaks,  streams,  lakes, 
passes,  forests,  and  moorlands. 

My  three  favorite  peaks  in  the  United 
States  are  Mount  Rainier,  Long's  Peak, 
and  the  Grand  Teton,  which  is  near  Jack- 
son's Hole,  Wyoming. 

In  many  respects  Mount  Rainier  is  the 
noblest  mountain  in  the  world.  It  is  high, 
and  to  reach  its  summit  is  to  make  a  jour- 
ney that  requires  preparation  and  care. 
Much  ice  work  is  necessary  in  order  to  at- 
tain the  top.  Once  there,  the  climber  looks 
down  upon  extensive  landscapes  of  forests 
and  sea,  islands  and  rivers,  and  snowy 
peaks. 

Long's  Peak  is  a  rugged,  vast  monolith  of 
granite  14,255  feet  high.  Usually  it  is  al- 
356 


in 

most  entirely  free  of  both  ice  and  snow.  It 
is  a  rock  climb.  It  stands  not  in  but  im- 
mediately in  front  of  the  Continental  Di- 
vide, whose  near-by  ruggedness  is  tre- 
mendously impressive.  Far  away  one  looks 
out  over  seas  of  mountains  and  on  ocean 
plains.  Standing  side  by  side  with  Long's 
Peak,  and  of  almost  equal  height,  is  Mount 
Meeker,  also  a  rock  climb  that  reveals 
scenes  of  unusual  interest. 

The  Yellowstone  has  three  excellent 
mountain- top  view-points:  Mount  Wash- 
burn,  Mount  Sheridan,  and  Electric  Peak. 
One  can  motor  to  the  top  of  Mount  Wash- 
burn,  and  the  climbs  to  the  tops  of  the 
other  two  are  not  extremely  difficult. 

In  the  Yosemite,  Mount  Hoffman,  not 
the  highest  peak,  but  centrally  located, 
commands  the  extraordinary  scenes  of  the 
Park.  Of  the  higher  peaks,  Mount  Lyell  is 
an  excellent  example. 

It  is  probable  that  Mount  Whitney  will 
become  a  part  of  the  Sequoia  National 
Park.  It  is  comparatively  easy  of  ascent 
357 


If  our  |5ational  parftg 

and  commands  great  views  of  the  higher 
peaks  of  the  Sierra.  It  is  the  highest  peak 
within  the  bounds  of  the  Union,  being 
14,501  feet  high. 

Among  a  wilderness  of  rugged  mountains 
and  lakes  of  the  Glacier  National  Park  are 
scores  of  peaks  well  worthy  of  the  climber. 
To  me  Going-to-the-Sun  Mountain  and 
Mount  Cleveland  are  two  of  the  better  ones. 

Exercising  in  the  heights  quickly  disin- 
fects and  reenergizes  the  system.  A  mental 
uplift,  a  broadening  of  the  view,  and  a  gen- 
eral lasting  exhilaration  come  from  the  ef- 
fort of  mountain-climbing,  together  with 
the  intimate  human  association  and  the 
soul-stirring  scenes  which  it  brings.  Climb- 
ing a  worthy  peak  ought  to  be  listed  among 
the  proudest  of  our  yearly  accomplish- 
ments. 

In  "The  Canoe  and  the  Saddle"  Theo- 
dore Winthrop  thus  translates  the  good  tid- 
ings of  the  mountains:  — 

Exaltation  such  as  the  presence  of  the  sub- 
lime and  solemn  heights  arouses,  we  dwellers 

358 


in  tfjc  £fcp 

eastward  cannot  have  as  an  abiding  influence. 
Other  things  we  may  have,  for  Nature  will  not 
let  herself  anywhere  be  scorned;  but  only 
mountains,  and  chiefest  the  giants  of  snow, 
can  teach  whatever  lessons  there  may  be  in 
vaster  distances  and  deeper  depths  of  palpable 
ether,  in  lonely  grandeur  without  desolation, 
and  in  the  illimitable,  bounded  within  an  out- 
line. Therefore,  needing  all  these  emotions  at 
their  maximum,  we  were  compelled  to  make 
pilgrimages  back  to  the  mountains.  .  .  . 

Mountains  have  been  waiting,  even  in  an- 
cient worlds,  for  cycles,  while  mankind  looked 
upon  them  as  high,  cold,  dreary,  crushing  — 
as  resorts  for  demons  and  homes  of  desolating 
storms.  It  is  only  lately,  in  the  development 
of  men's  comprehension  of  nature,  that  moun- 
tains have  been  recognized  as  our  noblest 
friends,  our  most  exalting  and  inspiring  com- 
rades, our  grandest  emblems  of  divine  power 
and  divine  peace. 


XX 

JOHN  MUIR 

JOHN  MUIR  arrived  in  San  Francisco 
by  boat  from  Panama  in  1868.  He  was 
thirty  years  old.  This  was  in  the  days  of 
adventure.  San  Francisco  Bay  was  alive 
with  strange  ships  from  every  part  of  the 
globe.  The  city  was  filled  with  adven- 
turers. On  every  hand  were  heard  exciting 
tales  of  colonization  and  wealth  in  South 
America,  Siberia,  and  Australia,  stories  of 
fabulous  fortunes  made  in  the  islands  of 
the  South  Seas,  and  rumors  of  rich  strikes 
by  the  "Bonanza  Kings"  in  the  mines  of 
Nevada.  These  things  did  not  interest 
Muir.  He  became  the  Nestor  of  National 
Parks. 

The  second  day  after  reaching  San  Fran- 
cisco, he  wandered  away  alone  into  the 
wilderness.  He  heard  Nature's  bugle-call 
and  was  led  on  and  on.  He  wandered  far 
360 


JOHN  MUIR  AT  THE  FOOT  OF  A  DOUGLAS  SPRUCE   IN 
MUIR  WOODS 


into  the  flower-filled  distances,  threaded  the 
forests,  and  climbed  the  heights  where  wild 
cataracts  leaped  and  where  the  glaciers  had 
left  their  story. 

For  forty  years  he  spent  the  most  of  his 
time  camping  and  exploring  and  studying 
in  the  wilderness  along  the  Pacific  Coast, 
chiefly  in  the  Sierra  of  California.  He 
neither  fished  nor  carried  a  gun.  He  fre- 
quently went  hungry;  many  times  was 
without  bedding;  often  he  was  entirely 
alone  for  weeks.  These  were  glorious  years ! 

He  rambled  through  parts  of  Nevada, 
Oregon,  Washington,  and  British  Columbia, 
and  made  five  trips  to  Alaska.  He  also 
made  visits  to  Australia,  India,  Switzer- 
land, Sweden,  South  America,  and  Africa. 
Long  and  intimately  he  associated  with 
Nature  in  the  Yosemite  National  Park. 

He  married  in  1879,  and  for  ten  years 
devoted  a  part  of  his  time  to  business, 
amassing  a  fair  fortune.  But  in  each  of 
these  years  he  managed  to  have  several 
weeks  in  the  wilderness. 
361 


Sour  Rational  $arft£ 

He  had  a  large  share  in  arousing  the  pub- 
lic interest  that  led  to  the  creation  of  forest 
reserves.  For  years  he  splendidly  led  the 
movement  for  National  Parks.  His  work 
and  his  writing  glorified  the  scenic  out- 
doors. 

In  his  Autobiography  he  says,  "  When  I 
was  a  boy  in  Scotland  I  was  fond  of  every- 
thing that  was  wild,  and  all  my  life  I  Ve 
been  growing  fonder  and  fonder  of  wild 
places  and  wild  creatures. "  In  his  boyhood 
Wisconsin  home  he  was  so  enraptured  with 
Nature  that,  as  he  says,  he  could  hardly 
believe  his  senses  except  when  he  was  hun- 
gry or  his  father  was  thrashing  him. 

In  another  case  he  says,  "Every  wild 
lesson  a  love  lesson;  not  whipped  into  us 
but  charmed  into  us."  Commenting  on 
leaving  college,  he  declares,  "I  was  only 
leaving  one  university  for  another,  the 
Wisconsin  University  for  the  University  of 
the  Wilderness."  Stevenson  wrote,  "There 
should  be  nothing  so  much  a  man's  busi- 
ness as  his  amusements."  John  Muir's 
362 


amusements  occupied  the  major  part  of  his 
life,  and  the  result  is  an  inspiring  and  en- 
nobling influence  on  the  world.  More  than 
anything  else,  his  work  is  likely  immeasur- 
ably to  help  the  human  race  by  getting  us 
outdoors. 

While  ever  enjoying  the  beauty  of  Na- 
ture, he  was  continually  searching  for  facts. 
He  had  the  poetic  appreciation  of  Nature. 
He  was  the  greatest  genius  that  ever  with 
words  interpreted  the  outdoors.  No  one 
has  ever  written  of  Nature's  realm  with 
greater  enthusiasm  or  charm.  He  once 
said,  "  In  drying  plants,  botanists  often  dry 
themselves. "  He  also  felt  that  "dry  words 
and  dry  facts  will  not  fire  hearts."  Much 
that  he  wrote  is  prose  poetry  or  is  enliv- 
ened with  the  poetic  fire  of  his  genius. 

His  writings  contain  a  wealth  of  Na- 
tional Parks  material,  and  I  wish  that  every 
child  might  know  of  them.  His  books  are: 
"The  Mountains  of  Calif ornia,"  "Our  Na- 
tional Parks,"  "Stickeen,"  "My  First 
Summer  in  the  Sierra,"  "The  Yosemite," 
363 


goiir  Rational 

Story  of  my  Boyhood  and  Youth/' 
"Travels  in  Alaska,"  and  "A  Thousand- 
Mile  Walk  to  the  Gulf." 

In  December,  1914,  the  grandest  char- 
acter in  National  Parks  history  and  in  na- 
ture literature  vanished  into  that  mysteri- 
ous realm  into  which  all  trails  inevitably 
lead.  He  had  rendered  mankind  a  vast  and 
heroic  service.  His  triumphs  were  of  the 
very  greatest.  They  were  made  in  times  of 
peace  for  the  eternal  cause  of  peace.  We  are 
yet  too  close  to  the  deeds  of  this  magnifi- 
cent man  to  comprehend  their  helpfulness 
to  humanity.  His  practical  labors  and  his 
books  are  likely  to  prove  the  most  influen- 
tial force  in  this  century  for  the  profitable 
use  of  leisure  hours. 

He  has  written  the  great  drama  of  the 
outdoors.  On  Nature's  scenic  stage  he  gave 
the  wild  life  local  habitation  and  character 
—  did  with  the  wild  folk  what  Shakespeare 
did  with  man.  He  puts  the  woods  in  story, 
and  in  his  story  you  are  in  the  wilderness. 
His  prose  poems  illuminate  the  forest,  the 
364 


storm,  and  all  the  fields  of  life.  He  has  set 
Pan's  melody  to  words.  He  sings  of  sun- 
tipped  peaks  and  gloomy  canons,  flowery 
fields  and  wooded  wilds.  He  has  immor- 
talized the  Big  Trees.  His  memory  is  des- 
tined to  be  ever  associated  with  the  silent 
places,  with  the  bird-songs,  with  wild  flow- 
ers, with  the  great  glaciers,  with  snowy 
peaks,  with  dark  forests,  with  white  cas- 
cades that  leap  in  glory,  with  sunlight  and 
shadow,  with  the  splendid  National  Parks, 
and  with  every  song  that  Nature  sings  in 
the  wild  gardens  of  the  world. 


XXI 

NATIONAL  PARKS  THE  SCHOOL 
OF  NATURE 

WHY  not  each  year  send  thousands 
of  school-children  through  the  National 
Parks?  Mother  Nature  is  the  teacher  of 
teachers,  these  Parks  the  greatest  of  schools 
and  playgrounds.  No  other  school  is  likely 
so  to  inspire  children,  so  to  give  them  vi- 
sion and  fire  their  imagination.  Surely  the 
children  ought  to  have  this  extraordinary 
opportunity. 

The  percentage  of  children  aroused  and 
started  to  greatness  by  schools  of  prison- 
like  policy  is  small  indeed.  The  proper 
place  for  at  least  a  part  of  every  child's 
schooling  is  the  great  outdoors.  In  our  great 
National  Parks  we  have  an  unrivaled  out- 
door school  that  is  always  open;  in  it  is  a 
library,  a  museum,  a  zoological  garden,  and 
a  type  of  the  wilderness  frontier.  In  this 
366 


of  pature 

school-children  are  brought  into  contact 
with  actual  things,  and  become  personally 
acquainted  with  useful  facts,  instead  of 
merely  reading  about  them.  No  better 
surroundings  can  be  devised  for  develop- 
ing common  sense. 

Learning  under  such  conditions  is  de- 
lightful, yet  it  is  discipline  —  a  discipline 
that  develops,  not  mere  drudgery  that  dis- 
courages. Education  cannot  be  separated 
from  enjoyment.  "Let  us  live  for  our  chil- 
dren/' said  Froebel,  the  early  exponent  of 
the  school  of  Nature.  It  is  doubtful  if  we 
could  do  more  for  our  young  folk,  for  the 
nation,  and  for  humanity  than  to  have 
ample  National  Parks  and  opportunities 
for  the  children  to  enjoy  them. 

If  each  boy  or  girl  —  or  any  traveler  — 
were  to  follow  a  particular  line  of  nature- 
study  during  vacations,  and  give  most  of 
his  time  to  one  species  of  tree,  flower,  bird, 
or  to  the  characteristic  scenic  feature  of  the 
region  visited,  each  would  return  with  a 
new  and  pleasant  resource,  and  would  have 
367 


gout  Rational  3patfe$ 

something  definite  and  worth  while  to  re- 
port to  his  friends. 

One  of  the  greatest  inheritances  of  each 
individual  is  imagination.  The  child  in- 
stinctively believes  in  fairies.  Unfortu- 
nately, the  imagination  too  often  is  stifled 
and  extinguished  in  childhood.  It  is  imag- 
ination that^"  bodies  forth  the  forms  of 
things  unknown,"  and  makes  all  objects 
interesting.  It  lights  the  path  of  education 
and  throws  changing  color  and  romance 
over  every  act  and  scene  in  life.  It  gives  a 
magic  spell  to  existence.  This  matchless 
torch  may  be  set  blazing  by  a  visit  to  the 
wonderland  of  a  National  Park  where 
wilderness  is  king  —  where  the  fairies  live. 

Often,  the  chief  incentive  that  starts  a 
child  toward  the  acquiring  of  an  education 
is  interest  in  this  fairyland  of  Nature.  In- 
terest is  the  highroad  to  education.  In- 
terest the  mind  and  it  will  grow  like  a  gar- 
den. The  National  Parks  have,  through 
this  fact,  an  educational  value  which  en- 
titles them  to  be  ranked  among  the  strong- 
368 


€f)c  ^djool  of  IJaturc 

est  potential  forces  of  our  pedagogical 
system. 

I  have  never  known  any  one  who  had  en- 
joyed the  pleasure  that  comes  from  even  a 
little  knowledge  of  natural  history  to  sink 
into  the  empty-headed  pastime  of  trying  to 
see  crude  forms  in  Nature's  story-book. 
Usually,  an  individual  given  to  this,  when 
on  an  outing,  is  a  bore  to  his  companions. 
I  simply  cannot  understand  how  people 
find  pleasure  in  trying  to  discover  animal 
forms,  or  various  zoological  figures,  in  the 
geological  formations  of  the  mountains, 
while  the  beholders  are  in  the  midst  of  a 
thousand  objects  of  real  interest.  Such  an 
exercise  may  be  called  humbug  imagina- 
tion. 

Playing  in  the  outdoors  —  especially 
when  there  is  intimate  association  with 
birds  and  flowers,  trees  and  waterfalls, 
mountains  and  storms  —  is  one  of  the  best 
ways  of  training  the  senses.  The  study  of 
geology  and  glaciology,  of  the  manners  and 
customs  of  the  beaver  and  the  bear,  gives 
369 


four  Rational  $ar&£ 

physical  and  mental  and  spiritual  develop- 
ment of  the  best  possible  kind.  The  out- 
doors gives  originality  and  individuality, 
and  develops  that  master  quality  called 
the  creative  faculty,  with  which  usually  are 
found  associated  courage  and  wholesome 
self-reliance. 

Charles  W.  Eliot,  President  Emeritus  of 
Harvard  University,  says :  — 

The  best  part  of  all  human  knowledge  has 
come  by  exact  and  studied  observation  made 
through  the  senses  of  sight,  hearing,  taste, 
smell,  and  touch.  The  most  important  part  of 
education  has  always  been  the  training  of  the 
senses  through  which  that  best  part  of  knowl- 
edge comes.  This  training  has  two  precious 
results  in  the  individual  besides  the  faculty  of 
accurate  observation  —  one  the  acquisition 
of  some  sort  of  skill,  the  other  the  habit  of 
careful  reflection  and  measured  reasoning 
which  results  in  precise  statement  and  record. 

The  pioneer  men  and  women,  and  the 
children  of  pioneers,  had  few  books,  but 
they  were  wide-awake  people  and  made  ex- 
cellent neighbors.  Scores  of  great  men  and 
women  with  character  as  well  as  intelli- 
370 


Cfje  £ct)o0i 

gence  have  known  little  of  books,  but  they 
had  the  ability  to  think  —  they  had  in- 
dividuality. They  had  courage  and  kind- 
ness. 

Mother  Nature  is  ever  ready  to  train  the 
growing  child.  By  using  our  wonderful  Na- 
tional Parks  for  schools,  we  may  give  the 
boys  and  girls  of  to-day  even  better  nature 
training  than  the  pioneers  received  from 
their  environment.  Huxley  says,  "Knowl- 
edge gained  at  second  hand  from  books  or 
hearsay  is  infinitely  inferior  in  quality  to 
knowledge  gained  at  first  hand  by  direct 
observation  and  experience  with  Nature/' 

Many  of  the  noblest  pages  of  history  were 
made  by  grand  men  and  women  whom  Na- 
ture inspired.  A  poet  says  that  all  grand 
and  heroic  deeds  were  conceived  in  the  open 
air.  A  nation  composed  of  park-using  peo- 
ple is  prepared  for  the  emergencies  of  war 
and  also  for  the  finer  achievements  of 
peace.  Park  life  will  keep  the  nation  young. 

Some  of  our  thoughtful  people  are  say- 
ing, "Better  playgrounds  without  schools 


ff  our  Rational  $arh£ 

than  schools  without  playgrounds."  The 
Parks  used  as  a  part  of  the  school  system 
should  develop,  enrich,  and  equip  with 
happy,  helpful  material  the  growing  mind 
of  man. 

In  "  The  Training  of  the  Human  Plant/' 
Luther  Burbank  says  : — 

Any  form  of  education  which  leaves  one  less 
able  to  meet  every-day  emergencies  and  occur- 
rences is  unbalanced  and  vicious,  and  will  lead 
any  people  to  destruction. 

Every  child  should  have  mud  pies,  grass- 
hoppers, waterbugs,  tadpoles,  frogs,  mud- 
turtles,  elderberries,  wild  strawberries,  acorns, 
chestnuts,  trees  to  climb,  brooks  to  wade  in, 
water-lilies,  woodchucks,  bats,  bees,  butter- 
flies, various  animals  to  pet,  hayfields,  pine- 
cones,  rocks  to  roll,  sand,  snakes,  huckleber- 
ries, and  hornets ;  and  any  child  who  has  been 
deprived  of  these  has  been  deprived  of  the  best 
part  of  his  education. 

By  being  well  acquainted  with  all  these  they 
come  into  most  intimate  harmony  with  na- 
ture, whose  lessons  are,  of  course,  natural  and 
wholesome. 

A  fragrant  beehive  or  a  plump,  healthy 
hornet's  nest  in  good  running  order  often  be- 
come object  lessons  of  some  importance.  The 
372 


inhabitants  can  give  the  child  pointed  lessons 
in  punctuation,  as  well  as  caution  and  some 
of  the  limitations  as  well  as  the  grand  possi- 
bilities of  life;  and  by  even  a  brief  experience 
with  a  good  patch  of  healthy  nettles,  the  same 
lesson  will  be  still  further  impressed  upon 
them.  And  thus  by  each  new  experience  with 
homely  natural  objects  the  child  learns  self- 
respect  and  also  to  respect  the  objects  and 
forces  which  must  be  met. 

The  wild  gardens  of  Nature  are  the  best 
kindergartens.  The  child  who  breathes  the 
pure  air  among  the  pines,  and  plays  among 
the  birds  and  flowers,  has  the  greatest  of 
advantages.  The  child  stirred  with  ideal 
hopes  to-day  will  create  nobly  to-morrow. 
Children  from  Nature's  Book  and  School 
stand  highest  in  the  examinations  of  life 
and  carry  life's  richest  treasures:  health, 
individuality,  sincerity,  wholesome  self- 
reliance,  and  efficiency.  Touched  with  na- 
ture, they  are  natural  and,  like  Tiny  Tim, 
they  love  everybody.  Nature  wins  the 
heart  of  childhood.  Children  playing  and 
dreaming  in  outdoor  fairylands  make  one  of 
373 


Bout 

the  sweetest,  dearest  stories  lived  or  learned 
on  Nature's  loving  breast. 

One  of  the  best  lessons  gained  from  the 
wholesome  atmosphere  of  the  Parks  is  the 
duty  of  preserving  natural  beauties.  We 
need  Parks  to  prevent  the  extermination  of 
our  friends  the  wild  flowers.  A  few  years 
ago  the  following  simple  appeal  for  the 
wild  flowers  was  written  for  me  by  Maud 
Gardner  Odel :  — 

What  will  you  with  our  bodies, 

Rude  Ravishers  of  flowers, 
Despoiler  of  our  loveliness 

To  please  your  idle  hours? 
The  life  you  pluck  so  gayly 

Will  perish  in  a  day; 
The  form  you  praise  so  lightly, 

Turn  swiftly  to  decay; 
But  leave  us  on  our  hillside 
I     With  wind  and  bird  and  bee, 
Insure  us  our  inheritance 

Of  immortality,  — 
Your  sons  shall  know  our  fragrance, 

Your  daughters  feel  our  charm. 
Oh,  Friend  of  Future  Ages, 

Do  not  the  Wild  Flowers  harm ! 
Columbine, 
Gentian, 
Iris,  and  Others. 

374 


€I>e  £cf>ooi  of 

Photographs  made  in  National  Parks 
could  be  used  in  homes,  schools,  hotels, 
etc. ;  they  might  well  displace  many  of  the 
pictures  now  in  use.  These  photographs 
should  embrace  the  grander  scenes  and  the 
lovelier  landscapes.  Among  the  subjects 
handled  would  be  the  Big  Trees,  Yellow- 
stone Falls,  Yosemite  Falls,  the  Grand 
Canon,  wild  flowers  and  glaciers  on  Mount 
Rainier,  the  lakes  in  Glacier  National  Park, 
timber-line  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  Na- 
tional Park,  Crater  Lake,  and  the  ruins  in 
the  Mesa  Verde.  Among  the  animals  pic- 
tured would  be  the  grizzly  bear,  the  moun- 
tain sheep,  the  mountain  goat,  the  antelope, 
and  the  beaver;  among  the  birds,  the 
water-ouzel,  the  solitaire,  the  canon  wren, 
the  eagle,  the  hummingbird,  and  the 
ptarmigan. 

We  need  to  know  our  country.  Purpose- 
ful travel  is  educational.  Our  National 
Parks  should  stimulate  travel,  and  a  trip 
to  them  is  an  educational  advantage  to 
any  one  making  it.  One  can  hardly  be 
375 


Hour  Rational  $arlt£ 

especially  interested  in  any  single  feature 
of  these  Parks  without  also  becoming  ac- 
quainted with  others. 

Each  year  every  city  should  honor  itself 
by  sending  a  number  of  individuals  to 
study  one  or  more  of  these  Parks.  Each 
school  should  send  its  brightest  pupil; 
chambers  of  commerce  might  send  repre- 
sentatives; women's  clubs,  D.A.R.  organ- 
izations, and  even  the  Y.M.C.A.  and 
Y.W.C.A.  might  well  be  represented  in 
such  a  delegation.  This  custom  would  give 
us  nation-wide  knowledge  and  sympathy. 

It  appears  impossible  to  exaggerate  the 
importance  of  knowing  our  wilderness 
lands  —  the  frontier  of  yesterday. 

During  all  the  years  —  the  long  centu- 
ries between  cave  and  cottage  —  our  good 
ancestors  ever  traveled  among  Nature's 
inspiring  pictured  scenes.  With  interest 
and  with  awe  they  watched  the  silent 
movements  of  the  clouds  across  the  sky; 
they  heard  with  speechless  wonder  the 
mysterious  echo  that  lived  and  mimicked 
376 


in  the  viewless  air;  they  puzzled  over  the 
strange,  invisible  wind  that  shook  the  ex- 
cited trees  and  whispered  in  the  rustling 
grass.  They  saw  the  wondrous  sunrise;  the 
light  of  day;  the  darkness;  the  fireflies  in 
the  forest;  the  lonely,  changing  moon.  They 
heard  the  echoing  crash  of  thunder.  Light- 
ning, —  the  branched  golden  river  in  the 
cloud  mountains  of  the  sky,  —  the  clouds 
themselves,  and  the  silken  rainbow,  were 
woven  into  beautiful  myths.  Thus,  through 
changing  seasons  and  the  passing  years, 
these  splendid  facts  and  fancies  in  Mother 
Nature's  school  fired  the  imagination  with 
poetic  wonder-tales  and  built  the  brain  for 
our  restless,  triumphant  race.  The  path- 
way to  the  Heroic  Age  lies  out  with  Na- 
ture. 


XXII 

WHY  WE  NEED   NATIONAL  PARKS 

THE  Piute  Indians  have  a  legend  which 
says  that  just  at  the  close  of  creation  the 
woman  was  consulted.  She  at  once  called 
into  existence  the  birds,  the  flowers,  and 
the  trees.  That  is  the  kind  of  a  woman 
with  whom  to  start  a  world.  We  still  need 
park  places  full  of  hope  and  beauty,  with 
birds,  flowers,  and  trees,  that  with  their 
help  we  may  live  long  and  happily  and 
harmoniously  upon  a  beautiful  world. 

Scenic  parts  of  this  poetic  and  primeval 
world — parts  rich  in  loveliness  and  gran- 
deur—  are  saved  for  us  in  our  National 
Parks.  The  National  Parks  and  Monu- 
ments are  filled  with  Nature's  masterpieces, 
and  contain  splendid  scenic  and  scientific 
features  not  elsewhere  to  be  seen.  The  trav- 
eler might  spend  a  lifetime  in  them  with- 
out exhausting  even  their  best  attractions. 

378 


toe  $ee&  Rational  $arft£ 

A  National  Park  is  an  island  of  safety  in 
this  riotous  world.  Splendid  forests,  the 
waterfalls  that  leap  in  glory,  the  wild 
flowers  that  charm  and  illuminate  the 
earth,  the  wild  sheep  of  the  sky-line  crags, 
and  the  beauty  of  the  birds,  all  have  places 
of  refuge  which  parks  provide. 

A  National  Park  is  a  fountain  of  life.  It 
is  a  matchless  potential  factor  for  good  in 
national  life.  It  holds  within  its  magic 
realm  benefits  that  are  health-giving,  edu- 
cational, economic;  that  further  efficiency 
and  ethical  relations,  and  are  inspirational. 
Every  one  needs  to  play,  and  to  play  out 
of  doors.  Without  parks  and  outdoor  life 
all  that  is  best  in  civilization  will  be  smoth- 
ered. To  save  ourselves,  to  prevent  our 
perishing,  to  enable  us  to  live  at  our  best 
and  happiest,  parks  are  necessary.  With- 
in National  Parks  is  room  —  glorious  room 
—  room  in  which  to  find  ourselves,  in 
which  to  think  and  hope,  to  dream  and 
plan,  to  rest  and  resolve. 

Nature,  like  our  best  friends,  will  have 
379 


gout  Rational  fparltf 

us  do  our  best.  King  Lear  led  the  typical 
purposeless  indoor  life.  He  was  surrounded 
with  pomp  and  senseless  ceremony.  He  was 
in  the  midst  of  enemies  of  sincerity  and  in- 
dividuality. He  decayed.  He  was  turned 
outdoors.  Across  the  stormy  moor  he  wan- 
dered, followed  by  his  faithful  Fool.  At  the 
door  of  the  hovel  he  hesitated.  Urged  by 
the  Fool,  he  agreed  to  take  shelter  inside. 
In  a  brief  time  with  Nature  on  the  moor  he 
had  become  acquainted  with  himself  and 
had  developed  universal  sympathy.  Stand- 
ing in  the  storm  at  the  entrance  to  the 
hovel,  he  uttered  this  noble  cry  of  compas- 
sion: — 

"Poor  naked  wretches,  wheresoever  you  are, 
That  bide  the  pelting  of  this  pitiless  storm, 
How  shall  your  houseless  heads  and  unfed  sides, 
Your  loop'd  and  window'd  raggedness,  defend  you 
From  seasons  such  as  these?" 

National  Parks  provide  climate  for 
everybody  and  scenery  for  all.  If  we  play 
in  the  scenes  where  fairies  live,  for  us  all 
will  be  right  with  the  world.  Parks  give 
purpose,  noble  purpose,  to  life.  They  are 

380 


toe  $eet»  Rational  $arft£ 

the  "  Never-Never-Land  "  in  which  we 
shall  ever  be  growing,  but  never  grow  up. 

The  great  peaks  with  age-old  ice  and 
snow,  the  mountain-high  waterfalls  that 
rush  and  roar,  the  waveless  lakes  that  show 
the  cloud  and  the  blue,  the  waves  of  wind 
that  shake  the  steadfast  trees,  the  songs  of 
birds  that  ring  through  the  wilderness,  the 
many-colored  flowers  and  glorious  sunsets 
—  these  waken  and  inspire  us.  We  are 
glad  to  be  living,  and  life's  duties  are  done 
with  happiest  hands.  We  need  these  en- 
chanted places.  I  am  thankful  to  the  pio- 
neers who  saw  the  wilderness  scenes  and 
were  thoughtful  enough  to  save  the  Na- 
tional Parks  for  us. 

Robert  Louis  Stevenson  says,  "A  man's 
most  serious  business  is  his  amusements "; 
and  some  one  else  has  said:  — 

We  need  more  plain  pleasures,  for  recreation 
rightly  used  is  a  resource  for  the  common  pur- 
poses of  daily  life  that  is  entitled  to  rank  with 
education,  with  art,  with  friendship.  It  is  one 
of  the  means  ordained  for  the  promotion  of 
health  and  cheerfulness  and  jnprality.  Vice 

381 


Hour  Rational  paths 

must  be  fought  by  welfare,  not  restraint;  and 
society  is  not  safe  until  to-day's  pleasures  are 
stronger  than  its  temptations.  Amusement 
is  stronger  than  vice  and  can  strangle  the  lust 
of  it.  Not  only  does  morality  thus  rest  back 
on  recreation,  but  so  does  efficiency.  One  half 
of  efficiency  and  happiness  depends  upon 
vitality,  and  vitality  depends  largely  upon 
recreation,  especially  the  simple  recreation 
of  the  open  air. 

How  and  where  people  play  determines 
the  character  of  individuals  and  the  des- 
tiny of  their  country.  Success  in  life-work 
depends  upon  play  and  relaxation.  Blue 
Monday  did  not  originate  outdoors.  It  is 
doubtful  if  any  other  influence  produces  so 
many  good  habits  as  a  park.  Parks  keep 
a  nation  hopeful  and  young. 

The  better  and  stronger  nation  of  the 
future  will  be  a  park-using  nation.  Many 
wrecked  nations  have  tried  to  get  along 
without  outdoor  parks  and  recreation- 
places.  It  is  but  little  less  than  folly  to 
spend  millions  on  forts  and  warships,  on 
prisons  and  hospitals,  instead  of  giving 
38* 


toe  |5ccb  Rational 

people  the  opportunity  to  develop  and  rest 
in  the  sane  outdoors. 

The  population  of  the  United  States  now 
numbers  a  hundred  millions  and  is  growing 
with  amazing  rapidity.  The  harassing,  ex- 
acting life  of  to-day  makes  outdoor  life 
more  important  than  ever  before.  Even  in 
the  country,  more  play  places  are  needed. 
Most  of  the  parklike  places  in  the  country 
have  fallen  into  private  hands  to  the  ex- 
clusion of  the  public,  but  in  every  State  in 
the  Union  a  number  of  scenic  places  are 
available.  These  might  well  be  secured  by 
the  public  and  made  into  city  and  county, 
state  and  national  parks. 

The  intensity  of  love  for  native  land 
depends  chiefly  upon  the  loveliness  of  its 
landscapes  —  upon  its  scenery.  The  great 
scenic  places  of  a  land  should  be  owned  by 
the  public  and  often  seen  by  the  public. 
We  cannot  love  an  ugly  country.  Beauty 
satisfies  the  world's  great  longing.  Hatred 
and  prejudice  may  be  taught,  but  the  love 
of  land  must  be  inspired  —  and  inspired 
383 


gout  Rational  parity 

by  the  scenic  loveliness  of  that  land.  "The 
beautiful  is  as  useful  as  the  useful."  Some 
time  a  Secretary  of  Parks  and  Recreation 
may  be  the  most  honored  member  of  the 
President's  Cabinet. 

Develop  National  Parks,  and  there  is  no 
danger  that  the  people  will  fail  to  use  them. 
They  will  help  us  to  build  a  vast  travel  in- 
dustry. In  each  of  the  years  immediately 
preceding  the  European  war,  more  than 
half  a  million  Americans  went  to  Europe. 
Each  individual  spent  not  less  than  a  thou- 
sand dollars,  a  total  of  five  hundred  million 
dollars  —  this  exclusive  of  large  sums  spent 
for  works  of  art,  jewelry,  and  clothing. 
Why  should  not  such  vast  expenditures  be 
made  in  our  own  country  instead  of  in  for- 
eign lands?  Scenery  is  an  asset,  and  parks, 
multiplied  and  properly  managed,  would 
greatly  help  to  keep  our  money  at  home  as 
well  as  to  educate  and  refine  our  people. 

The  existing  National  Parks  —  and  there 
will  be  others  —  are  a  vast  undeveloped 
resource  of  enormous  potential  value.  They 
384 


toe  |^ee&  Rational  $arh£ 

are  a  golden  field  that  will  grow  the  more 
with  reaping!  The  Parks  have  the  power  to 
change  and  better  the  habits  of  a  nation. 
They  may  arouse  in  us  the  desire  to  spend 
most  of  our  spare  time,  and  lead  to  the 
fashion  of  holding  most  of  our  social  gather- 
ings, outdoors. 

Lack  of  national  unity  is  perilous.  A  na- 
tion divided  against  itself  is  not  strong. 
Internal  strife  sometimes  is  worse  than 
foreign  war.  The  people  of  the  United 
States  are  united  in  name,  but  are  they  do- 
ing good  team-work?  The  mingling  of  peo- 
ple from  all  quarters  in  their  own  great 
National  Parks  means  friendly  union.  The 
Westerner  ought  to  know  the  Easterner; 
the  Easterner  should  be  acquainted  with 
the  Westerner,  and  he  ought  also  to  see  the 
magnificent  distances  in  the  West.  Travel 
to  National  Parks  will  promote  such  ac- 
quaintance in  the  happiest  circumstances. 
Greatly  it  would  help  the  general  welfare 
of  the  nation  if  the  citizens  of  the  United 
States  were  better  acquainted  with  their 
385 


Hour  Rational  parh£ 

own  country,  its  resources,  its  people,  and 
its  problems.  The  debates  on  various  pub- 
lic measures  in  Congress  show  a  lack  of 
national  unity  that  arises  from  a  lack  of 
national  information.  A  people  united  is 
a  nation  well  prepared. 

I  sometimes  think  that  getting  really  ac- 
quainted with  some  person,  or  with  some 
fact,  is  a  great  event.  There  is  nothing 
like  acquaintance  for  promoting  friendship, 
sympathy,  and  cooperation.  To  bring  the 
capitalist  and  the  laborer  —  all  classes  — 
together  in  the  Park's  august  scenes,  is 
bound  to  encourage  acquaintance  and  to 
prevent  misunderstandings.  All  this  means 
unity,  friendship,  and  will  keep  war  drums 
in  the  background. 

He  who  feels  the  spell  of  the  wild,  the 
rhythmic  melody  of  falling  water,  the 
echoes  among  the  crags,  the  bird-songs,  the 
wind  in  the  pines,  and  the  endless  beat  of 
wave  upon  the  shore,  is  in  tune  with  the 
universe.  And  he  will  know  what  human 
brotherhood  means;  will  understand  the 
386 


tuc  |j5ccfc  Rational  §Darh£ 

heart  of  the  democratic  poet  who  declares, 
"A  man's  a  man  for  a'  that." 

In  Nature's  ennobling  and  boundless 
scenes,  the  hateful  boundary-lines  and  the 
forts  and  flags  and  prejudices  of  nations 
are  forgotten.  Nature  is  universal.  She 
hoists  no  flags  of  hatred.  Wood-notes  wild 
contain  no  barbaric  strains  of  war.  The 
supreme  triumph  of  parks  is  humanity. 
And  as  I  have  said  elsewhere,  some  time  it 
may  be  that  an  immortal  pine  will  be  the 
flag  of  a  united  and  peaceful  world. 

John  Muir  felt  that  National  Parks  were 
the  glory  of  the  country  and  should  make 
this  country  the  glory  of  the  earth.  I  feel 
certain  that  if  Nature  were  to  speak  she 
would  say,  "Make  National  and  State 
Parks  of  your  best  wild  gardens,  and  with 
these  I  will  develop  greater  men  and 


women." 


XXIII 
THE  TRAIL 

NATIONAL  PARKS  will  insure  the  per- 
petuation of  the  primitive  and  poetic  path- 
way, the  Trail. 

The  trail  is  as  old  as  the  hills.  In  every 
wild  corner  of  the  world  it  is  the  dim  roman- 
tic highway  through  "No  Man's  Land." 
Ever  intimate  with  the  forest  and  stream, 
this  adventurous  and  primitive  way  has 
an  endless  variety.  Its  scenes  shift  and  its 
vistas  change.  It  has  the  aroma  of  the 
wilderness.  It  always  leads  to  a  definite 
place  over  a  crooked  and  alluring  way. 
With  eager  haste  it  may  go  straight  to  some 
poetic  point,  but  usually  it  winds  with  many 
a  delightful  delay.  I  think  of  it  as  watching 
the  white  cascades,  listening  to  the  echoes, 
delaying  by  the  lonely  shore,  spending 
hours  in  the  forest  primeval,  leisurely 
crossing  the  grassy,  sun-filled  glades,  skirt- 
388 


Cljc  €rafl 

ing  the  time-stained  crags  and  vanishing 
into  the  heights,  looking  down  into  the 
valley,  and  tarrying  where  artists  would 
linger.  Somewhere  it  leads  to  a  lake. 

At  the  primitive  beaver  house  it  takes  a 
look  as  it  crosses  the  expanded  brook  upon 
the  beaver  dam.  A  fallen  tree  gives  it  a 
way  across  the  river.  In  a  gorge  it  hears  the 
ouzel  from  the  rocks  pour  forth  his  melody 
—  joyous  notes  of  happy,  liquid  song.  4 

It  crosses  a  moraine  to  examine  the  use- 
ful debris  that  the  Ice  King  formed  while 
he  was  sculpturing  the  mountains  and  giv- 
ing lines  to  the  landscape.  Clouds  bound 
for  definite  ports  in  the  trailless  sky  adorn 
its  realm  with  floating  shadows.  It  passes 
a  picturesque  old  landmark,  a  pine  of  a 
thousand  years.  In  this  one  spot  the  ancient 
pine  has  stood,  an  observing  spectator, 
while  the  seasons  and  the  centuries  flowed 
along.  His  autobiography  is  rich  in  weather 
lore,  full  of  adventures,  and  filled  with 
thrilling  escapes  from  fires,  lightning,  and 
landslides.  During  his  thousand  years, 
389 


If  our  Rational  $arfeg 

strange  travelers  and  processions  have 
passed  along.  He  often  saw  victor  and 
victim  and  the  endless  drama  of  the  wil- 
derness. 

The  trail  is  followed  by  wild  life,  and 
along  it  the  wild  flowers  fill  the  wild  gar- 
dens. It  has  the  spirit  of  the  primal  out- 
doors. It  extends  away  ever  to  the  golden 
age.  Many  a  night  this  way  across  the 
earth  is  as  thick  with  fireflies  as  the  great 
Milky  Way  across  the  sky  with  stars.  The 
moon,  the  white  aspens,  and  the  dark 
spruces  pile  it  with  romantic  shades,  and 
on  a  sunny  day  it  is  often  touched  by  the 
fleeting  shadow  of  an  eagle  in  the  sky. 

This  old  acquaintance  would  have  you 
carry  your  own  pack,  and,  like  your  best 
friend,  expects  your  best  on  every  occasion. 
The  trail  compels  you  to  know  yourself  and 
to  be  yourself,  and  puts  you  in  harmony 
with  the  universe.  It  makes  you  glad  to  be 
living.  It  gives  health,  hope,  and  courage, 
and  it  extends  that  touch  of  nature  which 
tends  to  make  you  kind.  This  heroic  way 
390 


Cljc  €rail 

conducted  our  ancestors  across  the  ages. 
It  should  be  preserved.  It  has  for  us  the 
inspiration  of  the  ages. 

A  dim  trail  led  our  wandering  primeval 
ancestors  out  from  the  twilight.  It  was  a 
trail  ever  winding,  shadowy,  and  broken, 
but  ever  under  the  open  sky  and  ever  from 
"yesterday's  seven  thousand  years."  It 
had  its  beginning  in  the  walks  of  beasts  that 
prowled  the  solemn  primeval  forests.  Over 
it  our  half-lost  ancestors  painfully  ad- 
vanced. A  fallen  tree  was  their  first  bridge 
and  a  floating  log  their  first  boat.  They 
wondered  at  the  strange  alternating  day 
and  night  at  which  we  still  wonder.  With 
joy  they  watched  the  shining  dawn,  and 
with  fear  and  dread  they  saw  the  dusk  of 
dying  day.  They  learned  the  endless  pro- 
cession of  seasons.  The  mysterious  move- 
ments of  wind  and  water  aroused  their 
curiosity,  and  with  childlike  interest  they 
followed  the  soft  and  silent  movements  of 
the  clouds.  The  wide  and  starry  sky  ap- 
pealed strangely,  strongly,  to  their  imagi- 


If  our  Rational  3&arft£ 

nation,  and  in  this  luminous  field  of  space 
their  fancy  found  a  local  habitation  and  a 
name  for  the  thousand  earthly  fears  and 
factors  of  their  lives.  They  dared  the 
prairie,  climbed  the  hills,  but  long  kept 
close  to  the  forest. 

After  hard  and  fearful  ages  —  after  "a 
million  years  and  a  day"  —  the  camp-fire 
came  at  last.  This  fragment  of  the  Im- 
mortal Sun  conquered  the  cold  and  the 
night,  and  misery  and  dread  gave  way  to 
comfort  and  hope.  No  more  the  aspen 
trembled.  It  became  a  dancing  youth, 
while  the  strange,  invisible  echo  was  a 
merry  hiding  child.  The  fireflies  changed  to 
fairies,  and  Pan  commenced  to  pipe  the 
elemental  melody  of  the  wild. 

Nature  ever  showed  her  pictures  and  in- 
terested her  children  in  fairylands.  Winter, 
cold  and  leafless;  spring,  full  of  song  and 
promise;  the  generous  wealth  of  summer; 
and  autumn  with  its  harvest  and  color, 
came  and  disappeared,  and  came  again 
through  all  the  mysterious  years.  Light- 
392 


€f)e  CtatI 

ning,  the  echo,  with  roar  and  whisper  of  the 
viewless  air,  the  white  and  lonely  moon,  the 
strange  eclipse,  the  brilliant  and  fleeting 
rainbow, — Nature's  irised  silken  banner, — 
the  mystery  of  death,  these  seeds  of  thought 
bloomed  into  the  fanciful,  beautiful  myths 
and  legends  that  we  know. 

Once,  like  a  web  of  joy,  trails  overspread 
all  the  wild  gardens  of  the  earth.  The  long 
trail  is  gone,  and  most  others  are  cut  to 
pieces  and  ruined.  The  few  broken  rem- 
nants are  but  little  used. 

The  traveler  who  forgets  or  loses  the 
trail  will  lose  his  way,  or  miss  the  best  of 
life.  The  trail  is  the  directest  approach  to 
the  fountain  of  life,  and  this  immortal  way 
delays  age  and  commands  youth  to  linger. 
While  you  delay  along  the  trail,  Father 
Time  pauses  to  lean  upon  his  scythe.  The 
trail  wanders  away  from  the  fever  and  the 
fret,  and  leads  to  where  the  Red  Gods  call. 
This  wonderful  way  must  not  be  buried 
and  forgotten. 


APPENDIX 


APPENDIX 


ACT  OF  DEDICATION  OF 
THE  YELLOWSTONE  NATIONAL  PARK 

AN  ACT  TO  SET  APART  A  CERTAIN  TRACT  OF  LAND 
LYING  NEAR  THE  HEADWATERS  OF  THE  YEL- 
LOWSTONE RIVER  AS  A  PUBLIC  PARK. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Con- 
gress assembled,  —  That  the  tract  of  land  in  the 
Territories  of  Montana  and  Wyoming  lying  near 
the  headwaters  of  the  Yellowstone  River  and  de- 
scribed as  follows,  to-wit:  Commencing  at  the 
junction  of  Gardiner's  River  with  the  Yellowstone 
River  and  running  east  to  the  meridian,  passing 
ten  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  most  eastern  point 
of  Yellowstone  Lake;  thence  south  along  the  said 
meridian  to  the  parallel  of  latitude,  passing  ten 
miles  south  of  the  most  southern  point  of  Yellow- 
stone Lake;  thence  west  along  said  parallel  to  the 
meridian,  passing  fifteen  miles  west  of  the  most 
western  point  of  Madison  Lake;  thence  north 
along  said  meridian  to  the  latitude  of  the  junction 
of  the  Yellowstone  and  Gardiner's  Rivers;  thence 
east  to  the  place  of  beginning,  is  hereby  reserved 
and  drawn  from  settlement,  occupancy,  or  sale 

397 


under  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  and  dedicated 
and  set  apart  as  a  public  park  or  pleasuring  ground 
for  the  benefit  and  enjoyment  of  the  people ;  and  all 
persons  who  shall  locate,  or  settle  upon,  or  occupy 
the  same  or  any  part  thereof,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided,  shall  be  considered  trespassers  and  re- 
moved therefrom. 

SEC.  2.  That  said  public  park  shall  be  under  the 
exclusive  control  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior, 
whose  duty  it  shall  be,  as  soon  as  practicable,  to 
make  and  publish  such  rules  and  regulations  as  he 
may  deem  necessary  or  proper  for  the  care  and 
management  of  the  same.  Such  regulations  shall 
provide  for  the  preservation  from  injury  or  spolia- 
tion of  all  timber,  mineral  deposits,  natural  curi- 
osities or  wonders  within  said  park,  and  their  re- 
tention in  their  natural  condition. 

The  Secretary  may,  in  his  discretion,  grant 
leases  for  building  purposes,  for  terms  not  exceed- 
ing ten  years,  of  small  parcels  of  ground,  at  such 
places  in  said  park  as  shall  require  the  erection  of 
buildings  for  the  accommodation  of  visitors;  all  of 
the  proceeds  of  said  leases,  and  all  other  revenue 
that  may  be  derived  from  any  source  connected 
with  said  park,  to  be  expended  under  his  direction 
in  the  management  of  the  same  and  the  construc- 
tion of  roads  and  bridle-paths,  and  shall  provide 
against  the  wanton  destruction  of  fish  and  game 
found  within  said  park  and  against  their  capture  or 
destruction  for  the  purpose  of  merchandise  or 
profit.  He  shall  also  cause  all  persons  trespassing 
upon  the  same  after  the  passage  of  this  act  to  be 
removed  therefrom,  and  generally  shall  be  author- 

398 


ized  to  take  all  such  measures  as  shall  be  necessary 
or  proper  to  fully  carry  out  the  objects  and  pur- 
poses of  this  act. 

Approved  March  I,  1872. 
Signed  by: 

JAMES  G.  ELAINE,  Speaker  of  the  House. 
SCHUYLER  COLFAX,  Vice- President  of  the 
United    States   and   President   of   the 
Senate. 

ULYSSES  S.  GRANT,  President  of  the  United 
States. 


PQ 


u    3 


M4  fe  8 

O  o  | 

<  |  § 

S  I 

c/)  W  £• 

$4  W 

£  S  | 

3  5  H 

Sag 

§  y  i 


%    §    5 
w    2 


I  -S   I'S  1 1  6^"  &S 
.§  s    s^=  2>s  i^-0 


00 

s 

to 


'C  •« 

*  | 

€  =S 

ffi  > 


II 


reef  Jig  >n  iBrfi* 

l!<§  Pt.s « §  ^Isll^s 


fl 

to  C 

1* 

a  a 


'S    W    fu   W  .25  •  -  . 

S  2  S  *W  ^  *O  -13 

"^c  I  §  IS 

'~^  ScJ5 


C,.£PO  ci  a*84j 
>»S  6^3  5«  WS§£  C  3 

aii.»3«l«  i  lit 

|p^i3ffi^^i5^      £0$ 


ll 


^go          ^£^ 
113          113 


8, 

oo 


a 

oo 


1    I 


fjbiji 
i^si 

•8    I    1^0^    . 

utiiillj 

|8-l|i 


2^0 


i!i!f 


II 


S! 

s  o 


WJl 


I 

£ 


O 

u    £ 


Q 
W 


§ 


o      o 

S  I 


«j 
en      g 

i!  y 

«$-•        «S'X^3 


1 


t:  t 
<S   II 


If  4 

vi-  «      o« 


cj  <u 

•s  i 

I  8 

.2  »° 


1 


6     '3 


5S2  o^ 
'     1u  o  Me*  2  § 

«5S.2.s|§-S 

3  o  b*C  •«H  rt 

nj'0_2  a>  «  c  cs 

S  i-^-S  ^fe 


Sfjj  |i| 

!1§.  S«-§ 

!M   rt  Ji 

^  ^  s 

a*5  ^ 

^  j»".a 


*"     Vj  ti_ 

••fill 


1    s 


1 1 1«  1  § 


~   5 

o      2 


»S      C 
S     .2 


I 
£  I 


S  o 

§  3 

D  w 

.§  s 

a  §  B 

d  B 


\O  vo 


cs 

VO 


It    I 


i-ttff 
•£s£s 

"£aS 
«'3:3§* 

|ls"s 


Contains  ruins  of  Franciscan  mis- 
sion dating  from  sixteenth  cen- 
tury, until  recent  years  in  fair 
preservation,  but  now  rapidly 
disintegrating. 


depth 
recip- 
rfalls. 
erest. 


i      I  t 


« 

I 


C   bfl 


- 

O  rt 


, 

»O  <S    O 

^0   m  ^ 


e 
n 


One  of  t 
liest  Sp 
Southw 
tains  P 


l*iS 

"EOS 
t*.jS 

J||J 

•a8js<2 
ss£| 

Ssi? 


w        O         «3 

S^^      C 


Park  of  gt 
historic  intere 
sacre  of  Russia 
tains  1  6  totem 
workmanship. 


-3 


1 


I 

a 

rt*  n 

-4-J     C 

'Jj 

"S  & 

ft 

a>» 

|| 

o> 

petrified 
ich  forms 

| 

o  o 

c 

|| 

.2 

4-> 

remains 
of  great 

£ 

bfl.tJ 

-O  w 

"o  £2 

.S 

JC3 

»—  i 

13  <8 

<D  rt 

d 

i—  i 

"55t2i 

Description 

Immense  limestone  cave 

scientific  interest,  ma 
decorated  with  stalact 

tions.  Cavern  now  close 
because  of  depredatior 
dais. 

Contains  many  lofty  moi 
is  wonderful  example  of 

great  scenic  beauty  and 

Contains  abundance  o 
coniferous  trees,  one  of  v 

a  small  natural  bridge, 
scientific  interest. 

Contains  numerous  pue 
dweller  ruins,  in  good  pr 

Contains  splendid  col 
characteristic  desert  flo 

merous  pictographs. 
rock  formations. 

Contains  deposits  of  fos 
of  prehistoric  animal  li 
scientific  interest. 

s| 

3 

1 

I 

i 

1 

o 
oo 

^1 

CO 

IH 

J? 

8 

j 

t-t 

ON 

H4 

ON 

M 

ON 

I 

»o 

53 

M 

^^ 

H4 

ON 

b 

NO 

-f 

|_j- 

•<£ 

(_J> 

!-« 

§ 

W 

01 

CO 

*\ 

CO 

"* 

8 

1 

I 

"3 

rt 

s 

CJ 

| 

1 

§ 

0 

1 

I 

1 

1 

1 

1 

I 

1 

^ 

2 

1 

•g 

1 

1 

* 

§ 

c 

d 

(A 

^ 

O 

*o 

OJ 

d 

O 

5 

> 

cd 

y-H 

bfi 

W 

'^ 

U 

0 

'S 

1 

a 

o 

Sijf 

3 

2 

Oj 

£ 

•Q 

1 


M 


J 


41    **e 

°s§  ill 


G  ".S 


S.S 


If 

£1? 


p§  p§ 

III  *-« 


1 


I    I 


Description 

Contains  the  most  wonderful  por- 
tion of  the  Grand  Canon  of  the 
Colorado. 

Contains  a  limestone  cavern  of 
much  beauty  and  considerable 
extent,  limits  of  which  are  as  yet 
unknown. 

Of  much  interest  from  geological 
standpoint  as  example  of  eccen- 
tric erosion  and  extinct  vol- 
canic action.  Of  much  scenic 
beauty. 

Extensive  caves  in  limestone  for- 
mation of  much  beauty.  Magni- 
tude not  entirely  ascertained. 

Spectacular  mass  of  hexagonal  ba- 
saltic columns,  like  an  immense 
Eile  of  posts.  Said  to  rank  with 
imous  Giant's  Causeway,  in 
Ireland. 

^ 

8 

<g 

g 

0 

g 

l! 

M 
M 

i 

I 

1 

1 

1 

ON 

fc 

m 

H^ 

*"* 

M 

** 

1 

M 

d 

rt 

I 

I 

i 

VO 

| 

1 

1 
\ 

1 

i 

1 

1 

1 

o 

3 

i 

8 

| 

| 

i 

i 

i 

^ 

<-> 

<3 

kj 

^ 

£ 

1 

I 

1 

1 

1 

use 


g£-o9.uJb9  g£ 

JH       cd  *^M  T!  o.  —  5^  /-s  *r^ 


u«        rt  >  * 


•a    3ll*slli 

•g-o-g  6  81.11  fe 
IS  3  feo  SJJ 


ff    S> 

S   a' 
I    -8 


1 

3 

M 

1-4 

i 

1 

S 

1*3 

«! 

X5  g 

D-i 

Q3*S 

W 

"c"rt 

c 

g* 

« 

31 

«1 

g  0? 

f> 

rt  *^ 

&- 

•S  rt 

W 

Jg 

W 

<3  8 

H 

jj.8 

f* 

3  > 

n 

15 

§ 

.sa 

tf 

:   ** 

w 

o 

1 

ea.rt 

|| 

g 

§*| 

§ 

gs 

?§• 

p 

S  CJ 

OQ 

< 

"*-  S 

J, 

aln  National  Pa 
tered  by  the  W 

W     CJ 

"43 

w 


III 


K&fsfslfil    ll'j 

jjefrali  n 

V-  I— I    .  .    rrt    <L>    CA    ,nP*  O  V    ri    I 


O  OO 

VO  \O 

10  Th 


tO  M 

O  t 


ll 

.ti*o 


fl 

ci 


II  iJil 

*&*•&* 

?i?5j 

Iflfi* 

£§!<r- 


d 
te 
; 
k 
,  13 
adi 


iver  an 
dest  rou 
ociations; 
dle  Cree 
t  Robson 
the  Can 


R 

l 


id 
un 
of 


the 
c  a 
i;  F 
Mo 
aks 


63  £*o 
8«&f 

boa 

I  »l  1 
a-35S 

c  c^1  3«S 

V     a  2     fe     C 

a^S  ^'§.0 

S5a|a  a| 


gs. 
La 


s-s?  g  s 

^^  (j  r)  HH 

rt       cd 


OO 


to      to          t^» 


1  Bl  I  I 

o    ^  ^    <      < 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

NATIONAL  PARK  PUBLICATIONS  ISSUED  BY  THE 
DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

(To  be  had  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.) 

Geological  History  of  the  Yellowstone  National 
Park  Arnold  Hague 

Geysers  Walter  Harvey  Weed 

Geological  History  of  Crater  Lake,  Oregon 

Joseph  S.  Diller 

Some  Lakes  of  Glacier  National  Park     M .  J.  Elrod 

Sketch  of  Yosemite  National  Park  and  an  ac- 
count of  the  origin  of  the  Yosemite  and  Hetch 
Hetchy  Valleys  F.  E.  Matthes 

Origin  of  the  Scenic  Features  of  the  Glacier 
National  Park  Marius  R.  Campbell 

The  Secret  of  the  Big  Trees    Ellsworth  Huntington 

Glaciers  of  Glacier  National  Park 

William  C.  Alden 

The  Glacier  National  Park;  A  Popular  Guide  to 
its  Geology  and  Scenery  Marius  R.  Campbell 

Excavation  and  Repair  of  Sun  Temple,  Mesa 
Verde  National  Park  J.  Walter  Fewkes 

Fossil  Forests  of  the  Yellowstone  National  Park 

F.  H.  Knowlton 

Mount  Rainier  and  its  Glaciers        F.  E.  Matthes 

Forests  of  Mount  Rainier  National  Park 

G.  F.  Allen 

417 


Features  of  the  Flora  of  Mount  Rainier  National 
Park  J.  B.  Flett 

Forests  of  Yosemite,  Sequoia  and  General  Grant 
National  Parks  C.  L.  Hill 

Forests  of  Crater  Lake  National  Park 

J.  F.  Pernot 

The  National  Park  Service,  Interior  Depart- 
ment, is  constantly  issuing  special  publications 
that  deal  with  particular  phases  of  one  or  more 
National  Parks.  A  bibliography  may  be  had  from 
the  Department  of  the  Interior  giving  a  pretty 
complete  list  of  all  books,  pamphlets,  and  maga- 
zine articles  which  contain  information  concerning 
any  one  or  all  National  Parks.  There  are  also  a 
number  of  government  publications  which  touch 
upon  special  phases  of  plant  and  animal  life  and 
geology.  All  issues  of  the  Sierra  Club  Bulletin, 
Mazama,  and  The  Mountaineer,  contain  more  or 
less  interesting  matter  that  pertains  to  one  or 
more  National  Parks. 

BOOKS  CONCERNING  MANY  NATIONAL  PARKS 
Nature  and  Science  on  the  Pacific  Coast 

Wild  Animals  at  Home  E.  T.  Seton 

Our  National  Parks  John  Muir 

Western  Wild  Flowers  Margaret  Armstrong 

Flora  of  Colorado  Rydberg 

Mountain  Wild  Flowers  of  America 

Julia  Henshaw 

Rocky  Mountain  Wild  Flowers  Clements 

Handbook  of  Birds  of  Western  United  States 

Florence  Merriam  Bailey 


Wild  Animals  at  Home  E.  T.  Seton 

The  Mammals  of  Colorado  Warren 

The  Adventures  of  James  C.  Adams  Hittel 

In  Beaver  World  Mills 

Manual  of  the  Trees  of  North  America      Sargent 
Field-Days  in  California  Torrey 

Trees  of  California  Jepson 

Three  Wonderlands  of  the  American  West 

Thomas  D.  Murphy 

BOOKS  CONCERNING  THE  YELLOWSTONE 
NATIONAL  PARK 

The  Yellowstone  National  Park 

Gen.  H.  M.  Chittenden 

Catalogue  of  the  Flora  of  Montana  and  the  Yel- 
lowstone National  Park.  Memoirs  of  the  New 
York  Botanical  Garden,  vol.  I  Rydberg 

Our  National  Recreation  Parks        Nicholas  Senn 

Southern  California,  Grand  Canyon  of  the  Col- 
orado River,  Yellowstone  National  Park.  Lec- 
tures, vol.  10  John  L.  Stoddard 

U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Monograph  32,  part  2. 
Descriptive  Geology  Petrography,  and  Pale- 
ontology of  the  Yellowstone  National  Park. 

BOOKS  CONCERNING  THE  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN 
NATIONAL  PARK 

A  Lady's  Life  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  Bird 

Wild  Life  on  the  Rockies  Mills 

The  Spell  of  the  Rockies  Mills 

In  Beaver  World  Mills 

The  Story  of  Estes  Park  Mills 

Rocky  Mountain  Wonderland  Mills 
419 


BOOKS  CONCERNING  THE  MESA  VERDE 
NATIONAL  PARK 

Cliff  Dwellers  of  Mesa  Verde         G.  Nordenskiold 
The  Land  of  the  Cliff  Dwellers  Chapin 

Government  publications : 

Antiquities  of  Mesa  Verde  National  Park,  Bul- 
letin Nos.  41  and  51,  together  with  Excava- 
tions and  Repair  of  Sun  Temple. 

BOOKS  CONCERNING  THE  GLACIER  NATIONAL 
PARK 

The  Ascent  of  Chief  Mountain,  in  Hunting  in 
Many  Lands,  edited  by  Theodore  Roosevelt  and 
George  B.  Grinnell.  Henry  L.  Stimson 

Blackfeet  Tales  of  Glacier  National  Park      Schultz 

BOOKS  CONCERNING  YOSEMITE  NATIONAL 
PARK 

Indians  of  the  Yosemite  Valley  Galen  Clark 

In  the  Heart  of  the  Sierras  Hutchins 

Mountaineering  in  the  Sierra  Nevada 

Clarence  King 

The  Yosemite  John  Muir 

My  First  Summer  in  the  Sierras  John  Muir 

Three  Wonderlands  of  the  American  West 

Thomas  D.  Murphy 
A  Yosemite  Flora  Hall 

BOOKS  CONCERNING  MOUNT  RAINIER 
NATIONAL  PARK 

The  Mountain  that  was  God  Williams 

Mount  Rainier  Meany 

420 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE  DOMINION  NATIONAL 
PARKS  OF  CANADA 

Through  the  Heart  of  the  Canadian  Rockies 

Frank  Yeigh 

Canada's  West  and  Farther  West      Frank  Carrel 
The  Fair  Dominion  R.  E.  Vernede 

The  New  Garden  of  Canada  F.  A.  Talbot 

Among  the  Canadian  Alps 

Lawrence  J.  Burpee,  F.R.G.S. 
Climbs  and  Explorations  in  the  Canadian  Rockies 

Norman  Collie,  F.R.S. 

The  Canadian  Rockies  Prof.  A.  P.  Coleman 

In  the  Heart  of  the  Canadian  Rockies 

Sir  James  Outram 

Among  the  Selkirk  Glaciers  W.  S.  Green 

The  Selkirk  Range  A.  0.  Wheeler,  F.R.G.S. 

The  Selkirk  Mountains;  A  Guide  for  Mountain 

Climbers  A.  0.  Wheeler,  F.R.G.S. 

PUBLISHED  BY  THE  DOMINION  PARKS 
BRANCH,  DEPARTMENT  OF  INTERIOR,  OTTAWA 

Glaciers  of  the  Rockies  and  the  Selkirks 

Prof.  A.  P.  Coleman,  F.R.G.S. 
Handbook  to  the  Rocky  Mountains  Park  Museum 
Harlan  I.  Smith,  Geological  Survey,  Ottawa 
Geology  of  the  Canadian  National  Parks 

Charles  Camsell,  Geological  Survey,  Ottawa 
Nakimu  Caves 

Fish  and  Their  Habitat  in  the  Rocky  Mountains 
Park. 


GUIDE  TO  THE  NATIONAL  PARKS 

BY 
LAURENCE  F.  SCHMECKEBIER 


Introduction 

THE  National  Parks  of  the  United  States  are  in  process 
of  great  development  as  regards  the  building  of  roads  and 
trails  and  the  operation  of  hotels  and  camps.  It  is  likely 
that  from  year  to  year  additional  trips  will  be  scheduled 
and  new  camps  established.  The  rates  given  are  from  the 
latest  data  available  and  may  be  considered  stable,  al- 
though they  are  likely  to  vary  slightly  from  year  to  year 
in  sympathy  with  general  fluctuations  in  prices. 

Railway  rates  are  given  for  side  trips  to  all  the  Parks 
from  the  main  transcontinental  lines,  and  through  rates 
are  given  to  the  important  Parks  from  the  principal  gate- 
ways. The  rates  are  the  latest  ones  in  effect  and  are 
quoted  in  order  to  give  the  reader  a  general  idea  of  the 
cost.  The  latest  rates  and  combinations  of  tours  may  be 
obtained  at  any  coupon  ticket  office  or  from  the  passenger 
representatives  of  the  roads  tributary  to  the  Parks.  There 
is  given  on  pages  427-31  a  schedule  showing  the  cost  of 
side  trips  on  the  regular  transcontinental  tours. 

Railroads  to  the  National  Parks  and  the  Grand  Canon 

YELLOWSTONE   PARK:   Northern   Pacific   to   Gardiner, 

Montana;  Oregon  Short  Line  to  Yellowstone,  Mon- 
'•  tana :  Chicago,  Burlington  &  Quincy  to  Cody,  Wyoming. 
YOSEMITE  PARK:  Yosemite  Valley  to  El  Portal,  California. 
SEQUOIA  PARK:  Southern  Pacific  or  Atchison,  Topeka  & 

Santa  F6  to  Visalia,  California. 
GENERAL  GRANT  PARK:  Southern  Pacific  to  Sanger, 

California. 
MOUNT  RAINIER  PARK:  Chicago,  Milwaukee  &  St.  Paul 

to  Ashford,  Washington. 

425 


<£5w&c  to  ttjc  Rational  parh£ 

CRATER  LAKE  PARK:  Southern  Pacific  to  Medford  or 
Kirk,  Oregon. 

GLACIER  PARK:  Great  Northern  to  Glacier  Park  or  Bel- 
ton,  Montana. 

MESA  VERDE  PARK:  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  to  Mancos, 
Colorado. 

ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  PARK:  Union  Pacific  to  Fort  Collins  or 
Greeley,  Colorado;  Colorado  &  Southern  to  Boulder, 
Loveland,  Longmont,  or  Fort  Collins,  Colorado;  Chi- 
cago, Burlington  &  Quincy  to  Longmont  or  Lyons, 
Colorado;  Denver  &  Salt  Lake  to  Granby,  Colorado. 

GRAND  CANON:  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  F6  to  Grand 
Canon,  Arizona. 

LASSEN  VOLCANIC  PARK:  Southern  Pacific  to  Red  Bluff  or 
Westwood,  California;  Western  Pacific  to  Keddie, 
California. 

HAWAII  PARK:  Steamer  service  from  Honolulu,  Hawaii. 

MOUNT  McKiNLEY  PARK:  No  railroad  connection  until 
government  railroad  across  Alaska  is  completed. 

HOT  SPRINGS  RESERVATION:  Chicago,  Rock  Island  & 
Pacific;  St.  Louis  Iron  Mountain  &  Southern;  and 
Memphis,  Dallas  &  Gulf  to  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

CASA  GRANDE  RUIN:  Southern  Pacific  to  Florence  or 
Casa  Grande,  Arizona. 

WIND  CAVE  PARK:  Chicago  &  Northwestern  or  Chicago, 
Burlington  &  Quincy  to  Hot  Springs,  South  Dakota. 

PLATT  PARK  :  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  or  St.  Louis 
&  San  Francisco  to  Sulphur,  Oklahoma. 

SULLY'S  HILL  PARK:  Great  Northern  to  Devil's  Lake, 
North  Dakota. 

Railroads  to  Canadian  Parks 

ROCKY  MOUNTAINS  PARK:  Canadian  Pacific  to  Banff  or 
Laggan,  Alberta. 

YOHO  PARK:  Canadian  Pacific  to  Field,  British  Co- 
lumbia. 

426 


GLACIER  PARK:  Canadian  Pacific  to  Glacier,  British 
Columbia. 

JASPER  PARK:  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  or  Canadian  North- 
ern to  Jasper,  Alberta. 

REVELSTOKE  PARK:  Canadian  Pacific  to  Revelstoke, 
British  Columbia. 

WATERTON  LAKES  PARK:  Canadian  Pacific  to  McLeod 
or  Pincher  Creek,  Alberta. 

BUFFALO  PARK:  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  to  Wainwright, 
Alberta. 

ELK  ISLAND  PARK:  Canadian  Pacific  to  Lament,  Alberta. 

ST.  LAWRENCE  ISLANDS  PARK:  New  York  Central  to 
Clayton,  New  York;  Grand  Trunk  to  Kingston,  On- 
tario. 

FORT  HOWE  PARK:  Canadian  Pacific  to  St.  John,  New 
Brunswick. 

Cost  of  Side  Trips  on  Trans-Continental  Tours 

ROUTE  A.  PRINCIPAL  NATIONAL  PARKS:  — 

To  Seattle  or  Tacoma  via  Great  Northern,  Northern 
Pacific,  or  Chicago,  Milwaukee  &  St.  Paul ;  to  Portland 
via  Northern  Pacific,  Great  Northern,  or  Oregon  & 
Washington  Railroad  &  Navigation  Company;  to  San 
Francisco  via  Southern  Pacific;  to  Ogden  via  Southern 
Pacific  or  Western  Pacific;  to  Denver  via  Union  Pa- 
cific or  Denver  &  Rio  Grande;  any  road  to  starting- 
point.  Round  trip  from  Chicago,  $90.  Round  trip 
from  St.  Louis,  $87.50.  Round  trip  from  Kansas  City, 
$89.57- 

ROUTE  B.  PRINCIPAL  NATIONAL  PARKS  AND  THE 
GRAND  CANON  OF  THE  COLORADO:  — 

To  Seattle  or  Tacoma  via  Great  Northern,  North- 
ern Pacific,  or  Chicago,  Milwaukee  &  St.  Paul;  to  Port- 
land via  Northern  Pacific,  Great  Northern,  or  Oregon 
&  Washington  Railroad  &  Navigation  Company;  to 

427 


itic  to  tge  Rational  JDarft^ 

San  Francisco  via  Southern  Pacific;  to  Denver  via 
Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe;  any  road  to  starting- 
point.  Round  trip  from  Chicago,  $90.  Round  trip 
from  St.  Louis,  $87.50.  Round  trip  from  Kansas  City, 

$89.57. 

YELLOWSTONE  PARK  —  side  trips  from  ROUTES  A  and  B: 

On  tickets  via  Northern  Pacific:  From  Livingston, 
Montana,  via  Northern  Pacific  to  Gardiner,  northern 
entrance,  and  return,  $  ;.oo. 

On  tickets  via  Great  Northern:  From  Havre,  Mon- 
tana, on  west-bound  tickets  and  from  Shelby,  Mon- 
tana, on  east-bound  tickets  via  Great  Northern  and 
Northern  Pacific  to  Gardiner,  northern  entrance,  and 
return,  $15.70. 

On  tickets  via  Chicago,  Milwaukee  &  St.  Paul  or 
Northern  Pacific:  From  Butte,  Montana,  via  Oregon 
Short  Line  to  Yellowstone,  Montana,  western  en- 
trance, and  return,  $12.25. 

On  tickets  via  Burlington  to  Billings,  thence  via 
Northern  Pacific  or  Great  Northern  to  Seattle  or 
Tacoma,  there  is  no  charge  for  side  trip  via  Cody, 
Wyoming,  to  eastern  entrance. 

On  tickets  via  Northern  Pacific:  From  Billings, 
Montana,  via  Burlington  to  Cody,  Wyoming,  and  re- 
turn, $6.90;  stage  fare  to  Park  entrance  extra. 

YELLOWSTONE  PARK  —  side  trip  from  ROUTE  A  only:  — 
All  tickets  on  this  route  read  via  Ogden,  Utah;  side 
trip  via  Oregon  Short  Line  to  Yellowstone,  Montana, 
western  entrance,  and  return,  $12.25. 

GLACIER  PARK  —  side  trips  from  ROUTES  A  and  B :  — 

On  tickets  reading  via  Great  Northern,  stopover 
may  be  obtained  at  Belton  or  Glacier  Park  Stations 
without  extra  charge;  no  side  trip  necessary. 
On  tickets  reading  via  Chicago,  Milwaukee  &  St. 

428 


introduction 

Paul:  From  Butte,  Montana,  via  Great  Northern  to 
Belton  or  Glacier  Park  Stations,  and  return,  $13.35. 

On  tickets  reading  via  Northern  Pacific:  From  Butte 
or  Helena,  Montana,  via  Great  Northern  to  Belton  or 
Glacier  Park  Stations,  and  return.  From  Butte,  $i 3.35. 
From  Helena,  $13.15. 

MOUNT  RAINIER  PARK  — side  trips  from  ROUTES  A 
and  B:  — 

Tacoma  via  Chicago,  Milwaukee  &  St.  Paul  to  Ash- 
ford  and  return,  $4.00;  stage  fare  Ashford  to  Paradise 
Valley  and  return,  $5.00. 

CRATER  LAKE  PARK  from  ROUTES  A  and  B :  — 

Stopover  allowed  at  Medford  or  Kirk  on  Southern 
Pacific  without  extra  charge.  Stage  fare:  Medford  to 
Crater  Lake  and  return,  $16.50;  Kirk  to  Crater  Lake 
and  return,  $6.00;  Medford  to  Crater  Lake,  thence 
Kirk  or  vice  versa,  $11.25. 

LASSEN  VOLCANIC  PARK  from  ROUTES  A  and  B :  — 

Stopover  allowed  at  Red  Bluff  on  Southern  Pacific 
without  extra  charge;  stage  fare  to  Park  #10.00  in  each 
direction. 

LASSEN  VOLCANIC  PARK  from  ROUTE  A  only:  — 

On  tickets  reading  via  Southern  Pacific:  From  Fernley, 
Nevada,  via  Southern  Pacific  to  Westwood,  California, 
and  return,  $6.85 ;  stage  fare 1  to  Park  #6.00  round  trip. 
On  tickets  reading  via  Western  Pacific  stopover  al- 
lowed at  Keddie,  California,  without  extra  charge; 
stage  fare l  to  Park  #14.00  round  trip. 

YOSEMITE  PARK  —  side  trip  from  ROUTE  A:  — 

San  Francisco  via  Southern  Pacific  or  Atchison, 
1  No  regular  service  on  stage  line. 
429 


to  tljc  Rational  $arft£ 

Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  to  Yosemite  Village,  round  trip, 
rail  and  stage,  $23.00. 

YOSEMITE  PARK  —  side  trip  from  ROUTE  B  only:  — 

Merced  via  Yosemite  Valley  Railroad  to  Yosemite 
Village,  round  trip,  rail  and  stage,  $18.50. 

SEQUOIA  PARK  -  -  side  trip  from  ROUTE  A:  — 

San  Francisco  via  Southern  Pacific  or  Atchison, 
Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  to  Visalia  and  Giant  Forest,  round 
trip,  rail  and  stage,  $24.00. 

SEQUOIA  PARK  —  side  trip  from  ROUTE  B  only:  — 

Visalia  to  Giant  Forest,  round  trip,  rail  and  stage, 
$13-30. 

YOSEMITE     AND    SEQUOIA    PARKS  —  side     trip    from 
ROUTE  A: — 

Tourists  should  buy  ticket  to  Giant  Forest,  stopover 
at  Merced  in  one  direction,  and  buy  side  trip  to  Yose- 
mite. San  Francisco  via  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  F6 
or  Southern  Pacific  to  Giant  Forest  and  return,  round 
trip,  rail  and  stage,  $24.00.  Merced  to  Yosemite  Vil- 
lage, round  trip,  rail  and  stage,  $18.50. 

GENERAL  GRANT  PARK  —  side  trip  from  ROUTE  A:  — 

San  Francisco  to  General  Grant  Park  and  return, 
rail  and  stage,  $20.00. 

GENERAL  GRANT    PARK  — side    trip  from    ROUTE    B 
only:  — 

Stopover  at  Sanger  may  be  obtained  without  extra 
charge;  stage  fare  to  Park,  round  trip,  $8.00. 

GRAND  CANON  —  side  trip  from  ROUTE  B  only:  — 

From  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  at  Williams  to 
Grand  Canon,  round  trip,  $7.50. 

430 


MESA  VERDE  PARK  —  side  trip  from  ROUTES  A  and  B : 
Denver  via  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  to  camp  in  Park, 
round  trip,  $35.00. 

MESA  VERDE  PARK  —  side  trips  from  ROUTE  A,  and 
only  on  tickets  reading  via  Denver  &  Rio  Grande:  — 
From  Grand  Junction  to  camp  in  Park,  round  trip, 
$33-30.  From  Montrose  to  camp  in  Park,  round  trip, 
$28.90.  From  Grand  Junction  to  camp  in  Park,  thence 
to  Denver  via  Antonito  and  Alamosa,  $30.00. 

ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  PARK  —  side  trip  from  ROUTES  A 
and  B:  — 

Denver  to  Estes  Park  and  return,  rail  and  stage, 
$9.60. 

Equipment 

As  all  the  scenic  Parks  are  in  high  mountain  country, 
the  tourist  should  be  sure  to  wear  warm  clothing  suitable 
for  rough  outdoor  use.  Woolen  trousers  or  riding-breeches 
are  desirable,  not  only  because  of  their  warmth,  but  also 
because  they  offer  better  protection  in  rainy  weather. 
Woolen  underwear  is  recommended  because  it  prevents 
the  body  from  becoming  chilled  when  a  rest  is  taken  when 
the  climber  is  perspiring;  nothing  is  more  uncomfortable 
or  dangerous  than  cotton  underwear  wet  with  perspiration. 
Women  who  expect  to  climb  should  wear  riding-breeches, 
as  bloomers  get  caught  on  bushes  and  offer  too  much  re- 
sistance to  the  wind.  A  flannel  middy  blouse  allows  free 
use  of  the  arms  and  body  and  is  far  superior  to  the  shirt- 
waist. A  felt  hat  is  best  for  both  men  and  women;  it  may 
be  pulled  over  the  eyes  as  a  protection  from  the  sun,  and 
it  is  far  superior  to  a  cap  during  a  rainstorm.  Heavy, 
comfortable  shoes  and  woolen  socks  or  stockings  are 
essential  for  those  who  are  going  to  tramp.  Wet  shoes 
may  be  worn  if  the  socks  are  dry;  the  shoes  will  feel  cold 

431 


<£3ui&c  to  tljc  Rational 

and  clammy  at  first,  but  a  little  brisk  tramping  will  soon 
make  the  feet  warm  and  comfortable. 

Motorists  should  bear  in  mind  that  the  high  altitude 
causes  a  marked  reduction  in  the  power  of  the  engine,  so 
that  much  more  gasoline  will  be  required  than  at  sea- 
level.  Care  should  be  taken  that  the  engine  does  not  be- 
come heated  on  long  grades. 


Yellowstone  National  Park 

Location:  Northwestern  Wyoming,  southern  Montana, 
and  eastern  Idaho.  Area:  3348  square  miles.  Season: 
June  20  to  September  15.  Address  of  supervisor:  Yel- 
lowstone Park,  Wyoming. 

Railroad  Connections 

YELLOWSTONE  PARK  is  reached  by  railroads  on  three 
sides  —  on  the  north  by  the  Northern  Pacific,  on  the 
west  by  the  Oregon  Short  Line,  and  on  the  east  by  the 
Chicago,  Burlington  &  Quincy. 

The  following  rates  apply  to  all  entrances  or  entering 
via  one  entrance  and  leaving  via  another:  Chicago, 
$47.50;  St.  Paul,  $39.50;  St.  Louis,  $44.50;  Kansas  City, 
$37.00;  Seattle,  $33.15;  San  Francisco,  $66.25. 

The  Northern  Pacific  Railway  reaches  the  Park  at 
Gardiner,  the  northern  entrance,  by  way  of  a  branch  leav- 
ing the  main  line  at  Livingston,  Montana.  Side  trip  from 
Gardiner,  $3.00. 

The  Oregon  Short  Line  reaches  the  Park  at  Yellow- 
stone, Montana,  the  western  entrance.  This  line  makes 
connection  with  transcontinental  roads  passing  through 
Salt  Lake  City  or  Ogden,  and  with  the  Chicago,  Mil- 
waukee &  St.  Paul  at  Butte,  Montana.  Round  trip  in 
connection  with  through  tickets  Salt  Lake  City  or  Ogden 
or  Butte  to  Yellowstone,  $12.25.  Connection  may  also  be 
made  at  Butte  with  the  Northern  Pacific  Railway. 

The  Chicago,  Burlington  &  Quincy  reaches  Cody, 
Wyoming,  63  miles  from  the  eastern  entrance  by  a  good 
automobile  road.  All  tickets  from  eastern  points  on  the 
Burlington  system  are  honored  via  Cody  to  the  Park 
boundary  without  extra  charge. 

433 


45tiit>e  to  tf)e  Rational  $arft# 

Tourists  holding  transcontinental  tickets  via  the  Great 
Northern  may  make  the  side  trip  to  Yellowstone  Park 
for  #15.70  (see  p.  428)  additional. 

Tickets  including  transportation  to  Denver,  Yellow- 
stone Park,  and  Glacier  Park  are  sold  at  the  following 
rates:  Chicago,  $58.00;  St.  Louis,  $55.00;  Kansas  City, 

$47-50. 

Coupon  tickets  may  be  purchased  covering  railroad 
transportation,  accommodation  at  hotels  or  camps,  and 
automobile  transportation  in  the  Park. 

Automobile  Routes 

From  the  Lincoln  Highway  the  Park  may  be  reached 
by  two  routes  —  on  the  east  from  Cheyenne,  Wyoming, 
and  on  the  west  from  Ogden,  Utah.  The  route  from 
Cheyenne  passes  through  Chugwater,  Wheatland,  Doug- 
las, Casper,  Lost  Cabin,  Thermopolis,  Worland,  Basin, 
and  Cody  to  the  eastern  entrance,  the  total  distance  being 
541  miles.  From  Ogden  the  route  leads  through  Pocatello 
and  Idaho  Falls  to  Yellowstone,  Montana,  the  western 
entrance.  The  distance  by  this  route  is  324  miles. 

From  the  Yellowstone  Trail  the  Park  may  be  reached 
from  Billings  via  Cody  to  the  eastern  entrance  (175  miles) ; 
Livingston  to  Gardiner,  northern  entrance  (55  miles); 
Bozeman  to  Yellowstone,  western  entrance  (93  miles); 
Butte  to  Yellowstone,  western  entrance  (170  miles). 

Automobiles  entering  the  Park  are  required  to  pay 
$7.50  for  a  single  trip  or  $10.00  for  a  season  permit. 
Speed  limits  range  from  8  to  20  miles  per  hour. 

Hotels  and  Camps 

The  Yellowstone  Park  Hotel  Company  operates  hotels 
at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  (Mammoth  Hotel),  Upper 
Geyser  Basin  (Old  Faithful  Inn),  Yellowstone  Lake 
(Lake  Hotel),  and  Grand  Canon  (Grand  Canon  Hotel). 
It  also  maintains  a  lunch-station  at  Pahaska  on  the  road 
to  Cody.  The  rates  at  the  hotels  are  $6.00  per  day  for 

434 


rooms  without  bath.    The  Fountain  Hotel  at  Lower 
Geyser  Basin  is  not  open. 

The  Yellowstone  Park  Camping  Company  operates 
permanent  camps  at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  Upper  Gey- 
ser Basin,  Yellowstone  Lake,  Grand  Canon,  and  Tower 
Falls.  The  rate  at  the  camps  for  the  regular  5-day  trip 
through  the  Park  is  $18.00.  Rates  per  day  range  from 
$3.25  to  $4.00,  according  to  the  class  of  tents. 

Transportation 

The  familiar  Concord  coaches  that  were  for  so  many 
years  a  feature  of  travel  in  the  Yellowstone  have  been 
discontinued  and  transportation  is  now  by  means  of 
automobile  stages.  All  the  transportation  is  furnished 
by  one  corporation,  the  camping  companies  no  longer 
operating  coaches  as  was  the  practice  before  the  con- 
solidation. The  automobiles  will  make  the  circular  tour 
in  2  days,  but  this  allows  no  time  for  seeing  anything  at 
the  hotels  or  camps.  Coupon  tickets  covering  hotel  and 
transportation  within  the  Park  are  not  sold  for  less  than 
a  5-day  trip. 

The  regular  tour  of  the  Park  by  the  automobile  stages 
costs  $25.00.  Surreys  may  be  obtained  for  drives  at  the 
important  points,  but  it  is  far  more  satisfactory  to  walk, 
as  the  distances  are  not  great. 

The  hotels  will  furnish  guides  for  $5.00  per  day  and 
saddle  horses  for  $3.50  per  day.  The  camps  will  supply 
saddle-horses  for  $3.00  per  day,  and  guides  for  $4.50. 

Principal  Points 

The  places  generally  visited  are  Mammoth  Hot  Springs, 
the  Upper  Geyser  Basin,  Yellowstone  Lake,  the  Grand 
Canon  of  Yellowstone  River,  and  Mount  Washburn.  All 
these  points  lie  on  the  main  road  system  that  is  traversed 
by  the  automobile  coaches.  The  distances  along  this 
route  are  as  follows:  — 


435 


to  tlje  Rational  parfcg 


Points  of  interest  and  distances  on  circular  tour  on  main 
road  from  Gardiner,  Montana,  northern  entrance 

Miles 

Mammoth  Hot  Springs  (Mammoth  Hotel,  perma- 
nent camp) 5 

Koodoos  and  Silver  Gate 8 

Golden  Gate  and  Rustic  Falls 9 

Swan  Lake 10 

Willow  Park 14 

Apollinaris  Spring 15 

Obsidian  Cliff 17 

Beaver  Lake 17! 

Roaring  Mountain 2o| 

Twin  Lakes 21 

Bijah  Spring 22 

Fryingpan 23 

Norris  Geyser  Basin 25 

Elk  Park 27 

Gibbon  Meadows 28 

Artists  (Gibbon)  Paint  Pot 29 

Gibbon  Canon 29^ 

Beryl  Spring 30 

Soda  and  Iron  Springs 33 

Gibbon  Falls  (80  feet) 33$ 

Canon  Creek 34 

Road  to  western  entrance 35 

Cascades  of  Firehole  River  )  i 

Road  to  western  entrance    ) 39a 

Nez  Perce  Creek 43 

Lower  Geyser  Basin 45 

Excelsior  Geyser 48 

Biscuit  Basin 51 

Upper  Geyser  Basin  (Old  Faithful  Inn,  permanent 

camp) 54 

Kepler  Cascade 56 

Lone  Star  Road 57^ 

Continental  Divide 62 

De  Lacy  Creek 631 

Shoshone  Point 641 

Continental  Divide 691 

Lake  View    ) 

Duck  Lake  \ "2 

Thumb  of  Yellowstone  Lake 73 

Arnica  Creek 78 J 

436 


j|H  U  f«*l*$§b 


JST8 


S?efloto£tone  Rational  $arfe 

Miles 

Natural  Bridge  \  R, 

Bridge  Creek     f 8^ 

Yellowstone  Lake  (Lake  Hotel  permanent  camp) ...  89 

Lake  outlet 90 

Mud  Volcano 96^ 

Grotto  Springs 97 

Hayden  Valley 100 

Alum  Creek 102 

Grand  Canon  of  the  Yellowstone  River  (Canon 

Hotel,  permanent  camp) 105 

Dunraven  cut-off 1 12 

Top  of  Mount  Washburn 1 16 

Tower  Falls  Road 119 

Tower  Falls  (132  feet) 125* 

Permanent  camp 127} 

Petrified  trees 128} 

Blacktail  Deer  Creek 140 

Lava  Creek,  Undine  Falls  (60  feet) 143 

Mammoth  Hot  Springs 148 

Gardiner 153 

Distances  from  Yellowstone,  Montana,  western 
entrance,  to  main  road 

Miles 

Via  Canon  Creek:  — 

Ranger  Station 3 

Junction  of  Gibbon  and  Firehole  Rivers. 13 

Canon  Creek,  main  road.  (This  point  is  35  miles 
from  Gardiner;  for  distances  beyond  this  point 

see  table  of  distances  from  Gardiner) 17 

Via  Firehole  River:  — 

Cascades  of  the  Firehole  River  direct  via  road  up 
Firehole  River.  (This  point  is  39?  miles  from 
Gardiner;  for  distances  beyond  this  point  see 

table  of  distances  from  Gardiner) 15$ 

Points  of  interest  and  distances  from  Cody,  Wyoming, 
via  eastern  entrance  to  main  road 

Milts 

Eastern  entrance 63 

Sylvan  Pass 71 

Sylvan  Lake 72 

Cub  Creek 76 

437 


i&e  to  rtjc  Rational  $arft£ 

Miles 

Turbid  Lake .  . 83 

Lake  outlet,  main  road.     (This  point  is  90  mile 
from  Gardiner;  for  distances  from  this  point  see 
table  of  distances  from  Gardiner) 91 

Points  of  interest  and  distances  from  Jackson,  Wyoming, 
via  southern  entrance,  to  main  road 

Miles 

Southern  entrance 25 

Lewis  Falls  (upper,  80  feet;  lower,  50  feet) 34 

Lewis  Lake,  south  end 36 

Trail  to  Shoshone  Lake 41 

Continental  Divide 43$ 

Thumb  of  Lake,  main  road.   (This  point  is  73  miles 
from  Gardiner;  for  distances  beyond  this  point 

see  table  of  distances  from  Gardiner) 48 

Mammoth  Hot  Springs 

Here  are  located  the  famous  terraces,  the  Mammoth 
Hotel,  the  abandoned  army  post  of  Fort  Yellowstone,  and 
the  headquarters  of  the  Park  Supervisor.  The  terraces 
are  near  the  hotel,  and  the  tourist  will  have  no  difficulty 
in  finding  his  way  over  them.  The  principal  ones  are 
Minerva,  Mound,  Pulpit,  Jupiter,  Angel,  Cleopatra, 
and  Hymen.  Near  the  southwest  end  of  the  terraces  is 
the  Devil's  Kitchen  —  a  cave  which  may  be  visited. 
Another  peculiar  rock  formation  beyond  the  Devil's 
Kitchen  is  the  mass  of  travertine  known  as  the  White 
Elephant. 

Upper  Geyser  Basin 

The  Upper  Geyser  Basin  contains  more  active  geysers 
than  all  the  other  geyser  regions  in  the  world.  Several 
days  might  well  be  spent  roaming  among  the  geysers  and 
observing  the  varied  phenomena. 

The  more  important  ones  are  listed  in  the  table  on 
page  439. 


438 


iclloto£t0nc  Rational  park 


Geyser 

Height 
(Jeet) 

Duration  of  eruption 

Internal 

Artemisia..  .  . 
Bee  Hive  

Castle  

50 
2OO 

SO-7S 

10  to  15  minutes 
6  to  8  minutes 

30  minutes 

24  to  30  hours 
3  to  5  times  at  1  2-hour  in- 
tervals following  Giantess 
24  to  26  hours:  quiet  4  to 

Cub,  large.  . 
Cub.  small.. 
Daisy 

60 
IO-3O 
7O 

8  minutes 
17  minutes 
3  minutes 

7  days,  then  plays  3  or  4 
times  at  intervals  stated 
With  Lioness 
2%  hours 
85  to  90  minutes 

Fan  

15-25 

10  minutes 

Irregular 

Giant  

2OO—25O 

60  minutes 

6  to  14  days 

Giantess  
Grand  

150-200 
2OO 

12  to  36  hours 
15  to  30  minutes 

Irregular;  5  to  40  days 
Irregular;  i  to  2  days 

Grotto  

2O—3O 

Varies 

2  to  5  hours 

jewel  

5—  2O 

About  i  minute 

5  minutes 

Lion  

5O-6O 

About  2  to  4  min- 

Irregular; usually  2  to  17 

Lioness  
Mortar  
Oblong  .  . 
Old  Faithful  . 
Riverside.   .  . 
Sawmill  .  . 

Spasmodic  .  . 
Turban  

8O-IOO 

30 
20-40 
120-170 
80-100 
20-35 

4 
20-40 

utes 
About  10  minutes 
4  to  6  minutes 
7  minutes 
4  minutes 
15  minutes 
i  to  3  hours 

20  to  60  minutes 

10  minutes  to  3 
hours 

times  a  day 
Irregular 
Irregular 
8  to  15  hours 
60  to  95  minutes 
6  hours 
Irregular;  usually  5  to  8 
times  a  day 
Irregular;  usually  i  to  4 
times  a  day 

Irregular 

The  following  springs  are  well  worth  a  visit:  — 
Black  Sand  Spring  (about  55  by  60  feet). 
Chinaman.  Punch  Bowl. 

Emerald  Pool.  Sponge. 

Morning  Glory.  Sunset  Lake. 

Grand  Canon 

The  tourist  would  do  well  to  spend  some  time  at  the 
Grand  Canon,  as  its  wonderful  beauty  cannot  be  grasped 
in  a  short  time. 

If  the  canon  is  to  be  viewed  from  the  northern  rim  a 
high,  steel  bridge  is  crossed  over  Cascade  Creek.  At  the 
east  end  of  the  bridge  a  path  leads  to  the  right  down  the 
edge  of  the  gulch  to  Crystal  Falls,  a  lovely  little  falls,  that 
is  often  overlooked  in  the  presence  of  the  larger  attrac- 

439 


fte  to  t!jc  Rational  $arh£ 

tions.  This  path  can  be  followed  to  top  of  the  Lower  Falls 
of  the  Yellowstone,  308  feet  high,  but  dangerous.  An- 
other path  from  the  end  of  the  bridge  leads  to  the  left; 
this  is  a  short  cut  to  the  Canon  Hotel.  The  main  road 
winds  up  the  hill,  affording  here  and  there  glimpses  of  the 
Grand  Canon.  At  the  top  of  the  hill  are  the  stairs  to  the 
Lower  Falls.  A  few  hundred  feet  farther  the  branch  road 
to  the  hotel  and  to  Mount  Washburn  turns  out  to  the  left. 

On  the  road  about  I  mile  from  Canon  Junction  is  Look- 
out Point,  reached  by  walking  a  hundred  feet  out  to  the 
right  of  the  road.  Down  the  gulch  to  the  right  of  Look- 
out Point  is  a  rather  steep  trail  leading  to  Red  Rock,  a 
fine  point  from  which  to  view  the  Lower  Falls.  Grand 
View  and  Castle  Ruins  are  other  good  points  from  which 
to  view  the  canon. 

But  better  yet  is  Inspiration  Point,  at  the  end  of  this 
road.  This  point,  Artist's  Point,  Lookout  Point,  and  the 
edge  of  the  Lower  Falls  are  the  best  places  from  which  to 
view  the  wonders  of  the  Canon.  The  view  from  each  is 
different  from  the  others,  and  each  merits  a  careful  in- 
spection from  the  tourist.  This  canon  is  some  20  miles  in 
length,  but  it  is  only  the  first  3  miles  below  the  Lower 
Falls  that  carry  the  wonderful  colors. 

Side  Trips 

Some  of  the  best  scenery  in  the  Park  lies  off  the  regular 
lines  of  travel  and  many  interesting  side  trips  may  be 
taken  if  the  time  is  available. 

FROM  MAMMOTH  HOT  SPRINGS 
Around    Bunsen   Peak   via   Buffalo   Corral,    Middle 
Gardiner  Canon,  Sheepeater  Cliffs,  Osprey  Falls,  and 
Golden  Gate;  distance,  12  miles;  guide  not  necessary. 

Summit  of  Bunsen  Peak.  Distance,  7  miles  in  each  di- 
rection; saddle  horses  may  be  ridden  to  the  top;  guide  not 
necessary. 

Electric  Peak  (11,100  feet).  This  is  the  highest  moun- 

440 


SWfotogtone  Rational  $arfe 

tain  in  the  Park  and  a  fine  view  is  obtained  on  all  sides. 
The  distance  is  10  miles  in  each  direction,  8  miles  of  which 
may  be  done  on  horseback ;  as  the  path  over  the  remain- 
ing 2  miles  is  difficult  and  somewhat  dangerous,  a  guide 
should  be  employed. 

Mount  Everts.  Saddle-horses  may  be  ridden  up  from 
either  end  and  over  the  top;  total  distance  is  about  15 
miles,  and  no  guide  is  needed. 

Buffalo  herds.  A  small  herd  of  buffalo  is  kept  about 
i  mile  south  of  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  on  the  road  to 
Bunsen  Peak.  The  main  herd  is  kept  on  Lamar  River, 
about  30  miles  to  the  east  and  about  12  miles  from  the 
Wylie  Camp  at  Tower  Falls. 

Specimen  Ridge  and  the  Fossil  Forest  are  24  miles 
southeast  by  a  good  wagon  road;  thence  4  miles  by  trail. 
A  guide  will  be  needed  by  all  tourists  except  experienced 
campers. 

Northeastern  portion  of  Park.  A  trip  could  be  made  to 
include  the  petrified  trees,  Tower  Falls,  main  buffalo  herd, 
Specimen  Ridge  and  Fossil  Forest,  and  some  of  the  best 
fishing  in  the  Park  in  Yellowstone  River  in  vicinity  of 
Tower  Falls,  Lamar  River  and  Slough  Creek.  Perma- 
nent camp  near  Tower  Falls  provides  accommodations 
after  Mount  Washburn  Road  is  opened  in  the  spring. 
There  is  a  wagon  road  to  Tower  Falls,  Slough  Creek,  and 
Soda  Butte,  but  other  points  would  have  to  be  reached  by 
trail,  and  guide  and  pack-train  would  be  needed.  Ex- 
cellent camping  places  in  abundance  on  this  trip. 

Fishing  trips.  One-day  fishing  trips  from  Mammoth 
Hot  Springs  may  be  made  with  rig,  saddle-horse,  or  even 
on  foot  by  good  pedestrians,  as  follows:  South  on  main 
road  to  Obsidian  Creek,  Indian  Creek,  Upper  Gardiner 
and  branches,  and  Glen  Creek,  for  small  Eastern  brook 
trout;  distance,  4  to  10  miles.  East  to  Lava  Creek,  5 
miles,  for  small  native  or  Eastern  brook  trout,  or  to  Black- 
tail  Deer  Creek,  8  miles,  for  small  native  or  rainbow 
trout.  East  or  northeast  to  main  Gardiner  River  for 

441 


ifce  to  tljc  Rational 

whitefish,  native,  Loch  Leven,  and  Eastern  brook  trout. 
North,  6  miles  to  Yellowstone  River  for  whitefish  and 
native  trout. 

FROM  UPPER  GEYSER  BASIN 

From  Upper  Geyser  Basin  an  interesting  side  trip  is  to 
Shoshone  Lake  and  Geyser  Basin.  The  route  is  4!  miles 
by  road  via  Lone  Star  Geyser,  thence  8  miles  by  trail. 
This  trip  offers  good  fishing  for  Loch  Leven,  lake,  and 
Eastern  brook  trout.  A  guide  is  needed. 

FROM  LAKE  HOTEL 

From  the  Lake  Hotel  interesting  trips  may  be  made  by 
motor  boat  to  the  region  around  the  lake,  which  is  not 
reached  by  roads. 

Camping  Trips 

As  the  distance  between  the  regular  stopping-places 
are  too  long  for  any  except  the  most  active  and  hardened 
trampers,  the  tourist  who  desires  to  see  the  Park  leisurely 
should  travel  on  horseback,  by  wagon,  or  in  his  own  auto- 
mobile. Camping  outfits  and  supplies  may  be  obtained 
at  Gardiner,  Yellowstone,  and  Cody.  The  names  of  out- 
fitters may  be  obtained  from  the  Park  Supervisor.  There 
are  general  stores  in  the  Park  at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs, 
Upper  Geyser  Basin,  and  at  the  outlet  of  Yellowstone 
Lake. 

Public  automobile  camps  are  provided  at  Mammoth 
Hot  Springs,  Upper  Geyser  Basin,  outlet  of  Yellowstone 
Lake,  and  the  Grand  Canon.  At  these  places  there  are 
fireplaces  that  may  be  used  in  common  by  the  tourist  and 
there  are  designated  areas  for  tents  and  for  parking. 

Clothing 

The  tourist  making  the  ordinary  trip  on  the  automobile 
stage  will  not  need  any  special  clothing  except  a  sweater 
or  overcoat  or  other  warm  clothing  for  cool  days.  Heavy 

442 


gcllotostonc  Rational  park 

shoes  or  rubbers  should  be  worn  on  trips  through  the 
geyser  basins.  A  linen  duster  will  prove  very  useful; 
dusters  may  be  rented  at  the  hotels  and  camps.  Persons 
camping  out  in  the  Park  should  be  provided  with  woolen 
riding-breeches  or  trousers,  flannel  shirts,  light  woolen 
underwear,  felt  hats,  ponchos,  and  stout  shoes.  Women 
should  wear  middy  blouses  and  cloth  skirt  or  riding- 
breeches;  a  waterproof  cape  may  be  substituted  for  the 
poncho. 

Fishing 

There  is  good  fishing  in  almost  all  of  the  many  streams 
for  cut-throat,  Eastern  brook,  Loch  Leven,  Von  Behr, 
rainbow,  and  lake  trout  and  whitefish.  The  best  fishing 
is,  of  course,  in  the  streams  farthest  from  the  roads.  The 
best  fishing  near  the  roads  is  in  Yellowstone  Lake  and 
River,  Firehole  River,  Madison  River,  Lamar  Creek  and 
Slough  Creek.  The  fish  in  Yellowstone  Lake  are  not  very 
game  and  the  quality  is  likely  to  be  poor.  The  fly-fishing 
is  best  after  August  I ,  but  on  the  higher  portions  of  some  of 
the  streams  it  is  good  in  July.  Flies  and  tackle  of  all  kinds 
can  be  bought  or  rented  in  the  Park.  The  flies  generally 
used  are  the  following:  march  brown  (early  fishing) ;  black 
gnat;  grizzly  king;  professor;  brown  hackle;  cow  dung, 
dark;  cow  dung,  light;  gray  hackle,  yellow  body;  abbey; 
coachman;  royal  coachman;  Parmacheene  belle;  queen  of 
waters;  Jock  Scott;  silver  doctor;  white  miller  (for  late 
evening). 

A  fishing  license  is  not  required. 


Yosemite  National  Park 

Location:  Middle  eastern  California.  Area:  1125 
square  miles.  Season:  May  I  to  November  I.  Address  of 
Supervisor:  Yosemite,  California. 

FOR  many  years  the  name  YOSEMITE  NATIONAL  PARK 
has  been  considered  synonymous  with  Yosemite  Valley, 
because  only  within  the  last  year  has  it  been  possible  for 
any  one  except  an  experienced  mountaineer  to  enjoy  the 
beauties  of  the  wonderful  area  of  mountains  and  forest 
that  lies  beyond  the  great  Valley.  Only  a  part  of  it  is  now 
supplied  with  permanent  camps,  but  it  is  expected  that 
more  of  these  will  be  established  and  that  more  and  more 
of  this  beautiful  Park  will  be  accessible  every  year.  Yosem- 
ite is  the  only  great  Park  that  is  accessible  throughout 
the  year.  The  season  extends  from  May  I  to  November  I, 
but  the  hotel  in  Yosemite  Valley  is  open  during  the  winter 
for  those  who  desire  to  see  the  Park  in  its  winter  dress  of 
snow.  In  winter,  however,  the  higher  portions  of  the 
Park  are  accessible  only  to  hardened  and  experienced 
mountaineers. 

Railroad  Connections 

The  Yosemite  Valley  Railroad  reaches  the  western 
border  of  Yosemite  Park  at  El  Portal.  This  road  con- 
nects with  the  Southern  Pacific  and  the  Atchison,  Topeka 
&  Santa  F6  Railroads  at  Merced,  where  stopovers  may 
be  obtained  on  tourist  tickets,  and  excursion  ticket  to 
Yosemite  Village  may  be  purchased  for  $18.50  for  the 
round  trip.  Through  sleeping  and  parlor  cars  are  also 
operated  from  San  Francisco  to  El  Portal  by  way  of  the 
Southern  Pacific  Railroad.  The  round-trip  fare  from  San 

444 


go£emite  Rational  $arh 

Francisco  to  Yosemite  Village  is  $23.00.  During  the  sea- 
son the  Park  may  also  be  reached  by  automobile  stage 
from  Fresno  or  Merced  on  the  Southern  Pacific  and 
Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  F6  Railroads.  The  latest 
automobile  rates  from  these  points  by  way  of  the  Yosemite 
Stage  and  Turnpike  Company  are  as  follows:  — 

Automobile  stage  fares  from  Fresno  or  Merced  to  — 

Yosemite  via  Mariposa  Big  Trees,  Wawona,  and 

Inspiration  Point,  in  each  direction $14.25 

Yosemite  via  Mariposa  Big  Trees,  Wawona,  and 
Inspiration  Point,  including  side  trip  Chinquapin 
to  Glacier  Point  and  return,  in  each  direction 19.25 

Yosemite  and  return  to  either  point  via  Mariposa 

Big  Trees,  Wawona,  and  Inspiration 24.00 

Yosemite  and  return  to  either  point  via  Mariposa 
Big  Trees,  Wawona,  and  Inspiration  Point,  in- 
cluding side  trip  Chinquapin  to  Glacier  Point  and 
return 29.00 

Wawona,  in  each  direction 8.50 

Wawona  and  return  to  either  point,  including  side 

trip  to  Mariposa  Big  Trees 15.00 

Wawona  and  return  to  either  point,  without  side  trip 
to  Mariposa  Big  Trees 14.00 

Automobile  Routes 

The  motorist  approaching  California  over  the  Lincoln 
Highway  should  turn  south  at  Ely  and  reach  the  Tioga 
Road  at  the  eastern  border  of  the  Park  near  Mono  Lake; 
distance  about  200  miles.  There  are  two  routes  from  San 
Francisco:  via  Stockton,  Modesto,  and  Coulterville,  210 
miles;  or  via  San  Jose,  Gilroy,  Los  Banos,  Fresno,  and 
the  Mariposa  Grove  of  Big  Trees,  280  miles.  The  best 
route  from  Los  Angeles  is  by  way  of  Saugus,  Neenach, 
Bakersfield,  Tulare,  Fresno,  and  Mariposa  Grove  of  Big 
Trees;  distance  365  miles. 

The  entrance  fee  for  an  automobile  is  $5.00  for  a  single 
trip,  or  $8.00  for  a  season  permit.  Speed  limits  range 
from  8  to  20  miles  per  hour.  On  account  of  the  snow  the 
Tioga  Road  is  generally  not  open  before  July  15  or  after 

445 


4Buifcc  to  tlje  Rational  $arft£ 

October  i,  the  Big  Oak  Flat  Road  not  before  May  15  or 
after  November  I,  the  Wawona  Road  not  before  May  or 
after  November.  Motor-cycles  are  not  allowed  in  the 
Park. 

Hotels  and  Camps 

At  Yosemite  Village  in  the  Valley  a  new  modern  hotel 
is  now  under  construction,  but  accommodations  are  now 
furnished  by  the  old  Sentinel  Hotel,  which  has  been  re- 
furnished, and  by  a  number  of  camps. 

Hotel  and  Camps  in  Yosemite  Valley 
Operated  by  Desmond  Park  Service  Company:  — 

Sentinel  Hotel,  per  day $4  to  $5 

Yosemite  Falls  Camp,  wooden  bungalows,  per 

day . 3.50 

El  Capitan  Camp,  wood  frames  covered  with 
canvas  and  wood  floors,  per  day 2.50 

Camp  Lost  Arrow,  operated  by  W.  M.  Sell,  Jr., 
per  day 2.50 

Camp  Curry,  operated  by  Curry  Camping  Com- 
pany, per  day 2.50 

Camp  Ahwahnee,  operated  by  W.  M.  Sell,  Sr.t 
per  day 3.75 

At  Glacier  Point,  above  the  Valley,  the  Desmond  Park 
Service  Company  operates  the  New  Glacier  Point  Hotel, 
with  a  uniform  rate  of  $4.00  per  day. 

At  Tenaya  Lake,  Tuolumne  Soda  Springs,  and  Merced 
Lake  the  Desmond  Park-Service  Company  operates  per- 
manent camps  known  as  lodges.  These  lodges  have  wood 
frames  covered  with  canvas  and  wood  floors.  The  rate  at 
all  of  the  lodges  is  $3.00  per  day,  with  an  additional  charge 
of  $1.00  when  the  lodge  is  occupied  exclusively  by  one 
person. 

Eight  miles  from  the  Mariposa  Grove  of  Big  Trees,  but 
outside  the  Park,  is  the  Wawona  Hotel  at  Wawona;  rates 
are  from  $4.00  to  $5.00  per  day. 

446 


Uogemite  Rational  $arfc 

Tours 

The  main  roads  in  Yosemite  National  Park  are  the 
Tioga  Road,  which  crosses  the  Park  in  an  east-west  di- 
rection almost  in  its  center;  the  Big  Oak  Flat  Road,  by 
which  Yosemite  Valley  may  be  reached  from  Modesto 
and  Stockton;  the  Coulterville  Road,  by  which  Yosemite 
Valley  may  be  reached  from  Merced;  El  Portal  Road,  be- 
tween the  terminus  of  the  Yosemite  Valley  Railroad  and 
Yosemite  Valley;  the  Wawona  Road,  connecting  Yosem- 
ite Valley  and  the  Mariposa  Grove  of  Big  Trees;  and  the 
Glacier  Point  Road,  extending  from  the  Wawona  Road  to 
Glacier  Point.  Travel  between  points  in  the  Park  that 
are  not  contiguous  to  these  roads  must  be  made  on  foot 
or  horseback  over  the  many  trails  that  connect  the  princi- 
pal points  of  interest. 

Yosemite  Village  is  the  center  of  all  activities  in  the 
Park  and  practically  all  the  trips  radiate  from  this  point. 
Every  variety  of  trip  may  be  taken,  ranging  from  a  single 
day  excursion  to  the  peaks  surrounding  the  Valley  to  a 
9-day  tour  of  the  High  Sierra.  Arrangements  may  be  made 
for  extended  or  special  trips,  but  the  tours  and  trips 
listed  below  include  the  more  important  points  of  in- 
terest. All  of  these  trips  are  under  the  supervision  of  the 
Desmond  Park  Service  Company  and  are  made  on  horse- 
back unless  otherwise  noted.  The  rates  include  transpor- 
tation only.  Meals  and  lodging  may  be  obtained  at 
Glacier  Point  Hotel  and  at  the  lodges  at  the  regular 
rates. 

One-day  trips:  — 

Vernal  and  Nevada  Falls,  round  trip $3.00 

Vernal1  and  Nevada  Falls,  Glacier  Point  and  re- 
turn, continuous,  round  trip 3.00 

Vernal  and  Nevada  Falls  and  Clouds  Rest,  round 

trip 3.00 

Glacier  Point  and  Sentinel  Dome  via  Union  Point 

(short  trail),  round  trip 3.00 

Yosemite  Point,  round  trip 3.00 

447 


4Buifce  to  tfjc  Rational  parh£ 

Eagle  Peak,  round  trip $3.00 

Pohono  Trail  to  Fort  Monroe,  thence  by  automo- 
bile from  Fort  Monroe  via  Wawona  Road  to 

Valley 5.00 

North    Dome    via     Mirror     Lake,    and    return 

via  Yosemite  Falls,  or  vice  versa 3.00 

Lake  Tenaya  via  Tenaya  Canon,  round  trip 3.00 

Glacier  Point,  Sentinel  Dome,  and  Fissures  via 

Union  Point  (short  trail)  and  return 3.00 

Two-day  trips:  — 

Happy  Isles,  Vernal  and  Nevada  Falls,  Glacier 
Point  Hotel,  Sentinel  Dome,  Taft  Point,  Dewey 
Point,  and  Inspiration  Point 8.00 

Mirror  Lake,  Tenaya  Lake  Lodge,  Nevada  and 
Vernal  Falls 6.00 

Three-day  trips:  — 

Happy  Isles,  Vernal  and  Nevada  Falls,  Merced 
Lake  Lodge,  Merced  Soda  Springs,  and  Wash- 
burn  Lake 9.00 

Mirror  Lake,  Tenaya  Lake  Lodge,  Nevada  and 

Illilouette  Falls,  and  Glacier  Point  Hotel 9.00 

Four-day  trips:  — 

Mirror  Lake,  Merced  Lake  Lodge,  Merced  Soda 
Springs,  Washburn  Lake,  Nevada  and  Vernal 
Falls 12.00 

Mirror  Lake,  Tenaya  Lake  Lodge,  White  Cascades, 
Le  Conte,  California,  Nevada,  and  Illilouette 
Falls,  and  Glacier  Point  Hotel 12.00 

Five-day  trips:  — 

Mirror  Lake,  Tenaya  Lake  Lodge,  Tuolumne 
Meadows,  Soda  Springs,  Tuolumne  Soda  Springs 
Camp,  Donohue  Pass,  Mount  Lyell,  Glen  Aulin 
Falls,  Magee  Lake,  Eagle  Peak,  and  Yosemite 
Point 15.00 

Six-day  trips:  — 
Mirror  Lake, 
Le 


Tuolumne  Soda  Springs 

ows,  Donohue  Pass,  Mount  Lyell,  Eagle  Peak, 

and  Yosemite  Point 18.00 

448 


If  ogcmttc  Rational  $arft 

Seven-day  trips:  — 

Mirror  Lake,  Tenaya  Lake  Lodge,  White  Cascades, 
Le  Conte  and  California  Falls,  Tuolumne  Mead- 
ows, Soda  Springs,  Tuolumne  Soda  Springs 
Camp,  Donohue  Pass,  Mount  Lyell,  Nevada  and 
Illilouette  Falls,  and  Glacier  Point  Hotel  ......  $21.00 

Eight-day  trips:  — 

Mirror  Lake,  Tenaya  Lake  Lodge,  White  Cascades, 
Le  Conte  and  California  Falls,  Tuolumne  Mead- 
ows, Soda  Springs,  Tuolumne  Soda  Springs 
Camp,  Donohue  Pass,  Mount  Lyell,  Merced 
Lake  Lodge,  Merced  Soda  Springs,  and  Wash- 
burn  Lake  .................................  24.00 

Nine-day  trips:  — 

Mirror  Lake,  Tenaya  Lake  Lodge,  Cascades,  Le 
Conte  and  California  Falls,  Tuolumne  Meadows, 
Soda  Springs,  Tuolumne  Soda  Springs  Camp, 
Tuolumne  Pass,  Mount  Lyell,  Merced  Lake 
Lodge,  Merced  Soda  Springs,  Washburn  Lake, 
and  Glacier  Point  Hotel  .....................  27.00 

Automobile  trips  to  points  reached  by  road  may  be 
made  at  the  following  rates:  — 

From  Sentinel  Hotel  or  any  pf  the  permanent  camps 
To  or  from  Happy  Isles  or  Mirror  Lake,  one  w 
Round  trip  to  Happy  Isles  or  Mirror  Lake  .......  1.25 


To  or  from  Happy  Isles  or  Mirror  Lake,  one  way.  $     .75 

Hap 
To  Bridal  Veil  Falls,  one  way  .............  .....       i.oo 


To  Bridal  Veil  Falls,  round  trip  ____  .  ...........       1.75 

To  Happy  Isles,  Mirror  Lake,  the  Village,  Cathe- 
dral Rocks,  Bridal  Veil  Falls,  El  Capitan,  round 
trip  .......................................  3.25 

To  Happy  Isles,  Mirror  Lake,  the  Village,  Cathe- 
dral Rocks,  Bridal  Veil  Falls,  El  Capitan,  Artist 
and  Inspiration  Points,  round  trip  ............  4.50 

To  Artist  and  Inspiration  Points,  round  trip  .....       3.00 

From  Yosemite  Valley:  — 

To  Wawona,  one  way  .........................  5.50 

To  Wawona,  round  trip  .......................  9.50 

To  Mariposa  Big  Tree  Grove  and  return  to  Wa- 

wona .....................................  7.75 

To  Mariposa  Big  Tree  Grove,  round  trip  ........  11.25 

449 


Ouitie  to  tljc  Rational  $arR3 

To  Mariposa  Big  Trees  and  return  via  Inspiration 
Point  and  Wawona,  including  side  trip  Chin- 
quapin to  Glacier  Point  and  return $16.25 

To  Glacier  Point,  one  way 5.50 

To  Glacier  Point,  round  trip 9.50 

To  Tuolumne  Big  Trees,  one  way 2.50 

To  Tuolumne  Big  Trees,  round  trip 4.25 

To  Tenaya  Lake  via  Tuolumne  Big  Trees,  one  8.75 

way 

To  Tenaya  Lake  via  Tuolumne  Big  Trees,  round 

trip 15.25 

To  Soda  Springs  via  Tuolumne  Big  Trees,  one  way  10.00 

To  Soda  Springs  via  Tuolumne  Big  Trees,  round  trip  1 7.50 

From  Glacier  Point:  — 
To  Mariposa  Big  Tree  Grove  and  return  to  Valley 

or  Glacier  Point 1 1.25 

To  Wawona,  one  way. 5.50 

To  Wawona,  round  trip 9-5O 

The  automobile  rates  from  Yosemite  Village  to  El 
Portal,  Fresno,  and  Merced  are  given  in  connection  with 
the  account  of  the  railroad  connections. 

Principal  Points  of  Interest 

Distances  from  Yosemite  Post-Office  to  Principal 

Points  in  Yosemite  Valley 

Miles 

Basket  Dome  (top  of) 9.0  Northeast 

Camp  Ahwahnee i.o  West 

Camp  Curry I  .o  East 

Camp  Lost  Arrow 5  North 

Clouds'  Rest I  i.o  East 

El  Capitan 3.5  West 

Glacier  Point 4.5  South 

Glacier  Point  Hotel  and  Camp 4.5  South 

Half  Dome  (foot  of) 3.0  East 

Happy  Isles 2.5  East 

Liberty  Cap 5.5  East 

Mirror  Lake 3.0  East 

Mount  Watkins  (top  of) 9.0  East 

Nevada  Falls 6.0  East 

North  Dome  (top  of) 1 1  .o  Northeast 

Sentinel  Rock i.o  West 

450 


io0emite  Rational  path 


Miles 

Tenaya  Canon 4.0  East 

Union  Point 3.0  South 

Vernal  Falls 5.0  East 

Yosemite  Falls 5  North 

Mariposa  Big  Tree  Grove 

SIZES  OF  BIG  TREES  IN  MARIPOSA  GROVE 
[All  dimensions  are  in  feet] 


Trees 

Girth 
at 
base 

Approxi- 
mate 
diameter 
at  base 

Girth 
about 
10  feet 
above 
ground 

Approxi- 
mate 
diameter 
about 
10  feet 
above 
ground 

Height 

Grizzly  Giant  

93 

29  6 

64  5 

20  5 

204 

Faithful  Couple 

04 

29  9 

63 

20 

244 

Michigan  

55-5 

17.7 

40 

12.7 

257 

Fresno      

63 

20 

38  5 

12    2 

273 

Columbia 

80  5 

25  6 

52 

16  5 

294 

Old  Guard  (South  Tree)  .  . 
Lafayette  

45 
02.5 

14-3 
29  4 

31 
53 

9-9 
16.9 

244 
273 

Nevada 

48  5 

15  4 

35 

ii  i 

278 

63 

20 

41    S 

13   2 

267 

General  Grant  

67 

21.3 

42 

13.4 

271 

General  Sheridan      

76 

24   2 

51 

16  2 

263 

Philadelphia 

6°  5 

19  6 

50  5 

16  i 

27  r 

St.  Louis  

73 

23.2 

51 

16  2 

26O 

Lincoln     

72 

22   Q 

54  5 

17  3 

258 

Washington 

92 

29  3 

65 

2O  7 

23  S 

William  McKinley  

70 

22.3 

46.5 

14.8 

243 

General  Logan  

76 

24.2 

49  5 

15  7 

259 

Galen  Clark 

59  5 

18  9 

47 

14  9 

238 

Pittsburgh 

Me 

I? 

41 

13 

Vermont  

47 

14  9 

38 

12  .  1 

257 

Wawona  (26  feet  through 

60  5 

19   2 

227 

New  York  

52 

16.5 

45-5 

14.5 

237 

Forest  Queen  

S3  S 
53.5 

17 

38 

12    I 

2IO 

Boston  

18  4 

47 

14  9 

248 

Chicago 

18  I 

40  5 

12   9 

223 

Whittier  

67 

19.7 

47 

14.9 

268 

Longfellow. 

51  5 

16  4 

43 

13  7 

273 

Captain  A.  E.  Wood  
Mark  Twain  

52 

53 

16.5 
16.9 

40 
41 

12.7 
13 

310 
331 

Mississippi       

54  5 

17.3 

37.5 

II  9 

269 

Stonewall  Jackson 

53 

16  9 

38  5 

12    2 

26* 

Georgia 

48 

15  3 

35 

II    I 

270 

South  Carolina  

74 

23.5 

54-5 

I?  .3 

264 

451 


<aui&c  to  tfjc  Rational  parks 

Principal  Points  reached  from  the  Camps 

All  the  places  listed  below  may  be  reached  on  horse- 
back and  return  made  to  camp  in  one  day:  — 

From  Merced  Lake  Lodge:  — 
Merced  Soda  Springs. 
Washburn  Lake. 

From  Tenaya  Lake  Lodge:  — 
White  Cascades. 
Le  Conte  Falls. 
California  Falls. 

From  Tuolumne  Soda  Spring  Lodge:  — 
Donohue  Pass. 
Mount  Lyell. 
Tuolumne  Meadows. 
Tuolumne  Pass. 

Height  of  Summits  in  Yosemite  Valley 

Height  above 
Name  pier  near 

Sentinel  Hotel » 
(feet) 

Artist  Point 739 

Basket  Dome 3,642 

Cathedral  Rocks 2,591 

Cathedral  Spires 2,154 

Clouds'  Rest 5,964 

Columbia  Rock 1,071 

Eagle  Peak 3,813 

El  Capitan 3,604 

Glacier  Point 3,254 

Half  Dome 4,892 

Leaning  Tower 1,903 

Liberty  Cap 3,H2 

North  Dome 3,57* 

Old  Inspiration  Point 2,643 

Panorama  Point 2,264 

Profile  Cliff 3,543 

Pulpit  Rock 765 

1  This  pier  is  3962  feet  above  sea-level. 
452 


If  ogemite  Rational  $arfe 

Height  above 
Name  pier  near 

Sentinel  Hotel* 
(feet) 

Sentinel  Dome 4,157 

Stanford  Point 2,699 

Washington-  Column . 1,952 

Yosemite  Point 2,975 

Height  of  Waterfalls  in  Yosemite  Valley 

Feet 

Yosemite  Falls M3O 

Lower  Yosemite  Falls 320 

Nevada  Falls 594 

Vernal  Falls 317 

Illilouette  Falls 370 

Bridal  Veil  Falls 620 

Ribbon  Falls 1,612 

Widow's  Tears  Falls 1,170 

Clothing  and  Equipment 

As  the  best  trips  are  made  afoot  or  on  horseback  the 
tourist  should  carry  only  such  extra  clothing  as  may  be 
transported  in  a  haversack  or  rucksack.  If  additional 
material  is  carried  it  is  necessary  to  hire  a  pack-horse  at 
additional  expense.  The  best  outfit  for  men  consists  of 
woolen  riding-breeches,  flannel  shirt,  stout  shoes,  sneak- 
ers, woolen  army  socks,  light  weight  woolen  underwear, 
a  felt  hat,  a  sweater,  and  a  pair  of  smoked  glasses.  As  it 
seldom  rains  in  the  summer  it  is  not  necessary  to  carry  a 
poncho.  If  many  trips  are  made  in  automobiles  a  linen 
duster  is  advisable.  Women  should  wear  riding-breeches, 
woolen  middy  blouse,  and  woolen  stockings,  with  puttees 
or  leggings,  a  man's  felt  hat,  and  other  clothing  as  de- 
scribed for  men. 

Camping  outfits  may  be  obtained  from  the  store  of  the 
Desmond  Park  Service  Company  at  Yosemite  Village, 
and  provisions  may  be  obtained  at  the  Tenaya  Lake, 
Tuolumne  Soda  Springs,  and  Merced  Lake  Lodges.  Tour- 
ists desiring  to  rent  camp  equipment  should  make  the 

1  This  pier  is  3962  feet  above  sea-level. 

453 


to  tljc  Rational  parft# 


necessary  arrangements  before  their  arrival  in  the  Park. 
Prices  for  regular  outfits  are  as  follows:  — 

Price  List  for  Camping  Outfits 


Persons  in  party 

One  -week 

Two  weeks 

Three  weeks 

One  month 

One  

l5.oo 

16.50 

$7.50 

J8.oo- 

Two 

7.50 

o.oo 

Q  SO 

10  oo 

Three 

o  oo 

10  50 

II  SO 

12  OO 

Four  

I  I.OO 

12.  OO 

13  oo 

14.00 

Five 

13  oo 

14  OO 

15  oo 

16  oo 

Six  

15.00 

16.00 

I7.OO 

18.00 

Fishing 

There  is  good  fishing  in  almost  all  the  streams  for 
Eastern  brook,  rainbow,  cutthroat,  and  Loch  Leven 
trout.  The  flies  most  commonly  used  are  the  black  gnat, 
royal  coachman,  alder,  king  of  the  waters,  and  gray 
hackle;  but  other  standard  flies  are  used.  Flies  and  tackle 
may  be  obtained  at  the  general  store  at  Yosemite  Village. 
All  fishing  must  be  done  in  conformity  to  the  laws  of  Cali- 
fornia, both  as  regards  open  season  and  limit  of  catch,  and 
size  of  fish.  Every  man  fisherman  over  18  years  of  age 
must  have  a  fishing  license,  which  may  be  obtained  from 
any  County  Clerk  or  from  the  offices  of  the  State  Board 
of  Fish  and  Game  Commissioners  at  San  Francisco, 
Sacramento,  Los  Angeles,  and  Fresno.  The  license  fee  is 
$i  for  citizens  of  the  United  States  who  are  bona-fide  resi- 
dents of  California,  and  $3.00  for  citizens  of  the  United 
States  who  are  not  bona-fide  residents  of  California  and 
for  persons  not  citizens  of  the  United  States. 


Sequoia  National  Park 

Location:  Eastern  California.  Area:  252  square  miles. 
Season:  June  15  to  September  15.  Address  of  Supervisor: 
Three  Rivers,  California. 

Railroad  Connections 

SEQUOIA  PARK  is  best  reached  from  Visalia  on  the 
Southern  Pacific  and  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Rail- 
roads; thence  by  Visalia  Electric  Railway  to  Lemon 
Cove,  and  thence  by  automobile  stage  of  the  Sequoia  Na- 
tional Park  Transportation  Company  to  Camp  Sierra  in 
the  Giant  Forest.  The  distance  from  Lemon  Cove  to  the 
Giant  Forest  is  40  miles.  Heretofore  the  stages  have  left 
Lemon  Cove  on  Mondays,  Wednesdays,  and  Fridays;  and 
have  made  the  return  trip  from  the  Giant  Forest  on  Tues- 
days, Thursdays,  and  Saturdays.  It  is  probable  that 
daily  service  will  soon  be  established.  The  round  trip 
fare  from  Visalia  to  Camp  Sierra  is  $13.30;  from  San 
Francisco  to  Camp  Sierra,  $24.00. 

Automobile  Routes 

Sequoia  Park  may  be  reached  from  San  Francisco  by 
way  of  San  Jose,  Gilroy,  Los  Bafios,  Fresno,  Goshen 
Junction  and  Visalia;  distance  291  miles.  From  Los 
Angeles  the  route  is  by  way  of  Bakersfield,  Tulare,  and 
Visalia;  distance  307  miles.  From  Yosemite  Park  the 
shortest  route  is  by  way  of  Wawona,  Fresno,  and 
Visalia;  distance  191  miles. 

Motorists  are  required  to  pay  $2.00  for  a  single  round 
trip  through  the  Park,  or  $3.00  for  each  machine  for  a  sea- 
son permit.  Eastbound  automobiles  may  use  the  road  to 
Giant  Forest  between  7  A.M.  and  5.30  P.M.  ;  no  automobile 

455 


to  tljc  Rational  $arft£ 


will  be  allowed  to  leave  the  Giant  Forest  for  the  western 
boundary  later  than  6  P.M.  The  speed  limit  is  from  8  to  15 
miles  per  hour. 

Camp 

A  camp  is  operated  at  Giant  Forest  Post-Office  by 
Walter  E.  Kenney,  at  the  following  rates:  — 

Board  and  lodging:  — 

I  person,  per  day  ............................  $3.25 

I  person,  per  week  ...........................  18.00 

1  person,  4  weeks  ............................  68.00 

2  persons,  per  day,  each  .......................  3.00 

2  persons,  per  week,  each  ......................  16.50 

2  persons,  4  weeks,  each  .......................  60.00 

Meals  without  lodging:  — 

Breakfast  and  lunch,  each  ......................  75 

Dinner  ..........  ............................       l.oo 

One  night's  lodging  .............................       l.oo 

Baths  ..........................................  35 

Trips 

No  regular  tours  are  scheduled  for  this  Park,  but  the 
following  rates  are  in  effect  for  short  trips:  — 

Carriage  trips  only  from  Giant  Forest:  — 

Parker  Group,  Moro  Rock,  and  return:  — 

i  person  ....................................  $1.00 

4  or  more,  each  ..............................  75 

Admiration  Point  and  return:  — 

i  person  ....................................     3.00 

4  or  more,  each  .............................     1.50 

General  Sherman  Tree,  and  return  :  — 

i  person  ....................................     l.oo 

4  or  more,  each  ..............................  50 

General  Sherman  Tree  and  Wolverton  Creek  — 

I  person  ....................................     2.00 

4  or  more,  each  .....  .........................  75 

Five-seated  carriage,  with  2  horses, 

I  full  day  ..................................     5.00 

All  carriage  trips  include  services  of  driver. 
456 


Sequoia  Rational  park 

Rates  for  short  horseback  trips  are  as  follows:  — 

To  Sherman  Tree  and  return $2.00 

To  Sherman  Tree,  Wolverton,  and  return  by  Circle 

Meadow 3.00 

To  Moro  Rock  and  return 2.00 

To  Moro  Rock  and  return  by  Crescent  Log  and 

Huckleberry  Meadows 2.50 

To  Alta  and  return 3.00 

To  Twin  Lakes  and  return 3.50 

To  Admiration  Point  and  return 3.00 

To  Moro  Rock,  Crescent  Log,  Huckleberry  Mead- 
ows, Wolverton,  and  Sherman  Tree 3.50 

Chester  Wright,  Giant  Forest,  California,  will  furnish 
pack-  and  saddle-animals  at  $1.50  per  day  each,  but  in  all 
cases  guide  must  accompany  animal,  at  $3.00  per  day,  the 
guide  taking  charge  of  packing  and  relieving  tourists  of 
responsibility  for  animals.  All  animals  will  be  equipped 
with  riding-  or  pack-saddles. 

Parties  wishing  to  make  long  trips  will  be  furnished 
with  special  rates. 

The  dimensions  of  some  of  the  principal  trees  are  as 
follows:  — 

GIANT  FOREST  GROVE 

General  Sherman,  height  279.9  feet;  diameter,  36.5 
feet. 

Abraham  Lincoln,  height  270  feet;  diameter,  31  feet. 
William  McKinley,  height  291  feet;  diameter,  28  feet. 

MUIR  GROVE 
Dalton,  height,  292  feet;  diameter,  27  feet. 

GARFIELD  GROVE 
California,  height,  260  feet;  diameter,  30  feet. 

Clothing  and  Equipment 

If  the  tourist  makes  only  a  short  trip  to  the  Giant 
Forest,  no  extra  clothing  will  be  necessary  except  a  light 

457 


<£uiDc  to  ti)c  Rational  parity 

overcoat  and  a  sweater.  If  an  extended  stay  is  made  and 
excursions  are  made  to  the  other  groves  or  the  High 
Sierra,  the  following  equipment  is  recommended:  For 
men,  woolen  riding-breeches,  woolen  underwear,  woolen 
army  socks,  flannel  shirt,  stout  shoes,  a  felt  hat,  leggings 
or  puttees,  sweater,  and  coat.  As  there  is  little  rain  in  the 
summer  it  is  not  necessary  to  take  a  poncho.  Women 
should  wear  riding-breeches,  flannel  middy  blouse,  woolen 
stockings,  a  small  felt  hat,  and  other  clothing  as  recom- 
mended for  men. 

Fishing 

There  is  good  fishing  in  Sequoia  Park  for  rainbow, 
golden,  cutthroat,  Eastern  brook,  and  Loch  Leven  trout. 
The  royal  coachman  is  the  fly  generally  used,  but  often 
the  brown  and  gray  hackle  with  peacock  body  meets  with 
success.  Flies  and  other  tackle  may  be  purchased  at  the 
Giant  Forest. 

In  this  Park  all  fishing  must  be  in  conformity  with  the 
laws  of  California  as  regards  season,  size  of  fish,  and  limit 
of  catch.  Every  fisherman  must  have  a  sporting  fishing 
license,  which  may  be  obtained  from  any  County  Clerk 
or  from  the  offices  of  the  State  Board  of  Fish  and  Game 
Commissioners  at  San  Francisco,  Sacramento,  Los 
Angeles,  and  Fresno.  The  license  fee  is  $1.00  for  citizens 
of  the  United  States  who  are  bona-fide  residents  of  Cali- 
fornia, and  $3.00  for  citizens  of  the  United  States  who 
are  not  bona-fide  residents  of  California  and  for  persons 
not  citizens  of  the  United  States.  Persons  under  18  years 
of  age  do  not  require  a  license. 


General  Grant  National  Park 

Location:  Eastern  California.  Area:  4  square  miles. 
Season:  June  15  to  September  15.  Address  of  Supervisor: 
Three  Rivers,  California. 

GENERAL  GRANT  PARK  is  best  reached  from  Sanger  on 
the  Southern  Pacific  Railway;  thence  by  stage  46  miles 
to  the  Park.  There  is  daily  stage  service  to  the  park; 
round-trip  fare,  $8.00. 

Tourists  traveling  in  their  own  automobiles  will  follow 
the  routes  to  Sequoia  Park  given  on  page  455  as  far  as 
Visalia.  The  Park  is  45  miles  from  Visalia.  Permit  to  take 
an  automobile  into  the  Park  costs  50  cents  for  a  round 
trip  or  $2.50  for  the  season.  Speed  limits  range  from  8 
to  15  miles  per  hour. 

Rates  for  saddle-  and  pack-horses  are  $1.50  per  day; 
for  guides,  $3.50  per  day. 

There  is  a  camp  in  the  Park  operated  by  Mrs.  Mattie 
Decker  (address,  General  Grant  National  Park,  Cali- 
fornia), with  rates  as  follows:  — 

Board  and  lodging: 

Per  day $2.50 

Per  week 16.00 

Per  month 60.00 

Lodging,  i  night i.oo 

Single  meal 75 

At  this  camp  there  are  also  telephone  station,  general 
store,  feed-yard,  photograph  gallery,  and  post-office. 

The  principal  attraction  of  this  Park  is  the  grove  of  big 
trees. 

Fishing  is  not  very  attractive. 

Clothing  and  equipment  should  be  similar  to  that  used 
in  Sequoia  National  Park. 

459 


Mount  Rainier  National  Park 

Location:  West-Central  Washington.  Area:  324 
square  miles.  Season:  June  15  to  September  15.  Address 
of  Supervisor:  Ashford,  Washington. 

MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK  includes  a  single 
great  mountain  and  its  approaches,  but  the  Reservation 
offers  unlimited  variety  and  enjoyment  for  every  class  of 
tourist.  An  automobile  road  extends  to  the  very  edge  of 
the  glaciers;  trails  lead  through  the  fragrant  woods  and 
wild-flower  meadows;  rocky  outliers  of  the  great  moun- 
tain afford  endless  opportunities  for  climbing;  and  the 
great  snow-covered  peak  flings  his  defiance  to  those  that 
are  strong  of  wind  and  limb.  As  the  glaciers  are  only 
four  hours'  ride  by  automobile  from  Tacoma  a  glimpse  of 
these  rivers  of  ice  may  be  obtained  in  a  two-day  trip,  but 
many  days  might  well  be  spent  in  seeing  the  beauties  of 
nature  that  are  grouped  in  an  area  that  is  relatively  small. 

Railroad  Connections 

The  southern  portion  of  the  Park  —  the  only  part 
developed  at  present  —  is  reached  from  Ashford,  6f  miles 
from  the  Park,  on  the  Tacoma  Eastern  Railroad,  a 
branch  line  of  the  Chicago,  Milwaukee  &  St.  Paul.  The 
round-trip  fare  from  Tacoma  to  Ashford  is  $4.00.  From 
Ashford  automobile  stages  of  the  Rainier  National  Park 
Company  run  to  the  principal  points  on  the  south  side  — 
Longmire  Springs,  6j  miles  from  the  Park  entrance;  the 
camp  at  Nisqually  Glacier;  and  the  new  hotel  and  camp 
at  Paradise  Valley,  in  the  very  shadow  of  the  mountain. 
This  company  also  operates  public  automobiles  from 
Seattle  and  Tacoma. 

460 


fiainicr  Rational 

Automobile  transportation  rates 

Seattle  to  Longmire  Springs  and  return $9.50 

Seattle  to  Paradise  Valley  and  return 12.50 

Tacoma  to  Longmire  Springs  and  return 7.00 

Tacoma  to  Paradise  Valley  and  return 10.00 

Ashford  to  Longmire  Springs  and  return 2.00 

Ashford  to  Paradise  Valley  and  return 5.00 

The  northern  portion  of  the  Park  is  reached  from  Fair- 
fax and  Enumclaw,  on  the  Northern  Pacific  Railway.  The 
round-trip  fare  from  Tacoma  is  $2.50  to  Fairfax,  and  $2.00 
to  Enumclaw.  There  are  no  transportation  lines  that 
operate  on  this  side  of  the  Park  and  arrangements  must 
be  made  for  pack-horses  and  camp  outfits. 

Automobile  Routes 

There  is  a  good  automobile  road  from  Tacoma  and 
Seattle  to  Ashford,  and  thence  through  the  National 
Forest  to  Longmire  Springs,  Nisqually  Glacier,  and  Para- 
dise Valley.  For  28  miles  from  Tacoma  the  road  runs  at 
the  base  of  huge  timbered  bluffs,  traverses  the  Ohop  Val- 
ley, and  reaches  the  Park  by  way  of  the  Nisqually 
Canon.  The  distance  from  Tacoma  to  Longmire  Springs 
is  57  miles;  from  Seattle,  96  miles. 

Automobilists  are  required  to  obtain  a  permit  from  the 
Park  Supervisor  at  Ashford.  The  fee  for  an  automobile  is 
$4.00  for  a  single  round  trip  through  the  Park  or  $6.00 
for  a  season  permit.  The  fee  for  a  motor-cycle  is  $1.00  for 
the  season.  The  regulations  provide  that  automobiles 
and  motor-cycles  may  use  the  road  from  the  boundary  of 
the  Park  to  Longmire  Springs  only  between  6  A.M.  and 
9  P.M.  ;  but  no  car  or  motor-cycle  is  allowed  to  enter 
the  Park  or  leave  Longmire  Springs  in  the  direction  of  the 
western  boundary  later  than  8.30  P.M.  Automobiles  and 
motor-cycles  may  use  the  road  from  Longmire  Springs 
to  Paradise  Valley  only  between  6  A.M.  and  9.30  P.M.  ; 
but  no  machine  is  allowed  to  leave  Longmire  Springs  in 
the  direction  of  Paradise  Valley  later  than  7.30  P.M.  or 
.  461 


fte  to  tljc  Rational  §Darhs 

depart  from  Paradise  Valley  in  the  direction  of  Longmire 
Springs  before  6  A.M.  or  later  than  7.30  P.M.  The  speed 
limit  ranges  from  8  to  15  miles  per  hour. 

Regular  automobile  service  between  the  Park  and 
Seattle  and  Tacoma  is  rendered  at  the  rates  given  on 
page  461. 

Hotels  and  Camps 

At  Longmire  Springs,  6j  miles  from  the  entrance  to  the 
Park,  are  the  National  Park  Inn  and  Camp  and  the  Long- 
mire Springs  Hotel.  The  rates  at  the  National  Park  Inn 
are  $4.00  and  $4.50  per  day  in  the  hotel,  and  $3.75  and 
$4.00  in  the  camp.  The  rates  at  Longmire  Springs  Hotel 
are  $2.50  per  day. 

The  Rainier  National  Park  Company  has  a  new  modern 
hotel  (Paradise  Inn)  in  Paradise  Park,  within  easy  access 
of  the  glaciers.  The  same  company  also  operates  a  lunch 
pavilion  at  Paradise  Park  and  camps  at  Paradise  Park, 
Indian  Henry's  Hunting  Ground,  and  Nisqually  Glacier. 

Paradise  Inn  is  operated  on  both  the  American  and 
European  plan  at  the  following  rates:  — 

American  plan:  — 

Meals  at  Inn  and  bed  in  tents $3.50 

Meals  and  room  at  Inn $3«75  to  6.25 

European  plan:  — 

Tents $.75  to  $i-.oo 

Rooms i.oo  to    3.50 

Meals  d  la  carte. 

A  discount  of  20  per  cent  is  allowed  persons  remaining 
one  week  or  more. 

There  is  also  a  camp  at  Paradise  Park  at  which  tents 
may  be  obtained  for  50  cents  per  day.  These  tents  are  all 
floored  and  contain  a  double  bed,  spring,  mattress,  wash- 
stand,  bowl,  pitcher,  and  chair.  Blankets  and  sheets,  pil- 
lows, pillow-cases,  and  towels  may  be  rented,  or  the  tour- 
ist may  bring  his  own  equipment.  Meals  may  be  obtained 
at  an  a  la  carte  lunch  pavilion  or  they  may  be  prepared  at 

462 


d^ount  ftainicr  Rational  $arh 

outdoor  cook  furnace  at  the  camp.  Staple  supplies  may 
be  purchased. 

Rates  at  camp  at  Indian  Henry's  Hunting  Ground  are: 
bed,  $.75;  meals,  $.75;  board  per  week,  $15. 

Rates  at  camp  at  Nisqually  Glacier  are  $.75  and  $1.00 
per  day;  meals  d  la  carte. 

Free  public  camping  grounds  are  provided  at  Hausen's 
Camp,  Kautz  Creek,  Longmire  Springs,  Van  Trump 
Park,  and  Paradise  Valley.  Firewood  and  running  water 
are  available  at  all  these  places,  but  the  camper  must 
bring  his  own  equipment. 

Trips 

The  only  road  in  this  Park  is  the  one  extending  from 
the  entrance  past  Longmire  Springs  and  Nisqually 
Glacier  to  Paradise  Park.  All  other  trips  are  made  on 
horseback  or  on  foot  over  the  network  of  excellent  trails 
that  have  been  cut  through  the  forest.  There  are  no 
regular  tours  scheduled  as  in  some  of  the  other  Parks, 
but  special  arrangements  have  to  be  made  for  guides  and 
horses  at  the  established  rates. 

Transportation  service  within  the  Park  is  rendered  by 
the  Rainier  National  Park  Company,  which  operates 
automobiles  on  the  road  along  the  south  side  of  the  moun- 
tain and  has  horses  for  hire  at  the  hotels  at  Longmire 
Springs  and  Paradise  Valley  and  the  camp  at  Indian 
Henry's  Hunting  Ground. 

Transportation  rates 

Automobile,  Longmire  Springs  to  Nisqually  Glacier 

and  return $i  .00 

Automobile,  Longmire  Springs  to  Paradise  Valley 
and  return 3.00 

Horses,  per  day 3.50 

The  same  company  also  furnishes  guides  free  of  charge 
for  parties  of  five  or  more;  if  there  are  less  than  five  per- 
sons in  the  party  the  charge  for  guide  is  $3.50  per  day. 

•     463 


4Bui&c  to  tl)t  Rational  £>arft0 

The  places  listed  below  by  no  means  exhaust  the  at- 
tractive spots  of  this  reservation,  but  are  given  for  the 
benefit  of  the  person  whose  time  is  limited.  There  is  a  good 
trail  encircling  the  mountain  and  the  circuit  may  be  made 
in  about  a  week.  Pack-animals  and  guides  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Rainier  National  Park  Company.  Camp- 
ing outfits  should  be  secured  in  Seattle  or  Tacoma. 

On  the  southern  side  of  the  Park  Paradise  Park,  Indian 
Henry's  Hunting  Ground,  and  Van  Trump  Park  are  the 
most  easily  reached  and  consequently  the  most  frequented 
places.  As  the  trails  to  these  places  are  well  defined, 
guides  will  not  be  needed. 

Indian  Henry's  Hunting  Ground,  6^  miles  from  Long- 
mire  Springs,  is  reached  by  trail  only.  This  trip  may  be 
made  afoot,  or  ponies  may  be  secured  at  Longmire  Springs 
where  the  most  frequently  used  of  the  three  trails  leading 
to  this  resort  begins.  A  tent  camp  is  located  in  Indian 
Henry's  Hunting  Ground. 

To  reach  Van  Trump  Park  the  same  Indian  Henry's 
Hunting  Ground  trail  is  taken,  branching  off  to  the  right 
after  about  I  mile  of  travel.  This  Park  is  also  reached  by 
a  trail  starting  from  the  Government  road  at  Christine 
Falls,  about  4  miles  above  Longmire  Springs,  and  fol- 
lowing up  Van  Trump  Creek.  This  is  one  of  the  most 
picturesque  trails  in  the  Park.  From  it  can  be  seen  beau- 
tiful glimpses  of  a  deep  canon  and  a  succession  of  cascades 
or  falls. 

Ramparts  Ridge,  I J  miles  north  of  Longmire  Springs, 
from  which  a  fine  view  is  obtained,  is  a  very  popular  trip. 
The  climb  of  about  1000  feet  can  be  made  in  about  one 
hour. 

Eagle  Peak  (elevation  5955  feet),  3^  miles  east  from 
Longmire  Springs,  is  also  a  popular  trip.  A  good  foot 
trail  leads  directly  to  the  summit,  which  commands  a 
magnificent  view  of  the  south  side  of  Mount  Rainier  and 
the  surrounding  country.  Parties  making  this  trip  usually 
take  lunch  along,  and  spend  several  hours  at  the  summit. 

464 


ftainicr  Rational  park 

The  Ohanapecosh  Valley,  with  its  beautiful  Silver 
Spring  Falls,  is  reached  by  trail  only  from  Longmire 
Springs.  This  is  a  trip  filled  with  interest,  but  should  be 
taken  only  by  good  riders  or  pedestrians  who  are  accus- 
tomed to  long,  hard  walks. 

The  glaciers  may  be  reached  from  the  hotel  in  Paradise 
Park  and  the  camp  at  Nisqually  Glacier.  The  glaciers 
should  not  be  crossed  without  a  guide  or  unless  shoes  are 
properly  calked.  The  charge  for  guide  to  snow-fields  and 
glaciers  is  $1.50  per  person.  This  charge  includes  cloth- 
ing and  equipment.  The  minimum  charge  for  guide  serv- 
ice is  $8.00. 

There  are  no  hotels  or  camps  in  the  northern  portion  of 
the  Park,  and  persons  visiting  this  region  must  have  com- 
plete camping  outfits  and  a  supply  of  provisions.  Pack- 
horses  may  be  secured  by  engaging  them  in  advance  from 
H.  A.  Loss,  Carbonado,  Washington,  or  from  Curtis 
White,  Enumclaw,  Washington.  The  entire  northern 
side  is  a  wonderful  region  of  mountains  and  valleys  that 
has  been  visited  by  only  a  few  tourists. 

A  trip  to  Pinnacle  Peak  and  return  may  be  made  from 
Paradise  Park  in  from  6  to  8  hours.  The  charge  for  a  guide 
is  $4.00  per  person  with  a  minimum  charge  of  $12.00. 
Clothing  and  equipment  are  furnished  without  extra 
cost. 

Climbing  the  Mountain1 

The  ascent  of  the  mountain  should  be  attempted  only 
by  those  who  have  the  necessary  endurance  and  who  are 
able  to  climb  in  the  rare  air  of  such  an  altitude.  Unless  the 
tourist  is  hardened  from  recent  outdoor  life,  he  should 
train  himself  on  the  peaks  of  the  Tatoosh  Range,  just  to 
the  south,  or  on  the  other  summits  that  are  bare  of  ice. 
Above  all,  no  person  should  ever  attempt  the  ascent  unless 
accompanied  by  an  experienced  guide.  There  is  no  record 

1  The  paragraphs  quoted  are  from  an  article  by  Mr.  Francois  E. 
Matthes,  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 

465 


ite  to  tljc  Rational  |parft$ 

of  any  person  having  perished  when  accompanied  by  a 
guide,  but  the  mountain  has  taken  its  deadly  toll  from 
those  who  dared  to  make  the  trip  alone. 

"  The  guide  is  there  not  merely  to  show  the  way,  but  to 
tell  the  tourist  how  to  climb,  how  fast  to  go,  when  to  rest 
and  to  take  nourishment,  and  to  take  care  of  him  in  case 
he  is  overcome  with  exhaustion  or  is  taken  with  moun- 
tain sickness. 

"Finally,  account  must  be  taken  of  the  exceeding 
fickleness  of  the  weather  conditions  on  the  mountain. 
Only  guides  familiar  with  Rainier's  many  moods  can 
presume  to  foretell  whether  the  day  will  turn  out  favorable 
for  a  climb  or  not.  What  may  look  to  the  uninitiated  like 
harmless,  fleecy  vapors  on  the  summit  may  be  the  fore- 
runners of  a  sudden  snowstorm  which  no  one  could  hope 
to  live  through.  A  majority  of  those  who  have  perished 
on  the  mountain  have  been  overcome  by  blizzard-like 
storms.  Such  storms  may  occur  even  in  midsummer,  and 
on  the  summit  are  always  attended  by  fierce  gales  against 
which  it  is  impossible  to  hold  one's  footing." 

The  ascent  is  generally  made  from  Paradise  Park  over 
the  rocky  ridge  known  as  Gibraltar.  Paradise  Park  lies 
near  timber-line  at  an  altitude  of  5500  feet;  as  the  altitude 
of  the  summit  is  14,408  feet,  the  total  climb  is  a  little 
over  8900  feet  in  a  distance  of  about  7  miles.  The  start  is 
generally  made  about  I  o'clock  in  the  morning  in  order 
that  the  return  may  be  made  before  dark;  it  is  also  ad- 
visable to  climb  beyond  the  snow-fields  before  the  surface 
becomes  softened  by  the  sun.  By  sunrise  one  may  expect 
to  reach  the  base  of  the  Cowlitz  Cleaver  at  an  altitude  of 
10,000  feet. 

"The  ascent  of  the  Cowlitz  Cleaver  is  quite  taxing, 
being  mostly  over  rough,  angular  lava  blocks.  By  8 
o'clock,  as  a  rule,  the  base  of  Gibraltar  Rock  is  reached. 
A  narrow  ledge  is  followed  along  the  face  of  the  cliff,  part 
of  the  way  overhung  by  rock  masses  and  huge  icicles,  and 
this  ledge  leads  to  the  base  of  a  narrow  chute  between 

466 


flainicr  Rational  tparb 

the  ice  of  the  upper  Nisqually  Glacier  and  the  body  of 
Gibraltar.  This  chute  offers  the  most  serious  difficulties 
in  the  ascent.  Ropes  are  usually  suspended  from  the  cliffs, 
whereby  one  may  assist  himself  upward.  It  is  wise  to 
move  one  at  a  time,  as  there  is  ever  danger  of  the  persons 
above  starting  rock  debris  and  ice  fragments  that  may 
injure  those  below.  The  ascent  and  descent  of  the  chute 
are  therefore  inevitably  time-consuming.  Ordinarily  the 
saddle  above  Gibraltar  (12,679  feet)  is  not  reached  until 

10  o'clock. 

"  From  Gibraltar  on  there  remains  only  a  long  snow- 
slope  to  climb,  but  this  snow-slope  is  often  exceedingly 
fatiguing.  Huge,  gaping  crevasses  develop  in  it  which 
must  be  skillfully  avoided  by  detours.  Freshly  fallen  snow 
may  be  so  deep  that  one  plunges  into  it  to  the  waist,  or 
else  the  snow  may  have  melted  out  into  tapering  spines 
and  so-called  honeycombs  many  feet  high,  among  which 
one  cannot  travel  without  considerable  exertion. 

"  The  rim  of  the  south  crater  is  usually  reached  about 

1 1  o'clock.  It  is  always  bare  of  snow,  and  shelter  from  the 
high  gales  many  be  found  behind  the  great  rock  blocks 
on  the  crest.  Metal  cases  are  left  here  in  which  the  tourist 
may  inscribe  the  record  of  his  ascent. 

"The  crater  is  always  filled  with  snow  and  may  be 
traversed  without  risk;  only  one  should  be  careful  near 
the  edges,  as  the  snow  there  is  melted  out  in  caverns  by 
the  steam  jets  which  rise  from  beneath  it  in  many  places. 
Those  having  the  strength  may  go  on  to  Columbia  Crest, 
the  snow  dome  that  constitutes  the  highest  summit  of 
the  mountain.  The  return  to  the  camp  is  easily  made  in 
from  five  to  six  hours." 

The  climber  should  wear  woolen  underwear,  flannel 
shirt,  riding-breeches,  leggings  or  puttees,  woolen  army 
socks,  stout  shoes  well  calked,  a  felt  hat,  sweater,  and 
short  warm  coat.  Women  should  by  all  means  wear  rid- 
ing-breeches, as  skirts  or  bloomers  offer  too  great  resist- 
ance to  the  wind.  Women  will  generally  find  woolen  Boy 

467 


ifce  to  tlyt  Rational  parft£ 

Scout  stockings  best  adapted  for  a  trip  of  this  kind ;  leg- 
gings or  puttees  may  be  worn  over  them  as  desired. 
Both  women  and  men  should  tie  their  hats  firmly  under 
the  chin,  in  order  that  the  tramper  may  not  be  hampered 
by  the  necessity  of  holding  the  hat  if  the  wind  is  strong. 
Other  things  needed,  which  may  be  procured  at  the  camp 
in  Paradise  Park,  are:  alpenstocks,  amber  glasses,  calks, 
hobnails,  and  actor's  paint  to  protect  the  face  from  sun- 
burn. 

41  Before  starting  on  the  ascent,  do  not  eat  such  articles 
as  fried  eggs,  fried  potatoes,  hot  cakes,  or  heavy  pastry. 
Abstain  from  coffee  and  tobacco,  if  possible.  Spirituous 
liquor  of  any  kind  is  taboo,  except  as  a  stimulant  in  case 
of  collapse.  Beef  tea,  lean  meat,  all  dry  breakfast  foods, 
cocoa,  sweet  chocolate,  crackers,  hardtack,  dry  bread, 
rice,  raisins,  prunes,  dates,  and  tomatoes  are  in  order.  The 
simpler  the  diet,  on  the  whole,  the  more  beneficial  it  is 
likely  to  be.  Never  eat  much  at  a  sitting  during  the  as- 
cent, but  eat  often  and  little  at  a  time.  These  are  rules 
well  known  to  mountaineers.  The  more  faithfully  one 
complies  with  them  the  higher  one's  efficiency  will  be  and 
the  keener  the  enjoyment  of  the  trip." 

Guides  to  the  summit  of  Mount  Rainier  will  be  sup- 
plied at  the  rate  of  $10.00  per  person  in  parties  of  not  less 
than  5  persons,  or  minimum  charge  of  $50  for  each  as- 
cent. An  assistant  guide  will  accompany  the  party  when 
it  consists  of  more  than  8  tourists.  There  is  an  additional 
charge  of  $2.50  per  person  for  furnishing  complete  suits 
of  clothing,  shoes,  glasses,  alpenstocks,  and  other  neces- 
sary equipment. 

Clothing  and  Equipment 

Rough  and  warm  clothing  should  be  carried  by  all 
persons  who  expect  to  do  much  tramping.  Suggestions 
are  given  elsewhere  regarding  clothing  to  be  worn  on  a 
climb  to  the  summit.  The  equipment  here  described  is 
for  the  climber  who  travels  the  trails  and  climbs  the  rock 

468 


amount  Rainier  Rational  $arft 

ridges.  The  best  equipment  for  men  consists  of  medium- 
weight  woolen  underwear,  flannel  shirt,  woolen  riding- 
breeches,  leggings  or  puttees,  woolen  army  socks,  sweater, 
poncho,  and  heavy  shoes;  if  rock-climbing  is  to  be  done, 
the  shoes  should  be  well  supplied  with  hobnails.  Women 
should  wear  light-weight  woolen  underwear,  flannel  middy 
blouse,  sweater,  small  felt  hat,  woolen  riding-breeches, 
poncho,  woolen  stockings,  puttees  or  leggings,  sneakers, 
and  stout  shoes  with  hobnails  if  rock-climbing  is  to  be 
done.  Many  women  object  to  the  poncho  because  of  the 
difficulty  of  getting  it  over  the  head ;  a  good  substitute  is 
a  Boy  Scout  cape.  Felt  hats  should  be  worn  by  men  and 
women  in  preference  to  cap,  as  the  hat  offers  better  pro- 
tection from  the  rain.  A  man's  felt  hat  makes  the  best 
headgear  for  a  woman. 

Camping  outfits  must  be  obtained  in  Seattle  or  Ta- 
coma .  Provisions  may  be  purchased  at  Ashf ord,  Longmire 
Springs,  Fairfax,  Carbonado,  and  Enumclaw. 

Fishing 

Cutthroat  trout  are  the  only  fish  caught  in  this  Park. 
The  fish  are  not  large,  but  are  fairly  plentiful.  Salmon 
eggs  or  angle  worms  are  used  exclusively  for  bait.  In 
summer  the  fishing  is  not  good  in  the  streams  that  flow 
from  glaciers,  as  they  are  generally  muddy  at  this  period. 
A  fishing  license  is  not  required. 


Crater  Lake  National  Park 

Location:  Southwestern  Oregon.  Area:  249  square 
miles.  Season:  July  I  to  September  30.  Address  of  Super- 
visor: Crater  Lake,  Oregon,  during  season,  and  Medford, 
Oregon,  during  the  remainder  of  the  year. 

Railroad  Connections 

CRATER  LAKE  NATIONAL  PARK  may  be  reached  from 
Medford,  Oregon,  on  the  main  line  of  the  Southern  Pacific 
Railroad  between  Portland  and  San  Francisco,  or  from 
Kirk,  Oregon,  on  a  branch  line  of  the  Southern  Pacific 
that  leaves  the  main  line  at  Weed,  California.  Crater 
Lake  is  80  miles  from  Medford  and  30  miles  from  Kirk. 
During  the  season  passengers  holding  through  tickets 
over  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad  between  Portland  and 
San  Francisco  may  stop  over  at  Medford  and  resume 
journey  at  this  point;  southbound  passengers  may  stop 
over  at  Medford,  cross  the  Park,  and  resume  journey  at 
Kirk;  northbound  passengers  may  take  branch  line  from 
Weed  to  Kirk,  cross  the  Park,  and  resume  journey  at 
Medford.  Passengers  desiring  to  make  the  circuit  trip 
should  notify  the  conductor  and  see  that  their  tickets  are 
properly  endorsed. 

From  Kirk  and  Medford  a  tri-weekly  automobile  serv- 
ice to  the  Park  is  given  by  the  Crater  Lake  Company. 
Passengers  stopping  off  on  through  tickets  must  pay  for 
their  transportation  to  Crater  Lake  in  accordance  with 
the  following  tariff:  — 

Medford  to  Crater  Lake  and  return $16.50 

One  way  (either  direction) 9.00 

Kirk  to  Crater  Lake  and  return 6.00 

One  way  (either  direction) 3-5O 

Medford  to  Crater  Lake,  thence  to  Kirk,  or  vice 
versa 1 1.25 

470 


Crater  Haftc  IJaticmai  $arft 

Automobiles  leave  the  Hotels  Medford  and  Nash, 
Medford,  at  9  A.M.  Monday,  Wednesday,  and  Friday; 
stop  for  lunch  at  Prospect,  and  reach  Crater  Lake  in 
time  for  6  o'clock  dinner.  Returning,  leave  Crater  Lake 
at  9  A.M.  Tuesday,  Thursday,  and  Saturday,  reaching 
Medford  in  time  to  connect  with  the  outgoing  evening 
trains. 

Automobiles  leave  Crater  Lake  for  Kirk  at  10  A.M. 
Monday,  Wednesday,  and  Friday,  connecting  with  the 
local  Southern  Pacific  train  from  Klamath  Falls.  Re- 
turning, leave  Kirk  at  I  P.M.  the  same  day,  and  reach 
Crater  Lake  in  about  2  hours. 

The  round-trip  fare  between  San  Francisco  and  Crater 
Lake  via  Kirk  is  $33.50,  including  both  rail  and  automo- 
bile stage  transportation. 

Automobile  Routes 

Motorists  southbound  from  Portland  will  traverse  the 
Pacific  Highway  through  Oregon  City,  Salem,  Albany, 
Eugene,  Roseburg,  and  Grant's  Pass  to  Medford,  a  dis- 
tance of  312  miles.  From  Medford  the  distance  to  Crater 
Lake  is  80  miles.  Instead  of  returning  to  Medford,  the 
tourist  may  reach  the  Pacific  Highway  by  way  of  Klamath 
Falls,  a  distance  of  116  miles.  From  this  point  the  Pa- 
cific Highway  is  again  followed  to  San  Francisco,  passing 
through  Hornbrook,  Yreka,  Montague,  Dunsmuir,  Delta, 
Redding,  Chico,  Gridley,  Marysville,  Sacramento,  and 
Stockton;  distance  485  miles. 

All  motorists  entering  the  Park  must  pay  $2.00  for  a 
round-trip  permit  for  each  automobile,  or  $3.00  for  a  sea- 
son permit;  motor-cyclists  must  pay  $1.00  per  machine 
for  a  season  permit.  The  speed  limits  range  from  10  to  20 
miles  an  hour. 

Trips 

There  are  no  regular  tours  in  this  Park;  the  favorite 
trips  being  tramps  along  the  rim  and  to  the  water's  edge 

471 


43wDc  to  tljc  Rational  $arli0 


or  launch  and  row-boat  excursions  on  the  lake.  There 
are  a  number  of  other  points  that  are  well  worth  visiting, 
the  most  important  of  which  are  listed  below:  — 

Distance  from  Anna  Spring  Camp  (elevation  6,016 
feet)  to  principal  points  in  Park 


Name 

Distance 
and 
direction 
from  A  nna 
Spring 
Camp 
(miles) 

Elevation 
above 
sea-level 
(feet) 

Best  means  of 
reaching 

Remarks 

Crater  Lake.  . 
Wizard  Island 
Phantom  Ship 

Pinnacles    . 

SN.E 

7  N.E 
SN.E 

ISE 

6177 
6940 
6339 

Auto  or  wagon 
Auto  and  boat 
Auto  and  boat 

Auto  or  wagon 

Beautiful  scenery; 
good  fishing 
Extinct  volcano; 
crater  in  summit 
Columns  of  rock 
162  feet  high,  re- 
sembling ship 

Anna  Creek 
Canon  

Anna  Creek 
Falls 

o  to  8  S.E 
6S.E 

SOOOtO 

6116 
5480 

Auto  or  wagon 
Auto  or  wagon 

fine         scenery; 
good  camping 
500  feet  wide,  500 
feet  deep;  creek 
in  bottom;  good 
scenery 
Waterfall,  60  feet; 
good  scenery 

Garden  of  the 
Gods  

iVz  S.E 

6000 

Auto  or  wagon 

Waterfall,  mead- 
ows;     creek    in 

Union  Peak... 
Victor  Rock.. 

Watchman 
Peak  

ss.w 

SN 
9N 

7698 
7200 

8025 

Horseback 
Auto  or  wagon 

Wagon  or 

bottom;       good 
scneery 

Fine  peak;   good 
scenery 
One  of  the  best 
view-points      of 
lake 

Fine  scenery 

Glacier  Peak.. 
GarfieldPeak. 
Scott  Peak  .  .  . 
Dewey  Falls.  . 

10  N 
6N.E 

12  N.E 
i%E 

8156 
8060 
8938 
6000 

horseback 
Wagon  or 
horseback 
Auto  and  on 
foot 
Horseback 

Auto  road 

Fine  scenery 
Fine  scenery 

Highest  peak   in 
Park 
Beautiful        falls 
and  magnificent 
canon    of     solid 
rock 

472 


Crater  Hafee  Rational  $arfe 

The  rates  for  the  transportation  that  is  available  are 
given  below:  — 

Automobile  fare  between  Anna  Spring  Camp  and 

Crater  Lake  Lodge:  — 

One  way $.50 

Round  trip i.oo 

Automobile  transportation,  10  cents  per  mile  within 

the  Park. 

Saddle-horses,  pack-animals,  and  burros,  per  hour . .  .50 

Saddle-horses,  pack-animals,  and  burros,  per  day. .  5.00 

Launch  trip,  Wizard  Island  and  return,  per  person . .  i.oo 
Launch  trip  around  Wizard  Island  and  Phantom 

Ship  and  return  (about  15  miles),  per  person. .  . .  2.50 

Launch  trip  around  the  lake 3.50 

Rowboats,  per  hour *. ..  .50 

Rowboats,  per  day 2.50 

Rowboat,  with  boat-puller,  per  hour i.oo 

Rowboat,  with  detachable  motor,  per  hour i.oo 

Rowboat,  with  detachable  motor,  per  day 5.00 

Hotel  and  Camp 

A  hotel  (Crater  Lake  Lodge)  on  the  rim  of  the  lake  and 
a  camp  (Anna  Spring)  five  miles  below  the  rim  are 
operated  by  the  Crater  Lake  Company. 

Hotel  and  Camp  Charges 

Crater  Lake  Lodge :  — 

Board  and  lodging,  each  person,  per 

day  (lodging  in  tents) $3.00 

Board  and  lodging,  each  person,  per 

week  (lodging  in  tents) I7*5O 

Board  and  lodging,  each  person,  per 

day  (hotel) $3.50  and      4.00 

Board  and  lodging,  each  person,  per 

week  (hotel) 20.00  and    22.50 

Baths  (extra) .50 

Fires  in  rooms  (extra) .25 

Single  meals I.oo 

Anna  Spring  Tent  Camp :  — 

Board  and  lodging,  each  person,  per 

day 2.50 

473 


<Gui&c  to  tljc  Rational  £arft£ 

Board  and  lodging,  each  person,  per 

week $15.00 

Meals:  Breakfast  or  lunch,  50  cents; 

dinner,  75  cents. 
Fires  in  tents  (extra) .25 

Children  under  12  years,  half  rates  at 

lodge  or  camp. 

Clothing  and  Equipment 

If  the  tourist  is  going  to  spend  all  his  time  on  the  rim  of 
the  lake,  ordinary  outing  clothing  with  light-weight 
woolen  underwear  will  be  sufficient.  If  much  climbing  and 
tramping  is  to  be  done,  heavy  shoes  with  hobnails  should 
be  worn.  Women  should  wear  short  skirts,  bloomers,  or 
riding-breeches. 

If  the  tourist  expects  to  camp  in  the  Park,  he  should 
obtain  pack-horses,  guides,  and  equipment  at  Medford. 
Provisions  and  general  supplies  of  all  kinds  may  be  ob- 
tained at  the  general  store  at  Anna  Spring  Camp  and  the 
branch  store  at  Crater  Lake  Lodge. 

Fishing 

Originally  the  lake  contained  no  fish,  but  it  has  been 
stocked  with  rainbow  trout  and  is  now  one  of  the  best 
fishing  places  on  the  West  Coast.  The  best  fishing  is  by 
fly-casting  from  the  shore.  Flies  used  are  the  Jock  Scott, 
black  gnat,  yellow-bodied  cow  dung,  professor,  queen  of 
waters,  royal  coachman,  brown  hackle,  and  gray  hackle. 
No  fishing  license  is  required  in  this  Park.  All  fish  less 
than  8  inches  in  length  must  be  returned  to  water. 


Glacier  National  Park 

Location:  Northwestern  Montana.  Area:  1534  square 
miles.  Season:  June  15  to  October  i.  Address  of  Super- 
visor: Belton,  Montana. 

Railroad  Connections 

GLACIER  PARK  is  the  only  National  Park  that  is  on  the 
main  line  of  a  transcontinental  railroad  —  the  Great 
Northern.  Areas  east  of  the  Continental  Divide  are 
reached  from  Glacier  Park  Station,  while  the  portion  of 
the  Park  west  of  the  Divide  is  accessible  from  Belton. 

Stopovers  are  allowed  at  Glacier  Park  Station  and  at 
Belton  during  the  season  on  all  tickets  reading  through 
these  points.  Stopovers  are  also  permitted  on  through 
sleeping-car  tickets.  Round-trip  excursion  rates  in  effect 
during  the  season  are  as  follows:  Chicago,  $48.00;  St. 
Louis,  $45.00;  Kansas  City,  $37.50;  Denver,  $35.00; 
Seattle,  $26.95 ;  San  Francisco,  $60.90.  Tourists'  tickets 
from  Denver  and  points  east  of  that  city  may  be  purchased 
to  include  Yellowstone  Park  for  $10.00  in  addition  to  the 
fares  quoted  above.  All  tickets  from  eastern  points  may 
be  made  to  read  via  Denver  in  one  direction  without 
extra  charge. 

Tourists  holding  transcontinental  tickets  reading  via 
Northern  Pacific  Railway  should  obtain  stopover  at 
Helena  or  Butte  and  purchase  excursion  tickets  to  Glacier 
National  Park  via  Great  Northern  Railway.  Fare, 
Helena  to  Glacier  Park  and  return,  $13.15;  Butte  to 
Glacier  Park  and  return,  $13.35. 

Tourists  holding  transcontinental  tickets  reading  via 
Chicago,  Milwaukee  &  St.  Paul  Railway  should  obtain 
stopover  at  Butte  and  purchase  excursion  ticket  to  Glacier 
National  Park  via  Great  Northern  Railway. 

475 


4Bui&e  to  tljc  Rational  $arft£ 

Automobile  Routes 

Tourists  traveling  on  the  Yellowstone  Highway  may 
reach  Bel  ton,  the  western  entrance  to  Glacier  Park,  from 
Missoula,  Montana.  The  total  distance  is  167  miles. 
From  Yellowstone  Park  the  following  routes  may  be 
taken  to  Glacier  Park :  From  Gardiner  (northern  entrance) 
through  Livingston,  Butte,  and  Missoula;  total  distance 
509  miles.  From  Yellowstone,  Montana  (western  en- 
trance), through  Butte  and  Missoula  (482  miles),  or 
through  Bozeman,  Butte,  and  Missoula  (519  miles). 

Hotels  and  Camps 

In  Glacier  Park  are  camp  and  hotel  accommodations 
that  range  from  the  teepee  to  the  modern  steam-heated 
hostelry.  Two  hotels  —  the  Glacier  Park  and  the  Many 
Glacier  —  are  operated  by  the  Glacier  Park  Hotel  Com- 
pany, whose  address  is  Glacier  Park,  Montana.  The 
Glacier  Park  Hotel  is  located  at  Glacier  Park  Station, 
while  the  Many  Glacier  Hotel  is  on  the  shore  of  Lake 
McDermott,  55  miles  to  the  north  by  automobile  road. 
Both  these  hotels  have  been  constructed  within  recent 
years  and  are  modern  in  every  respect.  The  rates  range 
from  $4.00  and  $4.50  per  day,  without  bath  to  $5.00  and 
$7.00  per  day,  with  bath.  On  the  shore  of  Lake  Mc- 
Donald is  the  new  Glacier  Hotel,  owned  by  J.  E.  Lewis, 
Lake  McDonald,  Montana;  connected  with  it  are  20  log 
cabins  which  furnish  comfortable  accommodations.  Rates 
range  from  $3.00  to  $5.00  per  day.  Other  places  on  Lake 
McDonald  are  The  Park  Hotel,  address,  Belton,  Montana; 
rates  $2.00  to  $3.00  per  day ;  and  the  National  Park  Cabin 
resort,  address  Belton,  Montana;  rates  $2.00  to  $3.00 
per  day.  The  hotels  on  Lake  McDonald  are  reached  by 
stage  from  Belton  to  the  lake,  thence  by  launch.  The  Na- 
tional Park  Cabin  resort  is  at  the  foot  of  the  lake  and  the 
launch  trip  is  not  necessary.  Chalets  are  maintained  by 
the  Glacier  Park  Hotel  Company  at  or  near  Two  Medicine 

476 


Lli°  10' DOMINION  OF  CANADA 


.•V.   KintfaPk 

10)00 

;:;.•  /    ..••• 

•-::.'."•••"    ,-:  ;qiaeier 


/Tteek  ,,u  Mt.Vaught 

Trout  Lake  ,'&      |||=8844> 


TRAVEL-GUIDE  MAP 

OF  THE 


GLACIER  NATIONAL  PARK 
MONTANA 


After  Topographic  Map  of  Glacier  National 
Park  by  the  U.S.  Geological  Survey 


CONTINENTAL  DIVIDE — 

LEWIS  OVERTH RUST  FAULT 


.3 '50' 


113°40'         BOUNDARY       113  30 


By  permission  of  the  National  Park  Service,  Department  of  the  Interior 


Glacier  Rational  |par& 

Lake,  Cut  Bank  River,  the  lower  end  of  St.  Mary  Lake 
(St.  Mary  Chalets),  the  narrows  of  St.  Mary  Lake  (Going- 
to-the-Sun-Chalets),  Lake  McDermott  (Many  Glacier 
Chalets),  Granite  Park,  Sperry  Glacier,  and  Bel  ton  Sta- 
tion. Rates  at  the  chalet  groups  are  uniformly  $3.00 
per  day.  Each  of  these  chalet  groups  consists  of  log  or 
stone  buildings,  attractively  grouped,  in  the  vicinity  of 
a  central  structure  used  for  a  dining-  and  lounging-room. 
Most  of  the  dormitory  chalets  have  one  or  more  attrac- 
tive lounging-rooms,  equipped  with  large  stone  fireplaces. 
The  service  is  less  conventional  than  at  the  hotels,  the  aim 
being  to  furnish  clean,  comfortable  beds,  plain  food,  well 
cooked,  plenty  of  it,  and  served  in  family  style. 

Teepee  camps  are  maintained  by  the  Glacier  Park 
Hotel  Company  at  or  near  Two  Medicine  Lake,  Cut  Bank 
River,  lower  end  of  St.  Mary  Lake,  narrows  of  St.  Mary 
Lake,  and  Lake  McDermott.  All  these  teepee  camps  are 
near  the  chalets  in  the  same  locality;  the  rates  are  uni- 
formly 50  cents  a  person  a  night. 

All  teepee  camps  are  equipped  with  cookstove  and 
cooking-utensils  and  dishes  for  serving  meals.  Food  may 
be  purchased  at  reasonable  prices  at  the  near-by  chalets, 
the  tourist  being  permitted  the  free  use  of  the  range, 
cooking-utensils,  and  dishes. 

All  teepees  are  wooden  floored  and  each  equipped  with 
two  single  cot  beds  and  bedding.  They  will  be  found  very 
comfortable  by  those  who  desire  to  enjoy  an  inexpensive 
outing. 

The  only  place  in  the  extreme  western  portion  of  the 
Park  where  accommodations  may  be  obtained  is  at 
Adairs,  on  Flathead  River,  about  2  miles  south  of  Log- 
ging Creek. 

Rooms  with  bath  and  bathing  facilities  for  tourists 
occupying  rooms  without  baths  are  provided  at  the 
Glacier  Park  Hotel  and  Many  Glacier  Hotel.  There  is  a 
large  plunge  pool  at  the  Glacier  Park  Hotel.  Detached 
shower  and  tub  baths  are  provided  at  Two  Medicine,  St. 

477 


ifce  to  tlje  IJational  |&arft£ 

Mary,  Going-to-the-Sun,  Many  Glacier,  and  Belton 
Chalets,  for  which  a  charge  of  50  cents  per  bath  is 
made. 

The  distances  between  the  hotels  and  chalets  are  as  fol- 
lows: — 

Miles 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to 

Two  Medicine  Chalets,  road 12 

Two  Medicine  Chalets,  trail 1 1 

Cut  Bank  Chalets,  road 22 

St.  Mary  Chalets,  road 32 

Many  Glacier  Hotel,  road 55 

Two  Medicine  Chalet  to 

Glacier  Park  Hotel,  road 12 

Glacier  Park  Hotel,  trail 1 1 

Cut  Bank  Chalets,  trail 18 

Cut  Bank  Chalet  to 

Glacier  Park  Hotel,  road 22 

Two  Medicine  Chalets,  trail 18 

St.  Mary  Chalets,  trail  and  road 16 

St.  Mary  Chalets  to 

Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets,  launch 8 

Cut  Bank  Chalets,  road  and  trail 1 6 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  and  Chalets,  road 23 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  and  Chalets,  trail 16 

Glacier  Park  Hotel,  road 32 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  and  Chalets  to 

St.  Mary  Chalets,  road 23 

St.  Mary  Chalets,  trail 16 

Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets,  trail 22 

Granite  Park  Chalets,  trail 9 

Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets  to 

St.  Mary  Chalets,  launch 8 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  and  Chalets,  trail 22 

Sperry  Chalets,  trail 17 

Sperry  Chalets  to 

Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets 17 

Glacier  Hotel  on  Lake  McDonald,  trail 7 

Glacier  Hotel,  on  Lake  McDonald,  to 

Sperry  Chalet,  trail 7 

Granite  Park  Chalets,  trail 18 

Granite  Park  Chalets  to 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  and  Chalets,  trail 9 

Glacier  Hotel,  on  Lake  McDonald,  trail 18 

478 


Glacier  Rational  park 

Tours 

From  Glacier  Park  Station  an  automobile  road  leads 
to  St.  Mary  Chalets  and  Many  Glacier  Hotel  and  Chalets, 
with  side  roads  to  Cut  Bank  and  Two  Medicine  Chalets. 
From  Belton  there  is  an  automobile  road  to  the  foot  of 
Lake  McDonald.  There  is  also  a  wagon  road  along  Flat- 
head  River  from  the  foot  of  Lake  McDonald  to  the  north- 
ern border  of  the  Park.  There  is  no  road  across  the  Con- 
tinental Divide,  and  all  trips  in  the  mountain  region 
must  be  by  trail. 

Transportation  between  Glacier  Park  Hotel,  Two 
Medicine  Chalets,  Cut  Bank  Chalets,  St.  Mary  Chalets, 
and  Many  Glacier  Hotel  and  Chalets  is  by  automobile. 
There  is  launch  service  on  St.  Mary  Lake  between  the 
St.  Mary  and  Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets  and  on  Lake 
McDonald  between  the  foot  of  the  lake  and  the  hotels 
near  the  head.  There  is  also  a  trail  between  Going-to-the- 
Sun  and  St.  Mary  Chalets,  on  Lake  St.  Mary,  as  well  as 
between  the  foot  of  Lake  McDonald  and  the  hotels  at  the 
head  of  the  lake.  Trails  furnish  the  only  means  of  com- 
munication between  the  other  chalet  groups  and  between 
the  chalets  and  the  hotels  on  Lake  McDonald.  On  the 
trails  the  only  transportation  is  on  horseback  or  afoot. 
The  following  rates  are  authorized  in  the  Park:  — 

One  way 
Automobile  fare  between  — 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  and  St.  Mary  Chalets $3.50 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  and  Many  Glacier  Hotel . . .      6.50 

St.  Mary  Chalets  and  Many  Glacier  Hotel 3.00 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  Two  Medicine  Chalets. .       1.50 
Belton  and  Lake  McDonald 50 

There  is  no  regular  automobile  service  to  Cut  Bank 
Chalets;  a  rate  of  $5.00  for  the  round  trip  is  made  for  a 
minimum  of  4  fares. 

Launch  rates  are  as  follows:  — 

Between  chalets  on  St.  Mary  Lake $.75 

Between  points  on  Lake  McDonald 75 

479 


<£uitte  to  rljc  Rational  35arlt£ 

Guides,  saddle-  and  pack-horses  can  be  secured  from 
the  Park  Saddle-Horse  Company,  at  Glacier  Park  Sta- 
tion, Many  Glacier  Hotel,  Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets,  Gla- 
cier Hotel,  and  Lake  McDonald  at  the  following  rates: 

Per  day 

Parties  of  I  to  5  people: 

Saddle-  and  pack-horses,  each $3.00 

Guides,  including  horse  and  board . .  5.00 

Parties  of  6  or  more  people:  — 

Saddle-  and  pack-horses,  each 3.00 

Guides,  including  horse  and  board 3.00 

Park  rules  require  I  guide  for  every  10  persons  or  frac- 
tion of  10.  Pack-horses  are  not  needed  for  short  one-day 
trips,  but  are  necessary  for  long  trips  of  several  days. 
One  pack-horse  will  carry  the  dunnage  of  10  people. 

All  saddle-horses  are  required  to  be  equipped  with 
waterproof  slickers,  which  outfitters  supply  free. 

Glacier  National  Park  contains  many  beautiful  camp- 
ing-spots, and  camping  tours  independent  of  hotels  or 
chalets  are  popular  for  tourists  who  like  to  "  rough  it." 
The  Park  Saddle-Horse  Company  will  furnish  complete 
outfits  at  following  prices  for  trips  of  10  or  more  days:  — 

Rates  for  complete  camping  tours 

Cost  per  day 
per  person 

1  person -  $25.00 

2  persons 1575 

3  persons 12.65 

4  persons 12.40 

5  persons 11.30 

6  persons 10.60 

7  persons 10.00 

8  persons 9.70 

9  persons 9.60 

10  persons  or  more 9.50 

The  above  rates  include  the  necessary  guides,  cooks, 
saddle-horses,  pack-horses,  provisions,  tents,  cooking- 
utensils,  stoves,  and  everything  except  blankets.  Tourists 

480 


Glacier  Rational  $arfe 

are  advised  to  bring  their  own  blankets  or  bedding,  or 
they  can  rent  blankets  from  the  outfitters  at  $1.00  per 
pair. 

The  rates  below  are  for  the  most  popular  trips  that 
are  taken.  In  all  cases  meals  and  lodgings  will  be  extra 
at  the  hotels,  chalets,  or  teepees  at  the  regular  rate:  — 

One-day  trips:  — 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  Two  Medicine  Chalets  by 

automobile,  and  return $3.00 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets  by 

automobile  and  launch,  and  return 8.50 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  Mount  Henry  and  return, 

horseback  (minimum,  3  persons) 4.00 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  to  Iceberg  Lake  and  return, 

horseback 3.50 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  to  Grinnell  Lake  and  return, 

afternoon  trip,  horseback  (minimum,  3  persons)  3.50 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  to  Grinnell  Glacier  and  return, 

horseback  (minimum,  3  persons) 4.00 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  to  Cracker  Lake  and  return, 

horseback  (minimum,  3  persons) 4.00 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  to  Granite  Park  Chalets  and 
return,  horseback  (minimum,  3  persons) 4.50 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  to  Ptarmigan  Lake  and  return, 

horseback  (minimum,  3  persons) 3.50 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  to  Morning  Eagle  Falls  and 
return,  horseback  (minimum,  3  persons) 4.00 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  to  Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets 

via  Piegan  Pass,  horseback  (minimum,  3  persons)  4.00 

St.  Mary  Chalets  to  Red  Eagle  Lake  and  return, 

horseback  (minimum,  3  persons) 4.00 

Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets  to  Roe's  Basin  and  re- 
turn, horseback  (minimum,  3  persons) 4.00 

Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets  to  Sexton  Glacier  and 

return,  horseback  (minimum,  3  persons) 3.50 

Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets  to  Gunsight  Lake  and 

return,  horseback  (minimum  3  persons) 4.00 

Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets  to  Many  Glacier  Hotel 

via  Piegan  Pass,  horseback  (minimum,  3  persons)  4.00 

Head  of  Lake  McDonald  to  Sperry  Glacier  and 
Sperry  Chalets  and  return,  horseback  (mini- 
mum, 3  persons) 4.00 

Head  of  Lake  McDonald  to  Lincoln  Peak  and  re- 
turn, horseback  (minimum,  3  persons) 4.00 


<£3uitic  to  tfjc  Rational  $arft£ 

Head  of  Lake  McDonald  to  Avalanche  Basin  and 

return,  horseback  (minimum,  3  persons)  .......  $4.00 

Head  of  Lake  McDonald  to  Snyder  Lake  and  re- 

turn, horseback  (minimum,  3  persons)  ........  4.00 

Two-day  trips:  — 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  Many  Glacier  Hotel  and  St. 

Mary  and  Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets,  and  return, 

automobile,  and  launch  ......  .  .  .........  ....     14.50 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  Two  Medicine  Chalets  via 

road  or  Mount  Henry  trail,  and  return  (mini- 

mum, 3  persons)  ...........................       8.00 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  to  Granite  Park  Chalets  and 

return,  horseback  ...........  .  ..............       8.OO 

Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets  to  Glacier  Hotel  on  Lake 

McDonald,  horseback  (minimum,  5  persons)  .  .  .       8.00 
Head  of  Lake  McDonald  to  Going-to-the-Sun  Cha- 

lets, horseback  (minimum,  5  persons)  .........       8.00 

Three-day  trips:  — 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  St.  Mary  Chalets,  Many 
Glacier  Hotel,  Iceberg  Lake,  and  Going-to-the- 
Sun  Chalets  and  return,  automobile,  horseback, 
and  launch  ................................  18.00 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  Two  Medicine  Chalets, 
Mount  Morgan  Pass,  Cut  Bank  Chalets,  Triple 
Divide  Peak,  Red  Eagle  Lake,  and  St.  Mary 
Chalets,  horseback  (minimum,  5  persons)  ......  I3'25 

St.  Mary  Chalets  to  Glacier  Park  Hotel,  reverse  of 
preceding  trip  (minimum,  5  persons)  ......... 


Four-day  trip:  — 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  St.  Mary  Chalets,  Many 
Glacier  Hotel,  Iceberg  Lake,  Granite  Park  Cha- 
lets, Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets,  St.  Mary  Chalets 
and  return  to  Glacier  Park  Hotel,  automobile, 
horseback,  and  launch  ......................  22.50 

Five-day  trips:  — 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  Many  Glacier  Hotel,  Iceberg 
Lake,  Granite  Park  Chalets,  Going-to-the-Sun 
Chalets,  St.  Mary  Chalets,  and  return  to  Glacier 
Park  Hotel,  automobile,  horseback,  and  launch  26.00 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  Two  Medicine  Chalets, 
Mount  Morgan  Pass,  Cut  Bank  Chalets,  Triple 

482 


ter  $ationai  f&arft 


Divide  Peak,  Red  Eagle  Lake,  St.  Mary  Chalets, 
Going-to-the-Sun    Chalets,    Piegan    Pass,    and 
Many  Glacier  Hotel,  horseback  (minimum.  5 
persons)  ..................................  $18.00 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  to  Glacier  Park  Hotel,  reverse 


Chalets,  Garden  Wall  Trail,  Glacier  Hotel  on 
Lake  McDonald,  Sperry  Glacier,  Sperry  Chalets, 
Gunsight  Pass,  and  return  to  Going-to-the-Sun 
Chalets  (this  trip  cannot  be  taken  until  the  com- 
pletion of  the  new  trail  over  the  Garden  Wall, 
about  August  I,  1917;  minimum,  5  persons).  .  .  20.00 

Many  Glacier  Hotel  over  route  described  above 
and  return  to  Many  Glacier  (minimum,  5  per- 
sons)    20.00 

Hotels  at  head  of  Lake  McDonald  over  route  de- 
scribed above  and  return  to  head  of  Lake 
McDonald  (minimum,  5  persons) 20.00 

Six-day  trip:  — 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  St.  Mary  Chalets,  Many 
Glacier  Hotel,  Iceberg  Lake,  Granite  Park  Cha- 
lets, Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets,  Sexton  Glacier, 
and  return  to  Glacier  Park  Hotel;  automobile, 
launch,  and  saddle-horse 30.70 

Seven-day  trip:  — 

Glacier  Park  Hotel  to  Many  Glacier  Hotel,  Iceberg 
Lake,  Granite  Park  Chalets,  Cracker  Lake, 
Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets,  Sexton  Glacier,  and 
return  to  Glacier  Park  Hotel,  automobile,  saddle- 
horse,  and  launch 34*7° 


Points  of  Interest 

Miles 

Reached  from  Glacier  Park  Hotel:  — 

Mount  Henry,  trail 7 

Reached  from  Two  Medicine  Chalets:  — 

Trick  Falls,  road ;  2 

Upper  Two  Medicine  Lake,  trail  or  boat  and  trail  4 

Bighorn  Basin,  trail 4 

Dawson  Pass,  trail 6 

Mount  Henry,  trail 4 

483 


to  tfte  Rational 

Miles 
Reached  from  Cut  Bank  Chalets:  — 

Red  Eagle  Lake,  trail 16 

Cut  Bank  Pass,  trail 7 

Triple  Divide  Peak,  trail 8 

Reached  from  St.  Mary  Chalets:  — 

Red  Eagle  Lake,  trail 8 

Red  Eagle  Pass  and  Glacier,  trail 1 6 

Reached  from  Going-to-the-Sun  Chalets:  — 

Roe's  Basin,  poor  trail 6 

Sexton  Glacier,  trail 4 

Piegan  Pass,  trail 12 

Reached  from  Many  Glacier  Hotel:  — 

Appekung  Basin,  trail 4 

Iceberg  Lake,' trail 7 

Cracker  Lake,  trail 7 

Grinnell  Lake,  trail 5 

Footpath  to  Grinnell  Glacier  2  miles  from 
Grinnell  Lake. 

Piegan  Pass  and  Garden  Wall,  trail 10 

Swift  Current  Pass,  trail 7 

Ptarmigan  Lake,  trail 7 

Morning  Eagle  Falls 5 

Reached  from  Glacier  and  Park  Hotels  at  Head  of  Lake 

McDonald:  — 
Paradise  Canon,  trail;  4  miles  from  Glacier  Hotel, 

2  miles  from  Park  Hotel. 
Avalanche  Basin,  trail;  9  miles  from  Glacier  Hotel, 

7  miles  from  Park  Hotel. 
Trout  Lake,  trail;  8  miles  from  Glacier  Hotel,  9  miles 

from  Park  Hotel. 
Stanton  Mountain,  trail  to  the  summit;  7  miles  from 

Glacier  Hotel,  5  miles  from  Park  Hotel. 
Snyder  Lake,  trail;  4  miles  from  Glacier  Hotel,  6  miles 

from  Park  Hotel. 

The  Glaciers 

The  most  accessible  glaciers  are  the  Blackfeet  and  the 
Sperry,  both  of  which  are  on  the  trail  leading  from  St. 
Mary  Lake  to  Lake  McDonald. 

Blackfeet  Glacier  is  2  miles  by  trail  from  Gunsight 
Lake.  This  is  the  largest  glacier  in  the  Park,  having  an 
area  of  3  square  miles.  The  glacier  is  especially  dangerous 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  upper  cascades.  Visitors  are  not 

484 


Olacicr  Rational  path 

allowed  to  go  upon  it  unless  accompanied  by  competent 
guides,  who  should  be  supplied  with  ropes,  belts,  creepers, 
alpenstocks,  and  emergency  equipment.  Each  visitor  to 
the  glacier  should  have  an  alpenstock  or  stout  stick  6  or 
7  feet  long.  The  alpenstock  should  be  used  to  sound  for 
blind  crevasses,  and  in  case  a  person  breaks  through  the 
ice  the  alpenstock  should  be  thrown  across  the  crevasse  in 
order  to  prevent  a  fall  to  the  bottom. 

Sperry  Glacier  is  2  miles  by  trail  from  Sperry  Chalets. 
While  the  trail  is  steep,  horses  may  be  used  to  the  foot  of 
the  escarpment  under  the  south  rim  of  the  glacier;  walk- 
ing is  recommended.  The  escarpment  may  be  climbed  by 
means  of  an  iron  ladder  bolted  to  the  rock,  or  by  way  of 
zigzag  goat  trails.  Whichever  method  of  ascent  is  at- 
tempted, visitors  should  be  accompanied  by  competent 
guides  provided  with  ropes.  While  this  glacier  is  less 
broken  than  Blackfeet  Glacier,  explorations  should  not 
be  attempted  without  a  guide. 

Clothing  and  Other  Equipment 
As  the  most  beautiful  portions  of  Glacier  Park  are 
reached  only  by  traveling  on  horseback  or  afoot,  it  is 
imperative  that  the  tourist  limit  his  equipment  to  the 
articles  absolutely  necessary  for  comfort.  Trunks  and 
other  heavy  equipment  should  be  left  at  Glacier  Park 
Station  or  Belton,  as  only  one  piece  of  baggage,  weighing 
not  over  20  pounds,  is  carried  free  on  the  automobile 
stages.  As  the  altitude  is  high,  the  tourist  should  be 
prepared  for  cool  weather.  The  following  equipment  is 
recommended:  Woolen  riding-breeches,  flannel  shirts, 
medium-  or  light-weight  woolen  underwear,  woolen  army 
socks,  good  walking-shoes,  leggings  or  puttees,  sneakers, 
gloves,  saddle  slicker,  and  a  felt  hat  (a  hat  is  preferable  to 
a  cap  for  use  in  rainy  weather) ;  a  poncho  or  other  water- 
proof coat  should  be  taken  if  the  tourist  is  going  to  walk; 
slickers  are  provided  with  the  horses.  The  best  equip- 
ment for  a  woman  consists  of  flannel  middy  blouse,  woolen 

485 


<®uitic  to  fyt  Rational 

riding-breeches,  woolen  Boy  Scout  stockings,  a  man's 
felt  hat,  and  the  other  articles  listed  above.  Women  that 
object  to  the  poncho  because  of  the  difficulty  in  getting 
it  over  the  head  will  find  a  Boy  Scout  cape  a  good  sub- 
stitute. 

Essential  articles  of  clothing,  including  boots,  shoes, 
haversacks,  slickers,  blankets,  camping  equipment,  pro- 
visions, etc.,  may  be  purchased  at  commissaries  at 
Glacier  Park  Station  and  at  St.  Mary  and  Many  Glacier 
Chalets.  The  Glacier  Park  Hotel  Company,  which 
operates  these  commissaries,  also  makes  a  practice  of  rent- 
ing, at  a  nominal  figure,  slickers,  riding-breeches,  mack- 
inaw  coats,  and  other  overgarments. 

Stores  carrying  a  similar  general  line  of  articles  most 
useful  in  making  Park  trips  are  located  at  Belton,  Mon- 
tana, the  western  entrance  to  the  Park,  and  at  Glacier 
Hotel  (Lewis's),  at  the  head  of  Lake  McDonald.  A  stock 
of  clothing,  general  merchandise,  and  camp  equipment 
is  carried  at  Adair's,  on  the  Flathead  River,  about  2  miles 
south  of  Logging  Creek. 

The  Glacier  Park  Hotel  Company  operates  a  laundry 
at  Glacier  Park  Hotel,  at  which  complete  laundry  facili- 
ties are  provided  for  guests.  Tourists  at  Many  Glacier 
Hotel,  Many  Glacier,  St.  Mary  and  Going- to- the-Sun 
Chalets  can,  if  they  desire,  have  their  laundry  sent  out  to 
Glacier  Park  Station. 

Fishing 

There  is  fine  fishing  in  almost  all  the  streams  and  lakes 
of  Glacier  Park,  the  gamest  fish  being  the  cutthroat 
trout,  also  known  as  the  black-spotted  and  native.  The 
rainbow,  Dolly  Varden,  mountain,  and  Eastern  brook 
trout  are  also  found  in  the  waters  of  the  Park.  The  best 
fishing  is  in  Two  Medicine  Lake  and  River,  Cut  Bank 
River,  Red  Eagle  Lake  and  Creek,  St.  Mary  Lake  and 
River  and  the  tributary  streams,  Cracker  Lake,  Canon 
Creek,  McDermott  Lake,  and  tributary  streams,  Swift 

486 


43ladcr  Rational  parti 

Current  River  below  McDermott  Falls,  McDonald  Lake 
and  Creek,  Avalanche,  Bowman,  Logging,  Trout,  and 
Arrow  Lakes,  and  Flathead  River  and  its  tributaries.  The 
flies  generally  used  are  the  black  gnat,  professor,  brown 
and  gray  hackle,  royal  coachman,  queen  of  waters,  Jock 
Scott,  and  silver  doctor.  The  trout  rise  to  the  fly  during 
June,  July,  and  August;  July  and  August  being  the  best 
months.  Early  in  June  and  in  September  spinners  with 
meat  bait  or  salmon  eggs  are  used.  Flies  and  tackle  may 
be  purchased  at  Glacier  Park  Hotel,  Many  Glacier  Hotel, 
and  Glacier  Hotel  on  Lake  McDonald. 

The  Mackinaw  or  lake  trout  are  found  only  in  Lake  St. 
Mary.  They  are  caught  with  a  spoon  or  with  a  combina- 
tion of  spoon  and  bait,  as  they  seldom  rise  to  the  fly. 

A  fishing  license  is  not  required. 


Mesa  Verde  National  Park 

Location:  Southwestern  Colorado.  Area:  77  square 
miles.  Season:  June  15  to  September  15.  Address  of 
Supervisor:  Mancos,  Colorado. 

Railroad  Connections 

MESA  VERDE  NATIONAL  PARK  is  on  the  narrow-gauge 
division  of  the  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railroad,  and  is  best 
reached  from  Mancos,  Colorado,  31  miles  from  the  camp 
in  the  Park.  Although  this  Park  is  farther  from  the  main 
transcontinental  railroad  lines  than  any  of  the  other 
Parks,  the  railroad  route  through  the  San  Juan  Moun- 
tains is  one  of  great  scenic  beauty.  The  routes  and  fares 
from  Denver  are  as  follows:  — 

Denver  to  Mancos  via  Alamosa,  and  Antonito,  return- 
ing same  route,  or  returning  via  Telluride  and  Gun- 
nison,  $25.00. 

Denver  to  Mancos  via  Alamosa  and  Antonito,  return- 
ing via  Durango,  Silverton,  Ouray  Toll  Road,  Ouray, 
Montrose,  and  Gunnison,  $30.40. 
The  automobile  fare  from  Mancos  to  the  camp  is  $10.00 
for  the  round  trip. 

The  trip  from  Denver  to  Mancos  requires  about  40 
hours,  one  night  being  spent  on  the  road  and  one  night  in 
Durango,  or  Telluride,  or  Montrose. 

Passengers  holding  transcontinental  tickets  via  Denver 
&  Rio  Grande  Railroad  may  obtain  stopovers  at  Grand 
Junction  on  the  standard-gauge  line,  or  at  Montrose  on 
the  narrow  gauge  line,  and  make  side  trip  to  Mancos  at 
the  following  rates:  — 

Grand  Junction  to  Mancos  and  return  via  Telluride, 
$23-30. 

488 


Gertie  Rational  $arfe 

Montrose  to  Mancos  and  return  via  Telluride,  $18.90. 

Passengers  holding  transcontinental  tickets  via  Denver 
&  Rio  Grande  Railroad  may  make  the  trip  between  Den- 
ver and  Grand  Junction  by  way  of  Mancos  on  payment 
of  $20.00  additional. 

Automobile  Routes 

From  Denver  the  best  route  is  by  way  of  Colorado 
Springs,  Pueblo,  Walsenburg,  Alamosa,  South  Fork, 
Durango,  and  Mancos;  distance,  about  400  miles.  Permit 
for  an  automobile  costs  50  cents  for  a  single  trip  or  $2.00 
for  the  season.  The  speed  limits  range  from  10  to  15  miles 
per  hour. 

Camp 

There  is  only  one  camp  in  Mesa  Verde  National  Park, 
at  Spruce  Tree  House.  This  camp  is  maintained  by  O.  L. 
Jeep,  and  the  rates  are  $3.00  per  day.  Guides  and  camp- 
ing outfits  may  be  obtained  at  Mancos. 

Trips 

There  are  no  regular  tours  in  this  Park,  as  trips  to  the 
ruins  are  made  on  foot  from  the  camp  near  Spruce  Tree 
House.  The  distance  to  the  important  ruins  are  as 
follows: 

Distance  and 
direction 

Spruce  Tree  House 1  mile  W. 

Cliff  Palace 2    miles  S.E. 

Balcony  House 2\  miles  S.E. 

Community  House 2    miles  S.E. 

Poole  Canon 4    miles  S. 

Peabody  House 3    miles  S.W. 

Long  House 2|  miles  S.W. 

Tunnel  House 6    miles  S. 

Sun  Temple 2    miles  S. 

The  three  principal  ruins  are  Spruce  Tree  House,  Cliff 
Palace,  and  Sun  Temple. 

489 


<Dui&c  to  tl)t  Rational  $arft# 

Clothing 

Ordinary  clothing  may  be  worn,  as  there  are  no  ex- 
tended trips  or  hard  climbs.  As  the  nights  are  cool,  a 
sweater  or  light  overcoat  will  be  convenient.  As  the  auto 
stages  carry  only  50  pounds  of  baggage  free,  arrangements 
should  be  made  to  store  all  heavy  pieces  at  Mancos.  Such 
pieces  may  be  taken  to  the  Park  by  special  arrangements 
with  the  auto  stage  company. 


Rocky  Mountain  National  Park 

Location:  North-central  Colorado.  Area:  358  square 
miles.  Season:  June  I  to  October  I.  Address  of  Super- 
visor: Estes  Park,  Colorado. 

Railroad  Connections 

ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  NATIONAL  PARK  is  the  easternmost 
of  the  great  scenic  Parks  and  the  most  accessible  to  per- 
sons in  the  East,  as  its  eastern  border  is  only  a  few  hours 
from  Denver. 

The  town  of  Estes  Park,  which  is  just  east  of  the  Na- 
tional Park,  and  which  is  the  starting-place  for  all  points 
in  the  eastern  portion  of  the  Park,  may  be  reached  from 
Denver  by  automobile  or  by  train  and  automobile.  The 
trip  may  be  made  by  motor  in  one  direction  and  by  rail- 
road and  automobile  in  the  other.  The  fare  is  $9.60  for  the 
round  trip  by  any  of  the  routes.  The  railroad  routes  are 
by  the  Union  Pacific  to  Fort  Collins  or  Greeley,  thence 
by  automobile;  by  the  Colorado  &  Southern  to  Boulder, 
Loveland,  Longmont  or  Fort  Collins;  and  by  the  Burling- 
ton by  way  of  Longmont  or  Lyons.  The  western  portion 
of  the  Park  may  be  reached  from  Granby,  on  the  Denver 
&  Salt  Lake  Railroad.  Round  trip  from  Denver,  $8.10. 
From  Granby  stages  run  to  the  town  of  Grand  Lake, 
which  is  just  outside  the  Park.  Round  trip  fare  from 
Granby,  $3.50. 

Tourist  rates  to  Denver  are  as  follows:  From  Chicago, 
$32.50;  from  St.  Louis,  $27.50. 

Automobile  Routes 

From  the  Lincoln  Highway  the  best  route  is  by  way  of 
Greeley  and  Loveland.  Distances:  Cheyenne  to  Greeley, 

491 


i&c  to  tljt  Rational  $arh£ 

55.2  miles;  Greeley  to  Estes  Park,  54.5  miles.  There  are 
two  routes  from  Denver  —  via  Longmont  and  Lyons, 

69.3  miles,  and  via  Boulder,  Boulder  Canon,  and  Lyons, 
73.3.  The  best  scenery  is  along  the  Boulder  route. 

Hotels 

All  the  hotels  in  the  Park  are  along  the  eastern  bound- 
ary near  the  town  of  Estes  Park;  there  are  also  other 
hotels  outside  the  Park  and  near  the  town.  The  camps 
within  the  Park  and  the  rates  are  as  follows:  — 

Lawn  Lake,  Bradley  &  Patrick $3.25  a  day 

Bear  Lake,  A.  E.  Brown 2.50  a  day 

Glacier  Basin,  A.  E.  Sprague 2.50  a  day 

Fern  Lodge,  F.  W.  Byerly 2.50  a  day 

On  Thompson  River,  Byerly  and  Rogers 2.50  a  day 

At  timber  line  on  trail  to  Long's  Peak,  Enos  A. 

Mills 3.25  a  day 

The  address  of  all  these  camps  is  Estes  Park,  Colorado. 

The  rates  at  the  hotels  near  Estes  Park  are  as  fol- 
lows:— 

Brinwood  Hotel.  . .  $2.50  to  $3.50  a  day;  $12  to  $20  a  week 

Brown  Tea  Pot  Inn $2  to  $4  a  day;  $12  to  $25  a  week 

Columbines  Hotel $3  a  day;  $14  to  $20  a  week 

Elkhorn  Lodge $3  a  day  and  up;  $16  a  week  and  up 

Fall  River  Lodge $2.50  to  $4  a  day;  $12  to  $25  a  week 

Forks  Hotel $2  a  day;  $10  a  week 

Hewes-Kirkwood  Ranch.. $2  to  $3  a  day;  $14  to  $18  a  week 

Horizon  Hotel $2  to  $3  a  day;  $12  to  $18  a  week 

Horseshoe  Inn $2.50  to  $4  a  day;  $12  to  $25  a  week 

Hupp  Hotel $3  a  day;  $12  to  #15  a  week 

Lester  Hotel $2.50  to  $3«5O  a  day;  $12  to  $20  a  week 

Lewiston  Hotel $3  to  $5  a  day;  $20  to  $35  a  week 

Long's  Peak  Inn. . .  $3.50  to  $6.50  a  day;  $15  to  $40  a  week 

Moraine  Lodge $2.50  a  day;  $12  to  $20  a  week 

Park  Hotel $2  to  #3-5O  a  day;  $10  to  $20  a  week 

Rockdale  Hotel $2  to  $3  a  day;  $i  I  to  $20  a  week 

Stanley  Hotel $4  a  day  and  up 

Stead's  Ranch  and  Hotel $i  i  to  $16  a  week 

The  Crags $2.50  to  $5  a  day;  $14  to  $35  a  week 

492 


Prepared  bj  R.B.Marshall,  Chief  Geographer,  U.S.  Geological  Surrej 
Eastern  boundary  corrected  to  include  addition  in  1917     J 

105°4(j' 


fountain  Rational  park 

The  following  hotels  are  at  Grand  Lake  near  the  west- 
ern boundary  of  the  Park:  — 

Lehman's  Hotel $2.00  a  day 

Langles  Hotel 2.00  a  day 

Kauffman  House 2.50  a  day 

Narwata  Hotel 2.50  a  day 

The  Rapid  Hotel 2.50  a  day 

Trips 

There  are  no  scheduled  trips  in  this  Park  and  special 
arrangements  must  be  made.  Horses  cost  $2.50  a  day. 
The  most  important  trips  are  the  following:  — 

Miles 

From  Estes  Park  to 

Hallett  Glacier 11.25 

Lawn  Lake 8.8 

Specimen  Mountain 20.2 

Fern  Lake . 10.25 

Sprague  Glacier 13.5 

Bear  Lake 8.5 

Black  Lake '. 12.0 

Flat-Top  Mountain 1 1.2 

Loch  Vale 10.5 

Glacier  Gorge 10.2 

Long's  Peak 15.5 

Chasm  Lake 13.4 

From  Grand  Lake  to 

East  Inlet  (Lake  Verna) • 7.5 

Flat -Top  Mountain 12.5 

Specimen  Mountain 16.5 

Nanita  Lake 8.25 

Fishing 

There  is  good  fishing  for  native,  Eastern  brook,  and 
rainbow  trout  in  the  lower  portions  of  all  the  streams  and 
in  some  of  the  lakes,  although  the  fish  are  small.  The  best 
lakes  are  Lawn,  Fern,  and  Odessa.  Early  in  the  season 
during  high  water  the  fish  will  take  worms  only.  The  flies 
generally  used  later  are  the  coachman,  royal  coachman, 

493 


ifcc  to  tfjc  Rational  parity 

brown  hackle,  and  gray  hackle.  Grasshoppers  are  used 
when  they  can  be  obtained.  Fishermen  must  obtain 
Colorado  fishing  license  costing  $i  for  residents  of  the 
State  and  $2  for  non-residents.  Licenses  may  be  obtained 
in  Estes  Park. 


The  Grand  Canon 

Location:  Northern  Arizona.  Area  of  reservation: 
1260  square  miles.  Season:  Throughout  the  year.  Address 
of  Supervisor  of  Tusayan  National  Forest:  Williams, 
Arizona. 

Railroad  Connections 

THE  GRAND  CANON  is  reached  by  a  branch  line  of  the 
Atchison,  Topeka  and  Santa  Fe  Railroad  extending  from 
Williams,  Arizona,  to  Grand  Canon  Station,  almost  at  the 
edge  of  the  plateau.  The  round-trip  excursion  fare  from 
Williams  is  $7.50;  stopovers  being  allowed  on  both  rail- 
road and  Pullman  tickets.  Some  trains  carry  through 
sleeper  to  the  Canon. 

Round-trip  fares  are  as  follows:  From  Chicago,  $80.00; 
from  St.  Louis,  $72.00;  from  Kansas  City,  $60.00;  from 
Denver,  $55.00. 

Automobile  Routes 

The  Grand  Canon  may  be  reached  by  automobile  from 
Flagstaff  and  Williams.  Westbound  tourists  turn  north 
at  Flagstaff,  reach  the  Canon  at  Grand  View  Hotel,  follow 
the  rim  to  El  Tovar,  and  reach  the  main  road  at  Williams. 
Distances:  Flagstaff  to  Grand  View,  71.5  miles;  Grand 
View  to  El  Tovar,  13.2  miles;  El  Tovar  to  Williams,  634 
miles. 

Hotels  and  Camps 

El  Tovar  is  located  at  the  railroad  terminus,  not  far 
from  the  head  of  Bright  Angel  Trail.  Rates  are  $4.00  and 
$4.50  a  day,  without  bath,  and  $6.00  and  upwards  a  day, 

495 


ifce  to  tf)t  Rational  3parfc£ 

with  bath.  Bright  Angel  Cottages,  adjacent  to  the  hotel, 
are  operated  on  the  European  plan,  and  rates  for  rooms 
are  $1.25  to  $1.50  a  day;  meals  may  be  obtained  a  la 
carte  at  the  cafe.  In  summer  several  large  tents  are  used 
in  addition  to  the  cottages. 

Trips 

As  the  Grand  Canon  is  not  a  National  Park  there  is  no 
way  to  license  the  individuals  offering  horses  for  hire. 
Tourists  are  advised  to  arrange  with  the  transportation 
department  of  El  Tovar  Hotel  for  all  trips  into  and  near 
the  Canon.  By  doing  this  the  tourist  is  assured  of  good 
service  and  responsible  guides. 

A  fine  road  has  been  built  along  the  rim  of  the  Canon 
from  El  Tovar  Hotel  westward  for  about  yj  miles  to  the 
head  of  the  Hermit  Trail.  There  is  also  a  road  running 
2  miles  eastward  along  the  rim  from  El  Tovar  to  Yavapai 
Point.  A  third  road  runs  eastward  13  miles  to  Grand 
View ;  the  western  half  of  this  road  is  through  the  forest, 
while  the  eastern  end  is  along  the  Canon  rim.  There  are 
three  trails  into  the  Canon  —  Bright  Angel  Trail,  starting 
near  El  Tovar  Hotel;  Hermit  Trail,  starting  9  miles  to 
the  west,  and  Grand  View  Trail,  13  miles  to  the  east. 

The  following  trips  by  coach  are  made  daily  from  El 
Tovar:  — 

To  Hopi  Point  on  Hermit  Rim  Road,  2  miles  to  the  west 
and  return:  10  A.M.  and  2  P.M.,  $1.00;  sunset  trip,  $1.50. 

To  Mohave  Point  on  Hermit  Rim  Road,  3  miles  to  the 
west  and  return:  9  A.M.  and  2  P.M.,  $2.00.  Hopi  Point 
is  passed  on  this  drive. 

To  head  of  Hermit  Trail  on  Hermit  Rim  Road,  7^  miles 
to  the  west  and  return:  9  A.M.  and  2  P.M.,  $3.00.  Stops 
are  made  en  route  at  Hopi,  Mohave,  and  Pima  Points. 
From  October  I  to  May  I,  the  afternoon  trip  starts  at 
2.30,  and  the  rate  is  $4.00  on  account  of  the  additional 
time  spent  at  Hopi  Point  to  view  the  sunset. 

To  Yavapai  and  Grandeur  Points,  2  miles  to  the  east: 
10.15  A.M.,  $1.00 

496 


Cf)e  <@rant>  Canon 

Bright  Angel  Trail  starts  near  El  Tovar  Hotel  and  ex- 
tends to  the  river,  7  miles  distant.  There  is  also  a  branch 
leading  to  the  plateau  at  the  top  of  the  granite  wall,  1272 
feet  above  the  river.  There  are  three  distinct  trips  made 
on  the  Bright  Angel  Trail:  To  the  river,  8.30  A.M.,  round 
trip,  $5.00;  to  the  Plateau,  10.30  A.M.,  round  trip,  $4.00; 
to  the  river  and  Plateau,  8  A.M.,  round  trip,  $6.00.  If  less 
than  three  persons  make  the  trip,  there  is  an  additional 
charge  of  $5.00  for  a  guide  for  the  party.  All  three  trips 
are  made  on  muleback,  accompanied  by  a  guide,  and  each 
trip  requires  an  entire  day. 

Hermit  Trail  is  a  new  path  that  extends  from  Hermit 
Rim  Road  to  the  Colorado  River.  At  present  horses  can 
be  used  only  as  far  as  Hermit  Camp  on  the  plateau  at  the 
head  of  the  granite  wall,  but  there  is  a  footpath  from  the 
camp  to  the  river.  The  following  trips  may  be  made  to 
points  on  the  Hermit  Trail :  — 

One-day  trip:  — 

El  Tovar  to  Santa  Maria  Spring  on  Hermit  Trail,  round 

trip  $7.00;  guide  extra. 
Two-day  trip:  — 

El  Tovar  to  Hermit  Camp,  round  trip  $15.00,  which  in- 
cludes guide,  horse,  accommodations,  and  supper, 
breakfast  and  lunch  at  camp.  The  return  trip  may  be 
made  by  way  of  Bright  Angel  Trail  for  $7.00  additional 
for  each  person. 

Boucher  Trail  is  west  of  and  opposite  Hermit  Trail. 
This  trip  is  on  horseback  or  by  wagon  on  the  Hermit  Rim 
Road  as  far  as  the  head  of  Hermit  Trail,  then  on  horse- 
back to  Boucher  Trail  and  down  that  trail  to  Boucher's 
Camp  at  Dripping  Springs,  900  feet  below  the  rim.  The 
Boucher  Trail  continues  to  the  river,  but  it  is  not  possible 
to  make  the  round  trip  to  a  point  farther  than  Dripping 
Springs,  when  lunch  is  eaten:  El  Tovar  to  Dripping 
Springs  and  return,  $4.00  each  for  three  or  more  persons; 
if  there  are  less  than  3  persons,  an  extra  charge  of  $5.00  is 
made  for  a  guide. 

497 


ibe  to  tfjc  Rational  parity 

The  following  regular  trips  may  be  made  by  automo- 
bile:— 

Grand  View,  13  miles,  9.30  A.M.  and  2  P.M.,  round  trip 
$4.00. 

Desert  View,  32  miles,  8  A.M.,  $30.00  for  one  to  three  per- 
sons; each  person  over  three,  $10.00  additional. 

Many  camping  trips  into  the  Canon  and  along  the  rim 
may  be  taken  if  time  is  available.  From  October  to  April, 
camping  should  be  confined  to  the  Canon  itself,  but  from 
April  to  October  camping  trips  may  be  planned  to  in- 
clude both  the  rim  region  and  the  Canon.  The  rates  for 
camping  trips  range  from  $10.00  to  $15.00  a  day  for  one 
person  with  $6.00  to  $8.00  a  day  extra  for  each  additional 
person.  The  rates  quoted  are  for  guides,  animals,  and 
camp  equipment:  Three-day  trip  down  Hermit  Trail  and 
up  Bright  Angel  Trail,  distance  34  miles,  rate  $14.00  a 
day  for  one  person,  $8.00  a  day  extra  for  each  additional 
person.  Provisions  are  extra. 

Another  three-day  trip  is  to  the  Havasupai  Indian  Vil- 
lage in  Cataract  Canon.  The  distance  is  about  50  miles 
in  each  direction,  35  miles  by  wagon  and  15  miles  on 
horseback.  The  round  trip  from  El  Tovar  costs  $15.00  a 
day  for  one  person  and  $5.00  a  day  extra  for  each  addi- 
tional member  of  the  party.  These  rates  include  all  ser- 
vices as  well  as  horse  feed,  but  do  not  include  provi- 
sions or  lodging  at  the  village  for  members  of  party  and 
guide,  for  which  an  additional  charge  of  $2.00  a  day  is 
made.  For  parties  of  3  to  6  persons  an  extra  guide  is 
needed  at  an  additional  cost  of  $5.00  a  day,  besides  his 
board  and  lodging  at  the  Indian  Village. 

A  three-day  trip  may  be  made  by  way  of  Bright  Angel 
and  Boucher  Trails,  a  total  distance  of  52  miles.  The 
route  follows  Bright  Angel  Trail  to  the  Plateau,  which  is 
followed  westward  for  30  miles  along  the  Tonto  Trail. 
Camp  is  made  on  Monument  Creek  the  first  night  and 
on  Hermit  Creek  the  second  night.  The  return  is  made 

498 


4Btan&  Canon 

by  Boucher  Trail  to  the  rim  of  the  Canon.  The  rate  for 
this  trip  is  $12.00  a  day  for  one  person  and  $6.00  extra 
for  each  additional  person;  guide  and  camp  equipment 
are  included,  but  provisions  are  extra. 

A  trip  by  way  of  Bright  Angel  and  Grand  View  Trails, 
a  distance  of  55  miles,  may  be  made  in  three  days.  This 
route  follows  Bright  Angel  Trail  to  the  Plateau,  which  is 
followed  eastward  for  30  miles  along  the  Tonto  Trail. 
The  return  is  made  by  way  of  Grand  View  Trail  to  the 
rim  and  then  to  El  Tovar.  The  rates  for  this  trip  are 
$12.00  a  day  for  one  person  and  $6.00  a  day  extra  for  each 
additional  person;  guide  and  camp  equipment  are  fur- 
nished, but  provisions  are  extra. 

An  easy  two-day  trip  is  the  one  to  Desert  View,  32 
miles  east  of  El  Tovar,  by  wagon.  On  this  trip  Grand 
View  Point  is  passed  and  camp  is  made  on  the  rim  at 
Desert  View  16  miles  beyond  Grand  View  Point.  The 
rate  is  $10.00  a  day  for  one  person,  and  $5.00  a  day  extra 
for  each  additional  person;  guide  and  camp  equipment 
are  furnished,  but  provisions  are  extra. 

Clothing 

No  special  equipment  is  required  unless  the  tourist 
expects  to  indulge  in  tramping  or  camping.  For  the  one- 
day  trips  ordinary  clothing  will  suffice,  as  women's 
divided  skirts,  men's  overalls,  linen  duster,  and  straw 
hats  may  be  rented  at  El  Tovar  Hotel.  If  much  tramping 
is  to  be  done  appropriate  shoes  should  be  worn. 


Lassen  Volcanic  National  Park 

Location:  Northern  California.  Area:  124  square  miles. 
Season:  June  I  to  September  30.  Address  of  Forest  Super- 
visor temporarily  in  charge  of  Park :  Red  Bluff,  California, 
October  16  to  May  14;  Mineral,  California,  May  15  to 
October  15. 

Railroad  Connections 

The  best  routes  to  Lassen  Park  region  are  from  Red 
Bluff  on  the  San  Francisco-Portland  line  of  the  Southern 
Pacific,  from  Fernley,  Nevada,  on  the  San  Francisco- 
Ogden  line  of  the  Southern,  and  from  Keddie,  on  the  main 
line  of  the  Western  Pacific.  Stopovers  may  be  obtained 
on  through  tickets  reading  through  these  places.  The  best 
stopping-place  is  Drakesbad,  which  is  near  the  base  of 
Lassen  Peak.  The  round-trip  fare  from  San  Francisco  to 
Red  Bluff  is  $6.00;  from  that  point  the  route  is  by  auto- 
mobile stage,  72  miles,  to  Drakesbad;  stage  fare,  $15.00 
for  round  trip.  From  Fernley,  Nevada,  a  side  trip  to 
Westwood  via  Susanville  may  be  obtained  for  $6.85  for 
the  round  trip.  From  Westwood  the  route  is  by  automo- 
bile stage  35  miles  to  Drakesbad;  stage  fare,  $6.00  for 
round  trip.  Westwood  may  also  be  reached  from  San 
Francisco;  round  trip,  $20.00.  There  is  a  through  sleeper 
from  San  Francisco  to  Susanville,  where  direct  connec- 
tion is  made  with  train  to  Westwood.  Keddie,  on  the 
Western  Pacific,  is  71  miles  from  Drakesbad;  there  is  no 
regular  stage  line.  Round-trip  fare  from  San  Francisco 
to  Keddie  is  $12.25.  The  Park  may  be  reached  also 
from  Redding,  on  the  San  Francisco-Portland  line  of  the 
Southern  Pacific,  but  there  are  no  hotels  or  camps  on 
this  route  within  less  than  15  miles  of  the  Park;  this 
route  is  feasible  only  for  campers. 

500 


Xa&eten  Dolcanic  |3ational  path 

Automobile  Routes 

The  Park  is  reached  from  Red  Bluff  on  the  main  high- 
way between  San  Francisco  and  Portland.  Red  Bluff  is 
260  miles  from  San  Francisco  and  72  miles  from  the  Park. 

Hotels  and  Camps 

The  only  stopping-place  within  the  Park  is  at  Drakes- 
bad,  where  there  is  a  camp.  Rates  are  $3.00  to  $3.50  a 
day.  South  of  the  Park  accommodations  may  be  secured 
at  Lee's  Camp  at  Chester,  12  miles  from  Lassen  Peak,  70 
miles  from  Red  Bluff,  27  miles  from  Westwood;  rates 
$2.00  a  day. 

Trips 

There  are  no  scheduled  trips  in  this  Park;  there  has  not 
been  time  to  develop  this  class  of  service.  Guides  and 
horses  may  be  obtained  at  Drakesbad  for  $2.50  a  day. 
The  most  important  trip  is  to  the  volcano  of  Lassen  Peak, 
7  miles  from  Drakesbad.  Another  interesting  trip  is  to 
Cinder  Cone,  Snag  Lake,  and  Twin  Lake;  distance,  22 
miles  for  the  round  trip. 

Other  trips  are  as  follows:  Boiling  Lake,  I  mile;  Devil's 
Kitchen,  i|  miles;  Bumpas  Hell,  6  miles. 

Fishing 

There  is  good  trout-fishing  in  Grassy  and  Snag  Lakes. 
The  fishing  is  much  better  in  the  region  south  of  the  Park, 
especially  in  Feather  River,  near  Chester;  Warner  Creek; 
Mill  Creek,  near  Morgan  Springs;  Battle  Creek,  near 
Mineral;  and  in  Lake  Alamanor.  The  flies  generally  used 
are  royal  coachman,  brown  and  gray  hackle,  dusty  miller, 
salmon  fly,  queen  of  the  waters,  black  gnat,  and  professor. 

A  fishing  license  is  required  for  all  persons  over  18  years 
of  age.  The  fee  for  resident  of  California  is  $1.00;  for  non- 
residents, $3.00.  Licenses  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Supervisor  at  Red  Bluff. 


Hawaii  National  Park 

Location:  On  Hawaii  and  Maui  islands,  Territory  of 
Hawaii.  Area :  n8  square  miles.  Season:  Throughout  the 
year. 

THE  HAWAII  NATIONAL  PARK  consists  of  two  tracts  on 
the  island  of  Hawaii  and  one  tract  on  the  island  of  Maui. 
The  tracts  on  the  island  of  Hawaii  include  the  volcano  of 
Mauna  Loa  and  the  active  crater  of  Kilauea  on  the  slope 
of  Mauna  Loa.  The  tract  on  the  island  of  Maui  includes 
the  extinct  volcanic  crater  of  Haleakala. 

Mauna  Loa  and  the  crater  of  Kilauea  are  reached  from 
Hilo,  a  town  of  10,000  inhabitants,  which  is  192  miles  by 
sea  from  Honolulu. 

The  crater  of  Kilauea  is  at  an  altitude  of  4000  feet  and 
is  easily  reached  by  automobile.  As  Kilauea  is  more 
active  and  more  accessible  than  Mauna  Loa,  it  is  visited 
more  frequently  than  the  peak,  which  has  an  altitude 
of  13,675  feet.  The  distance  from  Hilo  to  Kilauea  is  31 
miles. 

There  is  steamship  service  twice  a  week  between  Hilo 
and  Honolulu.  Tourists  may  leave  Honolulu  Wednesday 
morning,  arrive  at  Hilo  Thursday  morning,  and  reach 
Kilauea  by  noon.  The  return  may  be  made  to  Hilo  early 
Friday  morning  in  time  to  catch  the  steamer,  which  leaves 
at  10  o'clock,  and  which  arrives  in  Honolulu  early  Satur- 
day morning.  The  steamer  also  leaves  Honolulu  Saturday 
afternoon  and  reaches  Hilo  Sunday  morning.  It  leaves 
Hilo  on  the  return  trip  Monday  afternoon  and  reaches 
Honolulu  Tuesday  morning. 

The  Interisland  Steamship  Company  sells  coupon 
tickets  from  Honolulu  to  Kilauea  and  return,  including 

5O2 


iiJatoaii  IfXational  park 

automobile  trip  and  hotel  accommodations  at  the  follow- 
ing rates:  — 

3  days $28.50  and  $30.00 

6  days $37-8o  and  $45.00 

9  days $49.00  and  $58.00 

There  are  2  hotels  at  the  crater:  Volcano  House,  $6.00 
a  day;  and  Crater  Hotel,  $3.50  a  day. 

Another  route  is  by  steamer  from  Honolulu  to  Kailua 
or  Honuapo,  thence  by  automobile  to  the  crater,  101  miles 
from  Kailua;  36  miles  from  Honuapo.  The  return  to 
Honolulu  may  be  made  by  the  same  route  or  by  way  of 
Hilo.  Three-day  trips  cost  from  $34.50  to  $36.00. 

The  trip  to  the  summit  of  Mauna  Loa  is  made  from  the 
crater  of  Kilauea  and  requires  4  days.  It  is  necessary  to 
make  special  arrangements  for  this  trip.  Full  information 
may  be  obtained  at  the  office  of  the  Hawaii  Promotion 
Committee  in  Honolulu.  As  the  summit  is  nearly  14,000 
feet  above  the  sea  and  the  trip  is  made  on  horseback  and 
on  foot,  it  should  be  undertaken  only  by  those  physically 
qualified. 

The  extinct  volcano  of  Haleakala  (elevation  10,032 
feet)  is  best  reached  from  Lahaina,  on  the  island  of  Maui; 
time  from  Honolulu  to  Lahaina,  6  hours;  distance  75 
miles;  fare  $5.00  in  each  direction.  From  Lahaina  the 
route  is  by  automobile  to  Wailuku  and  Olinda,  thence  on 
horseback  to  the  summit.  The  cost  of  the  trip  is  as  fol- 
lows: — 

Automobile,  Lahaina  to  Wailuku  in  each  direction:  — 

1  passenger $4.00 

2  or  3  passengers,  for  party 5.00 

4  to  6  passengers,  each  person 1.50 

Automobile,  Wailuku  to  Olinda,  round  trip:  — 

I  to  3  passengers,  for  party 20.00 

4  to  6  passengers,  for  party 25.00 

Horses,  guide  and  blankets:  — 

Each  horse 7.50 

Guide 5.00 

Blankets  at  Rest  House i.oo 

503 


iDc  to  ttjc  ijJational  |parft0 

Time  required  to  make  the  ascent  and  descent  is  as 
follows:  — 

Hours 

Auto  from  Lahaina  to  Wailuku 

Ascent  by  automobile  from  Wailuku  to  Olinda 

Ascent  on  horseback  from  Olinda  to  Rest  House  at 

Summit . 3  J 

Descent  on  horseback  from  Rest  House  to  Olinda .  3 

Descent  by  automobile  from  Olinda  to  Wailuku. . .  2 

Auto  from  Wailuku  to  Lahaina i\ 

As  the  crater  of  Haleakala  is  seen  at  its  finest  at  sunrise 
and  sunset,  the  best  way  to  view  it  is  to  leave  Wailuku 
in  the  afternoon,  spend  the  night  at  the  summit,  and  re- 
turn the  next  morning.  The  automobile  waits  over  night 
at  Olinda  for  persons  wishing  to  spend  the  night  on  the 
summit. 

The  hotels  at  Wailuku  are  the  Maui,  $3.00  to  $4.00;  the 
Wailuku,  $2.50;  and  the  Grand,  $3.50  and  $4.00.  At 
Lahaina  the  only  hotel  is  the  Pioneer,  $2.75. 

The  visitor  to  the  crater  of  Kilauea  will  need  only  an 
overcoat  in  addition  to  the  light  summer  clothing  worn  at 
sea-level  throughout  the  year.  For  trips  to  the  summits 
of  Mauna  Loa  and  Haleakala,  the  visitor  should  wear 
woolen  underwear  and  other  warm  clothing. 

There  is  no  fishing  in  the  Hawaii  National  Park,  but 
there  is  excellent  surf  and  deep-sea  fishing  along  the  coast 
of  the  islands. 

Honolulu  is  reached  in  6  days  from  San  Francisco;  fare, 
$65.00  and  upward  in  each  direction. 


Mount  McKinley  National  Park 

THIS  Park  is  in  south-central  Alaska  and  includes 
Mount  McKinley,  the  highest  mountain  in  North  Amer- 
ica, and  the  surrounding  country.  The  Park  was  created 
by  the  act  of  February  26,  1917,  and  as  the  region  is 
unsettled  and  undeveloped,  there  are  no  roads  or  accom- 
modations for  tourists.  The  Park  may  be  reached  by  a 
ISO-mile  trip  by  means  of  a  pack-train  from  Nenana  or 
Fairbanks  in  the  interior  of  Alaska.  Guides  and  outfits 
can  probably  be  secured  from  the  Northern  Commercial 
Company,  Fairbanks,  Alaska.  The  government  railroad 
will  pass  near  the  eastern  border  of  the  Park,  but  the 
road  will  probably  not  be  operated  to  a  point  near  the 
Park  until  the  summer  of  1919. 


Hot  Springs  of  Arkansas 

Location:  Central  Arkansas.  Area:  911  acres.  Season: 
Throughout  the  year.  Address  of  Supervisor :  Hot  Springs, 
Arkansas. 

HOT  SPRINGS  is  reached  by  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  & 
Pacific,  the  St.  Louis,  Iron  Mountain  &  Southern,  and  the 
Memphis,  Dallas  &  Gulf  Railroads.  There  is  through 
sleeping-car  service  from  St.  Louis  and  Memphis. 

The  Reservation  is  immediately  adjacent  to  the  city  of 
Hot  Springs,  which  has  a  population  of  about  14,000  and 
which  is  a  municipality  and  is  not  under  government 
control. 

The  only  hotel  on  the  Reservation  is  the  Arlington, 
where  the  rates  are  $5.00  a  day  and  upward.  There  are 
hotels  of  every  class  in  the  city,  the  principal  ones  being 
the  Eastman,  Majestic,  Moody,  and  Como. 

Some  of  the  bathhouses  are  on  the  Reservation  and 
some  are  in  the  city,  but  the  water  is  the  same  in  all,  the 
range  in  prices  being  due  to  the  equipments  and  accom- 
modations provided.  The  rates  are  as  follows:  — 

Scale-  of  Rates  for  Baths  at  Different  Bathhouses  receiving 
Water  from  the  Hot  Springs  Reservation 

Bathhouse                                   Single  baths  Course  of  21  baths 

Arlington $0.65  $12.00 

Fordyce 0.65  12.00 

Buckstaff 0.60  n.co 

Maurice 0.60  I i.oo 

Imperial 0.55  10.00 

Eastman 0.55  10.00 

Majestic 0.55  10.00 

Hale 0.50  9.00 

506 


i!)at  ^pringtf  of 

Bathhouse  Single  baths  Course  of  21  baths 

Moody O.$O 9.00 

St.  Joseph's  Infirmary 0.50  9.00 

Superior 0.50 9.00 

Lamar 0.45  8.00 

Rector 0.45  8.00 

Rockafellow 0.45  8.00 

Ozark  Sanatorium 0.45  8.00 

Magnesia 0.40 7.00 

Ozark 0.40 7.00 

Alhambra 0.40 7.00 

Pythian  Sanatorium 

(colored) 0.25  4.00 

Visitors  are  advised  not  to  take  the  baths  without  the 
advice  of  a  physician,  as  the  waters  are  not  beneficial  in 
all  diseases  and  in  some  are  harmful.  Visitors  should  not 
patronize  doctors  who  are  recommended  by  unknown  or 
irresponsible  persons,  as  in  the  past  there  has  been  consid- 
erable soliciting  on  behalf  of  certain  physicians.  A  list  of 
registered  doctors  may  be  consulted  at  the  office  of  the 
Supervisor  of  the  Reservation. 

Golf  and  horseback  riding  are  the  favorite  forms  of 
exercise.  Visitors  from  the  North  should  bear  in  mind 
that  spring  is  a  little  earlier  in  this  region  and  that  fall 
is  a  little  later. 


Minor  National  Parks 


CASA  GRANDE  RUIN 

Location:  Sou  them  Arizona.  Area:  480  acres.  Season: 
Throughout  the  year.  Address  of  Custodian:  Florence, 
Arizona. 

THIS  Reservation  is  situated  near  the  left  bank  of  the 
Gila  River  about  12  miles  from  Florence,  Arizona.  It  can 
be  conveniently  reached  by  carriage  either  from  the  town 
of  Florence  or  from  Casa  Grande  Station  on  the  Southern 
Pacific  Railroad.  The  route  to  the  ruin  via  Florence  is 
slightly  shorter  than  that  from  Casa  Grande  Station, 
enabling  one  to  make  the  visit  and  return  in  a  single  day. 
There  is  a  hotel  and  a  livery  stable  in  each  town,  but  the 
visitor  should  provide  for  his  own  refreshment  at  the  ruin. 

WIND   CAVE  NATIONAL  PARK 

Location:  Southwestern  South  Dakota.  Area:  16  square 
miles.  Season:  Throughout  the  year.  Address  of  super- 
visor: Wind  Cave,  via  Hot  Springs,  South  Dakota. 

THIS  Park  is  about  12  miles  from  Hot  Springs,  South 
Dakota,  on  a  branch  line  of  the  Chicago  &  Northwestern 
and  the  Chicago,  Burlington  &  Quincy  Railroads.  The 
fare  from  Hot  Springs  to  the  Cave  and  return  is  $2.50. 

There  are  no  hotels  or  camps  in  the  Park,  but  ample 
accommodations  may  be  obtained  at  the  town  of  Hot 
Springs.  The  only  attractions  of  the  Reservation  are  the 
Cave  and  the  buffalo  in  the  game  preserve.  Visitors  are 
permitted  to  enter  the  Cave  at  9  A.M.  and  2  P.M.  A  charge 

508 


Rational  $arft£ 

of  50  cents  is  made  for  entrance  to  the  Cave,  the  trip  being 
made  under  the  supervision  of  guides  provided  by  the 
Government. 

PLATT  NATIONAL  PARK 

Location:  Southern  Oklahoma.  Area:  848  acres.  Sea- 
son: Throughout  the  year.  Address  of  Supervisor:  Sul- 
phur, Oklahoma. 

THIS  Park  is  immediately  adjacent  to  Sulphur,  a  city 
of  3600  inhabitants,  on  branch  lines  of  the  Atchison, 
Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  and  the  St.  Louis  &  San  Francisco 
Railroads.  There  are  no  hotels  in  the  Park,  but  accommo- 
dations may  be  obtained  in  Sulphur.  There  are  no  scenic 
features  to  attract  the  visitors  from  a  distance. 

SULLY'S  HILL  PARK 

Location:  Northeastern  North  Dakota.  Area:  780 
acres.  Address  of  Supervisor:  FortTotten  Indian  School, 
Devil's  Lake,  North  Dakota. 

THIS  Park  may  be  reached  from  Devil's  Lake,  about  10 
miles  distant,  on  the  Great  Northern  Railway,  There  are 
no  hotels  or  camps  within  the  Reservation  and  the  tract  is 
entirely  undeveloped.  There  are  no  scenic  attractions. 


National  Monuments 

THE  NATIONAL  MONUMENTS  are  generally  not  devel- 
oped and  there  are  no  regular  camps  or  established  trans- 
portation rates.  The  name  of  the  custodian  is  given  if  one 
has  been  appointed.  If  there  is  no  custodian  the  railroad 
agents  can  generally  give  information  regarding  persons 
who  will  furnish  transportation. 

BANDELIER,  NEW  MEXICO.  Area:  22,075  acres.  The 
Reservation  is  18  miles  northwest  of  Santa  F6  and  is 
near  Buckman  Station  on  the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa 
F£  Railroad.  The  Custodian  is  the  Supervisor  of  the 
Santa  F6  National  Forest,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico. 

BIG  HOLE,  MONTANA.  Area:  5  acres.  Nearest  railroad 
station  is  Divide,  Montana,  thence  by  stage  45  miles  to 
Gibbon,  Montana,  which  is  near  the  Reservation. 

CABRILLO,  CALIFORNIA.  Area:  2 1,910  square  feet.  On 
Point  Loma,  within  the  military  reservation  at  Fort 
Rosecrans,  which  is  6  miles  from  San  Diego  and  which 
may  be  reached  by  electric  railway. 

CAPULIN  MOUNTAIN,  NEW  MEXICO.  Area:  680  acres. 
Six  miles  southwest  of  Folsom  on  the  Colorado  &  South- 
ern Railway  and  3  miles  north  of  Dedham  on  the  Atchi- 
son, Topeka  &  Santa  F£  Railway.  The  Custodian  is  Mrs. 
H.  W.  Jack,  Folsom,  New  Mexico. 

CHACO  CANON,  NEW  MEXICO.  Area:  20,629  acres. 
Sixty-five  miles  south  of  Farmington  on  the  Denver  & 
Rio  Grande  Railroad,  75  miles  north  of  Gallup,  and  65 

510 


Rational 

miles  north  of  Thoreau,  on  the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa 
F6  Railway. 

COLORADO,  COLORADO.  Area:  13,883  acres.  Near 
Grand  Junction,  Colorado,  on  the  Denver  &  Rio  Grande 
Railroad.  The  Custodian  is  John  Otto,  Fruita,  Colorado. 

DEVIL  POSTPILE,  CALIFORNIA.  Area:  800  acres.  May 
be  reached  from  Laws  on  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad, 
then  by  stage  to  Mammoth,  and  by  saddle-horse  to  the 
Monument.  The  Custodian  is  the  Supervisor  of  Sierra 
National  Forest,  Northfork,  California. 

DEVIL'S  TOWER,  WYOMING.  Area:  1152  acres.  Near 
Tower,  Wyoming,  which  is  32  miles  from  Moorcroft  on 
the  Chicago,  Burlington  &  Quincy  Railroad. 

DINOSAUR,  UTAH.  Area:  80  acres.  May  be  reached 
from  Mack,  Colorado,  on  the  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Rail- 
road, then  65  miles  by  railroad  to  Watson,  then  72  miles 
via  Vernal  by  automobile. 

EL  MORRO,  NEW  MEXICO.  Area:  160 acres.  Forty  miles 
from  Thoreau  and  55  miles  from  Gallup  on  the  Atchison, 
Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railway. 

GILA,  NEW  MEXICO.  Area:  160  acres.  Fifty  miles 
northwest  of  Silver  City,  New  Mexico,  on  the  Atchison, 
Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railway.  The  Custodian  is  the 
Forest  Supervisor,  Gila  National  Forest,  Silver  City,  New 
Mexico. 

GRAN  QUIVIRA,  NEW  MEXICO.  Area:  160  acres. 
Twenty-four  miles  from  Mountain  Air,  New  Mexico,  on 
the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railway.  The  Custo- 
dian is  the  Supervisor  of  the  Manzano  National  Forest, 
Albuquerque,  New  Mexico. 


45uitie  to  tfyc  Rational  3?arh£ 

GRAND  CANON.  See  pages  495-499. 

JEWEL  CAVE,  SOUTH  DAKOTA.  Area:  1280  acres. 
Twelve  miles  from  Custer,  South  Dakota,  on  the  Chicago, 
Burlington  &  Quincy  Railway.  The  Custodian  is  the 
Forest  Supervisor,  Harney  National  Forest,  Custer, 
South  Dakota. 

LEWIS  AND  CLARK  CAVERN,  MONTANA.  Area:  160 
acres.  Near  Cavern,  Montana,  on  the  Northern  Pacific 
Railway.  The  Cavern  is  closed,  as  there  is  no  resident  cus- 
todian. It  is  under  the  supervision  of  the  Chief  of  Field 
Division,  U.S.  Land  Office,  Helena,  Montana. 

MONTEZUM A  CASTLE,  ARIZONA.  Area:  1 60 acres.  Fifty- 
four  miles  from  Prescott,  on  the  Santa  Fe,  Prescott  & 
Phcenix  Railroad. 

MOUNT  OLYMPUS,  WASHINGTON.  Area:  299,370  acres. 
The  southern  boundary  of  the  Monument  is  about  60 
miles  from  Olympia,  Washington,  which  may  be  reached 
by  railroad,  steamer,  or  automobile  from  Seattle  or 
Tacoma.  The  Supervisor  of  the  Olympic  National  Forest, 
Olympia,  Washington,  will  furnish  information  regarding 
best  methods  of  reaching  the  many  points  of  interest. 

MUIR  WOODS,  CALIFORNIA.  Area:  295  acres.  Eighteen 
miles  from  San  Francisco.  It  is  reached  by  way  of  the 
Northwestern  Pacific  Railroad  to  Mill  Valley,  thence  by 
the  Mill  Valley  &  Muir  Woods  Railway.  The  Custodian 
is  Andrew  Lind;  address  care  of  Chief  of  Field  Division, 
U.S.  Land  Office,  San  Francisco,  California. 

MUKUNTUWEAP,  UTAH.  Area:  15,840  acres.  Nearest 
railroad  station  is  Lund  on  San  Pedro,  Los  Angeles  & 
Salt  Lake  Railroad.  From  Lund  an  auto  stage  runs  to 
Hurricane,  85  miles.  At  that  place  horses  may  be  obtained 
for  the  trip  to  the  Reservation,  which  is  26  miles  distant. 

512 


Rational  Monuments 

NATURAL  BRIDGES,  UTAH.  Area :  2740  acres.  The  best 
route  is  from  Thompson's  Station,  Utah,  on  the  Denver 
&  Rio  Grande  Railroad,  then  95  miles  by  stage  to  Monti- 
cello.  At  this  point  guides  and  equipment  may  be  hired 
for  the  trip  (60  miles)  to  the  bridges.  Another  route  is 
from  Dolores,  Colorado,  on  the  Denver  &  Rio  Grande 
Railroad,  then  125  miles  via  McElmo,  Colorado,  and 
Aneth  and  Bluff,  Utah. 

NAVAJO,  ARIZONA.  Area:  360  acres.  Nearest  railroad 
stations  are  Flagstaff  and  Gallup,  on  the  Atchison, 
Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad.  Both  these  places  are  about 
125  miles  from  Kayenta,  which  is  24  miles  from  the  ruins. 
The  Custodian  is  John  Wetherill,  Kayenta,  Arizona. 

OLD  KASAAN,  ALASKA.  Area  138  acres.  May  be  reached 
by  motor-boat  from  Ketchikan,  Alaska.  The  Custodian 
is  the  Forest  Supervisor,  Tongass  National  Forest, 
Ketchikan,  Alaska. 

OREGON  CAVES,  OREGON.  Area:  480  acres.  Thirty-six 
miles  from  Grant's  Pass,  Oregon,  on  the  Southern  Pacific 
Railway.  The  Custodian  is  the  Forest  Supervisor,  Sis- 
kiyou  National  Forest,  Grant's  Pass,  Oregon. 

PAPAGO  SAGUARO,  ARIZONA.  Area:  2050  acres.  Nine 
miles  from  Phoenix,  Arizona,  on  Santa  Fe,  Prescott  & 
Phoenix  Railroad. 

PETRIFIED  FOREST,  ARIZONA.  Area:  25,625  acres. 
There  are  three  acres  of  petrified  logs,  2j,  6,  and  13  miles 
south  of  Adamana  on  the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe 
Railway.  The  Custodian  is  Chester  B.  Campbell,  Ada- 
mana, Arizona. 

PINNACLES,  CALIFORNIA.  Area:  2080  acres.  Twelve 
miles  from  Soledad  and  14  miles  from  Gonzales,  on  the 
Southern  Pacific  Railway. 

513 


i&e  to  ttje  Rational  $arft£ 

RAINBOW  BRIDGE,  UTAH.  Area:  160  acres.  Sixty-five 
miles  from  Natural  Bridges  National  Monument. 

SHOSHONE  CAVERN,  WYOMING.  Area:  210  acres.  Four 
miles  from  Cody,  Wyoming,  on  the  Chicago,  Burlington 
&  Quincy  Railway. 

SIEUR  DE  MONTS,  MAINE.  Area:  5000  acres.  Two  miles 
from  Bar  Harbor,  Maine.  Custodian,  George  B.  Dorr, 
Bar  Harbor,  Maine. 

SITKA,  ALASKA.  Area:  57  acres.  One  mile  from  steam- 
boat landing  at  Sitka. 

TONTO,  ARIZONA.  Area:  640  acres.  Forty  miles  from 
Globe,  Arizona,  on  the  Arizona  Eastern  Railway.  The 
Custodian  is  the  Forest  Supervisor,  Tonto  National 
Forest,  Roosevelt,  Arizona. 

TUMACACORI,  ARIZONA.  Area:  10  acres.  Seventeen 
miles  north  of  Nogales,  Arizona. 

WALNUT  CANON,  ARIZONA.  Area:  960  acres.  Eight 
miles  southeast  of  Flagstaff,  Arizona.  The  Custodian  is 
the  Forest  Supervisor,  Coconino  National  Forest,  Flag- 
staff, Arizona. 

WHEELER,  COLORADO.  Area:  300  acres.  Seventeen 
miles  from  Wagon  Wheel  Gap,  on  the  Denver  &  Rio 
Grande  Railroad.  The  Custodian  is  the  Forest  Super- 
visor Rio  Grande  National  Forest,  Monte  Vista,  Colorado. 


Canadian  Parks 


ROCKY  MOUNTAINS  PARK 

Location:  Western  Alberta.  Area:  1800  square  miles. 
Season:  June  to  October.  Address  of  Superintendent: 
Banff,  Alberta. ' 

ROCKY  MOUNTAINS  PARK  is  along  the  main  line  of  the 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway  and  has  two  gateways  —  Banff 
and  Laggan  (Lake  Louise).  Excursion  rate,  round  trip, 
Chicago  to  Banff,  $60.30;  to  Lake  Louise,  $63.10. 

At  Banff  the  principal  hotel  is  the  Banff  Springs  Hotel, 
1 1  miles  from  the  station,  operated  by  the  Canadian 
Pacific  Railway;  rates,  $4.00  and  upward.  Other  hotels 
in  the  town  of  Banff  are  the  Alberta,  $2.50  and  upward; 
the  Alpine,  $1.50,  European  plan;  Grand  View  Villa, 
$2.50  and  upward;  Hot  Springs  Hotel  $2.00  and  upward; 
Mount  Royal  Hotel,  $2.50  and  upward;  King  Edward 
Hotel,  $2.50  and  upward. 

The  popular  carriage  trips  from  Banff  are  given  below. 
The  lower  rate  is  for  2  or  3  persons,  the  higher  rate  for 
4  or  5  persons:  — 

To  Lake  Minnewanka  and  return:  4-hour  trip,  $6.75  and 

$8-75;  9-hour  trip,  $9.00  and  $15.00. 
To  Loop,  Cave  and  Basin  and  Sun  Dance  Canon  and 

return:  4-hour  trip,  $6.75  and  $8.75. 
To  Tunnel  Mountain,  Buffalo  Park,  Cave  and  Basin  and 

return:  4-hour  trip,  $6.75  and  $8.75. 

Guides  may  be  obtained  for  $4.00  a  day. 
At  Lake  Louise  the  only  hotel  is  the  Chateau   Lake 
Louise,  2\  miles  from  Laggan  Station,  operated  by  the 

515 


«3iu&c  to  tl)c  ijJatioual 

Canadian  Pacific  Railway  Company;  rates  $5.00  and 
upward.  There  is  a  small  camp  at  Moraine  Lake,  9  miles 
from  Lake  Louise. 

The  principal  short  trips  from  Lake  Louise  are  by  car- 
riage to  Moraine  Lake,  $2.50;  or  on  horseback  to  Lakes 
Mirror  and  Agnes,  $1.50;  Mount  St.  Piran,  $3.00;  Vic- 
toria Glacier,  $2.00;  Saddleback,  $2.50;  Saddleback,  Sheol 
Valley,  and  Lower  Paradise  Valley,  $3.00;  Ptarmigan 
Lake,  $3.  Guides  may  be  obtained  for  $4.00  a  day  and 
pack-horses  for  $2.50  a  day. 

As  there  are  no  permanent  camps  in  remote  portions  of 
this  Park,  arrangements  must  be  made  for  pack-animals 
and  equipment.  The  Brewster  Transport  Company, 
Banff,  Alberta,  will  furnish  complete  outfits  at  the  fol- 
lowing rates :  $15.00  a  day  for  one  person;  $25.00  a  day  for 
a  party  of  two;  $10.00  a  day  for  each  person  for  a  party 
of  three  or  more.  This  charge  includes  guide,  cook, 
horses,  tents,  provisions,  but  no  blankets. 

There  is  said  to  be  good  fishing  for  whitefish  and  cut- 
throat, lake,  brook,  Dolly  Varden,  and  bull  trout. 

YOHO  PARK 

Location:  Western  Alberta  and  eastern  British  Colum- 
bia. Area:  560  square  miles.  Season:  June  to  October. 
Address. of  Superintendent:  Field,  British  Columbia. 

YOHO  PARK  is  reached  from  Field,  on  the  main  line  of 
the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway.  Excursion  rate,  round 
trip  from  Chicago,  $64.70.  The  following  hotels  are 
operated  by  the  railroad  company:  Mount  Stephen 
House,  at  Field,  $4.00  and  upward;  Emerald  Lake 
Chalet,  7  miles  from  Field,  $4.00  and  upward;  and  Takak- 
kaw  Falls  camp,  n  miles  from  Field,  $4.00  a  day. 

The  popular  short  trips  from  Field  are  listed  below. 
The  lower  rate  is  for  2  or  3  persons;  the  higher  rate  for  4 
or  5  persons:  — 

516 


Canadian 

To  Emerald  Lake  and  return:  4-hour  trip,  $6.00  and  $7.50; 

9-hour  trip,  $9.00  and  $15.00. 
To  Emerald  Lake,  one  way:  $3.00  and  $5.00. 
To  Ottertail  Bridge  and  return:  $5.25  and  $7.50. 
To  Takakkaw  Falls  and  return:  $9.00  and  $15.00. 
To  Natural  Bridge  and  return:  $2.25  and  $3.75  for  first 

hour,  $1.50  and  $2.50  for  second  hour,  and  $0.75  and 

$1.25  for  subsequent  hours. 
To  Fossil  Beds  and  return:  horseback,  $2.00  for  each 

person. 

Persons  desiring  to  camp  in  this  Park  may  obtain  out- 
fits from  the  Brewster  Transport  Company,  Field,  Brit- 
ish Columbia,  at  the  same  rates  given  for  Rocky  Moun- 
tains Park. 


GLACIER  PARK 

Location:  Eastern  British  Columbia.  Area:  468  square 
miles.  Season:  June  to  October.  Address  of  Superintend- 
ent: Field,  British  Columbia. 

GLACIER  PARK  is  on  the  main  line  of  the  Canadian 
Pacific  Railway  and  is  reached  from  Glacier  Station. 
Excursion  fare,  round  trip  from  Chicago,  $64.70.  The 
Glacier  House,  $4.00  a  day  and  upward,  operated  by  the 
railroad  company,  is  at  the  station.  The  principal  short 
trips,  made  on  horseback  are  as  follows:  — 

Great  Glacier  and  return $1.00 

Asulkan  Glacier  and  return 2.00 

Marion  Lake  and  return 1.50 

Mount  Abbot  and  return 3.00 

Caves  of  Nakimu  and  return 3.00 

Horses  may  be  obtained  for  $3.00  a  day,  and  guides  for 
horseback  trips  may  be  employed  for  $4.00  a  day.  Swiss 
guides  for  mountain-climbing  and  glacier  trips  may  be 
obtained  for  $5.00  a  day.  The  guides  provide  rope  and 
ice  axes,  but  the  tourist  must  be  equipped  with  stout 
shoes  and  proper  clothing.  Persons  desiring  to  camp  in 

517 


ttic  to  tl;c  Rational  parity 

this  park  may  obtain  outfits  from  S.  H.  Baker,  Glacier, 
B.C.;  the  rates  are  about  the  same  as  those  quoted  for 
camping  trips  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  Park. 

JASPER  PARK 

Location:  Western  Alberta.  Area:  4400  square  miles. 
Season:  June  to  October.  Address  of  Superintendent: 
Jasper  Park,  Alberta. 

JASPER  PARK  may  be  reached  from  Jasper  Station  on 
the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  and  Canadian  Northern  Rail- 
ways. Excursion  fare  from  Chicago,  round  trip,  $65.30. 

The  only  established  stopping-place  is  Jasper  Park 
Camp,  Lake  Beau  Vert,  2  miles  from  Jasper  Park  Sta- 
tion. Rates,  $3.00  a  day  or  $18.00  a  week.  The  regular 
trips  are  to  Pyramid  Lake,  $7.00  for  4  persons;  Maligne 
Canon,  $7.00  for  4  persons;  Mount  Fitzhugh,  $5.00;  and 
Goat  Mountain,  $5.00.  Saddle-horses  may  be  obtained 
for  $3.00  a  day.  Guides  cost  $5.00  a  day.  Special  arrange- 
ments for  extended  camping  trips  may  be  made  with 
Brewster  and  Moore,  Otto  Brothers,  and  Donald  Phillips, 
Jasper,  Alberta. 

REVELSTOKE  PARK 

Location:  Eastern  British  Columbia.  Area:  95  square 
miles.  Season:  June  to  October.  Address  of  Superintend- 
ent: Field,  British  Columbia. 

REVELSTOKE  PARK  is  on  the  main  line  of  the  Canadian 
Pacific  Railway  and  is  reached  from  Revelstoke  Station. 
There  is  a  hotel  at  the  station  operated  by  the  Canadian 
Pacific  Railway  (rates,  $3.00  a  day  and  upward),  and 
there  are  other  hotels  in  the  town  of  Revelstoke. 

The  principal  short  trip  is  by  automobile  to  the  sum- 
mit of  Mount  Revelstoke,  15  miles  in  each  direction. 


Canadian 

Automobiles  holding  four  persons  may  be  hired  for  $3.50 
per  hour.  There  are  no  hotels  or  permanent  camps  in  the 
Park ;  for  extended  trips  arrangements  must  be  made  with 
outfitters  in  Revelstoke. 


WATERTON  LAKES  PARK 

Location:  Southern  Alberta,  immediately  north  of  the 
United  States  Glacier  Park.  Area:  423  square  miles. 
Season:  June  to  October.  Address  of  Superintendent: 
Waterton  Mills,  Alberta. 

WATERTON  LAKES  VILLAGE  is  60  miles  from  McLeod 
and  40  miles  from  Pincher  Creek  on  the  Crowsnest  Di- 
vision of  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway.  There  is  an 
automobile  road  from  both  places,  but  the  longer  route 
from  McLeod  is  said  to  be  the  better.  There  is  also  a 
wagon  road  from  the  northern  boundary  of  the  United 
States  Glacier  Park  to  Waterton  Lakes  Village.  The 
only  stopping-place  at  Waterton  Lakes  Village  is  Haz- 
zard's  Hotel  and  Camp;  rates  $2.00  a  day. 

BUFFALO   PARK 

Location:  Eastern  Alberta.  Area:  160  square  miles. 
Season:  June  to  September.  Address  of  superintendent: 
Wainwright,  Alberta. 

BUFFALO  PARK  is  immediately  south  of  Wainwright,  on 
the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  Railway.  There  are  two  hotels 
in  Wainwright  —  The  Wainwright  and  The  Park  —  with 
rates  of  $2.50  a  day.  This  Park  has  no  special  scenic 
attraction,  its  chief  feature  of  interest  being  the  herd  of 
2400  buffalo.  About  75  buffalo  are  kept  in  a  paddock 
about  two  miles  from  the  town,  but  it  is  said  that  a  large 
number  may  be  seen  in  a  day's  drive. 

519 


<3iutic  to  tf)c  Rational  parks 


ELK  ISLAND   PARK 

Location:  Eastern  Alberta.  Area:  16  square  miles. 
Address  of  superintendent:  Lament,  Alberta. 

ELK  ISLAND  PARK  is  3  miles  south  of  Lamont  on  the 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway.  The  nearest  hotel  is  in  the 
town  of  Lamont.  The  Park  is  strictly  an  animal  reserva- 
tion and  has  no  scenic  features. 


ST.   LAWRENCE  ISLANDS  PARK 

Location:  Southern  Ontario.  Area:  140  acres.  Season: 
May  to  October. 

ST.  LAWRENCE  ISLANDS  PARK  is  located  among  the 
Thousand  Islands  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River  and  consists 
of  a  number  of  small  islands.  It  is  reached  from  Clayton, 
New  York,  on  the  New  York  Central  Railroad,  and  from 
Kingston,  Ontario,  on  the  Grand  Trunk  Railway.  Some 
islands  on  the  New  York  side  of  the  international  bound- 
ary are  owned  by  the  State  of  New  York  and  maintained 
as  public  reservations.  The  principal  hotels  in  the  Thou- 
sand Islands  are  at  Clayton,  Thousand  Island  Park,  and 
Alexandria  Bay,  all  in  New  York. 

FORT  HOWE  PARK 

Location :  Adjacent  to  the  city  of  St.  John,  New  Bruns- 
wick. Area:  19  acres.  Season :  Throughout  the  year. 

FORT  HOWE  PARK  was  created  solely  for  historic  pur- 
poses and  contains  an  old  fort,  memorials  of  the  Canadian 
Loyalists,  and  relics  and  exhibits  of  the  old  French 
regime. 


INDEX 


INDEX 


Adams,  James  Capen,  301. 
Altitude,  not  harmful,  331,  333, 349. 
Altyn  Lake,  149,  ISO. 
Amethyst  Mountain,  petrified  for- 
ests in,  45-50. 
Andrews  Glacier,  180,  187. 
Anemone,  Western,  124. 
Antelope,  306. 
Arapahoe  Peak,  330. 
Artist  Point,  Yosemite,  452. 
Aspen,  290. 
Asulkan  Glacier,  412. 
Athabasca  River,  252. 
Augusta  Bridge,  237. 
Avalanche  Basin,  149. 
Avalanche  Lake,  149. 

Ballou,  Sidney,  quoted,  228. 

Bandelier  National  Monument, 
411,  5io. 

Banff,  254,  255. 

Basket  Dome,  69,  452. 

Bear,  black,  color  and  habits,  304; 
a  bluffer,  304,  305. 

Bear,  grizzly,  341;  a  tame  grizzly, 
301, 302;  characteristics,  302, 303; 
food,  303;  hibernation,  304;  color, 
305. 

Bears,  disposition  spoiled  by  im- 
proper feeding,  315. 

Beaver,  307,  308. 

Beaver  Lake,  Alberta,  413. 

Bertha  Lake,  413. 

Bidwell,  Gen.  John,  no. 

Bierstadt,  Albert,  187. 

Bierstadt  Moraine,  187 

Big  Hole  Battlefield,  411,  510. 

Big  Thompson  River,  176 

Big  Tree  (Sequoia  gigantea),  77,  78, 
99,  100;  size,  104,  105;  groves, 
104,  105;  age,  105,  106;  flowering 
and  fruiting,  106;  habit,  106,  107; 
bark,  107;  roots,  107;  durability, 
107-09;  the  most  impressive  liv- 


ing object,  109;  area  not  dimin- 
ishing, 109;  of  ancient  stock,  no; 
discovery,  no;  habitat,  no,  in; 
effect  onlpersons,  1 1 2-1 5 ;  thoughts 
suggested  by,  286;  table  of  dimen- 
sions in  Mariposa  Grove,  451; 
dimensions  in  Sequoia  Park,  457. 

Big  Tuolumne  Canon,  93. 

Bighorn.  See  Sheep,  mountain. 

Bighorn  Mountains,  404. 

Birds,  of  Rocky  Mountain  Na- 
tional Park,  183,  184;  of  the 
Grand  Canon,  197;  of  the  Olym- 
pic Mountains,  234,  235;  of  the 
National  Parks,  300-14;  mountain 
migration,  309,  310;  mating  for 
life,  310,  31 1 ;  appear  to  desire  hu- 
man society,  313,  314. 

Bison,  243,  261,  441,  519. 

Blackfeet  Glacier,  151, 157,  484,  485. 

Blackfeet  Indians,  15,  17-21,  157- 
59. 

Boling,  Capt.  John,  94. 

Bow  River  Valley,  412. 

Bowman  Lake,  149. 

Brackenridge,  Henry  M.,  22. 

Bradbury,  John,  22,  23. 

Brett,  Col.  L.  M.,  58. 

Bridal  Veil  Falls,  68,  85,  453. 

Bridger,  James,  24. 

Bright  Angel  Canon,  193. 

Bright  Angel  Point,  193. 

Bryant,  William,  21. 

Bryce,  James  (Lord  Bryce),  122. 

Buckwheat,  wild,  124. 

Buffalo,  243,  261,  441,  519. 

Buffalo  Park,  261,  413,  519. 

Bunsen  Peak,  440. 

Burbank,  Luther,  quoted,  372,  373. 

Cabrillo  National  Monument,  411, 

510. 

Cameron  Falls,  413. 
Camp-fire,  the,  293,  294. 


523 


Canada,  Dominion  Parks  of,  de- 
scription, 251-62;  creation  and 
administration,  262,  263;  guide 
to,  515-20. 

Canoe  and  the  Saddle,  The,  quoted, 
120,  121,  128,  358,  359. 

Canon  de  Chelly,  404. 

Cafion  of  the  Little  Colorado,  193. 

Cape  Royal,  193. 

Capulin  National  Monument,  409, 
510. 

Carbon  Glacier,  133. 

Caroline  Bridge,  237. 

Carter,  T.  H.,  159,  160. 

Casa  Grande  Ruin  Reservation, 
description,  245,  246;  guide  to, 
508. 

Cataract  Cafion,  205. 

Cathedral  Lake,  92. 

Cathedral  Peak,  92. 

Cathedral  Rocks,  452. 

Cathedral  Spires,  68,  452. 

Chaco  Cafion,  405,  510. 

Chasm  Lake,  186. 

Chittenden,  Gen.  Hiram  M.,  23, 
37,  57;  quoted,  8. 

Chouteau,  Pierre,  21. 

Cinder  Cone,  216-18. 

Clach-na-coodin  Range,  412. 

Claggett,  William  H.,  5,  6. 

Clark,  Galen,  78,  96-98,  105. 

Clark,  William,  21,  22. 

Clements,  W.  M.,  159. 

Cleveland  Mountain,  150. 

Cliff  Cafion,  173. 

Cliff  dwellers,  of  Mesa  Verde,  163- 
74- 

Clothing,  for  rainy  days,  335;  for 
use  in  the  Parks,  431. 

Clouds'  Rest,  68,  452. 

Cole,  Cornelius,  6. 

Colorado  National  Monument,  408, 
511. 

Colorado  River,  and  the  Grand 
Cafion,  199-209. 

Colter,  John,  12-24. 

Colter's  Hell,  23. 

Columbia  Rock,  452. 

Columbia's  Crest,  135,  467. 

Continental  Divide,  186,  187,  436. 

Cook,  C.  W.,  25. 

Cook  Forest,  268. 


Crater  Lake,  first  impressions,  137. 
138;  origin,  138,  139;  description, 
140-45;  discovery,  145, 146;  trout- 
fishing,  146. 

Crater  Lake  National  Park,  137- 
47;  founding,  146;  location  and 
area,  146;  proposed  additions,  147; 
in  table,  401;  guide  to,  470-74. 

Cut  Bank  Pass,  158. 

Cut  Bank  River,  156. 

Dana  Mountain,  65,  92. 

Daniels,  Mark,  278,  279. 

Dawes,  Henry  L.,  6. 

Death  Valley,  102. 

Deer  Mountain,  188. 

Desert,  The,  by  John  C.  Van  Dyke, 

quoted,  209,  210. 
Devil  Postpile,  410,  511. 
Devil's  Lake,  244,  245. 
Devil's  Tower,  405,  511. 
Diamond  Lake,  147. 
Diller,  Joseph  S.,  quoted,  142,  143, 

219. 
Dinosaur     National      Monument, 

408,  511. 

Dipper,  or  water-ouzel,  313. 
Doane,  Lieut.  Gustavus  C.,  25,  26. 
Dock,  white,  124. 
Doty,  James,  158. 
Dunes,  in  Indiana,  268,  404. 

Eagle  Peak,  Mt.  Rainier,  464. 

Eagle  Peak,  Yosemite,  88,  452. 

Eagle  Point,  137. 

Echo  Mountain,  180. 

El  Capitan,  68,  452. 

El  Morro  National  Monument,  405, 

511. 

El  Tovar,  193. 
Electric  Peak,  357,  440,  441. 
Electrical  storm,  324-26. 
Eliot,  Charles  W.,  223;  quoted,  370. 
Elk,  53,  305,  306. 
Elk,  Roosevelt,  234. 
Elk  Island  Park,  261,  413,  520. 
Emerald  Lake,  257. 
Emmons  Glacier,  130,  131. 
Equipment,  431,  432. 
Erosion,  in  the  Grand  Cafion,  194, 

198-206. 
Estes  Park,  176. 


Eureka,  Cal.,  268. 
Everts,  Truman  C.,  58-64. 

Fall  River  automobile  road,  187. 

Falls  of  the  Yellowstone,  38,  41,  42. 

Fern  Lake,  187. 

Fewkes,  Dr.  Jesse  Walter,  171; 
quoted,  167,  168,  268. 

Fiddle  Creek  Canon,  253. 

Field,  B.  C.,  258. 

Firehole,  30. 

Firehole  River,  436. 

Fisher,  Walter  L.,  279,  280. 

Fishing,  44i~43,  454.  458,  469, 
474,  486,  487,  493,  494,  501,  504, 
516. 

Flat-Top  Mountain,  180,  187. 

Flowers,  of  Yellowstone  Park,  52;  of 
Yosemite  Park,  70-83 ;  of  Mt.  Rai- 
nier, 122-30, 348;  of  Rocky  Moun- 
tain Park,  181,  182,  347;  of  the 
Olympic  Mts.,  234;  of  Rocky 
Mountains  Park,  Canada,  256; 
of  mountain-tops,  347,  348- 

Folding  Mountain,  253. 

Folsom,  David  E.,  25. 

Forest,  the,  spirit  of,  282-95.  See 
also  Trees. 

Forest  Canon,  187. 

Forest  reservations,  272-76. 

Forests,  petrified,  45-50. 

Fort  Howe  Park,  262,  413,  520. 

Fort  Manuel,  14,  15,  16,  20. 

Fort  Totten,  244. 

Fossils,  258,  412. 

Franklin  Pass,  101. 

Fuller,  Miss  Fay,  lai. 

Fusillade  Mountain,  155. 

Garfield  Grove,  457. 
Gem  Lake,  180,  188. 
General  Grant  National  Park,  99, 

loo,  105;  in  table,  401;  guide  to, 

459. 
Geysers,  of  Yellowstone  Park,  26, 

28-35,  438,  439. 
Ghost  River,  255. 
Giant  Forest,  105. 
Giant  Forest  Grove,  457. 
Gibbs  Mountain,  65. 
Gila  Cliff  Dwellings,  409,  511. 
Glaciation,    351-55;    in    Yosemite 


Park,   70-76;  in  Sequoia  Park, 

102, 103;  at  Crater  Lake,  141, 142; 

in  Glacier  National  Park,  152. 
Glacier  Gorge,  186. 
Glacier  National  Park,  lakes,  148- 

50, 154, 155;  mountains,  150,  151, 

155,  156;  glaciers,  151,  152,  155, 
156;  game,  152,  153;  place-names, 
153;  wild  flowers,  153;  streams, 

156,  157;  history,  157-60;  motor 
road   to   Waterton   Lakes  Park, 
259;  in  table,  402;  guide  to,  475- 
87. 

Glacier  Park,  Canada,  412,  517. 

Glacier  Point,  Yosemite,  68,  88, 
452. 

Glaciers,  of  Mt.  Rainier,  117,  118, 
130-34;  of  Glacier  National  Park, 
151,  152,  155,  156,  484,  485;  of 
Rocky  Mountain  Park,  180;  of 
Mt.  McKinley,  249;  speed,  352; 
formation,  352,  353. 

Glen  Canon,  191,  197. 

Goat,  mountain,  306,  307. 

Going-to-the-Sun  Mountain,  155, 
358. 

Gould  Mountain,  150. 

Gran  Quivira,  407,  511. 

Grand  Canon  National  Monument, 
410. 

Grand  Canon  of  the  Colorado,  pro- 
posed National  Park,  190,  191; 
first  impressions,  191, 192;  views, 
192,  193;  description,  193-95; 
formation,  194,  198-206;  climate, 
195,  196;  plant  life,  196,  197;  ani- 
mal life,  197;  history,  206-08; 
books  about,  209;  a  land  of  form 
and  of  color,  210;  guide  to,  495-99. 

Grand  Canon  of  the  Yellowstone, 
38,  39,  41,  439.  440. 

Grand  Lake,  188. 

Grand  Mesa,  404. 

Grand  River,  188. 

Grand  Teton,  44,  266. 

Grand  View,  193. 

Gray,  Asa,  quoted,  79. 

Gray's  Peak,  330. 

Greeley,  Horace,  112. 

Grinnell,  George  Bird,  and  Yellow- 
stone Park,  57;  and  Glacier  Park, 
157-60;  quoted,  159,  160. 


525 


Grinnell  Glacier,  150,  151. 
Grinnell  Lake,  150,  153. 
Grinnell  Mountain,  150. 
Grizzly   Giant,  77,    78,    104,   105, 

451. 
Grosvenor,  Gilbert  H.,  quoted,  100, 

101. 

Hague's  Peak,  179. 

Haleakala,  222,  227,  228,  503,  504. 

Half  Dome,  68,  452. 

Hall,  Harvey  Monroe,  and  Carlotta 
Case  Hall,  A  Yosemite  Flora, 
quoted,  82,  83. 

Hallet  Glacier,  180,  188. 

Harris,  Capt.  Moses,  57. 

Hauser,  Samuel  T.,  26. 

Hawaii  National  Park,  location 
and  area,  221,  222;  volcanoes, 
221-29;  forests  and  birds,  228, 
229;  views,  229;  origin,  229;  in 
table,  402;  guide  to,  502-04. 

Hayden,  Dr.  Ferdinand  V.,  and  the 
founding  of  Yellowstone  Park, 
5,  6;  quoted,  29,  178,  179. 

Hayden  Valley,  51. 

Heart  Lake,  36. 

Heather,  125. 

Hedges,  Cornelius,  4,  5,  26;  quoted, 
26. 

Hellebore,  124. 

Hetch-Hetchy  Valley,  66,  74,  86, 
88;  description,  89;  history,  95, 
96. 

Hill,  L.  W.,  160. 

Hillman,  John  W.,  146. 

Hilo,  225. 

Honolulu,  222. 

Hopi  Point,  193. 

Hot  Springs  Reservation,  descrip- 
tion, 246,  247;  in  table,  400; 
guide  to,  506,  507. 

Hunt,  T.  E.,  quoted,  240. 

Hunting-contest,  a,  297,  298. 

Husted,  S.  N.,  328. 

Iceberg  Lake,  149. 
Illecillewaet  Glacier,  412. 
Illilouette  Canon,  69. 
Illilouette  Falls,  86,  453. 
Indian  Henry's  Hunting  Grounds, 
123,  464- 


Indians,  and  the  Yellowstone  re- 
gion, ii,  12;  Colter's  adventures 
with,  15,  17-21;  legend  of  Yo- 
semite, 93,  94;  in  Glacier  National 
Park,  IS7-59J  tradition  about 
Cinder  Cone,  217;  legend  of 
woman,  378. 

Indian-turnip,  20. 

Irving,  Washington,  23. 

Ives,  Lieut.,  quoted,  206. 

Jagger,  Thomas  A.,  quoted,  227 

James,  Gen.  Thomas,  23. 

Jamez  Plateau,  267. 

Jasper,  Alberta,  253. 

Jasper  Park,  description,  252,  253; 

in  table,  413;  guide  to,  518. 
Jefferson  River,  18-20. 
Jepson,  W.  L.,  106. 
Jewel  Cave,  410,  512. 
Johnson,  Robert  Underwood,  94. 

Kachima  Bridge,  237. 

Kautz  Glacier,  134. 

Kaweah  River,  102. 

Kent,  William,  219,  406. 

Kern  River  Canon,  101. 

Kickinghorse  River,  258. 

Kilauea,  222-24,  502,  504. 

King,  Clarence,  71,  102;  his  Moun- 
taineering in  the  Sierra  Nevada, 
103. 

King's  River  Canon,  101. 

Kolb,  Ellsworth  L.,  209. 

Koloma,  89. 

Kulshan,  403. 

La  Charette,  23. 
Laggan,  255. 
Lake  Bidwell,  217. 
Lake  Eva,  412. 
Lake  Louise,  256,  515,  Si6. 
Lake  MacArthur,  412. 
Lake  McDonald,  149. 
Lake  Minnewanka,  255. 
Lake  O'Hara,  412. 
Lake  Tenaya,  76. 
Lakes,  crater,  142. 
Lakes  in  the  Clouds,  412. 
Lamar  River,  46. 
Lamon,  John,  95. 
Lament,  Alberta,  261. 


526 


Lane,  Franklin  K.,  278. 

Langford,  Nathaniel  P.,  5,  6,  26,  56. 

Lassen  Peak,  211-16. 

Lassen  Volcanic  National  Park,  lo- 
cation, area,  and  altitude,  211, 
212;  origin,  212,  219;  description, 
212-17;  Indian  tradition,  217; 
springs  and  streams,  217;  lakes, 
217,  218;  trees,  flowers,  and  an- 
imal life,  218,  219;  attractions, 
219,  220;  in  table,  402;  guide  to, 
500,  501. 

Lava,  38,  39.  139-41,  204,  205,  213, 
214,  216,  218;  a  huge  field  of, 
212,  213;  in  Hawaii  National 
Park,  223-29. 

Lava  Falls,  204,  205. 

Leaning  Tower,  452. 

Lefroy  Glacier,  412. 

Lewis,  Judge  Robert  E.,  decision 
quoted,  277,  278. 

Lewis  and  Clark  Cavern,  408,  512. 

Lewis  Lake,  36. 

Liberty  Cap,  Mt.  Rainier,  199. 

Liberty  Cap,  Yosemite,  452. 

Lily,  Washington,  81. 

Lincoln,  Abraham,  quoted,  112. 

Lincoln  National  Park  or  Reserva- 
tion, 411. 

Lion,  mountain,  309. 

Lisa,  Manuel,  13,  14. 

Little  Bridge,  237,  238. 

Little  Kootenai  Creek,  156. 

Little  Yosemite  Valley,  69,  73,  74. 

Little  Zion  River  Region,  239. 

Loch  Vale,  186. 

Lodore  Caflon,  205. 

Logging  Creek,  156. 

Long's  Peak,  178-81, 356, 357;  above 
a  snowstorm  on,  318,  319;  in  a 
high  wind,  320-22;  moonlight 
and  sunrise  on,  328-31;  timber- 
line  on,  340,  341. 

Los  Molinos,  214. 

Lost  Creek,  214,  215. 

Lost  in  the  wilderness,  58-64.  337, 
338. 

Luray  Caverns,  268. 

McClurg,  Mrs.  Gilbert,  168. 
McDermott  Lake,  149. 
McFarland,  J.  Horace,  276. 


Maligne  Lake,  253. 

Mammoth  Cave,  268. 

Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  30,  31,  436. 

Maple  Creek  Antelope  Reserve,  413. 

Marble  Cation,  191,  205. 

Marion  Lake,  412. 

Mariposa  Grove,  77,  78;  sizes  of  Big 
Trees,  451. 

Marshall,  Robert  B.,  279. 

Mather,  Stephen  T.,  96,  278,  279. 

Matthes,  Frangois  E.,  71;  quoted, 
120,  465-68. 

Mauna  Loa,  222,  224-27,  502-04. 

Meadow  Mountain,  179. 

Menard,  Pierre,  21. 

Merced  Grove,  77. 

Merced  River,  66,  67,  70. 

Mertensia,  124. 

Mesa  Verde  National  Park,  interest 
of,  161,  162;  location,  area,  and 
altitude,  162;  view  from,  162;  an- 
cient inhabitants,  163-67;  ruins, 
167-74;  establishment,  168;  his- 
tory, 169-71;  in  table,  401;  guide 
to,  488-90. 

Miette  Springs,  253. 

Mills  Moraine,  186. 

Mineral  King,  101. 

Mirror  Lake,  93. 

Mono  Desert,  92. 

Mono  Lake,  92. 

Monroe,  Hugh,  158. 

Montezuma  Castle,  405,  512. 

Moonlight,  326,  327;  ascent  of 
Long's  Peak  by,  328,  329. 

Morning-Glory  Spring,  30. 

Motorists,  advice  to,  432. 

Mt.  Adams,  235. 

Mt.  Assiniboine,  412. 

Mt.  Baker,  121,  403. 

Mt.  Cleveland,  358. 

Mt.  Cougar,  233. 

Mt.  Dana,  65,  92. 

Mt.  Evans,  403. 

Mt.  Everts,  63,  441. 

Mt.  Gibbs,  65. 

Mt.  Haleakala,  222,  227.  228,  503. 
504. 

Mt.  Hoffman,  88,  91,  357- 

Mt.  Hood,  404. 

Mt.  Jackson,  151,  I5S- 

Mt.  Lady  Washington,  186. 


527 


Mt.  Lyell,  65,  357. 

Mt.  McGregor,  403. 

Mt.  McKinley,  248-50. 

Mount  McKinley  National  Park, 
description,  248-50;  in  table,  402; 
guide  to,  505. 

Mt.  Mauna  Loa,  222,  224-27,  502- 
04. 

Mt.  Mazama,  137-42. 

Mt.  Meany,  233. 

Mt.  Meeker,  178,  179. 

Mt.  Mitchell,  403. 

Mt.  Olympus,  232. 

Mount  Olympus  National  Monu- 
ment, description,  230-35;  in 
table,  411;  guide  to,  512. 

Mt.  Rainier,  size  and  altitude,  116-, 
a  volcano,  117,  119;  a  source  of 
inspiration,  120;  discovery  and  ex- 
ploration, 120-22;  timber-line, 
129;  glaciers,  130-34;  snowfall, 
I34»  135;  streams  and  erosion, 
135,  136;  climbing,  356,  465-68. 

Mount  Rainier  National  Park,  area, 
116;  additions  suggested,  117, 
266;  roads  and  trails,  117,  118; 
creation,  122;  wild-flower  garden, 
122-30,  348;  trees,  129,  130;  ani- 
mal life,  130;  in  table,  401;  guide 
to,  460-69.  See  also  Mt.  Rainier. 

Mt.  Revelstoke,  260. 

Mt.  Robson,  413. 

Mt.  St.  Elias,  266. 

Mt.  St.  Helens,  235. 

Mt.  Seattle,  233. 

Mt.  Shasta,  404. 

Mt.  Sheridan,  357. 

Mt.  Sir  Donald,  412. 

Mt.  Stephen,  258. 

Mt.  Tahoma.  See  Mt.  Rainier. 

Mt.  Temple,  412. 

Mt.  Thielson,  147. 

Mt.  Washburn,  357. 

Mt.  Watkins,  69. 

Mt.  Whitney,  100,  101,  357,  358. 

Mountaineers  Club,  232. 

Mountains,  higher  regions  of,  340- 
51;  high  peaks,  356-59- 

Muir,  John,  71,  87,  90,  103,  276, 
313.  387;  quoted,  42,  43,  50,  69, 
70,  89,  97,  no,  127,  190,  362; 
his  story  of  an  Englishman  at 


Yosemite,  94,  95;  and  the  Hetch- 
Hetchy  fight,  95;  on  the  Big  Tree, 
108-10;  sketch  of,  360-65. 

Muir  Grove,  457. 

Muir  National  Park,  proposed,  103. 

Muir  Woods,  406,  512. 

Mukuntuweap  Cafion,  239-41. 

Mukuntuweap  National  Monument, 
description,  239-41;  in  table,  406; 
guide  to,  512. 

Muldrow  Glacier,  249. 

Mummy  Lake,  174. 

Mummy  Range,  187. 

Nakimu  marble  caves,  412. 

National  Academy  of  Science,  277. 

National  Monument,  Mount  Olym- 
pus, 230-35  ;Mukuntuweap,  239- 
41;  Natural  Bridges,  236-39; 
Rainbow  Bridge,  236-39.  See 
also  table  and  data,  405-11,  510- 
14. 

National  Monuments,  administra- 
tion, 280,  281;  table  of,  405-11; 
data  concerning  the  several,  510- 
14. 

National  Park,  Casa  Grande  Ruin, 
245,  246,  402,  508;  Crater  Lake, 
137-47,  401,  470-74!  General 
Grant,  99,  100,  105,  401,  459; 
Glacier,  148-60,  402,  475-87;  Ha- 
waii, 221-29,  402,  502-04;  Hot 
Springs,  246,  247,  400,  506,  507; 
Lassen  Volcanic,  211-20,  402, 
500,  501;  Mesa  Verde,  161-74, 

401,  488-90;  Mount  McKinley, 
248-50,  402,  505;  Mount  Rainier, 
116-36,  401,  460-69;  Platt,  248, 

402,  509;  Rocky  Mountain,  175- 
89,  402,  491-945  Sequoia,  99-H5. 
401,   455-58;   Sully 's   Hill,   244, 
245,  402,  509;  Wind  Cave,  242- 
44,  402,  508;  Yellowstone,  3-62, 

400,  433-43;   Yosemite,   65-98, 

401,  444-54. 

National  Park  Mountain,  4. 

National  Parks,  origin,  3,  4;  needs, 
264;  advantages,  264,  265;  new 
Parks  proposed,  266-69;  develop- 
ment needed,  269-72;  as  distin- 
guished from  National  Forests, 
272-77;  importance  of  separate 


528 


jment,  277,  278;  adminis- 
trative history,  278-80;  and  the 
National  Monuments,  280,  281; 
as  wild-life  sanctuaries,  296-316; 
physical,  mental,  and  moral  bene- 
fits from,  333,  334,  338;  immortal, 
339;  educational  value,  366-77; 
our  need  of,  378-87 ;  table  of,  400- 
02;  table  of  proposed  Parks,  403, 
404. 

Natural  Bridge,  Yoho  Park,  257. 

Natural  Bridges  National  Monu- 
ment, description,  236-39;  in 
table,  407;  guide  to,  513- 

Navajo  National  Monument,  408, 
SI3. 

Nevada  Falls,  86,  453. 

Niagara  Falls,  404. 

Nisqually  Glacier,  118,  131-33. 

Nolen,  John,  276;  quoted,  276. 

Nonnezoshie  Bridge,  238. 

Nordenskjold,  Baron,  169. 

North  Carolina,  268. 

North  Dome,  69,  452. 

North  Specimen  Mountain,  326. 

Nyack  River,  157. 

Obsidian  Cliff,  436. 

Odel,  Maud  Gardner,  poem,  374. 

Odessa  Lake,  187. 

Ohanapecosh  Valley,  465. 

Old  Inspiration  Point,  452. 

Old  Kasaan  National  Monument, 
SI3. 

Olmsted,  Frederic  Law,  quoted, 
274.  275. 

Olympic  Mountains,  230-36. 

Olympic  National  Monument.  See 
Mount  Olympus  National  Monu- 
ment. 

Olympic  National  Park,  proposed, 
230,  236. 

Oregon  Caves,  410^  513. 

Ottertail  Range,  412. 

Ottertail  Valley,  412. 

Owachomo  Bridge,  237,  238. 

Ozark  Mountains,  403. 

"Paint-Pots,"  in  Yellowstone  Park, 

42. 

Pajarito  cliff  cities,  403. 
Panorama  Point,  452. 


Papago  Saguaro  National  Monu- 
ment, 408,  513. 

Paradise  Glacier,  133. 

Paradise  Park,  123,  131,  464-66. 

Parsons,  Edward  T.,  90. 

Parsons  Memorial  Lodge,  90-93 

Peak  Success,  119. 

Perdrix  Mountain,  253. 

Peterson,  William,  25. 

Petrified  Forest  National  Monu- 
ment, 408,  513. 

Phantom  Ship,  145. 

Pierre's  Hole,  15. 

Pike's  Peak,  330,  403. 

Pine,  lodge-pole,  52. 

Pine,  sugar,  78. 

Pine,  yellow,  78,  79. 

Pinnacles  National  Monument. 
406,  513. 

Piute  Indians,  legend,  378. 

Platt  National  Park,  248,  402, 
509. 

Point  Sublime,  193. 

Pollock,  W.  C.,  159. 

Pomeroy,  Samuel  Clarke,  6. 

Porcupine,  307. 

Potts,  John,  17. 

Poudre  Lakes,  325. 

Powell,  Major  John  W.,  206. 

President  Range,  412. 

Prismatic  Lake,  30. 

Profile  Cliff,  452. 

Ptarmigan,  311,  312. 

Puget  Sound,  235. 

Pulpit  Rock,  Yosemite,  452. 

Punch-Bowl  Falls,  253. 

Pyramid  Rock,  134. 

Raeburn,  D.  L.,  249. 

Railroad  routes  and  fares,  435-31. 

Rainbow  Bridge,  238. 

Rainbow  Bridge  National  Monu- 
ment, description,  236-39;  in 
table,  407;  guide  to,  514. 

Rainier,  Peter,  120. 

Rainstorm,  joy  in  a,  323,  324. 

Raker,  John  E.,  219. 

Ramparts  Ridge,  464. 

Red  Eagle  Mountain,  155. 

Red  Eagle  River,  156. 

Redwood  Meadow,  101. 

Reservation,    Casa   Grande    Rui», 


529 


345,  246,  402,  508;  Hot  Springs, 
246,  247,  400,  506,  507. 

Revelstoke  Park,  description,  260; 
in  table,  412;  guide  to,  518,  519- 

Rhyolite,  38,  39,  140. 

Ribbon  Falls,  86,  453. 

Roche  Miette,  253. 

Rocky  Mountain  National  Park, 
character,  1 75-775  area  and  alti- 
tude, 177;  mountains,  178-80; 
glaciation,  180.181;  lakes,  180,  187, 
i88;wild  flowers,  181,  182;  animal 
life,  183,  184;  trees,  184;  timber- 
line,  184,  185;  points  of  interest, 
186-89;  addition  in  1917,  i88and 
note;  a  hunting-contest  in,  297, 
298;  bighorn  in,  307;  flowers  on 
highest  peaks,  347 ;  regions  above 
timber-line  in,  348;  in  table,  402; 
guide  to,  491-94. 

Rocky  Mountain  Wonderland,  The, 
quoted,  273,  345- 

Rocky  Mountains  Park,  Alberta, 
description,  254-56;  in  tables, 
412;  guide  to,  515,  516. 

Rogers  Pass,  412. 

Roosevelt  Project,  404. 

Royal  Arches,  69. 

St.  Anthony,  Idaho,  15. 

St.  John,  N.B.,  262. 

St.  Lawrence  Islands  Park,  261,413, 

520. 

St.  Mary's  Lake,  154,  155. 
St.  Vrain  River,  323. 
San  Juan  Mountains,  404,  488. 
Savage,  Major  James  D.,  94. 
Sawtooth  Mountains,  403. 
Scenery,  value  of,  277,  278. 
Screech,  Joseph,  95. 
Schultz,  James  Willard,  157,  158. 
Selkirk  Mountains,  412. 
Sentinel  Dome,  453. 
Sentinel  Falls,  88. 
Sentinel  Rock,  68. 
Sequoia.  See  Big  Tree. 
Sequoia  National    Park,  area  and 

topography,  99-103;  the  Big  Trees 

of,  104-15,    282,  286;    in   table, 

401;  guide  to,  455-58. 
Sheep,    mountain,    188,    189,    306, 

307;  a  case  of  tameness.  300. 


Sheldon,  Charles,  250. 

Sherman,  Mrs.  John  D.,  276,  277. 

Ship  Rock,  162. 

Shoshone  Cavern,  406,  514. 

Shoshone  Lake,  36. 

Siberian  Plateau,  101. 

Sierra  Club,  94. 

Sierra  Madre  Mountains,  404. 

Sierra  Nevada.  See  Yosemite  Na- 
tional Park  and  Sequoia  National 
Park. 

Sieur  de  Monta  National  Monu- 
ment, 409,  514. 

Sipapu  Bridge,  237. 

Sitka  National  Monument,  407, 
514- 

Smith,  Miss  Edna,  quoted,  327-31. 

Snag  Lake,  214. 

Snow,  banners  of,  322. 

Snowpeak  Avenue,  257. 

Snow- plant,  81. 

Snowstorm,  climbing  above  a,  31?- 
19. 

Soda  Springs,  90-93. 

Solitaire,  291,  292,  311. 

Specimen  Mountain,  179,  188,  189. 

Specimen  Ridge,  Yellowstone  Park, 
441. 

Sperry  Glacier,  151,  485. 

Sprague's  Glacier,  180,  187. 

Spray  Park,  123. 

Springs,  hot,  of  Yellowstone  Park, 
28-32,  39,  439;  of  Lassen  Volcanic 
Park,  217,  219. 

Stanford  Point,  453. 

Steele,  William  G.,  146. 

Stevens,  Gen.  Hazard,  121. 

Stevenson,  Robert  Louis,  quoted, 
362,  381,  382. 

Stewart,  George  W.,  100. 

Stimpson,  Harry  L.,  157. 

Stone,  Julius  F.,  207;  quoted,  207- 
09. 

Stump  Lake,  216,  218. 

Sully 's  Hill,  245. 

Sully's  Hill  National  Park,  descrip- 
tion, 244,  245;  guide  to,  509. 

Sulphur  Mountain,  254. 

Summerland,  123. 

Swift  Current  Pass,  154- 

Sylvan  Lake.  44. 

Sylvan  Pass,  44. 


530 


Tahoma,  Indian  name  for  Mt. 
Rainier,  120. 

Tahoma  Glaciers,  134. 

Tahosa  Valley,  186. 

Takakkaw  Fall,  257. 

Tehipitee  Dome,  102. 

Tenaya  Canon,  69. 

Terraces,  in  Yellowstone  Park,  438. 

Teton  Mountains,  44. 

Thousand  Islands,  261,  262,  520. 

Three  Brothers,  68. 

Three  Forks,  17,  21. 

Thurston,  L.  A.,  229. 

Timber-line,  340-45;  in  Rocky 
Mountain  National  Park,  184, 
185;  the  regions  above,  345-51. 

Tinkham,  A.  W.t  158. 

Tioga  Pass,  92. 

Tioga  Road,  90,  96. 

Tonto  National  Monument,  409, 
514- 

Torrey's  Peak,  330. 

Trail,  the,  388-93. 

Trail  Ridge,  180,  187. 

Training  of  the  Human  Plant,  The, 
quoted,  372,  373. 

Trees,  of  Yellowstone  Park,  51,  52; 
of  Yosemite  Park,  76-79;  of  Se- 
quoia Park,  104-15;  of  Mt. 
Rainier,  129,  130;  of  Crater  Lake 
Park,  145;  of  the  Olympic  Mts., 
233.  234-  See  also  Forest  and 
Timber-line. 

Triple  Divide  Peak,  156. 

Trumbull,  Walter,  5. 

Tueeulala  Falls,  86,  89. 

Tumacacori  National  Monument, 
406,  514- 

Tuolumne  Canon,  93. 

Tuolumne  Grove,  77. 

Tuolumne  Meadows,  88,  90,  92. 

Tuolumne  River,  66,  88,  93. 

Tuolumne  Valley,  90. 

Twin  Lakes,  B.C.,  412. 

Twin  Lakes,  Yellowstone  Park,  436. 

Twin  Sister  Peaks,  178,  188. 

Two  Ocean  Glacier,  156. 

Two  Ocean  Pass,  36,  155. 

Two  Ocean  Pond,  36,  37. 


Upper  Geyser  Basin,  438. 
Usnea,  128. 


Valerian,  124. 

Valley  of  the  Ten  Peaks.  412. 

Vancouver,  George,  120,  230. 

Van  Dyke,  John  C.,  quoted,  209, 
210. 

Van  Trump,  P.  B.,  121. 

Van  Trump  Park,  464. 

Vernal  Falls,  85,  86,  453. 

Victoria  Glacier,  412. 

Villard,  Henry,  121,  122. 

Volcanoes,  in  Yellowstone  Park,  38, 
39,  45,  46,  50;  Mt.  Rainier  a 
sleeping  volcano,  117,  126,  127; 
Mt.  Mazama,  138-44;  Lassen 
Peak,  211-15;  Cinder  Cone,  216- 
18;  Kilauea,  222-24;  Mauna  Loa, 
222,  224-27;  Haleakala,  222,  227, 
228. 

Vulture  Peak,  156. 

Wainwright,  Alberta,  261. 
Walhalla  Plateau,  192,  193. 
Walker,  Joseph  R.,  94- 
Walnut  Canon,  411,  514. 
Wapama  Falls,  86,  89. 
Warner  Caiicn,  214. 
Washburn,  Gen.  Henry  D.,  26. 
Washburn-Doane   Expedition,    25, 

26,  58. 

Washington  Column,  69,  453. 
Water-ouzel,  or  dipper,  313. 
Waterton  Lake,  149. 
Waterton  Lakes  Park,  description, 

258-60;  in  table,  413;  guide  to, 

519. 

Waterton  River,  259. 
Wawona  tree,  78. 
Waxwings,  312,  313. 
Wheeler  National  Monument,  410, 

514- 
White,    Stewart    Edward,    quoted, 

273,  274. 

Wickersham,  James,  250. 
Widow's  Tears  Falls,  453. 
Wilbur  Mountain,  149. 
Wild  Basin,  186. 
Wind,   pressure  on  waterfalls,  87; 

a  high  wind  on  Long's  Peak,  320- 

22. 

Wind  Cave,  242,  243. 
Wind  Cave  National  Park,  descrip- 
tion, 242-44;  guide  to,  508. 


531 


Winthrop,  Theodore,  120;  quoted, 

120,  121,  128,  358,  359. 
Winthrop  Glacier,  133. 
Wizard  Island,  144,  145. 
Wood,  petrified,  45-50. 
Woodcraft,  suggestions,  335-38. 

Yellowhead  Pass,  253. 

Yellowstone  Canon,  38,  39,  41. 

Yellowstone  Lake,  36,  40. 

Yellowstone  National  Park,  origin, 
3-8;  discoveries  and  explorations 
of  the  region,  10-27;  Indian  names 
for  region,  1 1 ;  geysers  and  springs, 
28-35,  39;  lakes,  36;  streams,  36, 
37;  greatest  attractions,  38;  ge- 
ology, 38-50;  John  Muir  on,  42, 
43;  petrified  forests,  45-50;  area, 
51;  trees,  51,  52;  wild  flowers,  52; 
animal  life.  53;  entrances,  53; 
road-system,  54;  administrative 
history,  54-58;  experience  of 
Truman  C.  Everts,  58-64;  as  a 
wild-life  sanctuary,  305;  improper 


feeding  of  bears  in,  315;  ship- 
ments of  animals  from,  315;  act 
of  dedication,  397-99;  in  table, 
400;  guide  to,  433-43. 

Yellowstone  River,  38,  41. 

Yoho  Park,  description,  256-58;  in 
table,  412;  guide  to,  516,  51?- 

Yoho  Valley,  257. 

Yosemite  Creek,  86,  87. 

Yosemite  Falls,  69,  85-87,  453- 

Yosemite  Flora,  A,  by  H.  M.  and  C. 
C.  Hall,  quoted,  82,  83. 

Yosemite  National  Park,  area  and 
topography,  65;  general  features, 
65-70;  geology,  70-76;  trees,  76- 
79;  shrubs,  79;  wild  flowers,  70- 
83;  waterfalls,  83-88;  what  to  see 
in,  88-93;  history,  93-98;  in  table, 
401;  guide  to,  444-54. 

Yosemite  Point,  453. 

Yosemite  Valley,  6?-73,  75,  88, 
94.  95,  97,  100. 

Yosemite  Village,  06. 


ftitoer^ibe 

CAMBRIDGE  .  MASSACHUSETTS 
U    .    S    .    A 


. To